Press Release

International Academy of CIO（IAC）

The 17th Waseda-IAC World Digital Government Ranking
2022

November 2022

Waseda University Institute of Digital Government1

Preface

The Institute of Digital Government at Waseda University in Japan, in cooperation
with the International Academy of CIO (IAC) has released the 1７th Waseda World Digital
Government Rankings Survey 2022, which marks digital transformation in over advanced
digital 64 countries.
The Institute was established in 2002, and the ranking survey model was created in2005 by Prof. Dr. Toshio Obi, a Founder of the Institute and President of IAC at the time of
the First Ranking Survey. Dr. Obi was awarded a spot on “The World’s Most Influential 100
People in Digital Government in 2018” by “Apolitical”,a UK based Think tank.
In 2022, both the Institute and the ranking survey are mainly managed by Prof. Dr.
Naoko Iwasaki of Waseda University.
We hope this survey will be able to contribute precious value globally to all parties
concerned. The peoples have unfortunately suffered from the serious COVID-19 pandemic
all over the world, but we are sure that Digital Government can offer effective solutions
regarding pandemic issues.

This edition is extremely significant in the process of UN SDGs,

as well as being the 17th memorial anniversary ranking report for digital innovation. We
appreciate with thanks the Research Fellows at APEC Digital Government Research Center
under the guidance of the Institute for their great contribution.Also,both the researchers of
the Institute of Digital Government at Waseda University and International experts in ９
worldwide universities of IAC listed in the end.

Prof. Dr. Toshio Obi and Prof. Dr. Naoko Iwasaki
On behalf of Waseda University and IAC

2

Table of Contents

Preface .....................................................................................................................................2
A.

Executive Summary- Overall Review.................................................................................7

B.

Overall Data and Statistics ..............................................................................................10① Overall Digital Government Ranking .........................................................................10② Historical trends of the Rankings over the past 17 years ............................................12③ International comparison of the world's four major digital rankings ..........................14

C.

Top 10 Countries in full scores ranking.......................................................................15
1 place: Denmark ..........................................................................................................15st

2nd place: New Zealand....................................................................................................16
3rd place: Canada .............................................................................................................16
4th place: Singapore .........................................................................................................17
5th place: United States ...................................................................................................17
6th place: UK ...................................................................................................................18
7th place: South Korea .....................................................................................................19
8th place: Estonia .............................................................................................................19
9th place: Taiwan .............................................................................................................2010th place: Japan ..............................................................................................................20
D.

Top 10 Countries in the 10 indicators by 10 sectors ....................................................22

1.

Network infrastructure enrichment (NIP) .................................................................23

2.

Contribution to administrative and financial reform, optimization of administrative

management (MO) ............................................................................................................24
3.

Progress of various online applications and services (OS) .........................................25

4.

Convenience of homepage and portal site (NPR) ......................................................26

5.

Government CIO Activity (GCIO) ............................................................................27

6.

Digital Government Strategy and Promotion (EPRO) ..............................................28

7.

Enrichment of citizens' participation in government through ICT (EPAR) ..............28

8.

Open Government (OGD)

9.

Cyber Security (CYB).................................................................................................30＆ DX ........................................................................29

10. Use of Emerging ICT (EMG) .....................................................................................313

E.

Highlight - New trends of Digital Government ...............................................................33
Topics of Digital Government ...........................................................................................33
1.

DX Challenges for Digital Government .....................................................................33

2.

DX and Digital Government.......................................................................................34

3.

Corona Measures ........................................................................................................37

4.

Human Resources~ Hybrid work – Telework or full return to the office? .................43

5.

Digital Inclusive,

6.

Data driven Evaluation System ...................................................................................48

7.

Resilient Smart city .....................................................................................................48

8.

Countries that have succeeded in digital literacy........................................................50

9.

Silver Innovation for Ageing Society ..........................................................................53

Privacy Protection and Ethics ......................................................46

10. Increasing Cyber security ...........................................................................................54(1) Elections and Cyberattacks ......................................................................................54(2) UK and USA Elections .............................................................................................55(3) Cyber security for manipulating public opinion .......................................................56(4) Case Study of China Large-scale personal information leak ....................................57
11. Digital Twin................................................................................................................59(1) Rise of digital twin ....................................................................................................59(2) Benefits for countries and industries and companies - Case study of Singapore .......61(3) The Future of Digital Twin ......................................................................................66
12. AI for Digital Government .........................................................................................67
13. Prospect for 5 G & beyond 5G (6G) ..........................................................................68
F.

Recommendations...........................................................................................................71

G.

Methodology and Contributors ...................................................................................75
Processes Diagram .........................................................................................................77
List of Professors and Experts at Institute of Digital Government, Waseda University 77
List of Researchers at Institute of Digital Government, Waseda University..................77

H. Annex – 64 Country Assessment Reports ..........................................................................78
Argentina ...............................................................................................................................78
Australia.................................................................................................................................86
Austria ...................................................................................................................................94
Bahrain ................................................................................................................................101
Belgium................................................................................................................................109
Brazil....................................................................................................................................118
Brunei ..................................................................................................................................125
Canada .................................................................................................................................132
4

Chile ....................................................................................................................................140
China ...................................................................................................................................147
Colombia..............................................................................................................................155
Costa Rica ............................................................................................................................162
Czech Republic ....................................................................................................................169
Denmark ..............................................................................................................................178
Egypt....................................................................................................................................186
Estonia .................................................................................................................................194
Fiji........................................................................................................................................202
Finland .................................................................................................................................210
France ..................................................................................................................................219
Georgia ................................................................................................................................227
Germany ..............................................................................................................................235
Hong Kong ..........................................................................................................................242
Iceland .................................................................................................................................248
India .....................................................................................................................................256
Indonesia .............................................................................................................................264
Ireland..................................................................................................................................272
Israel ....................................................................................................................................281
Italy ......................................................................................................................................290
Japan ....................................................................................................................................299
Kazakhstan ...........................................................................................................................307
Kenya ...................................................................................................................................314
Lithuania..............................................................................................................................321
Macau ..................................................................................................................................330
Malaysia ...............................................................................................................................336
Mexico .................................................................................................................................345
Morocco ...............................................................................................................................352
Netherlands .........................................................................................................................360
New Zealand ........................................................................................................................368
Nigeria .................................................................................................................................376
Norway.................................................................................................................................383
Oman ...................................................................................................................................391
Pakistan ...............................................................................................................................398
Peru .....................................................................................................................................406
Philippines ...........................................................................................................................413
5

Poland ..................................................................................................................................421
Portugal ...............................................................................................................................429
Romania ...............................................................................................................................436
Russia...................................................................................................................................443
Saudi Arabia.........................................................................................................................451
Singapore .............................................................................................................................459
South Africa .........................................................................................................................467
South Korea .........................................................................................................................475
Spain ....................................................................................................................................483
Sweden.................................................................................................................................491
Switzerland ..........................................................................................................................499
Taiwan .................................................................................................................................507
Thailand...............................................................................................................................515
Tunisia .................................................................................................................................523
Turkey .................................................................................................................................530
United Arab Emirates ..........................................................................................................538
United Kingdom ..................................................................................................................546
Uruguay ...............................................................................................................................554
United States .......................................................................................................................561
Vietnam ...............................................................................................................................569

6

A. Executive Summary- Overall Review


The Waseda-IAC 17th Annual Rankings of World Digital Government Survey evaluatedby the Institute of Digital Government, Waseda University established by Dr. Toshio Obi,
has released the results of 2022 ranking survey as the 17th consecutive years. The
evaluation has been conducted in cooperation with excellent experts of major member
universities in International Academy of CIO (IAC).



The 2022 Ranking Survey with 10 Indicators marks Denmark at first place as the same
last year, followed by New Zealand in 2nd post. the Canada ranks in 3rd, Singapore in
4th, USA in 5th, UK in 6th, South Korea in 7th, Estonia in 8th, Taiwan in 9th, and Japanranks 10th in the top group.



As a matter of fact, most governments above mentioned have increased their excellent
achievements in both citizen-centric approach / demand-pull online one stop services
with “No one left behind” as SDGs slogan and digital technologies such as AI,5G andBlockchain.

This report provides various information and data on both Digital Innovation and Digital
Economy as well. These become the key to economic growth and challenges in line withthe objectives of Digital Government, which indicates warning signal against digital
divide and innovation gap. It might be significant trend that many governments haveworked on an early warning system against increasing cybersecurity attacks as well.

In the middle of the overall ranking, there are many countries which increased or
decreased their ranks compared to the ranking in a few years due to competitive edge.
Ten main indicators below evaluate the process and achievement of Digital Government
ranking in 2022. The 2022 rankings are summarized based on the fruitful results by aharmonized combination of many stakeholders during every year survey, and the teamprepares the relevant reports with precious lessons from various international andregional conferences and meetings with international institutions such as APEC, ITU,
and OECD as well as receiving the productive comments from experts of IAC member
universities, government, and business groups.



The 2022 rankings also point to significant trends in the usage of digital technologies ingovernment activities. The report shows that there are vital new trends, and they willcontinue to grow strongly in the coming years.

On this regard, an analysis for 17 years of the Waseda – IAC Digital Government
Rankings Survey 2022 indicates the following 13 highlights of the new trends: these are:

1.

DX Challenges for Digital Government
7

2.

DX and Regulation Reform

3.

Corona measures

4.

Human resources -Hybrid work

5.

Digital Inclusion

6.

Data Driven Evaluation System

7.

Resilient Smart City

8.

Digital Literacy

9.

Silver Innovation

10. Cyber Security
11. Digital Twin
12. AI for Digital Government
13. Prospect for 5G and Beyond 5G (6G)

However, although there are lots of fluctuations in the usage of AI and other technologies,
many governments in developing countries have not yet made much progress on theactivities of the digital government due to COVID-19. A few countries have adopted both
AI and IoT to improve the quality of service and productivity of work, most of which areconcentrated in developed countries such as Denmark, top of the ranking 2022. Frankly
speaking, the reality is that business sectors have speedy advanced in usage of technology
and ICT manpower in comparison with government and public sector. Therefore, any
government must catch up with them, to avoid the digital gap between public andbusiness sectors.



In addition to the above topics of the highlights, there will be six global socio-economic
challenges for Digital Government to be solved. These are:1.

“Digital Innovation with Standardization－Cloud computing, IoT and AI applications”,

2.

“Ageing Society with skyrocketing population ageing”,

3.

“Limited usage of Open Innovation”,

4.

“Digital Divide in global and local communities”,

5.

“Urbanization issues with rapid-rise of Mega city and unbalanced harmonization of urban
and rural communities” and6.

“Lack of Cooperation between Central and Local governments”.



As for the UN’s SDGs, the useful utilization of Digital Government might be one of major
objectives for stakeholders. On this regard, Digital Government could support thesmooth digital transformation (DX) needed for each SDGs sector.

This survey is well conducted and edited by Prof. Naoko Iwasaki assisted by Dr. Nguyen
Hien of Waseda University with energetic effort under the guidance of Prof. Toshio Obi
and the distinguished experts from Waseda University and 9 world-class universities
8

under the umbrella of the International Academy of CIO in the field. These Institutions
as well as experts are :Peking University (China, Prof.Yang), George Mason University(USA, Prof.Auffret), Thammasat University (Thailand, Prof.Sunkpho), Bandung
Institute of Technology (Indonesia, Prof.Suhono), RANEPA (Russia, Prof.Ryzhov),
University

of

Turku

(Finland,Prof.Dahlberg),

Bocconi

University(Italy,Prof.Buccoliero), Taiwan e-Governance Research Center (Taiwan, Prof.Liao) and De La
Salle University (Philippines, Prof.Magno). Thanks for their precious contributions to
the multi-stages of the evaluation and analysis. Also, Appreciations for many professors
and research staffs of Waseda University Institute of Digital Government, Tokyo for
engagement in17 years.
Finally, the team hopes that this report will be able to contribute excellent values globallyto all parties concerned. We recognize now that the mankind has unfortunately sufferedfrom the serious COVID-19 pandemic all over the world for almost 3 years, and we aresure that Digital Government can offer effective solutions on well-being/healthy qualityof life over corona, post-corona and pandemic issues. It is well noted that this edition isextremely significant in the process of promoting SDGs as well. In addition, we areconvinced that the contents of 17th annual ranking report 2022 are well associated withboth digital transformation (DX) and innovation.

9B. Overall Data and Statistics
There are 3 tables for 2022 rankings as below:① Overall Digital Government Ranking② Historical trends of ranking 2006-2022 for 17 years③ International comparison on 4 different digital rankings① Overall Digital Government Ranking
Now, this ranking in 2022 shows important trends in the use of new digital technologies
in government activities. The analysis of this report reveals some notable new trends andshows that the digital sector will continue to grow strongly.
Above all, the rise of new technologies is influencing the promotion of digital government
in 2022. However, the overall activities of the digital government during the coronavirus
pandemic are not progressing as expected. There are several countries that are adopting both
AI and IoT to improve the quality of their services and work productivity, but most of them
are concentrated in developed countries such as Denmark, which tops the ranking. In orderto narrow the digital divide, it is necessary to catch up with the DX level of the top digitallyadvanced countries.
On this regard, there are six global social, economic and political challenges to beaddressed regarding digital government as follows:(1) Closing the "Digital Innovation Gap (Cloud, IoT, AI applications)"(2) Response to the "Ageing Societies in Japan and Europe, where Ageing Societies are mostprogressing rapidly",(3) Global standardization of "open innovation" that transcends national borders,(4) Narrowing the "digital literacy gap in both global and local communities",(5) Solving "urban-type social problems brought about by rapidly developing Megacities andeconomic imbalances between urban and rural areas", and(6) "Inadequate cooperation between the central and local governments"
In addition, this report analyzes and discusses the following points.
(1) The report contains the ranking scores from 64 advanced ICT countries as well as a totalof about 380 pages of the country assessment reports.
(2) Analysis of the Historical Transition of Digital Government based on the past 17 years,(3) Highlights of the new trends of digital government and their impact on the economy andsociety from the perspectives of "Corona", "DX", "GX (Green Transformation)", "Web3.0 New Technology Innovation", "Personal Information Protection", "Smart City","Human Resource Development", "Cybersecurity", and "SDGs".
Table 1 17th Waseda University World Digital Government Overall Ranking 2022
10

Country

Score

22

Thailand78.0981 44

China

66.21391

Denmark

93.8018 23

France77.1617 45

Brunei66.1370

2

New Zealand

92.6098 24

Indonesia

75.5854 46

Lithuania

65.8803

3

Canada91.7759 25

Saudi Arabia

75.3687 47

Romania

65.8198

4

Singapore

91.6292 26

Austria

74.4634 48

Chile

65.6903

5USA

91.0463 27

Malaysia

73.5467 49

Vietnam

64.63456UK

86.7662 28

Spain

73.3274 50

Uruguay

63.56877

Korea

86.5820 29

Belgium

72.7999 51

Peru62.94418

Estonia85.5827 30

Kazakhstan

72.7647 52

Argentina

62.3563

9

Taiwan85.3311 31

Hong Kong

72.6450 53

Brazil61.5775

10

Japan

85.2718 32

Oman

71.6475 54

Kenya

60.7322

11

Germany

83.6440 33

India

71.4932 55

Macau

60.4971

12

Sweden82.9972 34

South Africa

71.0550 56

Pakistan

59.4226

13

Finland82.4753 35

Portugal

69.8758 57

Morocco58.7977

14

Ireland82.1483 36

Philippines

69.6040 58

Egypt

58.6752

15

Australia

81.7457 37

Russia69.2390 59

Georgia58.5943

16

Switzerland

81.1673 38

Turkey68.9647 60

Bahrain56.7200

17

Netherlands

81.1172 39

Czech

68.5302 61

Tunisia

55.808518

Italy

80.4699

62

Fiji

55.110619

United Arab

80.1409

63

Nigeria53.1105

64

Costa Rica

45.6868

Republic40

Israel68.2490

Emirates

41

Mexico67.9417

20

Iceland79.6673 42

Poland67.6191

21

Norway79.5481 43

Columbia

66.298311

② Historical trends of the Rankings over the past 17 years
The results of 1st Waseda ― IAC World Digital Government Ranking Survey wasannounced in 2005, and since then the history of 17 years is summarized as follows:
The valuable analysis of the Waseda -IAC World Digital Government Ranking Survey
over the past 17 years tells the evolutionary transition since the establishment of the digital
government in the world. For example, in the beginning, the superiority of digital
infrastructure facilities was very important, and consequently countries with strong
infrastructure ranked high. Similarly, in the middle term, countries with high application
penetration dominated in the top group all at once. After that, there was a lot of interests inthe countries that are familiar with new technologies and countries that are strong in cybersecurity as the fourth generation. The following six new trends in the digital field have been
observed in historical transitions:
According to the United Nations survey report, the top 14 countries in the ranking arecalled “digital advanced countries” group.
(1) Redefinition and new concept of the shift from e - Government to Digital Government(2) Utilization /application of new technologies such as AI, 5G, and IoT to digital government
have started(3) Newly local growth factors such as the development of smart cities and the expansion ofe-municipalities(4) Innovative usage of both blockchain and digital twin has begun to contribute to thedevelopment of digital government(5) Creating the Future 5th Generation of Digital Government(6) Dramatic expansion of services and applications through one stop service scheme
The so-called top group can be roughly divided into 3 groups as: (1) the Nordic countries
such as Denmark and Finland, (2) the United States and Canada in North America, and (3)Singapore and South Korea in Asia.
As the 10th rank Japan's strengths include network infrastructure for laying optical fiber
networks and the degree of utilization of advanced ICT, but the ranking has been lowered dueto the exposure of troubles during the corona disaster.
In addition, the G20 is seriously considering measures to prevent the expansion of thedigital gap caused by the financial crisis that has surfaced due to the corona problem indeveloping countries. On this regard, Waseda University Professor Emeritus Obi, Director of
the APEC Digital Government Research Center, is active in this field as co-chair of the T20
Digital Innovation Group, a gathering of global think tanks for the G20 Summit. He suggests
to use of university capacity for teaching and training trainers to upgrade digital literacy
among ageing population.
12

Table 1 History

1

2005

2006

2007

2008

USA

USA

USA

USA

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

SingapoSingapoSingapoSingapoSingapo

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

SingapoSingapoSingapoDenmar

USA
re

re

re

re

re

USA

UK

USA

USA

Finland

19/20

2021

2022

DenmarDenmar

k

k

USA
re

re

re

k

USA

USA

Denmark

Singapore

New
2

CanadaCanadaSingapore

Singapore

Singapore

Denmark

Singapore

Zealand
3

Singapore

Singapore

CanadaCanadaSwedenUSA

Sweden

Korea

USA

Korea

Denmark

Denmark

USA

UK

Singapore

UK

Canada4

Finland

Japan

Japan

Korea

UK

CanadaKorea

Finland

Korea

UK

UK

Korea

Japan

Estonia

UK

USA

Singapore5

Sweden

Korea

Korea

Japan

Japan

Australia

FinlandDenmark

UK

Japan

Korea

Japan

EstoniaUSA

Estonia

CanadaUSA

6

Australia

Germany

Australia

HK SAR

Korea

Japan

Japan

SwedenJapan

CanadaJapan

Estonia

CanadaKorea

Australia

Estonia

UK

New

South

7

Japan

TaiwanFinland

Australia

Canada

Korea

CanadaAustralia

SwedenEstonia

Australia

Canada

Japan

Japan
Zealand

Korea

New
ZealandSouth
8

HK SAR

Australia

TaiwanFinland

TaiwanGermany

EstoniaJapan

Denmark

Finland

Estonia

Australia

Korea

SwedenCanadaEstonia
Korea

New
9

MalaysiaUK

UK

SwedenFinlandSwedenBelgiumUK

TaiwanAustralia

CanadaSouthUK

TaiwanZealandGerman10UK

FinlandSwedenTaiwan/UK/

TaiwanNetherlaTaiwanItaly

Denmark

Canada

13

nds

Japan

TaiwanTaiwanUK/
Swedeny/Italy

Japan
Korea

NorwayTaiwanTaiwanAustralia

Sweden③International comparison of the world's four major digital rankings
The following is to summarize the international comparison of four digital rankings:

These are Waseda-IAC, United Nations, IMD (International Institute for Management
Development), and WEF (World Economic Forum). For example, when comparing Waseda
University and the United Nations, the evaluation benchmarks are different, so the rankingof the results is also different.
Waseda University evaluates the indicators in 10 areas with sub-indices in 36 areas, but
the United Nations basically has been used indicators in only 3 areas. Both IMD and WEF do
not directly evaluate and analyze digital government in details. They are interested in focusing
the target for the fields of digital competitiveness and digital economy and society. From thedata of these four major organizations, we can see that the leading nations are competing
within the top 15 countries and that there are fluctuations in the rise and fall.
Table 2 International comparison of the world's four major digital rankings
Waseda-IAC

UN

IMD

WEF

1

Denmark

Denmark

Denmark

Singapore2

New ZealandFinland

USA

USA

3

CanadaSouth Korea

SwedenHongkong

4

Singapore

New ZealandSingapore

Netherlands

5

USA

SwedenSwitzerland

Switzerland

6

UK

IcelandNetherlands

Japan

7

Korea

Australia

FinlandGermany

8

Estonia

Estonia

Korea Rep.

Sweden9

TaiwanNetherlands

Hong Kong SAR

UK

10

Japan

USA

CanadaDenmark

11

Germany

UK

Taiwan, China

Finland12

SwedenSingapore

NorwayTaiwan13

Finland

UAE

UAESouth Korea

14

IrelandJapan

Australia

Canada15

Australia

Malta

IsraelFrance(Source) Waseda-IAC

World d-Government Ranking 2022 / UN e-Government

Survey 2022 / IMD World Digital Competitiveness Ranking 2022 / WEF Global
Competitiveness Index 2020
14

C.Top 10 Countries in full scores ranking
Table 3 Top 10 Countries in full scores ranking
Rank

Nation1Denmark2

New Zealand3

Canada4

Singapore

5

USA

6

UK

7

South Korea

8

Estonia

9

Taiwan10

Japan

1st place: Denmark
This time, Denmark ranks first for two consecutive years, 2021 and 2022. Digital
government is under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Finance, which prioritizes
administrative and financial reform. Based on that, Denmark's corona countermeasures were
outstanding not only in the EU member countries but also in the world. Notably, after theoutbreak of COVID, governments quickly increased investment in the healthcare sector,
technology and innovation sectors. Centralized digital systems based on a common data
security model, standardization of health data, digital registration and personal identification
are essential.
In particular, investments in digital health literacy are needed to promote equitableand efficient healthcare with high quality, broad coverage of technology and services, and theuse of digitalized health systems by people with low literacy. To make this possible, it is also
key to sustaining efforts to facilitate access to health data for local government health workers
and enable families to assist through delegated access to health data.
On May 5, 2022, the Danish government announced its latest National
Digitalization Strategy for the period 2022-2026, which consists of 61 individual initiatives
and 9 specific visions. It shows an important path towards the next stage of digitaldevelopment and diffusion. The new national strategy consists of 34 specific projects and15enhancements in areas such as critical infrastructure protection. It also aims to further
strengthen national cyber security.

2nd place: New ZealandIn the 17-year digital government ranking, Japan jumped to second place for the firsttime. In New Zealand, the government's large investment in DX in the public service sector
has steadily paid off. Governments face increasing demand for a fully integrated andcomprehensive digitalization of public services, and the COVID-19 pandemic presents anopportunity to accelerate the delivery of digital services. Although it has a small population,
it is a country with a high priority for technological development. New Zealand is a pioneer inutilizing government digital innovation, and New Zealand citizens can easily interact with thegovernment using apps and web services.
The government has developed digitalization from scratch and continues to improveit, and it can be said that it is a model country that can be used as a reference for othercountries. New Zealand's digital strategy aims to make citizens, businesses, and government
agencies more productive, efficient, safe and competitive. This will be achieved by
implementing a comprehensive set of policies that promote a favorable environment for
digital innovation. The biggest purpose is to share the benefits of DX with all citizens and to
make it the best and most resilient economy in the world. It is attracting attention as a digital
government model in which the government's rapid DX has succeeded.

3rd place: Canada
It can be said that the country has succeeded in digitization in the last few years.
Looking at the past rankings, we are making steady progress to 16th in 2018, 8th in 2019/20,
5th in 2021, and 3rd in 2022.
The Canadian government has implemented several initiatives aimed at improving
digital government. During that time, there was economic growth and social change in
Canada. The Canadian government has invested heavily in digital technology to better serve
its citizens. As the COVID-19 pandemic accelerates the global shift to online services andincreases the number of employees working from home, emergency benefits and COVID
Alert apps can help government workers reach millions early in the epidemic. It was for the
rapid digital distribution of essential services for Canadians. The government has expanded
its online services and strived to minimize the cost of apps and infrastructure, while focusing
on improving services and adding value to its citizens. Shared Services Canada also plays across-cutting role, working diligently with government agencies to ensure the timely, effective
and secure delivery of critical frontline services. Additionally, the launch of the OneGC
16

platform is proceeding on schedule, with this one-stop service enabling citizens andbusinesses to log in once and access all available federal services through a unified portal.
increase.

4th place: Singapore
first place several times so far. It was ranked 2nd in 2021, but this year it was ranked
4th. The digitization of Singapore is positioned as the most important issue in the national
strategy of the Singapore government. Despite coming in 4th place this time, Singapore is still
making great strides in establishing its position as a digital research and development
powerhouse in ASEAN and in the world, and its expertise in digital technology is highly valued.
Singapore's Smart Nation and Digital Government Group has adopted cutting-edge
technology to act swiftly and decisively in the face of the pandemic to keep citizens safe. In
the field of digital government research, Singapore's research papers in the fields of AI,
quantum and trust technology are the most widely referenced in the world.
In addition, early investments in digital technology and innovation activities havehelped create a robust and attractive startup environment in Singapore. Many digitalcompanies are developing in various industries such as e-commerce, digital health, andfinance. Some of these companies have achieved unicorn status. In addition, international
digital companies such as Google and Salesforce continue to invest heavily in Singapore withthe goal of expanding their R&D and engineering operations in Singapore and providing more
employment opportunities for local residents.
The corona epidemic has accelerated digitization in all industries, increasing theneed for digital platforms, software, hardware, and services. As more service interactions takeplace online under global supply chains, there is an emphasis on strengthening supply andprovenance assurance for products such as food, pharmaceuticals, and components used intechnology. increase. Furthermore, through technological developments such as blockchain,
Singapore has the potential to play a role as a trusted innovator and value-added intermediary.
These technologies are designed to guarantee supply and provenance.

5th place: United States
The United States dropped one place from 4th to 5th last year. US Technology
Modernization Fund increased by $9 billion to bring government information technology andcybersecurity services into a coherent scheme across the board. By automating all previously
analog business processes, equipping them with AI, and installing virtual assistants, it is a way
for governments to adopt automated systems to enhance services and at the same time reducethe burden on the labor force. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development,17

the National Institutes of Health, and the Internal Revenue Service all use robotic process
automation (RPA) to meet the growing demand for domestic essential services.
In addition, with the rapid increase in remote work due to the corona crisis, cloudcomputing has made it easier to shift to working from home by strengthening adaptability.
Many parts of the U.S. healthcare system are also digitally operated, allowing people to receive
medical advice and diagnoses through telemedicine and telediagnosis, reducing the need tovisit clinics and hospitals. 3D printers help accelerate the production of essential medical
supplies, as the most effective preventative medicine, vaccine treatment, succeeds and saves
lives.
It is said that the implementation of digital government has been shortened byseveral years due to the corona epidemic. As Industry 4.0 pushes forward, digital payments
and identity infrastructure could help address structural issues such as financial exclusion andinformality. In developing countries, only half the population of rich countries has access tomobile internet. Developing countries are actively seeking international assistance to meettheir growing needs for information and communication technology, and the United States is
helping developing countries realize their economic and social potential. increase.
U.S. funding and leadership in the digital infrastructure sector has long-term
political and economic implications. There are advantages such as digital financial inclusionaligned with US foreign policy goals. The U.S. government has launched programs to increase
the economic stability of the poor, women, and other oppressed groups and to increase
women's participation in the labor sector, and the U.S. Agency for International Development
has announced that digital We expect that it will reduce the wage gap and contribute to theimprovement of the economy and productivity.

6th place: UK
Last year, it dropped two places from 4th to 6th. Since the start of the corona
pandemic, the UK public sector's commitment to transforming digital services has intensified.
Government agencies, local governments, the National Health Service, and other publicagencies have long made it a priority to improve citizens' ability to participate in decisions
that affect health, safety, and quality of life. British citizens have sought to join their country's
Digital Nations and share their experiences and best practices with international partners tomaximize the potential of digital services and technology. The core government digital service(GDS) is leading DX in the UK in cooperation with each government agency.
The UK response to COVID-19 shows the enormous potential for digital, data andtechnology to solve health and social care challenges. Five key challenges facing DX in the UK
are hindering the country's economic recovery and expansion. They are. (1) Information as a18catalyst for innovation, (2) New online business models, (3) Construction of a reliable supply
network, (4) Complementary AI technologies and possibilities for a wide range of applications,(5) Efficiency and productivity improvements through cloud computing and IoT
Improvement.

7th place: South Korea
In the most recent rankings, South Korea has promoted from 6th to 9th to 8th to 7th,
and although it once dropped to 9th, it has steadily climbed up the ranks. In the rapid DX era,
governments need to use digital technology and data strategically in the public sector.
Harnessing the advantages of digital technology and data, the public sector is becoming more
responsive to citizens' demands, becoming more resilient and more resilient to shocks like thecorona pandemic. Competent digital governments are also better positioned to create digital
economies and societies to meet the challenges and seize the potential benefits brought about
by the digital revolution.
The South Korean government first began implementing e-government plans andrelated initiatives in the 1990s in response to growing public interest and demand for online
public services and public information disclosure. The success of South Korea's e-governmentis largely due to state involvement and funding of this initiative.
The Korean government aims for openness, transparency, and democracy on the
COVID-19 issue, and is rapidly and actively utilizing administrative innovation skills. In June
2021, the Korean government announced a digital government strategy until 2025. It unveiledplans to implement intelligent service design and delivery, data-driven government, and arobust and comprehensive digital infrastructure while reinforcing the weaknesses identified
by the DGI. To improve the daily lives of its citizens, governments are working to expand thecurrent digital ecosystem of public data and public services.
In addition, South Korea and the Organization for Economic Co-operation andDevelopment (OECD) will sign a memorandum of understanding on digital government in
December 2021, participating in the OECD's global e-leader initiative to support nonmember countries in the field of DX in the public sector. We aim to play a more active role.

8th place: Estonia
This year's ranking is 8th. It has fallen two places from last year's 6th place. Estonia's
digital government, with 99% of public services available online, has inspired many countries'
digital strategies. The country's digital government policies, which have been working fromearly on to ensure the transparency and reliability of the digital government and promote theuse of technologies such as AI, have always been a factor in securing high rankings.
19

Even in the case of corona countermeasures, it can be evaluated that it is rapid
considering the total number of cases, hospitalizations and deaths due to the large amount ofinvestment in digital government so far. Political dynamics, rapid policy learning,collaboration with the scientific community, and existing ICT and digital government
infrastructure all contributed to the successful response to the crisis.
The identification system used in Estonia is far more modern than any other country
in the world, and national IDs are more than just legal photo identification. Granting users
digital access to all secure online services, the so-called 'Smart ID' was created in collaboration
between SK ID Solutions and Cybernetica. Smart-ID is a new generation of electronic IDs
based on apps that are easy to use on intelligent devices while maintaining high security.

9th place: Taiwan
Taiwan, which ranked 9th, jumping up one rank from last year. In particular, It
received particularly high marks for its completeness of network infrastructure (5th place).
digital government strategy promotion measures (9th place), and DX is added (6th place).
On the other hand, compared to last year's ranking, the order of contribution toadministrative and financial reform has declined. Two years have passed since the emergenceof Corona, but the promotion of digital government under the leadership of Minister Audrey
Tan, who has been acclaimed worldwide, continues to be highly evaluated.
In addition, efforts called civic tech, in which citizens use technology to participate
in social issues related to government services, are continuing, contributing to open
government data. Her efficiency facilitates the full use of digital IDs, including digital
signatures between government agencies.

10th place: Japan
Japan held on to 1oth place for the first year in ranking. On September 1, 2021, theDigital Agency was established in order to solve the issues that have been pointed out asstructural issues in Japan, such as vertically divided administration, separation of central andlocal governments, financial and digital disparities among local governments, and shortagesof digital human resources. started. The role of the Digital Agency, which has been establishedin only about 10 countries in the world, is significant, and policies are being implemented.
With the advent of Japan's social issues of declining birthrate, super-aging, and population
decline, we are promoting digital transformation with 2040 as the target year. In particular,
the promotion of digitization has been reviewed from the perspective of the Local Autonomy
Law, such as the digitization of the central government and cooperation between the central
and local governments. Several national strategies have been advocated. DX not only reduces
20the cost and efficiency of administrative and financial reforms, but also greatly contributes toimproving the convenience of people's lives. The top priority of the digital government withCorona is to provide economic revitalization and high-quality administrative services, and toensure the safety and security of people 's lives.
Digital government should aim for overall optimization, and even in the analysis of 10benchmarks, it is possible to raise the score not only in the infrastructure field, but also inservice quality, security, and new technology utilization. The application rate for My Number
Cards, which support the digital government for personal authentication, was 56% as of
October, and the issue rate nationwide was 49% as of September, an increase of 11 % fromthe same period last year. The Minister of Digital Science announced that the current healthinsurance card will be abolished in principle by the autumn of 2024.

21

D.

Top 10 Countries in the 10 indicators by 10

sectors
Full names of 10 Indicators above
1.

NIP

Network Infrastructure Preparedness (NIP)

2.

MOManagement Optimization (MO)3.

OS

Online Services (OS)

4.

NPR

National Portal (NPR)

5.

GCIO

Government Chief Information Officer (GCIO)

6.

EPRO

Digital Government Promotion (EPRO)

7.

EPAR

E-Participation (EPAR)

8.

OGD

Open Government Data & DX (OGD)

9.

CYB

Cybersecurity (CYB)

10. EMGThe emerging technology in Digital government (EMG)

The 17th

Waseda-IAC World

DigitalGovernment

Rankings

are basedonacomprehensive benchmark index analysis invented by Prof. Dr. Toshio Obi, to provide a
detailed and accurate assessment of the latest digital government developmentsin the ICT sector of all target countries (economy). Currently, 10 key indicators below
are used to conduct the review for World Digital Government Ranking Survey. The following
table shows all 10 indicators and sub-indicators in 36 fields under their umbrella.

Table 4 Key field evaluation 10 Indicators and sub-36 Indicator list
10

major survey items

36 Survey sub-items
1-1Internet subscribers

1-2

Broadband users

1-3

Digital mobile phone subscribers

Contribution to administrative and financial

2-1

Optimization progressreforms,

2-2

Integrated EA model

management, MO (effects of EA, etc.)

2-3

Administrative budget system

Progress of various online applications and

3-1

Electronic bidding systemservices / OS (types and progress of online service

3-2

Electronic tax payment

activities)

3-3Electronic payment / customs clearance

Network infrastructure enhancement ・NIP
(Building and maintenance of public network)

optimizationofadministrative

22

system
3-4

eHealth system

3-5One-stop service

4-1

Navigation function

Convenience of homepage and portal site ・

4-2

Two-way dialogue

NPR (Status of National Portal)

4-3

interface

4-4

Technical convenience

5-1

Introduction of CIO

Government CIO (Chief Information Officer)

5-2

CIO Authority

Activity ・GCIO

5-3

CIO Organization(Authority and human resource development)

5-4

CIO Human Resources Development

Plan
6-1

Legal response

6-2

Effective promotion business

6-3

Support mechanism

6-4

Evaluation mechanism

7-1

Information sharing mechanism

participation by ICT・EPAR

7-2

Exchange / Discussion(Electronic participation of citizens)

7-3

Participation in decision making

8-1

Legal response

Open Government OGD (Open data) ＆8-2

SocietyDX

8-3 Organization

E-Government Strategy / Promotion Measures/ EPRO(Achievement of the plan)
Enrichmentof

citizens'

administrative

Cyber security / CYB

Use of Emerging ICT / EMG

8-4

Activity

9-1

Legal response

9-2

Cybercrime measures

9-3

Internet Security Organization

10-1

Cloud utilization

10-2

IoT utilization

10-3

Big data utilization

1. Network infrastructure enrichment (NIP)

Table 5 Network infrastructure enrichment (NIP)

1Country

NIP

USA

8.042323

2

Netherlands

8.03483

Japan

8.02484

Iceland8.0186

5

Taiwan8.0018

6

Sweden7.8641

7

South Korea

7.8417

8

New Zealand

7.83599Finland7.7604

10

France7.6995Regarding "network enrichment," three sub-indicators are used to evaluate thedigital government. Internet users are an important sub-index for assessing a country's online
application

services. The

development

andpopularizationof wirelessbroadband,

especially 5G, has become mainstream. Infrastructure development has already beendeveloped and applied in many countries. This will be of great help to developing countries
in terms of increased high-speed connectivity, evolution of infrastructure over wide
bandwidths, and the adoption and progress of digital government strategies, and can reducethe digital divide among developed countries.
This year 2022, USA is the top with a very high digital penetration rate. The infrastructure
required for ICT networks and digital governments is well-developed, and it continues to be
ranked high in 2022 based upon the interoperability of the system and the large exchange ofdata between government ministries and agencies. increase. USA has also been focusing on
greening from an early stage, and the government has been working with the private sector,
focusing on "green IT-GX " solutions to continuously expand digital infrastructure in orderto provide a healthier environment for all people. The PPP mechanism has been promoted.

2. Contribution to administrative and financial reform, optimization ofadministrative management (MO)
Table 6 Contribution to administrative and financial reform, optimization of administrative
management (MO)CountryMO

I

Denmark

12

1

Singapore

12

1

USA

12

1

UK

12

24

5

Switzerland

11.8

6

South Korea

11.6

6

Ireland11.6

6

Netherlands

11.6

9

Canada

11.2

9

Japan

11.2

9

Sweden11.2

9

Finland

11.2

9

UAE

11.2

9

Philippines

11.2

Optimization of administrative management is an important indicator of the digital
government ranking, which indicates the optimal behavior of the government in the operation
andimplementationof thedigitalgovernment. It willbeevaluatedthrough theimplementation of the project and the strategy for ICT application development. We will
apply new technologies that are optimal for promoting online services. Digital policy andsystem architecture settings are also factors for all governments to consider moving to a digitalmodel. This indicator evaluates the use of ICT to improve government business and internal
processes (back offices of each organization). Government management optimization is an
important indicator of digital government development as it relates to optimization progress,
integrated enterprise architecture (EA), and government management budget systems.
Singapore, UK and USA are selected for the first place with a tie score.

3. Progress of various online applications and services (OS)Table 7 Progress of various online applications and services (OS)Country

OS

1

Switzerland

11.76

2

Singapore

11.4

2

USA

11.4

2

UK

11.4

2

Taiwan

11.4

6

New Zealand

11.28

6

Estonia

11.28

6Australia

11.28

9

Thailand

11.25

10

Netherland

11.22

25

Progress in various online applications and services is a key indicator of the development
of digital government. The achievements of the digital government include e-services, or
products / services provided by the government to citizens, and positions e- services as theinterface of the digital government. The growth of a nation as a digital government ismeasured by the increase in online services and the level of services (information, download
forms,

transactions,e-payments,etc.). This

DigitalGovernment

Rankingsurveycurrently evaluates five major online services, including e- procurement, e-tax payments, epayments, one-stop services, and e- health. These are the basic services of online services. In
order to cover and evaluate better online services. In 2022, Switzerland ranks first.

4. Convenience of homepage and portal site (NPR)
Table 8 Convenience of homepage and portal site (NPR)Country

NPR

1

New Zealand

81Canada

8

1

USA

8

1

UK

8

1

Switzerland

8

6South Korea

7.8667

7Singapore

7.7333

7

Estonia

7.7333

7

Sweden7.73337

Finland7.7333

7

Norway7.7333As point of contact for national portal (one-stop service), the government portal would be
regarded as all of e- integrated services, this is defined as a place to be able to access througha single gateway. It is also the primary interface for stakeholders to access the government
electronically. Through national portals, governments provide users of public services withmany benefits by faster and better services from citizens and businesses to the publicmanagers themselves. In the public sector, one-stop service, the most promising concept ofservice provided in Administration is the most important service. The implementation of the
National Portal is included in the digital government strategies in most countries. New
Zealand, Canada, USA, UK, and Switzerland together are ahead of the others in first place.

26

5. Government CIO Activity (GCIO)
Table 9 Government CIO Activity (GCIO)Country

GCIO

1

Canada102Denmark

9.5455

2

New Zealand9.5455

4Singapore

9.3182

5

Norway9.09096UK

7.9545

7

Estonia

7.7273

7

Ireland7.7273

9

Taiwan7.2727

10

USA

7.272

In the "World Digital Government Ranking", the government CIO is introduced as very
important index in the evaluation on digital government in each country from the first year of
this ranking survey. Government CIOs are expected to balance digital strategy, organizational
reform and overall optimization, play an important role in planning and implementation. And
inrecentyears

government

CIOs

have also

focused

on DX

for

digitalgovernment. Government CIO also activates DX to lead the efforts on digital technology,
research, and implement the methodology of the workflow. and GCIOs transform the agility
and digital bird's-eye view of digital activities in federal government agencies. This indicator
is intended to assess the role of the information technology sector in digital government
planning, development and implementation, and to transform DX applications into
management models.
This year, Canada gets the highest score. Both Denmark and New Zealand rank in
2nd position. USA drops down to the 10th, even though the Federal CIO Council is active,
In Japan, the Digital Agency was established in September last year. the name called asGovernment CIO has been replaced by the Chief Digital Officer. The Chief Digital Officer isa position equivalent to the Administrative Vice-Minister in other central ministries andagencies, assists the "Digital Minister" who supervises the Digital Agency under the Prime
Minister, and supervises the overall business of the Digital Agency. Against the backgroundof the authority of the Digital Agency, the Chief Digital Officer is expected to play a role indemonstrating the leadership through comprehensive coordination through join activities
with each ministry and local government, and promoting administrative DX by making use ofexperiences in the private sector.
27

6. Digital Government Strategy and Promotion (EPRO)
Table 10 Digital Government Strategy and Promotion (EPRO)Country

EPRO

1

Korea

10

2

Estonia

9.83873

Singapore

9.67744Denmark9.0323

4

Canada9.0323

4

Italy

9.03234UAE

9.0323

8

USA

9.032

9

Taiwan8.871

9Indonesia

8.871

This indicator measures government activity towards promoting digital governmentand distributing e- services to citizens, businesses and other stakeholders. This includes
activities related to digital government implementation support, such as legal frameworks andmechanisms (laws, plans, policies, strategies). In short, the government is doing these
activities to support the development of e-services and the development of the digital
government.
Korea has won the first place due to the success of preventive Corona's digital strategy.
Through the media, governments have successfully introduced the promotion of services andutilities that use the internet to provide public services.

7. Enrichment of citizens' participation in government through ICT (EPAR)
Table 11 Enrichment of Citizens' Participation in Government by ICT (EPRA)Country

EPAR

1Denmark

10

1

New Zealand

101Estonia101Finland10

1

Iceland

10

6

Canada

9.75

6

Italy

9.75

6

France9.75

9Singapore

9.5

28

9

USA

9.5

9

South Korea

9.5

9Germany

9.5

9Sweden9.5

9Australia

9.5

ICT is the administrative tool for citizens in e-participation, to expand the active
participation in the digital government operations. In implementing digital projects, businessand people can connect, make dialogue with the government, and increase the transparency
and consistency of the process. These processes can be about management, service delivery,
decision making, and policy making.
Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Estonia, and New Zealand have the highest ratings intheir respective methods. In particular, Denmark provides hybrid services that havesucceeded in digitizing nearly 100 %, while retaining the administrative services for thepeople with vulnerable and elderly.
Estonia has already fully fulfilled its role as a leading country for the digital
government and is playing various e-participation in the country's digital strategy, such as
laying broadband, digital strategy, and attracting business investment. Even with corona
measures, there are differences in the participation of citizens in the administration in eachcountry.

8. Open Government (OGD) ＆ DX
Table 12 Open Government (OGD)＆DX
Country

Score

1

New Zealand

102Denmark

9.6

2

Estonia

9.6

2

UAE

9.6

5

USA

9.5

6

UK

9.4

6

Taiwan9.4

6

Hong Kong

9.4

9South Korea

9.2

9Germany

9.2

9Netherlands

9.2

29

Open government/data is a barometer of the openness of specific government datato citizens, businesses, and other ministries. New Zealand is at the top of the ranking. This
time UAE has made great strides.
The United Kingdom as the 6th rank has earned a high reputation as a digitallyadvanced country for several years. In UK, the online system of most administrative
procedures

hasalreadybeen

implemented. Both

OECD ‘s"Digital

Government

Index (2019) " and World Wide Web Foundation’s "open data Barometer (2016),” havebecome a place, which each government agency WEB site is GOV.
In addition, the National Health Service of the UK medical system has its own
website, and the procedure for vaccination reservation / change has been completed on thewebsite for Corona issues. One of the factors behind the success of UK digitization is thecollaboration with private businesses through open government/data. DX for digital
government is analyzed in each country assessment report.

9. Cyber Security (CYB)
Table 13 Cyber Security (CYB)
Country

CYB

1Denmark

10

1

UK

10

3

USA

9.8

3

Japan

9.8

3

Austria

9.8

6

New Zealand

9.6

6South Korea

9.6

6

Germany

9.6

6

Sweden9.6

6

Switzerland

9.6

6

Netherlands

9.6

6

Iceland9.6

6

Lithuania

9.6

An important issue in promoting digital government is cybersecurity. Sufficient
security measures have been taken in Denmark and UK which won the first place in 2022. In
addition, Though USA ranks in the 3rd position, the latest report of the U.S. Department ofState announced that it will create a station in charge of cyberspace and digital policy, and to30

the U.S. infrastructure against the ransomware virus. We have set out a policy to strengthencountermeasures against cyber-attacks as the attacks of the United States become more
serious. The Cyber Bureau is a center position for “cyber security" that includes, (1)negotiations and deterrence with allies and hostile countries, (2) a "digital policy" that
promotes the creation of a reliable communication network, and (3) a "Digital freedom" that
protects human rights online. In these three fields, the administration would like to expect
future progress in eradicating the rapidly increasing number of cybercrimes.

10. Use of Emerging ICT (EMG)
Table 14 Use of Emerging ICT (EMG)
Country

EMG

1Denmark

7.5

2

Canada7.25

3

New Zealand

74Singapore

6.5

4

USA

6.5

4

UK

6.5

4

Japan

6.5

8

Belgium

69Germany

5.5

9Netherlands

5.5

The role of innovation in technology area is to provide effective services to all
citizens and businesses using the Internet and communication networks. The development ofmany new technologies, such as AI and Block Chain, do more than just help people accessgovernment services through computers, phones, tablets, and thousands of otherdevices. Cloud computing helps facilitate the connection between government andcitizens. Big data helps governments scale their data to optimize their services. Therefore, theemergence of these technologies always needs the highest priority and should be implemented
by the government.
Canada follows in second place. The United States takes in the 4th rank, which
established an ICT base in Silicon Valley. In addition, international policy adjustments havebegun, including standardization of AI, quantum computers, biotechnology, etc. The
appointment of a new envoy in charge of emerging technologies will further promote thedigitization of the government.
31

Japan which ranks 4th, could improve the use of cutting- edge technologies such as
the advancement of smartness in local public organizations by the spread of digitaladministrative services utilizing AI and RPA, and the contribution to cost efficiency, work
style reform, digital investment, and optimal allocation of human resources.

32

E. Highlight - New trends of Digital Government
Topics of Digital Government
1.

DX Challenges for Digital Government

2.

DX and Regulation Reform

3.

Corona Measures

4.

Human resources -Hybrid work

5.

Digital Inclusion

6.

Data Driven Evaluation System

7.

Resilient Smart City

8.

Digital Literacy

9.

Silver Innovation

10. Cyber Security
11. Digital Twin
12. AI for Digital Government
13. Prospect for 5G and Beyond 5G (6G)

1. DX Challenges for Digital Government
Figure 1 Framework of DX Strategy

Grand Storage and Design
SDGs

Smart
DigitalNext Generation DG

city

Post
COVID19

UserDigitaloriented

Twins

and
citizen-DX
Regulation
Reformoriented

33

WEB3.0AI

digitalBlockchaiinclusionn① Strategy
Digital government is total optimization. Grand strategy and grand design are required. The
e-Government Research Institute has analyzed and evaluated the progress of e-Government
over the past 16 years using 10 benchmarks. As more and more countries are strategicallypromoting digital government, the trend toward e-government is rapidly advancing.
② Technology
Technological innovation advances. After COVID-19, digitalization progresses in bothdeveloped and developing countries. Shift from defensive digitization for efficiency and cost
reduction to offensive digitization using AI. New technologies such as tamper-proof blockchains are also starting to be used in digital governments in emerging countries. A shift fromarchitecture to service design can be felt in the top-ranking countries.
③ Inclusion
The lack of digital government from the perspective of the people and users denies social
inclusion. The goal of social inclusion is to send and receive information to vulnerable people
who have digital disparities, such as the elderly, disabled, and foreigners. In addition, although
it was a digital government whose main purpose was administrative and financial reform,④ Valuation (E valuation Platform)
While digital government has been promoted for the purpose of administrative and financial
reform, the optimal allocation of budgets is being reconsidered according to user needs andthe public's point of view. Evaluation based on EBPM, and agile thinking is required as anevaluation index.

2. DX and Digital Government
Digital governance is defined as the use of technology to provide government services tothe public. The goal of digital governance is to improve the government service delivery
methods and enhance citizens’ involvement in public services. From that perspective, it
stipulates smart cities making advances in data acquisition and digital technologies that havethe potential to unlock new, more cost-effective, and productive ways for cities to undertake
existing tasks. International standards are best practices established by global experts, which
can be used to benchmark the functional and technical performance of smart cities. The smart
city is indeed an ambitious concept, but it should be officially recognized by national
authorities, international investors, and community organizations to promote societal
advancement, technology absorption, and financing of new infrastructure investments.
Standards can ensure that technologies deployed in cities are efficient, safe, and wellintegrated into the vision and goals of a smart city. This policy brief reviews the evolving
standards and technical standards that are important for smart city implementation. Hence,34

there is a need for standards to help the regulators and communities in assessing how smart
cities function and contribute to strategic goals. The consensus within the smart citycommunity is that so far there is limited use of existing and emerging standards that support
smart cities’ agenda and that are inclusive of a new digital governance architecture.
The G20 should promote an effective digital governance system to accelerate thetransformation The next generation Digital Government The next 5th generation Digital
Government should be encouraged to implement innovative concepts centered on emerging
technologies such as AI, 5G (6G) technologies, IoT, Big Data, blockchains, and digital twinsin order to achieve the G20 themes “recover together, recover stronger” and “smart together”.
It should be fully considered that the convergence of digital society, climate change and aging
society will be inevitable post Covid-19. Furthermore, the following new Digital Government
for new society is highly recommended.
The 10 indicators by Waseda University-IAC World Digital Government Ranking for 17
years since 2005 is as follows:

Network Preparedness/Infrastructure (NIP)Management Optimization/ Efficiency (MO)Online Services / Functioning Applications (OS)National Portal/Homepage (NPR)

Government CIO (GCIO)



D-Government Promotion (EPRO)

E-Participation/Digital Inclusion (EPAR)

Open Government (DXOG)

Cyber Security (CYB)

The use of Emerging ICT (EMG)

We are proposing Digital Transformation (DX) for the next Digital Government model withthe following 8 factors in capital as independent indicator:
1. AI Innovative Government
2. Big Data, Blockchain-Digital Twin for Government
3. 5G/6G mobile government
4. Digital Government for SDGs
5. Citizen Centric and Social Inclusion
6. Data driven and Open Innovation
7. Emergency action for crises
8. Global network and Standardization
It will improve citizen’s quality of life through infrastructure, applications, and other35

means. Governments should heed the digital gap between urban areas and rural areas, andbetween large companies and SMEs. These disparities became more apparent during the
global pandemic. The world is entering an era of further disparity due to the Covid-19 disaster,which shows no signs of equalizing. It will become a major global socio-economic issue.
The governments should create productive harmony between digital governmentand smart city/villages with all stakeholders. Active participation of civil society should also
be encouraged. The biggest challenge for cities is not only how to establish digital governmentand smart city solutions but also how digital government and smart city can solve basic urban
problems. As a result, many cities have adopted smart solutions on urbanization, and sharing
experiences between the stakeholders of the governments in different countries are expected
to expand solutions for all public sectors. Yet even today there is no substantial universal
framework available. On the other hand, there are many governments worldwide that are still
struggling to solve basic urban/rural/village problems. Coordination between Digital
Government and Smart City There is the need to harmonize disjointed central and local
governments’ DX and as well as digital capabilities. Also, to address current and future urban
issues including aging societies, there must be a renewed focus and reorganization of
governance centered to encourage innovative solutions. Harmonization of creating common
infrastructures, platforms, and between Digital Government and Smart City as well as theirjoint activities is extremely important to reduce any duplication of investment for digital
infrastructure and accelerate economic growth.
Effects on Digital Economy and New Society
The definition ＆ activities of digital government has changed significantly since it
started about 40 years historically. E-Government was established as part of theadministrative and financial reform of the US government. In 1992, the Clinton
administration came to power in the United States, and about two years later, under the slogan
of a paperless society, Vice President Gore took the lead and started working on e-government,
the centerpiece of administrative and financial reforms.
In Japan, as part of the administrative and financial reforms, a novel report on egovernment was issued, and many IT strategies led to legal revisions. Along with theremarkable development of ICT, e-government related policies have been newly formulated.
With the rapid evolution from personal computers to mobile phones and smart phones,
broadband environments and wireless speeds have been progressing, and there is a shift tovirtualization, decentralization, and cloud computing.
Recently, AI, IoT, big data, and blockchain in major developed countries have beenutilized as technologies that form the backbone of digital government, contributing to the36growth of digital government. Since around 2010, social media such as Facebook, Twitter,and SNS have become popular as new interactive means. As citizens' electronic participation
is promoted and e-participation is emphasized, the movement of civil society becomes active,
and it is recognized as a force that plays a role in digital government.
On the other hand, security vulnerabilities are becoming more serious in many
countries and regions, and there is a need to strengthen digital governance. Since the role of
ICT has undergone a qualitatively large paradigm shift, in recent years, citizen-oriented
digital government has become an important policy subject. Through open innovation, thevalue of data is regarded as new capital, and an unprecedented digital society is beginning toemerge.
It is essential that digital government, which is the catalyst for administrative andfinancial reform, contributes to significant cost reduction and administrative DX. Full-scale
promotion and deployment of digital government is essential as a basis for economic growthand innovation strategies as well as strengthening international competitiveness. The trendof the world is unfortunately expanding the digital disparity, the central-regional disparity,and the income disparity after the corona. In Emerging countries, the use of AI and blockchain
technology and the movement of innovation are conspicuous in reality. Also, the digital divide
between the "haves" and "have-nots" is also not shortened. In particular, the gap widens interms of utilization of advanced technology, digital human resources, and government budget.
However, the cooperation between social media and digital government services will advance,
and in addition to the usefulness in times of disaster, user-oriented services centered on
citizens will also advance.
One of the more advanced digital government strategies is public-private partnership.
(PPP) While updating the national strategy, they are working continuously and gradually
instilling the importance of digitization to administrative officials over a long period of time.
It is also characterized by the establishment of good governance and promoting digitization
in society based on the recognition that digitization is of value to both citizens andgovernment officials.

3. Corona Measures
As Singapore ranks No.1 among Asian countries in the Waseda World ranking 2022,
several excellent characteristics are introduced:
Promotion of government-led eco-friendly data centers
Singapore's Economic Development Board (EDB) and Information andCommunication Media Development Authority (IMDA) announced the launch of the Data
37

Center (DC) – Call for Application Exercise (DC-CFA) on 20 July 2022. DC is expected tosee a significant increase in demand as an important digital infrastructure for the developmentof DX and the digital economy.
One of the problems with data centers is their high environmental impact. It isestimated that DC accounts for 3% of the world's electricity consumption. For Singapore, DC
accounts for 7% of total electricity. Since the increase in DCs will affect environmental issues
such as global warming, Singapore has set a three-year moratorium period from 2019 tosuspend the construction of new DCs. For sustainability, the Singapore government indicatesa policy to promote the construction of new eco-friendly DCs using the latest technology.
The new DCs are to obtain the Platinum Green Mark certification, to have the PUEof the international power usage efficiency index of 1.3 or less, which is the highest class, tohave the highest IT energy efficiency, and to have the best decarbonization. Methodology
proposals (renewable energy sustainability goals and innovative energy investment plans)
were raised.
The Singapore government will steer in the direction of achieving both thepromotion of digitalization and sustainability such as decarbonization. At the same time, italso calls for key data centers and technologies to play a role as regional and international hubs.
This is because, while other ASEAN countries are also actively investing in DCs, there isconcern that other countries will lose their position due to stricter conditions.
Google opened its third data center in Singapore on August 23rd. 2022 Google's data
center investment in Singapore totaled $850 million. At the same time, Google signed amemorandum of understanding with the Singapore government for the use of AI inadministrative services. Cooperate on joint development in the fields of finance and medicine,
AI training for government officials, and the establishment of ethics and governance in AI
utilization. Google has established a headquarters for Southeast Asia in Singapore, creating
3,000 jobs.
●New construction of data centers in the world
Global internet traffic grew at an average annual rate of 29% from 2017 to 2021,
according to research firm Telegeography. Especially in 2019-2020, the early period of thecorona crisis, there was a dramatic increase of 46%. According to JETRO, cross-borderInternet bandwidth (data flow) increased by about 2.7 times over the four years from 2017 to
2021. New data centers that operate Internet servers and data communication equipment are
being constructed around the world.
Currently, nearly 40% of the world's data centers are concentrated in North America.
In particular, the United States has an overwhelming advantage, accounting for nearly one38

third of the global market. In addition, countries with large financial cities have a high shareof data centers, with the United Kingdom with London, Germany with Frankfurt, and theNetherlands with Amsterdam at the top. A few numbers of data centers are required in Europe
due to active Internet communication for financial transactions.
Japan has less than half of Singapore's cross-border data flow and ranks ninth in data
center share. Among Japan's partner countries, the United States accounts for 41.1%, China
24.6%, and Singapore 13.4%. The top three countries account for about 80% of Japan's crossborder data flows.
China will start a national data center project in February 2022, building data centers
concentrated in the east and extended to in the west, and building networks between data
centers.
Southeast Asia is not in the top 10, but it is a battleground where data centers arebuilt in Thailand, Indonesia, Vietnam, Malaysia, Philippines, and Singapore. Cushman &Wakefield, a major US real estate service company, predicts that the DC market in Southeast
Asia will grow at an average annual rate of 12.4% until 2024, reaching $2.4 billion in 2024.
The growth rate is higher than North America (6.4%), Europe (11.1%), and the entire AsiaPacific region including India (12.2%). Singapore currently tops the list, but Indonesia andMalaysia are catching up.
Global share of data center
United States

32.9%

Netherlands

3.3%

Germany

5.8%

Australia

3.3%

UK

5.5%

France

3.2%

China

5.3%

Japan

2.5%

Canada3.9%

Russia2.0%

Source) JETRO
of DC bases in major Southeast Asian countries and DC growth rate in capital cities
Country

Number of DC locations

Capital DC growth rate

Singapore

104

5.1%

Indonesia

64

21.8%

Malaysia

44

12.9%

Philippines

29

14.2%

Vietnam20

14.5%
Source) Nihon Keizai Shimbun:

39

The number of DC bases is Cloud scene (as of December 2021) DC average annual growthrate (2020-2024) is estimated by Crashman & Wakefield
Singapore Launch of CrowdTaskSG as digital inclusion and e-participation
On August 12, 2022, the beta version of "CrowdTaskSG", a platform for the governmentand citizens to share their opinions and feedback, was launched. Available to Singpass accountholders. This is a platform to connect the government and the people, and the purpose is forthe government to listen to the voices of the citizens and reflect them in policy. For example,
if a government agency wanted to know what the public thinks about climate change, it would
ask CrowdTaskSG to do a survey and ask users to respond.
Here are four features of CrowdTaskSG. First, it was designed to perform tasks so that it
can be enjoyed like an online game. Users will receive virtual coins and experience points forcompleting tasks such as voting on questions with options and sending feedback on initiatives.
As a person accumulates experience points, its rank will increase.
Second, the accumulated virtual coins can be exchanged for incentives. 5000 coins areworth 5 Singapore dollars. Redeem real-world vouchers for tangible benefits. Currently, evouchers for NTUC FairPrice, Singapore's largest supermarket chain, are provided.
Third, matching tasks to relevant users. Government agencies can take advantage of targeted
allocation capabilities. Elderly people can be matched with tasks related to products for theelderly, and child-rearing households can be matched with tasks for child-rearing households.
Fourth, it enables government agencies to engage and pilot the public early in the productand policy-making workflow. In the normal policy process, it takes time and money to search
for target people who are suitable for products and measures, conduct sample surveys and test
operations, but using CrowdTaskSG saves the trouble of finding target people. Listening tocitizens' opinions and reflecting them in policies means that the government and citizens
create policies together. Such public comment systems exist in various countries, including
Japan, but due to their low level of recognition and difficulty in understanding, effective use
is an issue. CrowdTaskSG is a new initiative and GovTech emphasizes that "citizens are reallyco-creators."●

Overview of the DX policy of the Government Technology Agency of Singapore in

FY2022The Government Technology Agency of Singapore announced in June 2022 that theamount of ICT procurement for fiscal 2022 is expected to be 3.8 billion Singapore dollars, thesame amount as the previous fiscal year. In fiscal 2021, it increased by 8.6% compared to theprevious year, partly due to the impact of the corona crisis. It has spent a total of S$12.6 billion
40

over the past four years from FY2018 to FY2021. Of the S$3.8 billion, S$2.6 billion, or 70%,
will be spent on app development. Projects employing new technologies such as machinelearning, sensors, Internet of Things (IoT) and data science are expected to more than double
from S$790 million in FY2021 to S $2 billion in FY2022.
● Example of project
For specific projects, law enforcement agencies will consider using automatic
speech-to-text services. Currently, judicial proceedings, such as court records, arehandwritten. The service is a tool to assist transcribers of judicial proceedings.
The Ministry of Education will work with the Government Technology Agency to introduce
smart facility management systems in all schools to improve energy and water efficiency.
Monitor consumption while collecting data and improve labor productivity throughautomated management systems.Singapore started using digital textbooks in research schools
from 2007. Currently, instead of uniformly deciding whether to use paper or digital, eachschool principal can choose the medium of textbooks at their discretion.
●Promotion of Cloud First
Since the formulation of the Cloud First Strategy in October 2018, approximately
55% of eligible government systems have been migrated to the Government Commercial
Cloud (GCC). The government expects to achieve the target of 70% by fiscal 2023. By
deploying apps on the GCC, the government's ICT infrastructure has become more agile andresilient, resulting in an average cost reduction of 30%-40% per system migrated to the cloud.
In 2022, They will spend S$1 billion on projects developed on the cloud.
Joint development projects with industry are expected to account for 27% of the total.
The Government Technology Agency promotes joint development with industry. FY2022 is
expected to account for 27% of the total project ($1.04 billion). Approximately 11% in 2020
and 20% in 2021, growing steadily. The content is expected to increase the ratio of
streamlining and simplification of the “Singapore government technology stack”, which is acommon government platform. And through holding sessions to promote joint development,
procurement opportunities for SMEs in FY2022 are expected to reach 80%. It is also effective
as a support for small and medium enterprises.
Corona measures(1) Case study of United States
Economy comes first, but there are many pains. In the United States, the responseto the coronavirus differs from state to state, with Democratic Party-led states having stricter
41

restrictions, and Republican Party-led states not requiring masks to be worn. Since theOmicron stock has been moving in the direction of coexistence with Corona、 the CDC
announced on August 11,2022 that it revised its guidelines to eliminate the need to isolate
contacts of infected people and instead recommend wearing high-performance masks. The
period is 10 days. For positive people, at the end of December 2021, the conventional 10-day
waiting period was changed to a recommendation of at least 5-day isolation. Those who havesymptoms but do not have test results would be asked to isolate until results are available.
As of September 7, 2022,94.8 million people were infected in the United States.
Many people have been infected with the Omicron strain in winter, and after that, 100,000
people infected per day and 400 deaths. It seems that the fact the number of infected people
does not increase like in Japan due to the infectiousness of the BA,5 strain cannot be said tobe a success in infection control. In the United States, many people have been infected withwinter Omicron strains. Because many people still have high antibody levels, it is thought thatthey are unlikely to be infected with the BA,5 strain. In January, the government stopped
keeping track of all cases and started distributing test kits free of charge. Many people whoare infected do not report, and statistics only reflect the results of hospital tests.

Table 15 Comparison of both U.S and Japan on Treatment of Infected and Close Contacts
USA

Japan

infected- Quarantine for at least 5

infected・ Reduce the duration of

persondays

persontreatment for symptomaticpatients from 10 days to 7
days
・ Asymptomatic

peopleshorten from 7 days to 5 days
Close

・Isolation not required

Close

・ In principle, voluntary

contact

・ Inspection 5 days after

contact

standby for 5 days from thepersonthe last contact

personstart of infection control

Wearingahigh-measuresperformance mask for 10

・If the antigen qualitativedays

test is negative on the 2nd
and 3rd days, it can becanceled from the 3rd day.

42

4. Human Resources~ Hybrid work – Telework or full return to the office?
(1) U.S. companies that have promoted remote work up until now are divided into those that
continue to work remotely, those that practice hybrid work, and those that aim to fully returnto the office. In the IT industry, there are many IT companies with hybrid work that combines
remote office work. Google launched a hybrid work system in April, requiring employees towork three days a week. Both Amazon and Microsoft have also introduced hybrid work. Apple
will also ask employees to work three days a week starting in September. Since March, thepercentage of people who come to work in the 10 major cities in the United States hasremained in the 40% range.
The financial industry is gearing up for a full return to the office. From September,
Prudential Financial, BMO Financial Group, Goldman Sachs, etc. will expand the request tocome to the office. Arai Financial has also been encouraging people to return to the office.
Goldman Sachs has lifted mandatory vaccinations and other barriers to returning to the office.
Companies are asking for a complete return to the office from hybrid work, and employees
are asking for the continuation of hybrid work.
Studies show that hybrid work reduces turnover and increases job satisfaction.
Researchers at Stanford University conducted a six-month randomized controlled trial of
1,612 employees of the online travel agency Trip.com. Employee turnover decreased by 35%
for hybrid work, and employees value working from home equivalent to a 4% to 8% wage
increase. IT engineers' productivity increased by 8% while working from home.
On the other hand, the return to the office, including hybrid work, also has
disadvantages. On August 26, the Los Angeles Public Health Center reported that a total of
307 people were infected at two Google offices that began working in offices, making it thehighest number in the private sector. There is also the risk of aggravation and aftereffects due
to infection, so there is a dispute over whether to allow remote work for those who do notwant to go to work and get infected. When Apple introduced hybrid work in September, there
was a signature campaign for flexible work styles. For now, Twitter and Facebook willcontinue to work remotely for those who want them.
● The problem of aftereffects that cannot be taken lightly
A Brookings Institution analysis released on August 24 found that 16 million
Americans of working age (ages 18-65) are suffering from the aftereffects of COVID-19. And
it was estimated that up to 4 million people could not work. Even 3 million people make up
1.8% of the entire US workforce. As of June, the United States has a labor shortage of 10.7
million people, about 3 million more than before the pandemic.
43

The Brookings Institution estimates that this shortfall of 3 million workers is
equivalent to $168 billion in lost profits annually. If the number of people with sequelae
increases by 10% each year, the annual wage loss in 10 years will reach $5 trillion. Neglecting
the problem of aftereffects will continue to expand the impact on the economy in the medium
to long term.
(２) Case study of Japan – Mortality rate is low, but heavy burden on medical sites and publichealth centers
The government currently calls for 10 days of treatment for those with symptoms
and 7 days for those with no symptoms, but plans to shorten the period to 7 days for thosewith symptoms and 5 days for those without symptoms in order to limit the impact on theeconomy.
In terms of the number of corona deaths, Japan is the lowest in the G7 and 15th outof 19 countries in the G20 excluding the EU (countries with fewer deaths than Japan are South
Korea, Australia, Saudi Arabia, and China). Considering Japan's population, this is a fairly low
level by world standards. In terms of population ratio, the number of corona deaths in China
is about 5,200, and the low mortality rate is overwhelmingly the first place. The populous
African countries of Nigeria, Ethiopia and the Democratic Republic of the Congo also have
low four-digit deaths. However, the credibility of these countries' statistics is questionable.
● Delay of government DX in corona countermeasures
The failure of DX in corona countermeasures is that the work of the public healthcenter was tight, and the grasp of the total number was virtually broken. Regarding the total
number of cases, it was pointed out that the input to the online system "HER-SYS" forsubmitting the corona outbreak report was a big burden. The government took two measures:First, from September 26th, government limits the target of the notification of outbreaks tothe elderly and those with underlying diseases. Even if an outbreak report is not submitted,
we will continue to keep track of the total number of infected people and the number of people
by age group. There was also a proposal to entrust the decision to local governments, but thetransition was made nationwide. In the current HER-SYS, it is not possible to input only the
number of people by age group, so government will modify the system before that. On thedownside, there is concern that public health centers will have a hard time understanding
when people who are not covered by the notification of outbreaks become ill, which may delay
response.
Secondly, in the 7th wave of Corona infection, the input items for the outbreakreport were greatly reduced. There were 120 at first, but it was gradually reduced to 7 items.
44However, even with the 7 items, it is said that input work at the site will continue until late atnight in the infection situation of the 7th wave of Corona infection. After the end of the 7th
wave, government considers shifting from grasping all the cases to grasping them at fixed
points.
●DX of public health center work
Regarding the digitization of public health center operations, there is an example of
Yokosuka City introducing a new system. At the public health center in Yokosuka, necessary
information was retrieved from HER-SYS and put together in a ledger to monitor the healthof infected people. Until now, the ledger was created by re-entering data manually whilelooking at the printed paper. With the new system, the ledger can be created automatically,
and the work of creating the ledger, which used to be done by five or six full-time workers,
can now be done by one person. As a result, they were able to increase the number of people
involved in other tasks such as health observation.
In the world, the world's DX has progressed rapidly due to Corona. According to the“DX International Survey on COVID-19 (May 2020)1” conducted by the Waseda University
Institute for Digital Government in May 2020, there is a certain degree of difficulty inpromoting telecommuting, online education, and online meetings in Indonesia.
Effectiveness has been seen in Singapore, with delivery business, telemedicine byvoice and video chat, 24 -hour access to medical data, and expansion of e -shops forpurchasing medicines. The Singapore government has released an app called " Trace
Together " that notifies people who may have been in close contact while protecting personal
information. Considering the timing of the survey, the implementation was only a few months
after the corona appeared, so it was a quick response. In Singapore, more thorough tracking
management and control were carried out.
In China, the infection risk using movement history was released in an app, and theinfection risk was evaluated using a chatbot.
In many countries where COVID-19 occurred, information provision and ICT
applications on related digital governments were developed and spread. In addition to these,
the media and research organizations in various countries have reported good examples ofdigital government, such as applying for and paying benefits using the Internet and online

1

The APEC “Smart Silver Innovation” project chaired by Waseda University group, and the “Digital

Transformation by CIOs to Solve COVID-19” international conference held from April to May,2022 incooperation with the International Academy of CIO . Investigation. Survey items include COVID19
countermeasures and speed in each country, role of CIO, creation of venture companies, innovation/AI
utilization, DX, smart government, etc.

45

applications. In this way, digitalization has accelerated at once as part of the coronacountermeasures in each country.
The IT revolution began in the 1980s, the speed of digitization has been tremendous.
Furthermore, it goes without saying that DX has spread around the world with corona. The
state of governance that responds to new changes in the social environment by Waseda
University survey is changing dramatically. A survey of the progress of digital government
in the world also clearly shows that the priority policies and fields of digitalization differ fromcountry to country.
About 40 years since globalization began, and it is still in the process of rule
formation and standardization. Governance and Management is an important issue forcountries and international organizations to work together to deal with problems. Digital
government has become an important strategy that goes beyond the framework of digital
government for citizens, and is responsible for the country's basic infrastructure, security, andgrowth strategy.

5. Digital Inclusive, Privacy Protection and Ethics
Solving social issues in the 17 fields and 169 categories of the UN SDGs is a global
concern. Until now, Waseda University Institute of Digital Government has hosted UN SDGs
seminars at the UN Headquarters as an international contribution to digital society. On thisregard, Japan is the only country that can contribute internationally by realizing the United
Nations SDGs 2030 goal of realizing a society where "no one is left behind", and bycontributing to the improvement of the quality of government services in the super-aging
society that the world is expected to follow.
On the other hand, in promoting digital technology, the digital disparity among
those who are weak in information is expanding. With the corona crisis, the risks will become
even more obvious, and the polarization will progress. The disparity structure can be expected
to become a major global issue in combination with the speed of evolution of the informationsociety. Public-private partnership (PPP) innovation not only reduces administrative costs
and increases efficiency, but also greatly contributes to improving the convenience of people's
lives. The top priority for digital government in the corona era is to promote a shift to a newlifestyle through powerful and rapid digitalization and administrative DX. It is to protect the
security and safety of life. A country with a serious aging population, the need for urgent
digitalization, and the strengthening of governance are the keys to building sustainable global
governance.
Elimination of the information gap is an urgent issue for social participation of thedigitally vulnerable. In Denmark, all citizens have " CPR", which corresponds to Japan's My
46

Number ID System, "NemID" necessary to log in to the citizen portal, and electronic post
office boxes and payment accounts. Furthermore, the Digitalization Agency plays the role ofthe control tower of digital government, and the central and local governments are working
together to promote digitalization. While implementing a nearly 100% paperless digital
government law, the government will provide multiple options for those who are digitallyvulnerable and encourage them to lead independent lives.
In Estonia, as in Denmark, 80% digital and 20% analog administrative services areprovided. Measures for the digitally vulnerable and digital government are truly harmonious.
Countries that are building elderly-friendly digital governments are emerging little by little.
Governance is also an important issue to focus on as digital utilization is required in society.
Looking at the case of personal information protection in Japan, in April 2022, the revised Act
on the Protection of Personal Information (hereafter, the revised Act) came into effect. Until
now, the legal system has been different for the private sector, administrative agencies,
independent administrative agencies, and local governments. A distribution base will beestablished. According to the guidelines of the amended law, there are (1) mandatory
reporting and notification in the event of personal data leakage, (2) obligation to explain whentransferring personal data outside of Japan, and (3) expansion of the right of the person torequest disclosure, suspension of use, etc., (4) new establishment of personal information andaffiliated processing information, and (5) strengthening of penalties. In April ,2022, theDigital Agency and the Secretariat of the Personal Information Protection Commission
released information on the main points of contention related to this demonstration projectof the amended law in leading local governments, but the use cases of each local government
have not yet been standardized. There is a need for common rules that are uniform throughout
the country. The revised law is scheduled to come into effect in the spring of 2023, but it will
be necessary for the relevant ministries and agencies to show a clear direction before
responding to local governments.
It is recommended to understand the handling of the Personal Information
Protection Law by all administrative staff in order to ensure that the revised law is well known.
The main changes are ①the expansion of the scope of reporting to the Personal Information
Protection Commission ②, two-stage reporting of leaks, etc. by the time limit (preliminary
report and final report), ③the addition of a prompt notification method from the outsourcer
to the outsourcer, and the ④person himself /herself. the obligation to notify the in addition,in order to prevent leaks of specific personal information, PDCA, such as defining, thoroughly
implementing, improving, and operating business processes, will be required. In particular,
there are many reports of [ My Number ID System]leaks. The main reason for this is simple
human error, such as erroneous delivery or loss. Even at the International Academy of CIO,47

it was pointed out that about 70% of personal information leaks were caused by human error.
The J-LIS (Japan Agency for Local Authority Information Systems) also focuses on educationand training. There is an urgent need to improve and standardize systems that simplify
business processes and use technology to prevent problems.

6. Data driven Evaluation System
For the shortage of digital human resources, existing administrative services will be
improved by using technology and data to improve convenience for residents. And AI androbotics will be used to improve operational efficiency and lead to high-quality administrative
services. In order to promote the standardization and commonality of local government
information systems in the "Digital Government Action Plan" decided by the Cabinet in
December 2020, integrated efforts with the national government, which plays a leading role,
are required.
Until now, the core competencies of CIOs, which have been key to promoting digital
government, have been
(1) information resource strategy and planning,(2) policy and organization,(3) information security and information protection,(4) process and change management,(5) project management, and(6) Operations & Evaluation model/method,(7) Leadership and management ability,(8) New technology,(9) EA,(10) Digital government and e-commerce,(11) Procurement,(12) Capital planning and investment evaluation.
We have noted that the prioritized core competencies that are available will change.
Currently, the most important point for administrative DX is to oversee the organization topromote DX with leadership and to actively use technology. Furthermore, it will be an
important competence to analyze the cost-benefit evaluation based on evidence such as
EBPM for investments such as AI and robotics required for DX.

7. Resilient Smart city
The smart city, which was booming before the corona, was temporarily delayed dueto the influence of the corona, but now we can see signs of a revival. IMD, a business school48

based in Switzerland, publishes a smart city ranking every year. The ranking evaluates eachcity's infrastructure, services, technology, and other areas from AAA to D. The latest survey
results were announced in October 2021, and among the 118 cities surveyed, Singapore was
the top-rated city for the third consecutive year. Zurich is 2nd and Oslo is 3rd.
Singapore, which ranks top in the world, the number of elderly people requiring
nursing care will double in the last 15 years until 2030. In Singapore, we are working oncomprehensive themes such as medical measures, education, energy, communication, andtransportation as countermeasures for the aging society. In addition, development of nursing
care support robots and personal medical management applications are well developed. And
in the field of transportation, development of ITS, automatic driving technology, and wearable
terminals that can pay transportation expenses are outstanding.
Smart cities are not limited to developed countries. In Thailand, the government is
strategically promoting smart city development based on the future vision while solving the
problems of local cities. In August 2021, the Smart City Management and Promotion
Committee, chaired by Thailand's Minister of Digital Economy and Society, Chaiwut,
announced that it had approved 15 smart city development plans in 14 provinces. Withcabinet approval, there will be 30 government-approved smart cities in 23 prefectures. The
Digital Economy Promotion Agency (DEPA), which is the contact point for smart cities,
estimates that the economic effect of smart cities will be very high, and that it will contributeto the efficiency of the digital industry as well as the public and private sectors.
Vietnam, the state-run Vietnam Post and Telecommunications Group (VNPT) and
the People's Committee of Ho Chi Minh City in southern Vietnam agreed in September 2022
to cooperate on DX and smart city construction from 2022 to 2025. The main fields ofcooperation are DX in fields such as infrastructure, human resource development,
construction of digital government, development of the digital economy, development of thedigital society, cyber security, commerce, industry, tourism, transportation, and resources. At
the signing ceremony, VNPT Chairman Toh clarified that he would cooperate with the city's
DX and smart city construction by 2025 and cooperate with each ward/county in the city andthe DX of the cities under direct control. In Vietnam, since August 2019, blockchain has been
adopted for the construction of a smart city in Ho Chi Minh City. And the northern Quang
Ninh Province has been aiming to establish an environmentally friendly city with the aim of
becoming the second Hai Phong. In March 2022, a joint venture under Vietnam's largest IT
company FPT invested in Binh Dinh Province, which AI/urban complex facility project wasapproved. are being maintained.
In the Philippines, Makati City in Metro Manila is becoming a smart city. The smart
city business announced in August 2022 is aimed especially at DX for transportation49

infrastructure. The targets are the formulation of basic plans, the construction of systems for
public transportation, the development of public transportation networks using electric buses,
the automatic toll collection system, and human resource development.
As for China, construction began in July 2022 on a large-scale digital smart zone, the China
Mobile (Xiong'an) Wisdom City Science and Technology Center, in Xion'an New District, anemerging development area with two hours from Beijing, and has supported the constructionof smart cities. This Chinese version of the Silicon Valley concept has various problems inoperations.
In this way, smart city construction is progressing all over the world. The hugemarket size related to smart cities is also noteworthy. According to IDC's Global Market
Forecast for Smart Cities and Communities (2022), in 2022, 75% of local governments will
increase national budgets to fund digital initiatives, with state-led local planning. It states that
progress and conformity with national standards will be strengthened. Furthermore,
depending on the size of the city, IoT and security as measures to promote data utilizationand counter cyberattacks will be the top investment priority, and that about half of mediumsized cities will be part of environmental measures by 2026.
It is predicted that the digital twin will be used as in other words, many local
governments around the world are rapidly turning toward digitalization, and local government
DX is also progressing. In the future, the smart city economy will become a huge business dueto the fusion of the digital revolution and the aging society.

8. Countries that have succeeded in digital literacy(1) Singapore – Introduction of Digital Ambassador System
Singapore introduced a digital ambassador system from June 2020 to the end of 2021
to bridge the digital divide. This system consists of digitization support for seniors (Senior Go
Digital) and digitization support for Hawkers (Hawkers Go Digital).
For the elderly, government provided one-on-one support for using online meetings,
messaging apps, electronic payment apps, etc. It also includes how to use various government
digital services and how to use the corona tracking app. Special plans were offered throughmobile operators for low-income seniors. 50% of the ambassadors are over 50 years old, andthey emphasized support from people of the same generation. According to Douglas Go,
director of the Digital Office of the Government Technology Agency, ``We created a place
where elderly people who have lost their ability to record can get a psychological sense of
security, where they can be taught again even if they have forgotten what they were taught.''
He also created a system that tracks what each elderly person has learned so that they can betaught the same thing over and over again.
50

As a support measure for hawker shops, we paid a total of S$1,500 (S$300 a monthfor five months) on the condition that there were 20 or more e-payments of S$1 or more permonth. When introducing e-payment, government dispatched a digital ambassador to thestore and gave a lecture on how to use it.
In addition to creating 47 permanent bases for digital ambassadors, government also
set up temporary counters in supermarkets. To become a digital ambassador, after three daysof online training, those who pass the test must go through three months of OJT and be
certified as a digital ambassador. Compensation was paid at market prices for equivalent work
rather than free.
As a result, 150,000 seniors have acquired digital skills and 11,000 hawker outlets
have made electronic payments available. E-payments are now available at 86% of stores in
the central shopping district. Because it is a city-state of 5.85 million people, it can be said
that they were able to develop detailed services such as one-on-one lectures and payment ofambassador rewards.
The Japanese government has also started to deploy digital promotion committee
members nationwide in order to bridge the digital divide, but the digital promotion committee
members are treated as volunteers.
Table 16 Digital Ambassador System
Senior go digital

Hawkers Go Digital

TargetSupport for 10,000 elderly people

E-payment available at 10,000 stores

Providing Digital Benefits to Seniors
Measures・ Digital ambassadors active in 60

・Conditionally pay $1,500 ($300/monthcommunities in Singapore

for 5 months) to hawker shops

・ Training of digital skills in a mobile

・Implementation of digitization support

environment

for each store

・ Subsidies for telephone and data

Digital Ambassadors continue to support

charges for the poor
result150,000 seniors and over 9,000 low- ・E-payment available at 11,000 hawker
income seniors acquire digital skills in

shops

mobile environments

・E-payment is now possible at 86% of
stores in the central shopping district
・60% of stores have started online sales51(2) Korea – DX progressing due to the corona crisis
In South Korea, non-face-to-face and non-contact transactions, unmanned stores,
and online shopping have rapidly spread due to the corona crisis. Under the strict epidemic
prevention policy, non-face-to-face transactions have become a trend in the service industry.
In addition to convenience stores, unmanned stores are also being developed at ice creamstores and prepared food stores. In the case of convenience stores, devises such as unmanned
stores only open late at night and authentication of credit cards when entering the store forsecurity are seen. In restaurants, fast food shops, cafes, etc., the format of ordering with tablets
and information terminals has spread. In South Korea, information terminals for order
settlement are called kiosks, and according to the Ministry of Science, Information andCommunication, the number of kiosks in 2021 will be 26,578. From 2019, the number ofvehicles sold has tripled in two years from 8,587. Chain stores generally have kiosks, and anincreasing number of stores do not have people at the checkout counter.
There are three backgrounds to this. First, due to the corona crisis, the country has
started to promote non-face-to-face and contactless transactions. In the "Digital Government
Innovation Development Plan in the Post-Corona Era" compiled in June 2020 and the"Digital New Deal" in July of the same year, the development of non-face-to-face services andnon-face-to-face industries was raised. In response to the spread of this technology, theFebruary 2022 "Strategic Development Policy for the Information Protection Industry" calls
for the development of technology that responds to security threats in new services such as
non-face-to-face services, virtual spaces, and unmanned stores as non-face-to-face security.
raised.
Second, K Quarantine was a strict infection control measure, such as specifying the
movement route of infected people and opening it to the public and punishing those who
violated self-isolation with imprisonment of up to one year and a fine of up to 10 million won.
They boosted the DX of private infection control.
Third, there is the impact of the policy of the Moon Jae-in administration (May 2017 to May2022) aiming for a minimum wage of 10,000 won. The upward trend of the minimum wage
has strengthened, and it was decided that the minimum wage for 2023 will be 9,620 won. It is
about double the 4,860 won in 2013 and exceeds the minimum wage in Japan. It became an
incentive to actively introduce digital devices and serving robots in order to curb soaring laborcosts.
Measures set forth in the Korean Digital Inclusion Promotion Plan (June 2020)•

Implementation of digital basic education at 1,000 resident centers

nationwide, libraries, and other facilities closely related to daily life•

Formulation of detailed measures through the ``Expansion Plan for
52

Software and AI Education for All Citizens''• Free public Wi-Fi in 41,000 new public spaces by 2022
Developing broadband networks in 1,300 remote areas such as islands
・Provision of digital monitoring services for the vulnerable, etc.

9. Silver Innovation for Ageing Society（１） Grand Strategy and Design for Wellbeing (happiness)
One of the challenges faced by mankind is how to govern the aging society, which issaid to be the most serious global issue. The United Nations report, “ Aging World
Population: 1950-2050 ” published in June 2016 ,already stated, “The population aging
facing the world today is unprecedented in human history. It is mentioned that there isAging has been regarded as a social issue that has progressed mainly in developed
regions. However, in the second half of the 21st century, it will rapidly become a serious
problem even in developing regions. China, Singapore, Thailand and other countries havealready entered an “aging society,” meaning that the proportion of the elderly aged 65 andover in the total population has exceeded 7 %. By 2060, about one in five people will be elderly.
aging rate to reach 14 % from 7 % shows that France takes 115 years, Sweden 85 years, theUnited States 72 years, the United Kingdom 46 years, Germany 40 years, and Japan is 24
years. It is noticed that many Asian countries are aging at a faster rate than Japan, such as
South Korea in 18 years, Singapore in 20 years, and China in 23 years. According to the
National Bureau of Statistics of China, China's aging rate is already 13.5 %, and the numberof elderly people is the highest in the world.
Japan 's aging rate will reach 29.1 % in 2021, and it has been a long time since Japan
entered a super-aged society with an aging rate of over 21 %. Its position will remainunchanged until approximately 2045. The current state of Japan overlaps with the future stateof other countries, which are facing an aging population. Therefore, the digital policies ofJapan, the world's number one super-aging society, are of great interest to many countries. As
the population ages in many countries, the realization of a “society that no one left behind,”which is mentioned in the UN SDGs , is important from the perspective of social inclusion.
● Elderly people left behind
The rapid spread of DX has caused the problem of people who cannot order or shop
using information terminals, such as the elderly, being left behind. According to a survey by
the Seoul Digital Foundation, 45.8% of people over the age of 55 have used kiosks. Those
aged 65 to 74 accounted for 29.3%, less than 30%. Elderly people aged 75 and over cited fastfood restaurants (53.3%), cafes (45.7%), and restaurants (44.4%) as difficult-to-use kiosks.
53

Korea's measures to bridge the digital divide are based on the Intelligent Information
Technology Basic Act and are summarized in the "Digital Inclusion Promotion Plan"compiled by the Information and Communications Strategy Committee in 2020. The plan
includes the implementation of digital basic education at public facilities such as libraries andcommunity centers in 1,000 locations, the installation of free public Wi-Fi services, and theprovision of digital monitoring services for the vulnerable.
In April 2022, the city of Seoul announced the “Digital Capability Enhancement
Promotion Plan,” which includes the placement of “digital guides.” Digital guides explain
how to use digital devices in parks, restaurants, and other places. Based on population data,etc., we will identify places where many elderly people gather and assign 100 digital guides.
Compared to the population of Seoul, which is about 9.5 million, the scale is small.
It is predicted that one third of Japanese population will become elderly people in
2040. In Japan, financial situation will become severer. The need for solving social issues suchas medical treatment and infrastructure, education and environment, might be top priority.
Japan aims at both economic growth and social business solution via "Society 5.0". It is
expected that Digital Twin and AI can solve many social subjects.
In Japan, the inside of a constraint of a future manpower and a local government
have to continue providing administrative services indispensable to a resident life. It isnecessary to create the environment where the administrative staff can concentrate on theirown function with AI. A local government is continuing providing resident services, such as
medical treatment, welfare, and an infrastructure. And it is maintaining residents' life andregional economy and making it activated.
Ageing population will make a big effect on tax revenues. The expectation for AI isgrowing as a steppingstone to contribute to improvement in the labor productivity of
government. The convergence of both aging and digital societies will be key solution.

10. Increasing Cyber security
E-government under attack by cyber security is in troubles(1) Elections and Cyberattacks
Cyber-attack countermeasures in elections are emphasized. Countermeasuresagainst cyberattacks were taken in the midterm elections in the United States and theConservative Party leadership election in the United Kingdom. A recent example of anelection-related cyberattack is the German general election in September 2021. The German
government has protested to Russia over cyberattacks on politicians. Phishing emails weresent to many central and local politicians, and personal information was leaked. There is a risk54

of manipulating public opinion by hijacking SNS accounts.
Information about cyberattacks in Japan's House of Representatives election lastyear and this year's House of Councilors election was circulated by media. It is necessary toconstantly monitor and respond to cyberattacks targeting government offices, parliaments,
and public institutions. In countries with a parliamentary system, examples of cyberattacks
include manipulating the ruling party's leadership election and manipulating public opinion
through SNS.
September 6, e - Gov and e LTAX have been under cyberattack. The Russian hacker
group "Kilnet" has claimed responsibility for the attack and is launching cyberattacks on
private companies such as JCB and Tokyo Metro. Although no information leakage has been
confirmed at this stage, troubles such as the site becoming unusable occurred.

(2) UK and USA Elections
Foreign Secretary Liz Truss won the Conservative leadership election on September
5. As the party leadership election draws attention as the election that effectively determines
the next prime minister, the Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) warned
that votes could be tampered with by cyberattacks, delaying the schedule for the run-off
election. They have the option of voting by mail or online in the party leadership election.
The Conservative Party has said it will allow online ballots to be changed after voting during
the election. However, to reduce the risk of tampering, once a security code is used for online
voting, it is now deactivated.
This warning is not specific to the hostile country of the cyberattack but is general
about the voting process and its vulnerabilities. Ballots were due to be mailed on August 1st,
but party members were notified that their ballots would be delayed until August 11th.
During the U.S. midterm elections in November 2022, the Department of Homeland
Security Cyber Security and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) began distributing free"cybersecurity kits to protect the election" to the electoral community on August 10. It is atool that protects and detects unauthorized access to voter information and attacks on
websites. In addition, on the CISA website, they introduced anti-virus and anti-malware
software for each type of attack.
The joint Election Security Group (ESG) of the U.S. Cyber Command and the
National Security Agency (NSA) will begin in early 2022 and into the upcoming midterm
elections to disrupt and deter foreign adversaries who interfere with voting and counting. ESG
points to Russia, China and Iran as potentially trying to sabotage the U.S. voting process andinfluence voter perceptions. In the 2016 US presidential election, Russian cyberattacks werehighlighted. During the 2018 midterm elections, the U.S. Cyber Command and the National
55

Security Agency (NSA) blocked access to the Internet Research Agency, a Russian company
believed to be close to President Putin. It was the first defensive action in a cyberattack for
the U.S. Cyber Command, which was created in May 2018.
Private social media will take their own measures against the spread of fake news
that influences votes. To help voters get the right information, Twitter will create a dedicatedpage that summarizes information based on official announcements and will display candidate
accounts and tweets immediately. Facebook has announced a policy to ban new political ads
from running during the final week of an election campaign. TikTok, which has banned paid
political ads since 2019, will step up scrutiny. There have been many cases of candidate camps
circumventing regulations and paying influencers to make political claims, and it is said thatcountermeasures were necessary.

Table 17 Election infrastructure assets protected by cybersecurity toolkit
Voter

Threat actors may attempt to compromise or manipulate

informationelectronic ballot books and voter registration databases to cause
disruption or delay voting.

websiteThreat actors target state and local websites with DDoS,
phishing, and ransomware attacks

e-mailuse phishing as a preferred vector to target state and local email
systems.

network

Threat actors typically use vectors such as phishing andmalware to infiltrate state and local networks that election
offices rely on for normal operations.
Source) CISA website(3) Cyber security for manipulating public opinion
There are also moves to strengthen influence over other governments bymanipulating public opinion in other countries. According to the Japanese Sankei Shimbun,
Internet security firm Sola.com announced that five Twitter accounts that spread conspiracy
theories related to the attack on former Prime Minister Abe coincided with business hours in
St. Petersburg, Russia. Those accounts claim conspiracy theories such as ``The attack onformer Prime Minister Abe was self-made,'' ``Ukraine is a neo-Nazi,'' and ``Vaccines arepart of the population reduction plan,'' and have 10,000 to 100,000 followers. Climb to theaverage number of posts per day is high at 30 times. There is a possibility that public opinion
is being systematically manipulated by other countries.
56

Also, on August 20, the Nihon Keizai Shimbun reported, citing a former senior
official of the Public Security Intelligence Agency, that in the 2021 Liberal Democratic Party
presidential election, many SNS posts that fanned conflict within the party originated in
China. The transmission took place between 9:00 am and 5:00 pm Beijing time, confirming
the systematic involvement. The aim is to destabilize the party by dividing its supporters, andto lower the public's approval rating by writing extreme comments. The LDP will consider
introducing an identity verification system before the next presidential election to prevent
foreign nationals from illegally joining the party.
In the English-speaking world, a non-existent corona expert posted a statement
defending China on Facebook. Meta announced that it had deleted 524 accounts in December
2021. Most of the access came from China, and employees of a Sichuan-based network andinformation security company and a state-owned infrastructure company were involved in theincident. While Facebook is generally inaccessible from within China, it is easy for security
companies to do so. Also, the face photo is faked using an AI-generated fictitious photo. It isbelieved that the Chinese government or the Communist Party was systematically involved in
activities to fend off criticism of China on English-speaking SNS.
From the standpoint of cybersecurity, we cannot overlook the act of increasing thenumber of followers and increasing influence through conspiracy theories and developing
claims that are advantageous to one's own country, or inciting criticism of that country's
regime. Currently, each platform responds by deleting accounts at their discretion. The needfor legislation and international cooperation to regulate public opinion manipulation incyberspace has been repeatedly pointed out, but the reality is that we have yet to come up
with an effective solution.

(4) Case Study of China Large-scale personal information leak
In July 2022, it was discovered that more than 23TB of personal information for 1
billion people in China had been sold for 10 Bitcoin BTC (approximately 30 million yen).
Includes name, address, phone number, national ID, criminal record and medical history.
Criminal records include incidents known to police between 2015 and 2019, and there arebillions of medical records. Some of the 750,000 data released as samples were confirmed tobe genuine. If everything is genuine, it would be the largest personal information breach inhistory.
The reason for this leak was that the Shanghai National Police stored personal
information on Alibaba Cloud without a password, allowing anyone to access it. It has been
neglected for at least a year since April 2021. It wasn't that high security was breached andleaked, but that security wasn't working in the first place. CNN reported that Western experts57

also knew of its existence.
Although it is not clear why the police even possessed medical history data, China started
digital medical insurance cards in November 2019. By scanning the QR code displayed on thesmartphone, it is possible to go to the hospital reception and purchase medicine, eliminating
the need to carry a health insurance card. It can be used from a dedicated app, Alipay or
WeChat Pay.
On July 15 2022, officials summoned executives from Alibaba, which operates a
cloud service in which personal information was stored. If the police used it without proper
security measures, Alibaba was basically not at fault. However, in recent years, Alibaba has
tended to come under pressure from authorities, and it cannot be denied that it will be held
accountable. For example, in 2021, Alibaba was fined 18.228 billion yuan (approximately 300
billion yen) for violating the Antimonopoly Act by forcing e-commerce store owners not toopen stores for competitors. rice field. Also, in July 2022, Tencent and others were fined for
not filing an application for M&A as a violation of the Antimonopoly Act.
In August, it was reported that the information of 48.5 million people registered in
the Shanghai city's anti-coronavirus app was leaked. The city of Shanghai has denied that the
information was leaked, but Hong Kong newspaper reports said they were able to confirm thatsome of the leaked information was genuine.
Chinese citizens are not the only victims of information leaks. In September 2020, it
was discovered that a state-owned company had collected and published 2.4 million important
people in the world. A database that combines public and intelligence information, includingbank account and financial transaction information. Taiwanese media reported that thePeople's Liberation Army was the customer.
The risk of information leakage is inevitable when promoting government DX.
However, if sloppy management is discovered or the response to information leaks fails, publicdistrust will grow, and the public will become uncooperative in providing personal
information. Administrative DX can only be achieved with the understanding of the people.

Table 18 Recent Information Leakage Incidents in China
September 2020

It was discovered that the state-owned company
Zhenhua Zhuo Information Technology Co., Ltd. hadcollected information on 2.4 million people, including
military personnel, high-ranking government officials,
and politicians around the world.
Financial transaction information is also included.
58

July 2022

The sale of the leaked personal information of 1 billion
Chinese is discovered.
Name, address, phone number, national ID, criminal
record, medical history.
The source of the leak is the Shanghai National Police.

August 2022

The sale of personal information leaks for 48.5 million
people is discovered.
The source of the leak is the Shanghai city's anticoronavirus app.
The city of Shanghai denies that "we did not leakinformation."

11. Digital Twin

(1) Rise of digital twin
"Digital Twin" is a technology that digitizes physical assets, devices, products,
environmental information, processes, systems, places, things, things, and people collectedfrom the real world and reproduces 3D images that are both real and false in a virtual space.
Based on the enormous amount of data collected, physical simulations that are as close toreality as possible can be performed on a computer, it is an effective means of further
improving the manufacturing process and service of products. It is also possible to reduce
development time and costs by conducting test operation on the digital twin in advance, forexample, when changing a part of the production line. On the other hand, in the "IoT" erawhere everything is connected to the Internet, it is also possible to detect the deterioration
and abnormality of the real thing and reproduce it on the digital twin. It is also possible todevise countermeasures on the computer and provide new solutions to solve problems.
For example, data of all scales such as rooms, buildings, factories, districts, cities,
and the whole country can be visualized and interacted with in real time, and from systemmonitoring and measurement, it can analyze data and simulate scenarios, enabling
collaboration and decision-making across regions, optimizing operations and contributing to
improving performance. In the future, it will be a solution for creating smart cities and smart
states.
According to Gartner, by 2020, the number of connected sensors and endpoints will
exceed 20 billion, and digital twins for billions of things will exist. For example, natural
disasters, which have been increasing rapidly in recent years, will be incorporated into digital
twins. The concept of a digital twin was first proposed in 2002 by Professor Michael Greaves
59

of the University of Michigan.
This market will be open to 37.5% in the period until 2025. It will continue to expand
at a CAGR (compound annual growth rate) of 8%, and the market size is expected to reach
USD 35.8 billion by 2025.
In addition, according to a Deloitte report, the technology is rapidly spreading to avariety of industries, including aerospace, retail, and healthcare, and the report shows that by2023, the global digital twin market size will be $16 billion. 750 billion yen), and we expectthat the number of introduction cases of technologies (IoT, machine learning, etc.) that
support this movement will nearly double in 2020.
The concept of simulating in a digital space using real-world data has existed for a long time,
and the concept of digital twin itself is not new. For example, in the field of testing such asheat resistance and impact resistance of products, computer simulations are performed witha tool called CAE (Computer Aided Engineering) to predict the performance and strength of
products. It is used to elucidate the cause of failures, and the differences between digital twinsand existing technologies are as follows.
①

Expansion of the scope of application such as visualization of the entire production
line and supply chain, and grasping of product usage status②

Capable of measurement, analysis, and prediction based on real-time data obtained
from IoT, etc.

③

Rather than one-way information transmission from the real world to the digitalspace, it includes the distribution of information from the digital space to the realworld.
Figure 2 Digital Twin60

(2) Benefits for countries and industries and companies - Case study ofSingapore
In Singapore, it has been three years since Dr. Iwasaki of Waseda Institute of Digital
Government was appointed as an advisory board member of Nanyang Technological
University's ARISE, and the speed of urban planning utilizing advanced technology istremendous.
Since 2014, Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong has been promoting "Virtual
Singapore" by launching the Smart Nation Initiative. D-Modeling, which visually shows
population growth and how cities develop, and simulates the effects of disasters, hours ofsunshine, etc. This project is led by the National Research Foundation (NRF), a government
agency in Singapore. ． The "Digital Twin of the City" serves as the foundation for thedevelopment of various infrastructures, and clearly states how to use it to formulate plans forthe development of each infrastructure, to consider the installation location of photovoltaic
panels, to improve accessibility, to eliminate traffic congestion, and to improve public
transportation.
On the Singapore government's website, digital twin videos are also uploaded, andsensor data installed in various places such as in the city, statistical data of public institutions,data collected from smartphone location information, etc. are collected in real time, In
Singapore, where Singapore itself is instantaneously copied digitally, with its high population
density, active urban development,

and traffic congestion and noise during construction

becoming social issues, Virtual Singapore is seen as a solution for improving transportation
efficiency and improving the efficiency of construction in urban development.
Virtual Singapore is a success story of open innovation in that it encourages collaboration withacademia and companies. In the future, when citizens and businesses will also have access to
Virtual Singapore, companies will be able to use Virtual Singapore to test driverless cars
without placing them on busy roads.
Currently, many industrial IoT solution providers around the world have set up a
core base in Asia in Singapore and are creating innovation together with user companies, butwhat supports innovation in Singapore is It is an ecosystem built mainly by industrial IoT
solution providers, etc. that includes hundreds to thousands of startups across a wide range offields,large companies that actively invest in innovation, educational institutions that

nurture innovation talent, angel investors and venture capital that provide funding, and thissolidifies the foundation for innovation. It is thought that it may be interacting withgovernment movements such as "Virtual Singapore".
61

In addition, amid remarkable industrial changes due to technology, the Singapore
government has launched a large-scale public-private joint industrial transformation programin order to continue economic growth of 2 ~ 3% a year in the next 10 years.

In the five

years since 2016, a budget of about 360 billion yen in Japan yen has been injected, accounting
for about 80% of Singapore's GDP.

By promoting technology in 23 industries, we aim totransform industries from the four perspectives of improving productivity, creating
innovation, promoting internationalization, and creating employment.
Furthermore, since around 2010, the Singapore government has set the goal ofachieving economic growth by improving labor productivity and has changed its policy ofaccepting foreigners aggressively until then. Gradually tighten regulations on employment offoreigners to control the influx of foreigners, while at the same time improving laborproductivity, The government is making efforts such as aiming to utilize digital technologies
such as robots and AI (artificial intelligence).
Virtual Singapore provides four main functions:
1.

Virtual Experiments - Virtual Singapore can be used for virtual testbeds orexperiments, for example, Virtual Singapore can be used to examine coverage areasof 3G/4Gnetworks, realistically visualize poor coverage areas, and 3 D It is possible
to highlight areas that can be improved in the city model.

2.

Virtual Test Bedding - Virtual Singapore can be used as a testbed platform to validate
the provision of services, for example, a 3D model of a new sports hub with semantic
information within virtual Singapore can be used to model and simulate crowd
dispersion and establish emergency evacuation procedures.

3.

Planning and Decision Making – With a rich data environment, Virtual Singapore is
A comprehensive, integrated platform for developing analytical applications (e.g.
apps) that analyze traffic flow and pedestrian movement patterns. Such applications
are useful in discontinuous urban networks, such as parks in Punggol and park
connectors.

4.

R&D-Virtual SingaporeA rich data environment that enables researchers to innovateand develop new technologies and capabilities when made available to the researchcommunity with the necessary access rights. 3DUrban models are used by researchers
to develop advanced3DIt can provide ample opportunities for developing tools.

Case study of Thailand 4. 0
In January 2019, Dr. Obi, Waseda Institute of Digital Government exchanged views
with Dr. Sak, the head of Thailand's Digital Government Agency (DGA), through APEC
projects, we have been working with CIOs to date. We are collaborating and collaborating62

in the fields of human resource development, digital government, aging society and ICT
applications, and smart silver innovation.
Since the inauguration of the Prayut administration in 2014, the Prayut
administration has been working on national restructuring from a long-term perspective, and
the Prayut administration has drawn up a "20-year national strategy" that shows its vision as"Thailand 4. 0". The German industry 4.0introducing

technologies, especially digitaltechnologies, through the attraction of foreign companies, to enhance the industrial structure
and join the ranks of developed countries, which has been influenced by 4.0the government
announced a foreign investment policy (investment promotion policy) that includes thelargest preferential treatment in history, and named the "Eastern Economic Corridor" as aninvestment area in eastern Bangkok3

Provincial governments (Chonburi Province,

Chachungsao Province, and Rayong Province) are designated, and plans are presented forintensive infrastructure development.
"Thailand 4.

"0" indicates the stage of economic and social development inThailand and appeals for the need to proceed to the fourth stage of a new industrial structure.
The goal of "0" is to narrow down the target industries specifically and join the ranks ofdeveloped countries in 20 years. In the past, excluding infrastructure and food, there weremany subcontracted industries of foreign-affiliated companies expanding globally, but They
are trying to break away from that and create new industries and value on their own. For Japan
companies with manufacturing bases in ASEAN and huge factory clusters in Thailand andother countries, the long-term development policies of these countries have important
implications.
Figure 3 Major Usage of Digital Twins

63

Manufacturing

Quickly and accurately grasping the entire value chain, including customers, is the source ofcompetitiveness, and in such an environment, "digital manufacturing" initiatives are being
promoted to digitize and utilize data as a whole of research and development, production,
manufacturing, distribution, and maintenance.
In research and development, product improvement is promoted on a digital twin thatsimulates the customer's real environment from product operation data, and testing can be
performed in an environment close to the real world without preparing large-scale
experimental equipment. In production and manufacturing, analyzing production data canlead to quality building up at the development stage and improvement of manufacturing
processes. For example, by analyzing data from multiple production facilities, it is possible tovisualize bottlenecks in production lines that were individually optimal and to work on Kaizen
that is optimal overall. Provision of value-added services such as inventory control based on
demand forecasting and failure prevention maintenance using operation data has begun. In
digital manufacturing, various changes can be detected from data collected on the value chain
related to products. It can be used for quick management decision-making, and with theprogress of digitalization, advanced data utilization such as detailed management of productlifecycles, creation of new services for corporate customers, and realization of highly
productive smart factories is also expected.
Food, Medical, and textile industries

Digital manufacturing is expected to spread to the manufacturing industry, which has been
relatively distant from digitalization, and it is also thought that making it possible for not only
large companies but also small and medium-sized enterprises to benefit from digitalmanufacturing will lead to the future development of the manufacturing industry as a whole.


Building /Construction industry

The benefits of building 3D digital scale models of the entire city or part of it are obvious,
especially when measuring everything related to the operation of the urban environment. If asystem called installing sensors in municipal trash cans is utilized, it will also contribute tocost reduction, such as collecting garbage when necessary.
City Zenith's Smart World platform, the first vendor to provide software for urban landscapes,
is already being used for projects in more than 100 cities, including Chicago and London.
Their latest software platform, 5D Smart City, has been adopted for use in developing
Amaravati in India, which is an ideal digital twin concept as the physical city has not yet beendeveloped.
64

Examples of Companies

In this section, we will look at examples of the introduction of digital twins in companies.
①German Siemens
It is said that it has been adopted by the factory of the Italian car manufacturer Maserati. At
the Hannover Messe 2015 in April 2015, together with Maserati Ghibli, the interaction
between real and virtual components was exhibited on the theme of interactive digitization in
the manufacturing field②GE
GE uses IoT technology to collect airplane flight data, detailed engine data, dust, and otherdata, and build a digital twin to realize engine overhaul at an appropriate time and reduce
costs. Based on the data sent from the wind farm, in the virtual power plant (digital twin) that
imitates each wind farm built virtually, the turbines are individually customized so that thegenerators operate most efficiently. We are also working to maintain the entire power plantin an optimal state (from https://www.predix.io/ to 1000).
③NTT
NTT, Intel, and Sony established the Innovative Optical and Wireless Network (IOWN)
Global Forum, an international forum aimed at the future of communications. Promoteresearch and development on the following three themes.
1.

Photonics-related research and development utilizing advanced photoelectric fusion
technology

2.

Distributed Computing Research and Development

3.

Use cases and best practices for creating a smart world and research and development
to make it happen

In the IOWN Conception, he proposed a new concept called "digital twin computing". Sincea second society will be created in a virtual space, we will also call on social studies researchersand others to discuss the positioning of intellectual property born in the newly created society
and how to organize crimes before starting up. We believe that it is necessary to introduce
IOWN in earnest in the 2030s, but if it is a limited service, we expect it to come out soon after
the specifications are solidified by 25 years. Services such as digital stadiums that send realistic
game footage to different locations are said to be realized quickly. In the 2030s and 40s,
quantum communication (which transmits quantum information itself and is said to be
extremely secure) may be realized. In quantum communication, all-optical communication
65

will be indispensable because it transmits the state of light itself. The IOWN concept is afoundation that looks ahead to the quantum communication era. ．
④Toshiba+ Mitsui & Co.
Companies conducted demonstration experiments to improve the operational efficiency ofthermal power plants in Mexico and used DT to analyze the operation status of power plants
to find equipment failure risks at an early stage.

(3) The Future of Digital Twin
"IoT" technology that connects all kinds of things to the Internet captures thedeterioration and abnormalities of the real thing and reproduces it in a virtual space. It is a
new initiative to devise countermeasures on a computer and lead to the solution of problems,and it will be possible to verify excellent town building and disaster prevention measures inadvance. Until now, digital design through CAD and other means will shift to digital twins in
the future, and large-scale urban planning will be possible by creating a virtual world on acomputer. Since sensors can be attached to the actual object and ever-changing data can beacquired, it influences widely business use and promotes open innovation. For example, in abuilding, by preparing a virtual building based on structure, material, weight, etc., thetemperature and power consumption of the exterior wall collected by the sensor, the load bypeople and equipment, etc. are applied to the computer. It is also possible to calculate theimpact on buildings with a tin and use it to predict the risk of aging and damage. Since it isalso possible to simulate various social issues, its application is wide-ranging.
Of course, not only urban planning but also interiors, measurements, andenvironments in buildings can be measured instantaneously, and it can be used for all kindsof applications in such business areas.
Whether or not digital twin technology can be utilized depends on how muchmeasurement data can be collected to bring the virtual world on a computer closer to the realthing. When using it for verification of equipment and equipment, it is easy to obtain data
through the manufacturing industry Japan focusing on manufacturing. It is necessary to thinkin such a way that the data that can be disclosed is compatible and the treasure does not
become rotten on the other hand, since DT is also capable of acquiring digital data related tonational defense as a global business, the spread varies from country to country. It is a newmodel that will expand explosively as the spread progresses as a solution to solving social
issues.

66

12. AI for Digital Government
On this regard, this paper suggests the following recommendation on AI Smarter cities. In
Indonesia should promote the roadmap for digitalization and globalization systematically inorder to grow into a digital municipality and smarter city that can be the models for local
governments around the world. From this point of view, Indonesia will cooperate with
innovating AI government in resilient smart cities. The recommendations are as follows:1.

The introduction of advanced technologies such as AI and Digital Twin by CIOs
contributes to the new value of e-administrative services. CIOs should increase theirchances of learning the core competencies needed for the new AI era. CIOs should createa strategic roadmap and promote the development of advanced digital human resources
who can utilize AI in smarter city.

2.

In the medical and social security fields, which are regarded as a big spender, there are
the costs that can be reduced by using ICT. The investment budget on informatizationneeds to be reconsidered in the new context of DX.

3.

The global booming of upgrading smarter cities by Digital Twin has adopted theperspective of digitalization. And major countries are rapidly digitizing the government
services to meet the SDGs

4.

They should thoroughly formulate influential local digital government policies byutilizing EBPM and interoperate with various online services.

5.

They should create a model for how big data owned by the government can be transferredto the private sector as open data and combined with new businesses. Effective open
innovation is needed.

6.

Strengthening the digital network and linkage for synergy effect of inter-smarter cities
should be prioritized with nation-wise scale.

7.

5th generation AI government with 5G must be properly furnished by advanced
applications such as Digital Twin via open innovation.

8.

Digital Twin in growing smarter city will need proper standard and convergence urgently
not only in local, national, but also international platforms.
In Japan, the deployment of AI is increasing steadily in several local governments. We

have evaluated local governments which introduced AI. The following are 4 cases analyzed
In Chiba city, AI is utilized for the increase in efficiency of paperless (one million population).
For example, AI is utilized for calculating an individual inhabitant tax or a corporate residencetax, and the staff's working hours were reduced sharply. About the individual inhabitant tax,
the workload of annual about 600 hours was reduced.
In Shiojiri city, Nagano pref. (population of 70,000), when the increase in efficiency
67

of the childcare function which utilized AI was tackled, the operation was completed in only
about 15 seconds. The percentage of correct answers was about 98%. And they could reduce
staffs from six to four and have reduced the total number of staffs by 64%.
Saitama City, Saitama Pref. (1.2 million) has introduced AI into the admission procedure fornursery schools. With the optimization logic that created the game theory, the work that used
to take 1500 hours can be completed in just a few seconds.
In Uki City, Kumamoto Prefecture, the population is declining year by year. Social issues
include a decrease in the working-age population, a labor shortage, and a decrease in tax
revenue. When Uki City introduced RPA in government, the number of internal managementtasks was reduced by more than 2,700 hours.
With the introduction of AI, it has become possible to perform tasks that required a
lot of time and effort in a short time. AI is useful for solving many technical issues that eachcity has. It is not only to improve operational efficiency and reduce costs, but also to provide
better administrative user-oriented services.

13. Prospect for 5 G & beyond 5G (6G)Case study of China
The 110 kV Yurakugang Smart Substation located in Zhongxin Tianjin Ecological City,

Binhai New District, Tianjin has completed the construction of a holographic model and istaking a step toward the application of "digital twin" technology. Tianjin's first "digital twin"
power plant will be completed by the end of this year. Chen Xiaoxian, deputy director of the
Substation of the Transport Inspection Department of the Guoyuan Tianjin Binhai
Corporation, said, "Our company is pleased to announce that this year, in response to the callfor the construction of electric power IoT, the construction of a digital twin substation wasdeveloped using the 110 kV Yurakuko Smart Substation as a test target. One of the two
substations is a substation with a real substation, and the other exists in a digital/VR world.
By using the latter, we monitor and control the operation status of the actual substation inreal time, and quickly detect potential failures to immediately repair and prevent dangers."
According to Mr. Chen, the construction of a holographic model using a full panorama
scanning vehicle will be the first step in the construction of a "digital twin" substation. In the
future, various indicators and data of the substation will be reflected in the VR digital spaceby various digitization means such as IoT and VR, and finally "reproduction" will be realized.
Digital twin" is not just a simple reproduction, but the application is more important. Sincedata can be easily obtained, analyzed, and processed through twin substations, difficult
problems such as the lack of a unified data platform, the lack of data analysis, and the difficultyof judging equipment risks have been thoroughly solved, and management of the entire
68substation and the entire usage period has been realized.
The world's 6G R&D competition begins at exploration Stage. According to the National
Development and Reform Commission ，Ministry of Education (Province) ， Ministry ofIndustry and Information Technology (Ministry) and CAS together with the National Science
Foundation Committee on 6G held a ceremony to start technical research and development
activities. 6G Declaration of the Inauguration of the Technology R&D Promotion Work Teamand the Overall Expert Team The company announced the establishment of a technical R&D
promotion activity team and a whole expert team, the former of which consisted of relevant
government agencies.

The latter is responsible for promoting the implementation oftechnology research and development activities by a total of universities, scientific research
institutes, and companies. Responsible for proposals and technical arguments on thedevelopment of technical research and provides consulting and proposals for critical policy
decisions. Wang Zhi, Deputy Director of the Ministry of Science and Technology, said, "Theworld's 6G Technical research is in the exploration stage，The technical route is unclear，Key indicators and applications There is no uniform definition of the scene."5G
Commercialization has already begun in the world. Industry-Recognized Mobile
Communications Technology. If you follow the law that there will be generational change year
by year,6G will appear around the year of 2030．Ling Yishi, chief scientist at the China Mobile
Research Institute, said, "The generational shift in mobile communication technology is not
simply determined by technology. When at this stage 1 don’t know of it be expanded，Thereis no doubt that the period of the substitution will be shorter. "Professor Wang Xiaofei of the
School of Computer Science and Technology, Tianjin University，「6GTerahertz，Space, Sky,and Ground，Water，Physical layer，Play an active role in particularly core areas such as
foundation materials．There is no point in simply increasing the speed."
The performance of the majority of 6 G is improved to 5-100times that of 100 G. The
maximum transmission speed is 1 T bps. On the other hand, 0. The net delay of 1 MS is almost
imperceptible to mankind. Among the many potential applications of 6G, the application ofcross-reality (XR), which combines virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), and mixed
reality (MR), is attracting the most attention, and it is said that it is related not only totechnology but also to morality and ethics.
According to the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (Province), at the siteof the 5G Forum of the 6th World Internet Congress held in Wuzhen, "There are alreadyabout 86,000 5G units in China with about 86,000 5G. Base stations are being built, and
130,000 are expected to be built by the end of the year. Currently, 5G networks are being built
in cities such as Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, and Hangzhou, and 18 models of base stations
are being built. 5G mobile devices have passed the Internet connection experiment."69

smartphone manufacturers such as Huawei, vivo, and ZTE have already announced multiple
models of 5G smartphones one after another in China. From 2,000 yuan to 10,000 yuan (1yuan is about 15.5 yen) or more.
In research and development toward the "post-5G-6G)", "radio wave simulation system"
to verify the transmission method and interference of radio waves using a virtual space. It is atechnology that creates an environment where many devices communicate wirelessly incyberspace and explores issues, etc., and the United States and Europe have announced apolicy of embarking on research in cooperation. There are plans for improvement in Japan,
but there is already a sense of lagging behind. The EU and NSF will focus on the "gamechanging technology" of wireless communication, post 5 G's cutting-edge research theme is
the radio wave simulation system, which applies the technology of "digital twin" that creates
real-world equipment and buildings in cyberspace on a computer to the telecommunications
field. It is possible to reproduce a city on a computer and verify weather conditions and theattenuation, reflection, diffraction, etc. of radio waves caused by surrounding buildings. Thereis a battle for leadership due to 5G competition. The need for this system is due to the increasein the number of various wireless communication devices including smartphones, and thepost-5 In the G era, there was the spread of autonomous driving and drones, and verificationof radio interference in cyberspace where many radios are connected simultaneously at highdensity is indispensable, and there is a meaning of experimentation with radio wave
simulation systems. The construction of a radio wave simulation system is an urgent task for
the Japan information and communications industry to make a comeback in the world," said
Hideyuki Tokuda, president of the National Institute of Information and Communications
Technology. The government will invest about 10 billion yen over four years from fiscal 2020.
The plan is to open it to industry and universities and have it useful for the design anddevelopment of communication equipment.

70

F. Recommendations
The following 21recommendations are listed as the priorities of theDigital Government in the post-corona era.
1.

The History of world digital government has only been around for more than 20 years
phenomenon. This report is the culmination of research surveys and analyses in 17 years,
and summarizes valuable historical changes obtained from 17 years of time series analysis.
It carefully discusses what should be done to foresee the future of digital government.
The Team hopes that readers will learn the lessons of history in "technology," which
continues to grow rapidly and challenges digital society.

2.

In anticipation of a society with the expansion of aging society, the governments shouldtake the initiative in implementing the measures that contribute to reducing fiscal costs
and improving the efficiency of public administrative and and improving the efficiencyof public and fiscal affairs by promoting public-private partnerships (PPP) and digital
innovation by the usage of digital technology.

3.

The practical ability to prepare for the next step by making use of the lessons learned in
the corona era is the top priority of the digital government. This should be considered by
all countries concerned.

4.

The National Digital Agency, which aims for overall optimization of public-private
cooperation as well as both central and local economic revitalization in line with theobjectives of SDGs rather than partial optimization of individual interests.

5.

The integration power of the so-called three major advanced technologies of "mobile 5G,
AI and TV-8K" will be the cornerstone of digital innovation growth strategy in the postcorona era. The governments need comprehensive roadmap to achieve the power.

6.

Information and communication infrastructure, including the optical fiber Broad band,
can be said to be the core for the establishment of the "5th-generation digital
government" proposed by Prof. Obi, Waseda University and founder of this Ranking
survey based on the development of 5G/post-5G (6G) as well as the utilization of AI andblockchain.
71

7.

It is essential to provide seamless one-stop services by eliminating the legal separation ofdigital government (central) and e-local governments (local). Also, it is recommendable
that Administrative and fiscal reforms of both national and local governments, and also
elimination of the digital divide among citizens should implement to establish the 5th
generation of Digital Government.

8.

The "shift from e-government to digital government" is an ideal digital society [Society5.0]. We would like to welcome it as a touchstone for its realization. The Internationalorganizations such as ITU, OECD, APEC, UNESCO, and the United Nations
Department of Economic and Social Affairs, to which Professor Obi who founded the
Waseda University World Digital Government Ranking, has contributed to the index, aremaking major shifts toward DX and digital innovation. The survey team would like toencourage them to take on the challenge of the future society envisioned in this report
without hesitation.

9.

In the digital society accelerated by the coronavirus pandemic, both balanced "growth"and "distribution" are essential for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), which
account for 80% of employment.

10. It can be said that DX support efforts to address the shortage of digital human resources
and funds are the top priority. The governments are urged to establish the national Plan
for fostering DX human resource development.
11. Under the combined risks of inflation, yen depreciation, disasters, etc., the governments
would like to continue to formulate effective DX policies and strategies. With a sense ofurgency toward the implementation of bold measures, it can dispel the sense ofstagnation for the future of the people.
12. Realization of "data sovereignty" and reliable DFFT in the digital age for development
into a future nation with abundant intellectual property born through innovation, andtaking the initiative in formulating international rules is important for national economic
security.
13. With the spread of new Internet businesses, including the virtual space "metaverse", aglobal digital society with the interdependence of the world economy is born. We should
build a grand design for a comprehensive strategy for future growth with an eye on 2040.
72

14. The government improves the quality of life (QoL) of the people and realizes asustainable well-being society. Also, it reduces administrative expenses by digital
innovation as a key factor in administrative and fiscal reform for fiscal reconstruction.
Strong leadership is desired to make promises come true.
15. The government should protect the stability, safety, and security of people's lives (3SSafe, Secure, Stable) by providing speedy economic revitalization and growth strategies
and high-quality administrative services.
16. International Summits such as G20, G7 and APEC should present to the global public afirm vision of a "future digital government" for an internationally uncertain and uncertain
future.
17. Digital human resource development has produced some results over the past few years,
but in the future, it is necessary to develop global digital human resources who cancontribute to strengthening international welfare in digital society.

Cyber security

personnel are required in a multifaceted manner. In addition, the public and private
sectors to make efforts to secure and develop comprehensive and diversified humanresources. That includes the expansion of educational institutions that actively utilize theonline, the acceptance of excellent international human resources from foreign countries,
and the improvement of the environment for that purpose.
18. In implementing Smart cities, the construction of a new nation that emphasizes regional
cooperation will be the savior of solving many urban problems. The concept of Smart city
will be one of the best solutions for healthy urban development.
19. The emergence of the first new society in human history, such as a declining birthrate
and a super-aging society, and its solution will be an advanced case study of many
countries facing the same social issues, and new global business opportunities can becreated.
20. In response to the problems which may slow economic growth, SDGs-related digitalsociety participation such as "skilled immigrants", "AI robots", "retired elderly people",and "women's advancement" that can promote vitality should be urgently implemented.

7321. In order to realize the national vision at an early stage, it is essential to enhance the both
quality and quantity of human resources who will be responsible for it, in other words, to"invest in people."

74

G.

Methodology and Contributors

For evaluating digital government development, this ranking survey is based on a group of
indicators to evaluate the overall digital government development in a country, ranging frompolicy development and e-Services implementation to management optimization and digital
government promotion. To improve the evaluation of digital government development in acountry, from 2010, the ranking added an e-participation indicator. In 2014, both Open
Government Data and Cybersecurity were also added to the ranking. In the 2017 Ranking,the research team added “the usage of emerging ICT technologies”. It makes the total ten
main indicators for evaluation. And in 2022, in the section of Open Government/Data, Digital
Transformation (DX) is added.
Increasing the quality, the assessment used a questionnaire as a tool to obtain some
information from respondents who reside in the countries. The respondents are government
officers who work for a ministry that concerns digital government and, to some extent,
respondents from academia who are knowledgeable in digital government. The score will use
the feedback as additional information to mitigate the sample risk, thus, reducing bias duringscoring. The following diagram shows the due process of creating the ranking.
1. Formulation
The Raw score is normalized to the 0-100 scale score using the following formula.
𝑅𝑎𝑤𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒
× 100
𝑀𝑎𝑥𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒

𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 =Raw score is the Score generated by averaging the Score 0, Score 0.5 and Score 1 in 3 levels;
Max Score is the maximum score of the sub-indicators.
This will generate the Normalized Score which ranges 0 – 100. Furthermore, the Normalized
Score is recalculated by weighted rate. The result is the released score that will be used as thesource for arranging the rank.
No

Indicators

2022

1

Network Infrastructure Preparedness (NIP)

NormScore x 10%

2Management Optimization (MO)NormScore x 12%

3

Online Services (OS)NormScore x 12%

4

National Portal (NPR)

NormScore x 8%

56

Government

Chief

Information(GCIO)
Digital government Promotion (EPRO)
75

Officer

NormScore x 10%
NormScore x 10%

7

E-Participation (EPAR)

NormScore x 10%

8Open Government Data (OGD) & DX

NormScore x 10%

9Cybersecurity (CYB)

NormScore x 10%

10

The

emerging

technology

inDigitalgovernment (EMG)

normcore x 8%

List of Main Indicators
1. Processes of Evaluation
The following process prepares the rankings
Start

Preparation

Commencing thesurveyDistributing the

Exploratory Research onquestionnaires

Indicators
By
Analysis
Revision

StakeholdExpert Groups

October 2021

ers
Cross
Verification
Tabulate thescore
Meeting with
International
Expert group

Rankings,
Evaluation
Country Reports

May 2022March 2022

Final Check

Sept 2022

Press ReleaseNov 202276

Processes Diagram
Contributors List (● indicate group leader)1.

List of Global Experts Group

Prof. Emeritus Dr. Toshio Obi, Chairman, Institute of Digital government, Waseda
University, Japan, Honor President, International Academy of CIO, Director of APEC
Digital Government Research Center.

-

Prof. Dr. J.P Auffret, Chair, MOT/CIO Program of George Mason University, USA.

-

Prof. Dr. Luca Buccoliero, Marketing Department Bocconi University, Italy.

-

Prof. Dr. Suhono Harso Supangkat, Bandung Institute of Technology, Indonesia.

-

Prof. Dr. Francisco Magno, Founder, and ex-Director, Institute of Governance De La
Salle University, Philippines.

-

Prof. Fang Chun Yang, Dean, Academy of Digital government, Peking University, China.

-

Associate Prof. Dr. Jirapon Sunkpho, Thammasat University, Thailand.

-Prof. Dr. Alexander Ryzhov, School of IT management, Federal Academy of National
Economy, Russia.

-

Prof. Dr. Tomi Dahlberg, Faculty of Information System, University of Turku, Finland.

-Prof.Dr Liao, Dy Director Taiwan e-Government Research Center, Taiwan

List of Professors and Experts at Institute of Digital Government, Waseda
University
Prof. Dr. Naoko Iwasaki, Waseda University

Prof.

Prof.

University
Prof.Emeritus

Dr.

Tatsuyuki

Negoro,WasedaDr.

TakashiDr.

Kobayashi,
YoshioTokai
Tozawa,University

UniversityofIndustrialand Science

Prof. Dr. Atsushi Kato, Waseda University

Prof. Dr. Hiroko Kudo, Chuo University

List of Researchers at Institute of Digital Government, Waseda University


Dr. Nguyen Manh Hien-

Dr. Yao Yang-

Dr. Pingky Dezar Zulkarnain-

Mr. Bandaxay Lovanxay-

Dr. Nguyen Ngoc Anh-

Mr. Eiji Yamada, NTT Data-

LLC Naoko Mizukoshi, Lawyer

77

H. Annex – 64 Country Assessment Reports
Argentina

1.

General Information

Area: 2,780,400 km2
Population: 45,566,247
Government Type: Federal presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $8,549
Internet User: 85.5
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 21.18
Wireless Broadband User: 68.65
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
The Argentine government is transforming the public sector digitally with an emphasis
on available technology. This year Argentina was placed 52nd in the Waseda rankings with
62,356 points. The department for technological innovation of the public sector, led by78

Micaela Sánchez Malcolm, will no longer be responsible for telecommunications policy– which is now the responsibility of a new division within the office of the chief of staff– and will instead focus solely on the innovation of the public administration. The new
departments include administrative innovation, digital services, and information
technology.
Recently established, the federal initiative for digital public transformation aims topromote the deployment of digital technologies in the federal government, provincial andlocal governments, and other public entities. Red Hat has a deal with the department fortechnical innovation to provide support and consultancy services. Additionally, theorganization assisted the department in developing the full container and service system.
The department provides provinces and municipalities with digital file management,
remote processes, and digital signature guidance and resources. It collaborates with the
University of San Martn and private sector businesses. In addition to the digital tools, thegovernment is developing an interface platform to link the new tools with those alreadyin place in the provinces and municipalities.
Following the publication of Disposition No. 06/2021 in the Official Gazette on April 21,
2021, the Vacunación COVID-19 database was established by the Subsecretary of Open
Government and Digital Country ("Subsecretara de Gobierno Abierto y Pas Digital"),which reports to the Chief of Cabinet of Ministers ("Jefatura de Gabinete de Ministros").
Its goal is to facilitate the prevention of COVID-19 and the mitigation of its health effects
by organizing, speeding up, and making the administration of vaccinations approved by
the responsible authorities and jurisdictions more effective. The database will be built
following the regulations of Law No. 25,326 on the Protection of Personal Data. Users of
the Cuid.AR app that schedules an appointment to get any of the licensed COVID-19
vaccinations will have their personal information stored in a database.
3.2. New Trends
Together with all the efforts in the pandemic recovery, the department of technicalinnovation is constructing a public software repository to provide open-source tools andfoster creativity. In the last two years, the number of national registration authorities has
expanded by more than 50 percent. In the following months, it is planned to provide a79

single digital portal via which consumers can access all government operations. In
addition, the objective is to improve the Mi Argentina application, which provides accessto all personal paperwork, and to include credentials from other organizations, such asprofessional bodies.
The department does not maintain the information of the users. Instead, it contacts the
databases of the various entities (national register of individuals, automotive registry, etc.)
for them to provide the information. Ana Carina Rodrguez, the current national director
of digital country and future undersecretary of services and digital country (not yet
appointed), explained that most of the application's users are located in the metropolitan
area of Buenos Aires and that the intention is to expand its reach nationally. To do this,they will work to include more services and documents.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
In 2022, 85.5 million people in Argentina will access the internet, making the country
well prepared regarding its network infrastructure. Eighty-two percent of themunicipalities had already selected the most important procedures for beginning digitaltransformation, and sixty percent were already working on internal and externalinteroperability. With a rating of 72.1%, technology and connection are the mostdeveloped area. Furthermore, 88% of localities had full or almost full 3G coverage, and
86% had access to broadband networks.
Solutions for digital transformation, cloud data center availability, municipal
infrastructure, server, and database availability, and AI implementation strategies were allpart of the survey questions used to gauge this factor. The area with the most development
potential was culture and change management, which showed a rise of 47.9 percent.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Through Provision 20/2022, the Strategy for the Federal Program for Digital Public
Transformation enables the provinces and municipalities to make efficient and extensive
use of the technology tools and solutions supplied by the national government for thedigitization of administrative procedures. In an effort to enhance Digital Public
Transformation, cross-cutting and integrated solutions have been planned, built,
80

maintained, and managed for the national government, the provinces, and themunicipalities during the last two years. Provision 20/2022 is part of the Federal Programfor Digital Public Transformation, which was established in April 2022 by the Secretariat
for Technological Innovation of the Public Sector, under the direction of Micaela Sánchez
Malcolm, to provide assistance and training for the integration of systems of the Digital
Signature Infrastructure.
Federal Program for Digital Public Transformation strategy illustrates the following
contents:- Implementing digital technologies for system integration to facilitate public procedures
and digital signatures.
- Restructuring administrative processes, generating digital documents, linking digital
data, and using a digital signature.
- Digital document management specialists offer an audit, parameterization, training,
implementation, and support.
- Implementation and support of open standards by digital document management
professionals.
- Encouragement of effective, efficient, and transparent management brings thegovernment closer to the people.
- Loanable computer equipment may be available.
- Communication Coordination
4.3. Online Service [OS]Providing efficient, high-quality digital government services in Argentina allowed accessto digital government services for more than 9 million residents by 2021 and supported
the creation of a digital government site that provides access to more than 1,300 digital
government services. Central to the reform was implementing an electronic file system inpublic administration. From the users' standpoint, the project's most notableaccomplishment was the provision of simplified online access to various digital services
and administrative procedures. As a reaction to the COVID-19 epidemic, which affected
over 7 million residents, they included registration for a digital citizen ID, specialized
services for small and medium-sized companies (SMEs), and registration for emergencysocial protection subsidies.
81

4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The government of Argentina administers the website Argentina.gob.ar. Argentina.gob.ar
is maintained by the Open Government and Digital Country Undersecretariat, whichanswers to the Secretariat of Public Innovation within the Cabinet of Ministers.
Users may search for national government laws and regulations and policies andprograms designed by national state agencies to meet the requirements of its citizens andthe individuals accountable for implementing those policies and programs by using thenational portal. The administration is looking to strengthen its ties to public agencies toaddress all complaints that may arise.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Argentina's economy has considerable growth potential as the nation begins to recover.
Essential CIO traits were taken into account while developing the strategy for the Oficina
Nacional de Tecnologias de Información (ONTI). Business innovation and digital
innovation management may be best implemented via the tactics of Argentine CIOs.
However, there aren't many academic offerings focused on the Chief Information Officer
in the Argentine government.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
In response to these demands, the Argentinian government developed the Open
Government Federal Program, a three-part online program that provides principles, tools,
and approaches to promote open government. In addition, the program issued anationwide request for ideas from local governments wishing to execute this strategy via
various initiatives in the area. Consistent with Open Government Partnership ideals, thisphase is distinguished by the government's commitment to increase public engagement
and accountability in delivering local initiatives.
The primary objective is to encourage open government policies by fosteringcollaborative learning across national, provincial, and local governments. Through its
federally inclusive orientation, it promotes the participation of a variety of stakeholders
from various backgrounds, enlarging the community of reformers. Local governments,
civil society organizations, and citizens benefit from the program's dissemination of theopen government approach's foundations in local administrations, provision of concrete82tools for delivering reforms, provision of national technical assistance in different
jurisdictions, and invitation of stakeholders to join a national network.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In comparison to its neighbors, Argentina has superior levels of human capital (asmeasured by adult literacy, anticipated and mean years of education, and gross enrollment
ratio) and telecommunications infrastructure. Argentina's adult literacy levels are among
the world's highest (as measured by access to the Internet, fixed and mobile broadband,and telephone). But when it comes to e-participation (things like the proactive or ondemand broadcast of public sector information, citizen deliberative engagement, and cocreation of policy solutions), as well as digital products, it falls short of what its
competitors have to offer (including for instance, the implementation of citizen-centric
approaches for public service design and delivery).
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Many participants from provincial and local governments, civil society groups,
individuals, and academics have participated in conceptual and methodological courses
as part of the Open Government Program. After an open request for ideas to integrate
open government concepts into local governments, a jury chose over fifty initiatives fromvarious provinces and municipalities. These programs promote participatory budgeting,digital citizen involvement, open data, civic innovation, and public monitoring. Some of
the initiatives co-created with non-governmental actors may qualify for the 'OGP Local
track' and get direct assistance from OGP.
The virtual participatory design generated a tremendous learning experience bypermitting federal participation on a bigger scale; nevertheless, a return to the area is now
required for execution. Cross-level articulation and early engagement have been crucial
lessons thus far. The collaborative aspect of the initiative highlighted the lack ofconsensus around the advantages of open government. This problem was addressed byproviding conceptual and methodological training that was not explored throughout the2019 co-creation process.
Regular monitoring and recording of these activities will provide the jury with feedback
for evaluating and recognizing projects with potential outcomes. These will ultimately
83shape future editions and assist stakeholders in evaluating their experience inmainstreaming open government concepts in public administration, a lesson that may
guide their tactics in other public policy areas.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In 2021, Argentine firms spent more than $60 million on cybersecurity, representing anannual rise of 10 percent. In addition, 85% of Argentine businesses want to invest in
cybersecurity during the next four years. Despite the recent expansion of the local
cybersecurity sector, this is just the beginning of its maturation. In general, cybersecurity
technology adoption lags behind more established industries by two to three years.
Banking, energy (oil & gas), telecommunications, manufacturing, retail, and, mostrecently, the public sector are some of the major industries for cybersecurity investment
in Argentina.
The Argentine government will keep investing money in infrastructure and improving thecountry's implementation of FTTH (Fiber to the Home). ARSAT, which is owned by thegovernment, is still connecting over 1,200 towns in the country to their main fiber
network. The Argentine Investment Agency says that the expansion of cell phones andhigh-speed Internet coverage in Argentina is a $5 billion investment opportunity. Mobile
phone use is high, but coverage isn't the same all over the country and is often poor
because there aren't enough cell towers.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
National information and communication technology (ICT) initiatives and policies havebeen developed in recent years in Argentina and other Latin American countries in aneffort to construct a school suitable for the digital era. It has been shown via studies
conducted in countries like Argentina and Uruguay that ICT initiatives have helped tolevel the playing field between different socioeconomic groups and promote a sense ofsocial progress. However, the rapid and widespread spread of mobile phones (with apenetration rate of 139% in Argentina) has led to new ICT integration challenges inclassrooms, on top of structured integration. Apps like WhatsApp and Instagram havespecialized educational functions, but the pre-pandemic school had a contentious
relationship with mobile devices, which were managed by certain standards, restricted,
84

and employed for instructional reasons with variable success. The challenge of syncing
rigid educational schedules with the real-time nature of social media is a recurrent issue.
The widespread use of digital technology, together with the institutionalization of ICT
integration plans through state laws, is redefining the classroom and has radicallytransformed everyday life, which is now mediated by one or more displays at all times,
everywhere, including in schools. The world is transformed into a never-ending
consumerist vortex without a way to turn it off.

85

Australia

1.

General Information

Area: 7,692,024 km2
Population: 26,177,413
Government Type: federal parliamentary democracy and a Commonwealth realm
GDP: $51,851
Internet User: 89.6
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 35.68
Wireless Broadband User: 124.19
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

2.1. Overall Performance3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Australians can now file their tax returns online, apply for income support, and look attheir digital medical records from home or on their phones. In turn, the investment on
digital government in many years helps Australian government departments improve their86efficiency, cut costs, improve the accuracy of data collection, and report compliance moreaccurately.
South Australia's government stated in October 2021 that they would test out asmartphone app that may be used to quarantine people at home. The app uses geolocationand face recognition to ensure users stick to their quarantine protocols at home. As a resultof the experiment, it was stated that the app would be tested in additional Australian states.
Concerns about deploying such intrusive technology without robust privacy safeguards
have been voiced by the tech community, human rights attorneys, and members of civilsociety. In a joint letter to Australian health ministries, Digital Rights Watch and the
Human Rights Law Centre advocated for expanding legal safeguards for the COVIDSafe
App to include alternative technology responses to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Along with the Digital Transformation Strategy and developing new ICT projects, theupgrade of the national copper wire telecommunications network has helped Australia's
e-government grow. The National Broadband Network replaced a big part of Australia's
old network. Even though the NBN didn't change how fast the internet was, it did makeit possible for all Australians to connect to the internet and use e-government services.
With all the development in digitalization, Australia came in 15th position in the Waseda
rankings 2022, owning 81,746 points.
3.2.

New trends

The Australian Government has a clear vision for the digital future of Australia, including● The Digital Government Strategy - which accelerates Australia's digitaltransformation to become one of the world's top three digital governments by 2025.
● The Digital Economy Strategy prioritizes the broader Australian economy and thedelivery of reliable and secure digital government services.
● The Australian Data Strategy provides a vision for Australia's data capacity.
● The Secure Cloud and Hosting Strategies
The Digital Government Strategy aligns other government-wide goals to create anenvironment conducive to digital transformation. The six primary objectives of the87Digital Government Strategy directly assist the implementation of the Digital Economy
Strategy and its critical success indicators, such as ensuring that all Australian
government services are accessible and secure online. The Australian Data Strategy
supports the Digital Government Strategy by laying the groundwork for the Government
to maximize the value of data for economic growth and the public good of all Australians.
The purpose of the Strategy is to realign our thinking so that we maintain a consistentemphasis on delivering for Australians so that they may use our services whenever andwhenever they want. The Strategy will be realized through the execution of agency-based
projects, initiatives, and programs. As further government plans are implemented, theDigital Government Strategy will collaborate with them to maximize the digital potentialof all Australians.
Now that the global economy is recovering, Australia's capacity to quickly adapt its digital
infrastructure in response to changing circumstances will be more critical than ever in
restoring the country to its pre-COVID level of prosperity. No one can afford to takedigital services for granted, and the Australian government must keep working to expand
citizens' access to them. Better investment, tighter security, sound legislation, andexpanded data utilization will serve as its bedrock. Australia now has more power in ourcell phones than was required to get the first man on the moon, and that number is only
expected to rise as technology advances.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]Disasters as varied as a pandemic, bushfires, and floods have lately struck Australia.
Telecom networks are often impacted by crises and catastrophes, leading to increased
traffic and, in extreme circumstances, disruptions in service. Because digital services are
so important to Australians' daily lives and economy, the government and private sector
should collaborate to assess, address, and prevent threats to network resilience.
As soon as word of the COVID-19 epidemic spread, most fixed and mobile network
providers sprang into action. They increased network capacity, optimized network traffic,
and activated emergency response measures to keep services up. This meant that88Australia's digital infrastructure could handle a massive load. The thing is, we can't afford
to pat ourselves on the back too much.
Natural catastrophes are increasing in occurrence, complexity, and intensity. It is crucial
for people to have access to electricity and communication lines in the event of acatastrophe, yet things like fires and floods may knock these out.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]By 2025, Australia is targeting to be one of the world's top three digital governments,
benefiting all Australians, and will have the foundations to maintain this position in the
future.
The Strategy provides government direction and advice for the APS to use government
services to benefit people, businesses, and itself. All government agencies contribute to
public benefit development in various ways, including• Service delivery - these organizations provide specific goods and services. They provide
their consumers with separate interactions.
• Innovation and education - These organizations give direction and assistance inadvancing innovation and advocating government policies.
• Regulation and enforcement - these authorities impose their will on others. They upholdand enforce rules, regulations, and laws to affect users.
4.3. Online Service [OS]All Online Services in Australia have been switched to electronic transactions. AusTender(www.tenders.gov.au) is the principal portal for obtaining business opportunities, annual
procurement plans, and contracts with the Australian government. The Australian
government aims to replace australia.gov.au accounts, which integrate all government
services in one location, with MyGov. By registering for a MyGov account, each person
may access several government services, including Medicare, the Australia Taxation
Office, a Personal Controlled eHealth Record, and Child Support. The 2.0 edition of
MyGov offered more precise information, improved accessibility, and faster response
times on mobile devices. Australia placed sixth in the OS category in the 2022 Waseda
rankings, with 11.280 points.
894.4. National Portal [NPR]
Information (content), technology, and functioning are the three factors that make up the
National Portal's overall grade. You may visit Australia's national portal atwww.australia.gov.au. It brings together several government agencies' online information
resources and services in one spot. According to Google PageSpeedTM Insights, the site's
technical performance is satisfactory across all platforms tested, including desktop
computers, laptops, tablets, and smartphones. The site also offers a feature that enables
users to get changes by email notification and connects with several social networking
platforms, including Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and Flickr. The current accessibility
standard for Australia.gov.au is Level A, as defined by the Web Content Accessibility
Guidelines 2.0. (WCAG 2.0).
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
With the restructuring of Australia's massive digital government over the last several
years, many stories have highlighted innovation and leadership, focused on how chief
information officers and other ICT executives responded to the disastrous global COVID19 outbreak. Collaboration, artificial intelligence and machine learning, data analytics,
automation, and robotics technologies are assisting many firms in achieving their strategic
objectives this year by enhancing their offerings to internal and external consumers.
Diverse industries are experiencing some of the most challenging economic conditions in
decades. Despite this, their technology executives have shown genuine leadership andcreated technical solutions that will aid their companies in addressing future businesschallenges.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
As part of its plan to make Australia one of the top three digital governments in the world
by 2025, Australia's federal government released an updated digital government strategy.
The changes have been in the works for more than a year, and a new 28-page digital
government strategy results from public input. As part of the strategy, the government has
set three priorities for its services to reach this goal. With these priorities, all government
services will be available online, easy to use, and focused on people and businesses.
The new whole-of-government architecture comprises standards, guidelines, products,
90

and tools that help federal government agencies design digital capabilities, implement
technologies, and run them. The architecture would also tell the business world where thefederal government wants to go with IT, including the digital capabilities it wants to build
in a way that can be used repeatedly. Along with the architecture, there will be a reusepolicy and catalog. These are meant to help government agencies understand what new
or existing government platforms could be reused.
As part of this new oversight framework, all digital and ICT proposals must also have anassurance plan signed by the Digital Transformation Agency (DTA) and the relevant
department. The Minister said that this gives the government an important institutional
tool for keeping an eye on high-cost or high-risk digital and ICT-enabled investment
proposals.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The usage of well-established e-Government channels has increased the rate at whichpeople engage with the government. In Australia, two-thirds of the population has utilized
e-Government services for their most recent engagement with the federal government.
People in Australia may be encouraged to engage in various activities and interactions
with the country's government by using the excellent platform provided by the nationalsite of Australia. People and communities can have an active role in the formulation ofpolicies and services via consultation processes supported by various technologies andapproaches.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Open data is probably one of the most significant and 'hot' contributing aspects to the ICT
side of the open government movement. Recently, a significant study on open data wasmade public, and our blog post, "The power of open data," examined the draft version of
the report. Open data in action on the National Map, which overlays a vast array of data
across a map of Australia, including natural flora and caves, bridges, traffic accidents, andthe borders of local councils. The open data component of the open government
movement has also received support from state governments. A blog post titled "Opendata in Victoria," discussed the recent endorsement of open data by the Victorian
Government. In addition, each of the other states in Australia and the ACT has its own
91policy regarding open data and dataset repositories.
At the same time, Australia has prepared the Digital Transformation Agenda to streamline
the delivery of government services to people to enhance their use of digital technologies.
In the Federal Government, this initiative is coordinated and facilitated by the Digital
Transformation Agency. What the government plans to do in terms of interacting withand serving its constituents is laid out in detail in the agenda. The program's objective is
to streamline the process by which government agencies and departments roll out new
programs that enhance online citizens' and users' interactions with the government.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The Australian Signals Directorate (ASD) has revealed a new cyber and foreign
intelligence center of world-class caliber as the agency prepares to commemorate 75 years
of safeguarding Australia against global threats. The new facility, situated in Majura Parkin Canberra, intends to expand ASD's capabilities as Australia's premier agency forsignals intelligence, cyber security, and offensive cyber operations. It will also provide
chances for the next generation of intelligence analysts, cyber operators, technologicalresearchers, and business enablers.
The Minister for Defence remarked that ASD is crucial in preserving and bolstering
Australia's security, especially the nation's essential infrastructure. The state-of-the-art
facility indicates the Australian government's commitment to protecting and fighting
enemies in a rapidly worsening strategic environment. The new location guarantees that
ASD's employees can continue innovating and stay one step ahead of Australia's enemies.
ASD is a world-class intelligence, offensive cyber, and cyber security organization.
Even the government is attempting to change its operations or manner of operation in thedigital age. This indicates that the government will handle, deal with, and store this datausing systems or cloud-based technology. This may be a huge concern if security
requirements are not adhered to, and the public sector is the most susceptible compared
to private organizations. This data loss will be detrimental to society. Government entities
are intensely interested in instituting high-level security protection to prevent cyberbreaches and assaults. They are attempting to embrace and implement Identity Access
Management and Unified Threat Management technologies.
924.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The cloud (cloud computing) is a significant innovation that enables users to manage dataand programs through the internet rather than storing them on their computers or network.
In a recent blog post, the DTA discusses the advantages the cloud offers the government,
including decreased costs, higher productivity, and the delivery of better services.
Becoming citizen-centric is one of the last pillars of the open government movement
addressed in the Open Government National Action Plan as part of the promise to
revolutionize the delivery of government services digitally.
Open government is the future in Australia, as well as in several other nations across theglobe. Transparency, participation/collaboration, and accountability are the guiding
principles for policy and action. Salsa Digital has been actively engaged in critical digitalcomponents of open government for many years, including open source, open data,utilizing the cloud for delivery, and building citizen-centric digital initiatives.

93Austria

1.

General Information

Area: 83,871 km2
Population: 8,939,617
Government Type: Federal parliamentary republic
GDP: $48,426Internet User: 87.53
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 28.93
Wireless Broadband User: 107.01
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total score of 74.463, Austria placed 26th in the 2022 Waseda rankings. The
Austrian Digital Competence Framework is founded on the European Reference
Framework for Digital Competences. The Competency Framework is used to compareand classify digital skills. The Digital Competence Framework for Austria classifies
94

digital skills into six domains and eight levels. In 2021, a certification system wasintroduced, followed by its implementation in 2022. The Dig-CERT and DigComp-CERT
certifications are a transparent demonstration of digital abilities based on the DigComp
2.2 Acceptable Practices (AT). Courses categorized under the DigComp 2.2 AT
framework facilitate the development of digital skills used daily.
The 'Digital Bonus' scheme, with a total budget of EUR 1.5 million, will be started in
2022 and intends to assist individuals in acquiring fundamental digital skills. The
curriculum is geared toward people who have trouble navigating the internet or have
limited experience dealing with digital issues in their career and personal lives. On the
one hand, the program targets education providers and envisions the creation of training
offerings based on the DigComp 2.2 AT through the provision of funds of up to 10,000
EUR. On the other hand, persons who have completed DigComp 2.2 AT-based training
and earned certificates receive a monetary bonus of EUR 100 per participant. With all theeffort raised in innovation and digitalization, the nation has been trying to cover all thelosses and influence of the pandemic.
3.2. New Trends
The 'Digital Austria in 2040–2050' vision outlines a digitally responsible society's
essential ideals and characteristics. It is the foundation for the entire Digitization Strategy
and is based on standards and guiding concepts. The vision emphasizes competitiveness,innovation, prosperity, Climate Protection, health, and cultural heritage and offers thebasis for the Austrian Digitization Strategy (Digital Action Plan Austria).
The Federal Minister of Austria launched the Digital Action Plan Austria on June 8, 2020.
The action plan, established in collaboration with specialists from the domains of science,
economy, and public administration, covers the prerequisites for Austria's successful
digital transformation. The Digital Action Plan Austria is a developing strategy tonavigate the digital transition successfully. It consists of thematic action plans that addresscertain priority subjects, the most notable of which are now the data economy andresilience.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators954.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The rollout of 5G in Austria has been put on hold due to the prohibitively expensive lease
fees for mobile towers and the absence of legislative incentives. Austria has become aleader in 5G technology. By 2023, Austrian carriers want to have 5G services available
along essential routes, and they plan to roll out the technology throughout the country by
2025. In addition, the state has made substantial investments in fiber-optic infrastructure
to support its fixed internet service and the 5G network.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Federal eGovernment Strategy, under revision with national and regional partners,
aims to deploy electronic government services efficiently. This goal is based on thefundamental premise that all businesses and citizens must be able to perform all of theprocedures of public administration in a quick, easy, and electronic way and does not
require any particular level of technical expertise. To accomplish this objective, the tactics
implemented by the Austrian eGovernment sought to encourage the involvement of thefederal state, as well as cities and municipalities, and to foster close cooperation between
these three levels of government.
Platform Digital Austria, led by the Federal CIO and responsible for developing
integrated eGovernment plans, comprises senior leaders from regional and local
governments. Thus, the platform's objectives and road maps apply to provincial andmunicipal governments. These standards are then translated or incorporated into regional
and local strategies, which are the responsibility of Lander and municipal governments.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Public Procurement Platform enables public purchasers in Austria and Croatia to send
tender notification information online to interested providers. Upon registration,purchasers must input the essential information on a public procurement procedure. A
subsequent electronic verification assures the consistency and validity of all data.
Following this, purchasers must specify the publication date and medium and upload thedelicate materials. Interested suppliers can browse the online database, see and download
tender documents, view a buyer's profile, and set automatic search profiles after96

registering.
The Federal Procurement Agency's BBG web-based electronic purchasing system enables
its customers to manage electronic framework agreements and contracts. The BBG Portal
encompasses the complete purchasing procedure, from submitting a purchase request andapproving procedures to finalizing the purchase order and sending it to the vendor. It
streamlines and accelerates internal operations through flexible, customer-focusedelectronic workflows. In addition, it enhances the quality of business process
documentation for registered users and their respective organizations.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Oesterreich.gv.at is a website that connects to numerous government agencies. As theone-stop eGovernment portal for citizens, it provides information on all interactions with
Austrian authorities required in the most common life situations – such as pregnancy,
childbirth, marriage, and housing – and permits the electronic completion of sure of theseprocedures. The portal serves as an interaction between authorities and citizens, focusing
on transparency, usability, and information clarity. Accessible 24 hours a day, seven daysa week, the portal provides advice on interacting with various agencies in over 200 life
scenarios. In addition, many administrative procedures (such as the application for a votercard) can be completed electronically via the oesterreich.gv.at the website.
Until now, the website has been renamed oesterreich.gv.at in addition to being upgradedwith the provision of additional services for citizens (such as baby point and relocation).
In addition, a chatbot known as Mona and a specialized mobile app was released in March
2019 to improve the service quality of Austria's most popular eGovernment portal forresidents.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
In 2001, the federal government decided to create the position of Chief Information
Officer (CIO), to have this individual provide the federal government with strategic andtechnical help and enhance its eGovernment projects. In addition, the CIO is in charge of
Digital Austria and represents the interests of Austrian eGovernment solutions globally inEurope and elsewhere. Consistently, the Chief Information Officer (CIO) provides the
Minister Responsible for Digital and Economic Affairs with an update on current actions.
97

4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The web Accessibility Directive was put into practice by the Austrian Web-Accessibility
Act. To make federal websites and mobile applications more accessible for users,
particularly for people with disabilities, it establishes the accessibility requirements for
those platforms. The Web Accessibility Directive is implemented in each federal Statethrough nine acts in addition to the national level. Federally, the relevant body is theAustrian Research Promotion Agency (FFG), which oversees compliance withaccessibility criteria for websites and mobile applications of Austrian public sector
entities.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Even when utilizing accessible e-government tools, several Austrian enterprises were
unprepared for the digital demands of the covid-19 pandemic. Only 25 percent of Austrianbusinesses offer their products and services online. Most small and medium-sized firms
lack knowledge of internet sales, including marketing and cybersecurity. Non-users of
online sales channels either believe that their product is incompatible with online sales orchoose to disregard the issue.
The Austrian Institute of Economic Research found that while digital public services for
citizens continue to be a strength of Austria, corporations still lag. However, the study
found that over 90% of Austrian distance selling activity is done online. Even thoughforeign companies make 54% of distance retail purchases in Austria. Austrian businesses
are growing their online offerings and investing in digital capabilities to remaincompetitive. Public funding is one reason why domestic firms are becoming morecompetitive online.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The digitization process in Austria is ongoing, with the nation making strides in various
digital sectors and launching several noteworthy projects. One of Austria's aims inpursuing more digitization is to position the country among Europe's most advanced
digital powers. The country's ultimate goal is to increase its citizens' long-term prosperity,
employment opportunities, and quality of life. The constant stream of new technologies
influences every aspect of our existence. The Austrian government is making significant
98strides toward fully digitizing its citizens' health and education systems. Digital healthsolutions are an important advancement because they simplify the healthcare system andmake it accessible to more people during a pandemic.
Austria made progress toward its aim of open government data with the creation andlaunch of the Austrian One-Stop Open Government Data. Data.gv.at was established as acentral repository for open government data to provide consumers with a single electronic
point of contact for finding data rapidly. The potential for open government data toadvance social, cultural, scientific, and economic development exists. Because of this, theAustrian government has made it feasible to create new goods and services by reusing
data from the non-personal public sector. Open government data may also increaseadministrative activity openness, business, research, and citizen collaboration, as well asa democracy through growing transparency for organizational activities.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Austria approved a new cybersecurity strategy in December 2021, the SCS. For Austria's
prosperity and security, it is crucial to increase the nation's digital resilience and ensure
cybersecurity across the board in the digital world. Therefore, one of Austria's top
concerns and a significant share of cybersecurity is ed problems for the government,
corporate community, scientific community, and society at large is cybersecurity. In lightof this, the feder planned to revise the Austrian Cybersecurity Strategy and declaredcybersecurity and digitalization to be significant domains of activity and political priority
in its government agenda for 2020–2024. The goal of SCS 2021 is to build secure
cyberspace over the long term using a cross-government strategy to strengthen Austria
and the European Union's resilience. The strategy outlines ten goals, numerous actions,and a monitoring system to realize this vision. The first evaluation report's publication isscheduled for the summer of 2022.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT
The Austrian Ministerial Council launched the Artificial Intelligence Mission Austria
2030 (AIM AT 2030) on November 23, 2018. AIM AT 2030 is a report by AI professionals
on the proper use of artificial intelligence (AI). This includes the optimal exploitation of
possibilities and preventing potential unwanted consequences.
99

On June 10, 2020, the Austrian Cloud (O-Cloud) initiative was initiated. The program
seeks to strengthen Austria's resilience and data sovereignty. Austria's OCloud initiative
aims to integrate Austrian cloud providers into a synergistic network system, to bolster
data sovereignty, enhance transparency and integrity, and process data intelligently.
Austria will also participate in the GAIA-X initiative alongside its industry.
Since its inception, Austria has been a member of the European Blockchain Partnership.
Austria also participated in the European Blockchain Services Infrastructure (EBSI) and
was among the first member states to implement a national EBSI node. Most
administrative authorities in Austria are already engaged with blockchain technology andprospective application areas. In numerous domains of the Austrian public administration,
blockchain technology is under consideration for implementation. For instance, the Antifraud Tax and Customs Office proposes implementing a technology that can interpret
cryptocurrency payment processes. To accomplish this, software capable ofdeconstructing blockchain technology will be built.

100

Bahrain

1.

General Information

Area: 765 km2
Population: 1,472,233
Government Type: constitutional monarchy
GDP: $23,585
Internet User: 99.67
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 8.75
Wireless Broadband User: 109.38
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 56.720, Bahrain ranked 60 in the Waseda International digital government
rankings for 2022. The Covid-19 pandemic has increased the Kingdom's reliance on its
current and developing technology, extending the scope of its national digitaltransformation programs and electronic services and proving the government is prepared101

to deal with conventional calamities and pandemics. The government has quickly
recognized the advantages of technology in increasing public access to information andaccelerating the delivery of services as the ICT sector has advanced rapidly. This initiatedthe development of a state-of-the-art National Data Center, the building a trustworthy
National Data Network, and the rollout of Smart ID Cards for all residents and citizens.
The administration of Bahrain, which is currently under the sovereignty of the Kingdom,has made a complete transition to digital systems. H.H. Shaikh Mohammed bin Mubarak
Al Khalifa, Deputy Prime Minister, is the most prominent of these leaders. He presides
over the Supreme Council for Information and Communication Technology (SCICT) andthe National ICT Governance Committee (ICTGC). The latter ensures that the Kingdom's
strategic digital initiatives are coordinated and carried out.
The government soon started to see the potential benefits that technology may bringindividuals regarding their access to data and services. Completing these projects will
result in establishing a dependable National Data Network, a cutting-edge National Data
Center, and the issuance of Smart ID Cards to all citizens. In order to expedite the creationof an environment suitable for a digital economy, the government has assisted public
sector organizations in their digital transformation efforts. This assistance has taken theform of improved digital infrastructure, laws, legislation, and innovative technologicalsolutions.
3.2. New Trends
Movement restrictions and targeted shutdown of businesses and government buildings
were urgent responses to the COVID-19 outbreak. Because of this, there was an
unexpected increase in the need for web-based services. The government's principal focus
has been maintaining service reliability while improving its network and data security topave the way for remote workplaces, online banking, online education, and online
healthcare. A more open, accessible, and effective administration is a priority for thegovernment of Bahrain; hence the country is speeding up the use of advanced andemerging technologies via its Digital Government Strategy 2022. The government's goal
is to make services convenient and available for all citizens at any time, from any location,and using any device of their choosing. The government's plans for 2021 and 2022 fall102

into one of these categories:-

Promoting a digital economy via investments in digital infrastructure, data, andAI.

-

Accelerating government efforts to streamline operations and work together-

Protecting people's constitutional rights and shielding them from online threats
via establishing laws and regulations.

4.

-

Driving transparency, honesty, and citizen input.

-

Promotion of Risk-Taking and Creative Problem Solving
Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The government quickly recognized the advantages of technology in increasing accessand delivery of information and services to the general population as significant
developments were made in information and communications technology (ICT). This
resulted in the formation of a National Data Center outfitted with all of the necessary
technology, followed by the development of a safe National Data Network and the rollout
of Smart ID Cards for citizens and residents.
According to a decision made by the Cabinet in 2005, the Supreme Committee forInformation Technology and Communication (SCICT) was established. Its chairman is
His Majesty King Hamad's special representative, H.H. Shaikh Mohammed bin Mubarak
Al Khalifa. A growing realization of the importance of a coordinated, well-governed
eGovernment program across the Kingdom led to this realization. Following the goals of
the eGovernment programs, the SICT put into action Cabinet instructions and developed
comprehensive strategies and plans to advance the information and communications
technology industry across the Kingdom.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]It is the government's intention to use digital technology to enhance the services provided
to people, as well as operations, decision-making, and data exchange. The government
made the facilitation of a digital workforce, the development of analytical platforms, andthe implementation of efficient cyber security measures a top priority. In addition, thegovernment has accelerated the process of creating a favorable environment encouraging
103

the development of a digital economy by strengthening digital network infrastructure,policies, regulations, and technology platforms and providing assistance to public sector
entities. This move was made to encourage the development of a digital economy.
4.3. Online Service [OS]¥For Bahrain to reach its objective of being a cashless society by 2030, the government
provides several electronic payment options, including eWallets, which make it possible
for all financial transactions to be completed promptly and securely. b-wallet, stcPay,
Benefit Pay, and Max Wallet are some of the most common forms of electronic wallets
used in Bahrain. On the National Port, it is anticipated that electronic wallet methods will
be included as one of the official payment options.
In addition to e-Wallets, the government has been implementing the use of digital ID
cards in public settings. These cards are used to verify the identity of a person in order tocarry out activities such as voting in parliamentary elections, accessing public services
and travel documents, and passing through airport security. During the process ofrenewing their passports, people are given the opportunity to register for their new
passports online via the Passport Renewal eService. Online services have provided hugeadvantages to every person due to the rise of digitization. These benefits include
encouraging individuals to use more public services and reducing administrative strain.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
To enhance public-private collaboration, the government of Bahrain is updating its Open
Data Portal (www.data.gov.bh) and electronic participation tool (Tawasul). The Open
Data Portal improves Bahrain's reputation by drawing attention to the country's strengths
in the business world. Therefore, it will raise business success and growth rates andstimulate local entrepreneurship and innovation. At the same time, the government of
Bahrain is pushing for higher-quality data by emphasizing data standards and ownership.
Effective cross-government data sharing, clearly defined data ownership and duties, andenhanced data skills and standards have put the government on pace to fulfill its data andAI objectives.
To promote evidence-based decision-making, attract investors, develop a thriving
research and innovation sector, and lay the groundwork for artificial intelligence, the104government is also encouraging the use of high-quality data from several sources. The
Government places a premium on citizens' and residents' access to information,
empowerment, engagement in the development of public service, and citizen involvement
in decision-making.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
A national D-Government Authority, also known as the Information Governance
Authority (IGA), has been formed in the Kingdom of Bahrain to function as a GCIO
Office (Information and e-Government Authority). The e-Government Authority and theCentral Informatics Agency have been merged into a single organization known as theInformation and Governance Authority (IGA for short). The responsibilities of the Headof IGA, formerly known as the Head of EGA, are quite similar to those of the GCIO. At
the national and ministerial levels, there are formal GCIOs, but there is little evidence of
their existence at the official level, and there is little indication that they are even there.
Regarding educational options, the University of Bahrain offers a Master's degree
program that is particularly tailored toward the role of the GCIO. This program can befound at the Computer Science and Information Technology Department.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
For the sake of its people, communities, and enterprises, the government of Bahrain has
been an early adopter of cutting-edge technology. As it has been in the past, the Kingdom
leadership is taking initiatives to advance digital transformation in the public sector, with
an emphasis on service-oriented and citizen-centric operating models. The Governmentof Bahrain has made tremendous strides in the previous decade in understanding andutilizing new digital technologies, in part because of the guidance of the King and othersenior officials in the Kingdom.
The National ICT Governance Committee (ICTGC) is responsible for overseeing thecoordination and implementation of strategic digital initiatives across the Kingdom, andthe Ministerial Committee for Information Technology and Communication (MCICT),
chaired by H.E. Minister of Interior Gen. Shaikh Rashid bin Abdulla Al Khalifa, is leading
the government's Digital Transformation Journey. The Covid-19 pandemic has increased
the Kingdom's reliance on its advanced and developing technology, extending the scope105

of national digital transformation programs and electronic services and proving thecountry's preparedness for natural and man-made calamities and pandemics.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The acceleration of digital transformation may be partially attributed to the iGA's work
to modernize government service operations and finish national digital transformationplans. Through modern technology and AI, the federal government has aided the public
sector, most notably the judicial system, in streamlining processes (AI). Civil andcommercial disputes may be filed electronically as part of the judicial system's service.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The government's digital transformation plans center on:-

Creating services that are tailored to the requirements of individual consumers andcan be accessed instantly from any gadget-

Using a digitally-enhanced approach, we can ensure that everyone, including
those who can't utilize internet services, has access to them-

Having residents and companies submit their information to the government only
once-

Making better forecasts and choices via the use of cutting-edge technology andstatistical analysis-

Centralizing of public information and its accessibility to the general public:

Open Data lays the groundwork for governments to share data that is readable bymachines with the rest of society and makes this possible. Research, the development ofinnovative solutions, and improved decision-making are just some of how individuals,
companies, and government agencies might benefit from access to government data. The
Bahrain Open Data Portal enables data collected by the government in various fields tobe freely reused, analyzed, and shared while adhering to the personal data privacy laws
stipulated in Bahrain's Personal Data Protection legislation.
Big data has been used in Bahrain to finish various projects that require the analysis of
massive amounts of data, such as the population census and other administrative recordsof state institutions, and procedure technology while saving time, effort, and money.
106

These projects include the completion of the population census. The Monthly Consumer
Price Index report summarizes the data collected from various sources and thenelectronically processed to generate accurate indicators of inflation rates in the Kingdom.
Bahrain's tourism industry's success depends on the online availability of up-to-date andprecise government data. This data includes information on the number of tourists
arriving in the country, the Bahraini tourist attractions they visit, and hotel and restaurant
occupancy rates.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Strategically, Bahrain wants to rank in the United Nations (UN) eGovernment Survey's
e-Participation index. The Minister further elaborated that the strategy's goals include
creating cybersecurity standards, luring large technology firms, and becoming a regional
powerhouse for digital innovation. E-transformation, digitizing records, transitioning to
e-payments, boosting the use of Artificial Intelligence, and bolstering public-private
partnerships are ways the recently unveiled ICT and Digital Economy Strategy might help
improve the efficiency of government services.
The strategy's four primary tenets are "digital capability development," "e-governanceenhancement," "digital economy support," and "telecommunications infrastructuredevelopment." By 2026, the predetermined key performance metrics were intended tohave provided sufficient data on the strategy's efficacy. By 2020, Bahrain hopes to havetrained at least 20,000 individuals in cybersecurity and automated an extra 200
government functions. The country also plans to grow national employment in theindustry by 35%.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT
Bahrain is making history as the first Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) state to develop
and promote the use of global mobile network-based IoT connectivity standards. It wasalso included in a draft of a new working paper proposed by the International
Telecommunication Union (ITU) for use with narrowband Internet of Things (IoT)
applications. The iGA allots spectrum for use in government initiatives, including smart
cities, the Internet of Things, and machine-to-machine connections. Mobile Internet ofThings (IoT) and Machine-to-Machine (M2M) services are offered in Bahrain. Adding107

5G capability to its wireless and fiber networks improves its accessibility and Internet
speed. Several public and commercial organizations in Bahrain make use of thistechnology.
Businesses that use Blockchain technology enjoy improved openness, safety, traceability,transactional efficiency, speed, and reduced transaction costs. The Economic
Development Board and iGA have proposed a national strategy to provide detailed
standards for the public and commercial sectors' use of Blockchain technology.
Bahrain was one of the first Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) nations to undertake acomprehensive digital transformation initiative. Bahrain is leading the way in government
IT reform and improvement. Through cutting-edge technology, the government can savemoney, boost safety, and enhance efficiency, all while providing citizens with first-rateservices. This rule requires government agencies to include Cloud Computing into their
IT planning and operations following Bahrain's Cloud-First strategy, which lays out aclear road map and criteria for public sector cloud adoption.
Artificial intelligence (AI) has been used to improve government services in Bahrain, andthe country as a whole is making great strides in the digital realm thanks to its forward(AI). The Kingdom is also a source of education and growth opportunities. It was createdby Microsoft, Tamkeen (a university in Bahrain), and Tamkeen (a university in Bahrain)
to foster originality and imagination in students. This institution focuses on training andeducating teachers and students from around Bahrain.

108

Belgium

1.

General Information

Area: 30,528 km2
Population: 11,655,930
Government Type: Federal parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $44,736
Internet User: 91.53
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 40.85
Wireless Broadband User: 89.20
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In the Waseda rankings for 2022, Belgium finished 29th with 72.8 points. Digital Public
Administration LegiIn December of 2021, a draft bill that modernizes Belgium's
telecommunications laws and transposes a large portion of the European standards will
be passed. In the spirit of creating a "gigabit society," the new set of regulations have as
its primary goals the improvement of consumer education, the enhancement of efforts to109

combat cybercrime, and the promotion of the construction of 5G networks as well asuniversal access to high-speed internet.
COVID-19 has brought attention to the value of digital tools in the fight against the
pandemic. The Artificial Intelligence for the Common Good Institute was established in
the spring of 2021 by the Brussels Region, the Université Libre de Bruxelles (ULB), andthe Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB) (FARI). Together, the Brussels Regional Informatics
Centre (BRIC) and the FARI Research Institute are developing a road map for the futureof artificial intelligence research and development in the Brussels Region. The goal is toestablish a framework for development, to ensure the coherence of initiatives, and todepend on the exchange of information.
In December of 2021, a bill that would update Belgium's telecommunications laws while
also transposing a substantial portion of European regulations was accepted as a draft law.
To realize the vision of a "gigabit society," the newly enacted set of rules has as theirprimary objectives the improvement of consumer education, the intensification of efforts
to combat online criminal activity, and the promotion of the expansion of 5G network
capabilities as well as universal access to high-speed internet. The document also securesthe attainment of the European aim to complete the territory's coverage with 5G and toensure that all homes have access to an internet connection of at least 100 Mbps using
extremely high-capacity networks. Both of these goals are provided by the text.
3.2. New Trends
As a strategy to recover from the pandemic, the nation decided to focus more on
innovation and digitalization. The foundation of Belgian eGovernment policies is anauthentic-source system, which allows federal public agencies to compile and administer
their own databases using information from residents, corporations, and government
employees. Other national services that need this information can access these databases,
also known as legitimate sources. Requests for data transmission from enterprises andpeople will be made just once.
The National Registry, which is overseen by the Department of the Interior and is
responsible for compiling basic information on all individuals who are citizens of110

Belgium; and The Crossroads Bank for Enterprises (CBE): managed by the Departmentof Economy; the CBE is an integrated business registry that contains all authentic sourcesof all Belgian enterprises, such as company name, company number, postal and email
address, legal form, activities performed within the company, professional skills of thecompany staff, etc. The CBE is an online database that can be accessed by anyone withinternet access.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Digital Belgium, which includes the country's plan for expanding internet access, is alarger policy framework. The national fixed and mobile broadband strategy hopes to fill
all the blank spots where high-speed services are still lacking. Belgium encourages amarket-driven rollout of high-speed Internet by decreasing prices and easing
administrative barriers.
In April of 2021, the government announced a plan to improve fixed and mobile internet
across the country, and by the end of the time covered by the plan—2022. It helps move
Europe closer to its 2025 goals for gigabit connectivity.
As a first step in making it easier to roll out high-speed services, the proposal calls formapping the white regions (about 2% of the country). In addition, a dedicated government
agency will carry out the strategy and keep tabs on its progress. A Broadband Competence
Office will handle all matters about public-private partnerships and the EU Connectivity
Toolbox. There are main pillars upon which this strategy rests:- Establishing a support system for the rollout of fibre and 5G through the website about
5G www.over5g.be,- Establishing a support system for the rollout of fibre and 5G through the website about
5G www.over5g.be,
The government is encouraging the deployment of innovative broadband technology bydecreasing network providers' administrative hurdles and roll-out costs (fibre, LTE
advanced, 5G). For instance, all new and remodeled homes will soon have to be fiberready. Belgium must be prepared for the rollout of the Internet of Things by establishinga proactive 5G architecture. The Belgian government has promised to ease the process of111

deploying ICT infrastructures and lower associated expenses. The new administration andindustry players are reevaluating the plan.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The second edition of the Digital Wallonia Strategy, which covers 2019–2024, wasapproved for implementation by the Walloon government on December 6, 2018. The plan
outlined a course of action to enable the Walloon area to capitalize on the socioeconomic
potential presented by digital transformation. The first edition of Digital Wallonia waspublished in 2015 and was based on the input of more than one hundred actors andorganizations. The second version, Digital Wallonia 20192024, is the product of theefforts of the Digital Wallonia Champions. This method is organized on the following five
primary goals:
1. The objective is to develop a robust technical industry via a development model thatgives Wallonia's digital economy a worldwide scope;
2. The growth of linked commerce depends on the expansion of the digital economy,
which aims to make businesses more digitally capable;
3. Connected and intelligent territory: complete high-speed connection in Wallonia is theobjective.
4. Open utilities: the objective is to promote transparent and open digital public services;
5. The objective is to improve the digital abilities of the people of Wallonia. As part of
the Digital Wallonia Strategy, more than 20 initiatives have been carried out. The
development of artificial intelligence is now guided by projects like Digital Wallonia 4
AI (AI). The Digital Wallonia Giga Region specifies the priorities of providing highspeed fixed and mobile networks to all residents and businesses in Wallonia. In contrast,
the Digital Wallonia Industry of the Future offers the foundation for the adoption ofindustry 4.0 by manufacturers in the industrial sectors.
The approach symbolized the Walloon government's declared goal of making Wallonia aconnected, bright region where IT firms are acknowledged as leaders and the key to thesuccessful industrial development of the area. 2019 saw the official confirmation of
Digital Wallonia as the Wallonian region's digital road plan by the new regional
administration. As a result, the political platform of the Walloon administration now
completely incorporates the Digital Wallonia Strategy. Additionally, Digital Wallonia
112

supports the digital goals of the Wallonia Recovery Plan 2021–2024 and the Declarationof Regional Politics 2019–2024.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The most recent amendment to the Law on Public Procurement was made by the Law of
7 April 2019, published in the Belgian Monitor on 14 July 2016. The modifications
addressed the incorporation of a definition of electronic invoices and the fundamental
components of these electronic invoices. The new legislation also ushered in somechanges to the provisions of the third chapter of the Law of 17 June 2016 about
Concession Contracts.
As a division of BOSA, the Directorate-General for Digital Transformation serves as atechnical knowledge hub for eInvoicing and is a critical participant in theintergovernmental effort to advance eInvoicing in Belgium. It serves as the Belgian
eInvoicing Event's knowledge partner and official Peppol authority for Belgium. Several
tiers of the Belgian government have taken many actions to encourage electronic
invoicing. The administrations and public organizations of the Brussels-Capital Region
will only accept electronic invoices starting on 1 November 2020 for all public contracts.
Mercurius receives and processes all electronic invoices for the Flemish government.
Moreover, the Flemish authorities have established a project team to oversee theimplementation of eInvoicing on a local and regional level. The execution of promotional
and awareness-raising initiatives for electronic invoicing has been given to theeAdministration and Simplification Unit (eWBS) by Wallonia and the WalloniaBrussels
Federation. Walloon and municipal governments are invited to sign up for this service sothey may get their bills online by creating an account on the Mercurius platform. Startingon January 1, 2022, invoice processing will be dematerialized thanks to the WBFIN
software used in the Walloon public sector.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
In November 2002, the Federal Portal was initially made available. Initially, it operated
as the federal government's institutional website and an eGovernment portal, offering asolitary and multilingual access point to the federal government's data and services toindividuals, companies, and government employees.
113

In May 2008, a new portal version was introduced after evaluating the whole system. The
goal was to make it easier for people to engage with the government and do business. The
information is more user-friendly according to the significant life events of both residents
and enterprises. It is accessible in Dutch, English, French, and German. In addition to thisnew user-centered display, a robust search engine enables users to conduct queries bothwithin and outside the site.
Additionally, a significant portion of the new site includes access to all online public
services (eServices). Users may focus their search on the subject, target audience, andlevel of government involved when seeking a certain eService. Many of these eServices
must be authenticated using a site token or electronic ID card because they are protected.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
A specific law or mandate that specifies the CIO job does not exist in Belgium. According
to the Waseda assessment, which came in top place in 2009, CIONET was found in
Belgium. It is a network of chief technology officers, chief information officers, and chief
information officers with operations across Europe. The CIO Forum is a wholly relevantorganization to their community as a solely Belgian business interest group. In the
Belgian IT scene, a forum for IT executives was created to provide a safe and dependable
setting for networking among IT specialists. The website www.belgium.be is a crucial
resource that people may use for matters relating to their families, justice, mobility, health,the environment, housing, employment, taxes, education, and the economy.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Despite not being a plan, AI4Belgium is a significant initiative that intends to support
locally driven AI development throughout the nation. Its objective is to enable individuals
and organizations in Belgium to take advantage of AI's prospects while properly aiding
the current transformation. AI4Belgium hopes to place Belgium in the European AI scene
in this manner. There are seven main goals for the project:
1. Creating a Belgian AI cartography;
2. Supporting policy on ethics, rules, and skills;
3. Co-facilitating the Belgian AI community;114

4. Gathering EU funding and connecting EU ecosystems;
5. Proposing specific actions for AI training;
6. Aiding in the industry's adoption of AI technologies; and7. Promoting new products and services based on AI technologies.
A proposal that will update Belgium's telecom laws and implement a large portion ofEuropean regulations was adopted in December 2021. The new set of rules aims to
educate consumers better, combat cybercrime, and support the development of 5G anduniversal access to high-speed internet to build a "gigabit society." Additionally, thearticle guarantees the accomplishment of the European goal to cover the country with 5G
and ensure that every home has access to at least 100 Mbps of internet via extremely highcapacity networks.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
At the moment, there are no e-participation rules in Belgian law. While it is often advisedthat young people connect with society and public policy via technology, there are
exceptions, such as municipalities that, in 2017 conducted considerable public outreach.
On the website's Bataljong page, the required tools and equipment are listed. Applications
that may be used for a number of purposes, including online interactions for several uses,
are included in the second category of business applications. They are not intended toencourage action directly in e-focus areas.
Although the website is not expressly designed for young people, it does include agespecific information and a wealth of tools to help them get started in the online economy.
In Flanders, e-participation was possible, but it is no more.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The regional RRPs and their digital initiatives are influenced by the Digital
Transformation of Belgium, broken down into three key components.
1. Resilience in Cyberspace and Cybersecurity
2. Governmental Management
3. New technology, optical-fiber technology, and 5G technology
115

In Belgium, digital technologies and reforms are applied at the federal level. That implies
the government provides more information on its introduction and the feasibility ofrelated projects.
The Smart Flanders Initiative contained the Open Data Charter, which set out 20
principles, including open-by-default and machine-readable data, empowering local
governments to support an open data ecosystem. A document was created containing
model terms to be used in bids, concessions, and contracts to negotiate agreements with
suppliers about (Linked) open data to put the Charter into action. Utilizing these phrases
to work toward a more collaborative approach to available data was advised.
The Walloon government's and Wallonia-Brussels Federation's Open Data Decree wasapproved by the Walloon Parliament. As a result of this proclamation, public
administrations will make their data mandate able in digital form so that anybody may
readily reuse it, including individuals, businesses, and administrations such as local
governments.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Draft Legislation Concerning the Establishment of a Security Framework for Information
Systems Having General Interest The brand-new Law on the Establishment of a Security
Framework for Information Systems was passed on April 7 this year. The European Union
Directive 2016/1148 will be implemented at the federal level under Having General
Interest (NIS Directive). It is intended to improve the cybersecurity precautions that bothpublic and commercial organizations have taken to provide the community with critical
digital services. The new legislation imposes requirements on suppliers of certain vitaland digital services for the implementation of technical and organizational security
measures to prevent incidents or mitigate the damage caused by them. In addition, it
outlines the standards that must be met for security policies to be developed in accordancewith ISO/IEC 27001. In the event of an incident, there will be a necessity to report it,
there will be a responsibility to conduct an annual audit, and there will be a need toestablish a contact point where authorities can be reached.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Artificial Intelligence. Brussels is an online portal that is open to businesspeople,
116

academics, students, and residents to learn about all of the AI-related activities establishedin Brussels. The site provides information and pertinent data on several areas in artificial
intelligence, such as training, start-up and business assistance, funding possibilities,
research centers, and more. The site was developed to meet the requirements of a wide
variety of users, and it can locate projects based on the interests of the many stakeholders.
The electronic identification card, or eID, issued in Belgium, is a form of identification
and a travel document. It has all of the same information that is shown on the country's
conventional identity card. It is a smart card with two certificates: one for theauthentication process and another for the generation of qualified electronic signatures(eIDAS Regulation). An online identification method is made available by the BelgianeID, which permits the electronic submission of official papers and other linked services.
This makes it possible to get access to restricted online services, which in turn makes theuse of the internet safer. The national register number, which serves as a unique identity
for Belgian nationals, is printed on the electronic identification card and its corresponding
microchip. This number is a unique identifier in the electronic identification card's
corresponding certificate.
Belgian eID card is used in almost all applications for (qualified) electronic signatures
used in the eGovernment sector of the Belgian economy. Multiple levels of security areavailable on the federal eGovernment Portal, and each depends on the kind of eService
being provided. The levels are as follows: (1) no password is required; (2) password isrequired; (3) password and token is required; (4) eID only; (5) unconnected eID; (6)mobile authorization (time-based one-time password) (TOTP).
Electronic identification cards are only able to be issued to natural individuals. In addition
to the traditional functions of an ID card, Kids-ID can grant access to children-onlyinternet chat rooms and a variety of emergency phone numbers in the event the child isin danger. These IDs are available in two distinct flavors: for EU citizens and for peopleof other countries.

117

Brazil

1.

General Information

Area: 8,515,767 km2
Population: 215,540,174
Government Type: Federal presidential republic
GDP: $6,728
Internet User: 81.34
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 17.10
Wireless Broadband User: 89.73
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
According to the 2022 Waseda Rankings of Digital Government, the country ranked 53rd
with a total score of 61.577. Several issues confronting global health systems werehighlighted by the COVID-19 epidemic, most notably the need for more efficient andsecure methods of producing and disseminating health data. On the other hand, this118

pandemic scenario has sped up the rollout and testing of health technology. The Brazilian
Unified Health System's Department of Informatics prepared for the public emergency
brought on by SARS-CoV-2 by developing a contingency plan.
After a long dictatorship era in Brazil, the mid-1980s saw an increase in people's ability
to express their citizenship via control and social involvement. Several efforts, such as
the 1986 National Health Conference, were implemented after the authoritarian period in
Brazil to increase citizen engagement and social control. More than that, Brazil's public
administration is both managerial and societal, thanks to a reform of the state's
administrative structure.
Increasing social control in Brazil results from the country's progressive openness of
public activities and the accessibility of government data in the digital sphere. However,cultural factors, technological incapability, low digital inclusion, and the work required
to acquire and comprehend government data all contribute to Brazilian individuals'
relatively low level of involvement in social control. However, the Brazilian governmentis actively promoting and facilitating social control mechanisms like popular councils andpublic hearings to increase the number of people who feel they have a voice in the
country's decision-making processes and strengthen its reputation for democratic
accountability.
3.2. New Trends
Due to the COVID-19 issue, several Brazilian businesses shifted their growth strategy toprioritize sustainability and cost reduction. Automation, resilience, and virtual
collaboration will be necessary soon. Solutions and services for digital businesses are
essential for most businesses considering using innovative tools and procedures. Brazil's
businesses were slow to adopt digital supply chain transformation until the epidemic
endangered their survival. Due to the rapid growth of online shopping, Brazilian
businesses were compelled to actively pursue help with digitally transforming customer
service, product development, and supply chains.
As a result, Brazilians have stepped up their advertising and introduced additional
services to the market. Service providers are urged to adopt DevOps and other forms of
agile development as quickly as possible to address the problem. Although this is the case,119the nation is still in the process of blockchain being a promising new digital tool forbusiness. The integration of Brazil's banking system to provide individuals with financial
aid was the country's most significant digitalization endeavor. In a matter of weeks,
millions of new records were uploaded to the database. Although traditional brick-andmortar stores continued to thrive, efforts to expand online shopping made significant
gains. And mortar businesses were halted due to the economic crisis.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]In Brazil, over the last three decades, the Courts of Accounts (also known as Tribunales
de Contas) have progressively implemented computerized systems to automate collecting
data from public sector enterprises to carry out a variety of auditing procedures. In
general, the automation of data collecting came first in Brazil. However, data processing
automation is only getting started in many of the country's courts. The digitization ofbusiness processes that are now taking place is made possible by the automation of datacollecting. The integration of computer, information, and connection technologies has
allowed for enormous, ongoing, and ever-increasing consequences, which is one example
of digital transformation. This automation is only one example.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]With the latest revision of its digital strategy, Brazil focuses more on interoperability andconsolidation of systems and more engagement with companies that focus on
government. The updated order issued by President Jair Bolsonaro on March 16 is aimed
at enhancing the quality of services offered to citizens via the Gov. by portal. To facilitate
these enhancements, the government recognizes the importance of govtechs.
This year, the government of Brazil will roll out a framework for bringing together
government employees who are driving digital transformation with the govtech
innovation ecosystem. Within the realm of Gov.br, it is anticipated that the number ofopen innovation contests to find or create technical solutions for the government would
rise by 20%. The announcement earlier this year that individuals would be able to review
the quality of digital service supply and establish baseline requirements for online
services was followed by news of Brazil's ambitions to speed advances in citizen services120

by getting closer to startups.
In 2017, the Brazilian government held a consultation in which they asked for public
opinion on nine different aspects of their digital strategy: infrastructure, R&D, digital
security, education, international development, data, connected devices, new businessmodels, and digital government. Since then, Brazil's plan has been stepped up,emphasizing connection initiatives and expanding access to digital government services.
4.3. Online Service [OS]E-services, such as the country's electronic voting system, tax filing, medical appointment
scheduling, and student enrollment in public institutions, have contributed to the rise inpopularity of e-gov efforts in Brazil. However, the success of these e-gov projects depends
on citizens' willingness and ability to use the information and communication
technologies (ICTs) that facilitate communication between the government and citizens.
We recognize the presence of state policies in our nation aimed at digital inclusion, which
aim to provide access on both an individual and a community level. Policies aimed at
facilitating individual access include measures like lowering taxes on the purchase of ICT
resources like computers and internet service.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The initiative's goal to promote public access to the Public Administration that the federal
government is undertaking is represented by the site gov. br. When planning anddeveloping new features for the Portal, the demands and interests of its users are taken
into account. Compared to other government websites, the organizational structure of the
Portal is unique. The Portal's most essential characteristic is the service it gives to its users.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
No one currently serves as Government Chief Information Officer in the Brazilian
government (GCIO). The Ministry of Planning, Budget, and Management in Brazil is theequivalent of the Chief Information Officer in the United States, and it is responsible for
performing some of these responsibilities.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The Brazilian government is actively working to enhance public service delivery by121launching several digital projects. Driver's licenses, voter identification cards, worker
identification cards, and electronic versions of the National ID Card and Registry are justa few examples of the recent digital identity projects that have been finished in Brazil.
Other examples include identification cards for workers and voters. After developing aservices portal that collects information from the majority of federal ministries in Brazil,
the delivery of digital services by the Brazilian government has also been significantly
improved.
The expectations of Brazilians, together with the technology that Brazilians deployed toconnect with those expectations, seem to have resulted in quite favorable results.
Individuals now have a more level playing field on which to interact with both the public
sector and the internet economy as a direct consequence of the government's legislativeand regulatory initiatives. The people, the companies, and the governments all have a partto play in developing a digital world that is linked and unified.
The Brazilian government is beginning the process of digitally reforming the public sector.
To satisfy the requirements of digital economies and societies, modern digitaltechnologies are being used to rethink existing services and simplify the operations ofbusinesses. During the transformation process, ensure that the strategy is implemented
consistently across the government by eliminating silo-based activities and agency
thinking. This will help reduce the amount of unnecessary duplication of infrastructureand data. Alternately, a citizen-driven policy perspective should be included in the model
to consider the whole ecosystem of services.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Public participation in governmental decision-making is an institutional responsibility
that may be carried out by the Government Secretariat, including the President of the
Republic. For the phrase "social involvement" to be understood in its broadest sense,
direct dialogue between individuals and the government is required. Participa + Brasil isa website developed by the federal government as a direct result of this situation. Its goals
are to encourage and strengthen civic participation and boost the degree of transparency
in the decision-making processes of the government. Participa+Brazil is an online
122

platform that supports and verifies the process of social participation by providing
modules for disseminating surveys and research and promoting best practices.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
According to the government, this initiative aims to include govtechs, or government
technology companies, that provide technology, workflows, and agile solutions to boost
innovation and resource efficiency in the public sector in Brazil's digital transformation
initiatives. This year, the government of Brazil will launch a framework to connect
government workers in charge of digital transformation with the govtech innovation
ecosystem. Within the realm of Gov.br, it is anticipated that the number of open
innovation contests to find or create technical solutions for the government would rise by
20%.
Open government can be understood as the intensive use of digital technologies tofacilitate, encourage, and expand government transparency, the opening, and sharing of
public data, access to public information, participation, and social control, which
necessitates numerous initiatives by the government and actors outside the public
administration, as well as a legal framework for enforcing these principles. Brazil is oneof many countries that have adopted this idea. Brazil's Access to Information Law andGeneral Data Protection Law are two examples of laws that aim to improve transparency
in government.
One of the technological advancements that helped Brazil's open government idea there
is 9,878 data sets made accessible by 193 public institutions. Because of the data
published on the site, non-governmental actors were able to build digital tools to promoteand ease the monitoring and inspection of public accounts and activities, which may be afactor in creating public value.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Institutional support for cybersecurity in Brazil has grown over the last decade. The
processes involved were centered on the Federal Public Administration's defense andnational security departments. It's a more significant governance process component that
includes official and informal cooperation agreements among the many entities thatcomprise the Brazilian cybersecurity infrastructure. Based on the activities that comprise123this governance ecosystem, this method illuminates alternative pathways for cross-sector
cooperation that are often overlooked by a more rigid organizational framework definedby predefined capabilities (cybersecurity, information security, and cyber defense).
Better defining the duties and responsibilities of each sector is the primary obstacle facing
multi-stakeholder cybersecurity governance. A lack of apparent agreement andcoordination threatens the long-term viability of existing and proposed policies.
Recognizing possible areas of shared interest and places for sectors to create trust among
themselves is essential for overcoming these obstacles. The increasing threats to thesecurity, stability, and resilience of networks need a more concerted effort to coordinate
amongst sectors, all of which are facilitated by the construction of a cohesive frameworkof cybersecurity governance.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The government has been using substantial ICT resources for some time now to manage
better and operate public administration procedures, which has resulted in a broader rangeof services for people that are both higher quality and more efficient. It has also createdtechnological applications to spread democratic practices in recent years. The phrase"electronic government" is used to refer to initiatives that are based on the usage of ICT
and the method in which the government interacts with its people (e-gov). With that inmind, this article's recommended debate is focused on public e-services, which include
the use of information and communication technologies for the betterment of services
offered to individuals and institutions.
Electronic voting, tax filing, medical appointment scheduling, and student enrollment inpublic institutions are just a few of the many e-services that have contributed to the risein popularity of e-gov projects in Brazil. The effectiveness of e-gov programs relies on
citizens' familiarity with and willingness to use the information and communication
technologies (ICTs) that facilitate communication between the government and the
public. Policies aimed at improving individual access include measures like lowering
taxes on the purchase of ICT resources like computers and internet connections.

124Brunei

1.

General Information

Area: 5,765 km2
Population: 449,002
Government Type: constitutional sultanate
GDP: $26,733
Internet User: 95.00
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 16.25
Wireless Broadband User: 120.60
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 66.137 on Waseda International’s digital government rankings for 2022,
Brunei placed in the 45th position. Businesses in Brunei Darussalam made it through the
pandemic with the help of new technology and received encouragement and assistance intheir attempts to mitigate the epidemic. Establishing the BruHealth app as a forum for125

public education and information also helped curb the epidemic's spread. As a result of
the constraints imposed by the pandemic, virtual meeting platforms have become more
important for people working from home during self-isolation and quarantine periods. It's
been shown that firms have a lot of room to expand and prosper in the healthcare andsupport services industries. The Ministry of Health promotes pharmaceutical and medical
supply businesses by supporting medical technology and novel healthcare delivery
methods.
E-Government National Center is the government agency in charge of Brunei's online
administration (EGNC). EGNC provides a broad range of services to government
agencies and their personnel. The One Government Network and the One Government
Cloud may help government agencies save costs on their IT infrastructure. The EGNC
offers OnePass, a trustworthy Digital Identity so that government workers may reap the
benefits of online cooperation. To further promote Brunei as a global leader in egovernment innovation, the government convened the e-Government Leadership Forum(EGLF). The Prime Minister's Office Deputy Minister presided over the event,highlighting the government's dedication to e-Government reform.
3.2. New Trends
In an era marked by increased economic competition and a gradual return to pre-pandemic
levels of prosperity, the government of Brunei acknowledges the importance of devisingnovel and creative approaches to meeting the demands of the country's citizens andbusinesses for services that are both convenient and trustworthy. Under the strategic planfor 2009-2014, maintaining a high level of safety will consistently be a high priority. The
government has been aware of the crucial relationship between network infrastructure
and the surrounding environment. The appropriate precautions will be taken to eliminate
potential dangers and recover lost possibilities linked to cyberattacks.
There have been a lot of technical improvements developed to support the growth of thecountry's economy. The government's use of digitalization increases productivity while
simultaneously lowering risk and increasing profit. In this day and age of cutthroat
competition and difficult difficulties, the nation has to come together and work together
to address all of the problems that are now being faced. The government needs
126comprehensive and intensive cooperation and integration from all relevant parties andindustries.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
A substantial number of resources have been invested by the government in various
projects, including the construction of a national telecom infrastructure through the useof the Kacific-1 satellite, preparation for the deployment of 5G in the public sector, andthe establishment of number of portability services.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Due to the country's heavy investment in digitization, the provision of public services in
Brunei has become more accessible, user-friendly, and fruitful for the government and its
constituents. The government lived up to its word when it came to satisfying the needs of
its citizens. Key Services may be accessed from anywhere, and the government's tax
collection is handled digitally. The government also instituted the ID system to make iteasier for citizens and companies to use government programs. In addition, thegovernment would have a more manageable picture of its inhabitants and enterprises withthis universal identifier, enabling it to anticipate their demands and expectations better.
To combat cyber threats and provide a secure and reliable digital platform that can fully
use the opportunities presented by the Internet, the National Cyber Security Framework
was created. A platform and mechanisms for two-way communication between thegovernment and its stakeholders were established to enhance government services,
facilitate the creation of new projects, and address public concerns.
Digital assets have been successfully used and managed to achieve their goals,
guaranteeing the efficiency of the government. The government instituted frameworks for
coordinating and controlling data creation, archiving, consumption, and processing,including rules, processes, and capabilities. There has been an exponential increase in thevolume of data created. With improved data and information lifecycle management, thegovernment may get insight into the health of our business operations and the efficacy of
our choices and actions.
4.3. Online Service [OS]With the help of IT Central Procurement, the government may legally participate inprivate markets for consumption and asset leasing. Enterprise software agreements may
127reduce the typical six-month procurement cycle for information technology (IT)equipment and services to as few as thirty days. The government engaged in an Enterprise
Agreement with Microsoft to acquire Microsoft licenses and related services.
For citizens to access government e-services, the E-Government National Centre hasdeveloped the National Authentication Module. Therefore, the government madeprovisions for e-Darussalam to enter positions of management and public service. The
government and enterprises with ties to the government may use this module.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The most convenient method to access online public services in Brunei Darussalam is via
the country's national portal, which can be found at www.gov.bn. This site is accessible
to residents, stakeholders, companies, and visitors. The portal will gather all thecentralized data the government has and develop a single authentication procedure. All
participants have unrestricted access to the portal at any time, which substantiallyinfluences the efficacy of public services provided by the government and the danger of
information and process redundancy.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The purpose of the e-Government Leadership Forum, which the government of Brunei
founded, is to improve the skills of leaders working in e-government development. The
Deputy Minister is the one who acts in the role of moderator for the gatherings that takeplace inside the Prime Minister's Office. The event is open to participation from anyone
working in the capacity of Chief Information Officer for a government body. It was only
recently disclosed that the Co-Deputy Chairman of the Prime Minister's Office would beassuming the position of Chief Information Officer for the whole e-Government system.
Once every three months, the GCIOs meet together to discuss the many e-Government
initiatives and projects, both the ones that were successful and the ones that were not.
During the EGLF, we will discuss the findings established during the meeting. The
Permanent Secretary acted in the capacity of meeting presider for every CIO Dialog
Meeting that took place.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
128

Brunei has made remarkable progress in advancing digital services. The government
considers the provision of public services the most important way of delivering andpublicizing the anticipated profits. E-Government Promotion contributed to theestablishment of a relationship between the government and its citizens that is userfriendly, open to scrutiny, and mutually beneficial. Core services are available to all
program participants at any time and may be accessed anywhere. Additionally,
digitization makes it easier for the government to manage and analyze both money andthe results of its activities. The Wawasan 2035 plan has set an ambitious objective for thenation: to significantly improve living standards, build infrastructure that ranks wellinternationally, and achieve major growth in terms of productivity and investment.
Every public sector in the country has access to the Government Intranet service provided
by the E-Government National Center. These services helped agencies and stakeholders
save expenses, increase efficiency and effectiveness, and reduce capital expenditures andregistration processes when building their IT inputs. All of these benefits came at theexpense of fewer overall expenditures.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The federal government will purchase the One Government Network to provide a
dedicated and highly assured network infrastructure that will link all participants to epublic services and the Internet via the national gateway. The network reestablishes anatmosphere of cooperation in which all members work together and profit from typicalpursuits. It is controlled and monitored to ensure that current communication and tools
aid authorities by effectively sharing their burden. Establishing the standards for facilities
and inputs guarantees that the government would have access to information
communication and technology resources that are both efficient and effective—
connecting Government Link Company and One Government Network through theBusiness Partner Link allowed for easier integration with various government
departments and authorities. In addition, the National Education Network offered reliable
and consistent connectivity to all ICT education systems throughout the country. It is open
to government agencies, educational institutions, and Government Link Companies tojoin this network.
1294.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Since the Digital Economy Masterplan, several initiatives and programs have been
introduced to further Brunei Darussalam's digital transformation journey. These include
establishing a digital data policy and governance framework to regulate the processes
involved in digitalization, such as the Personal Data Protection Order and the Cyber
Security Order. The Digital Economy Council has recognized three major flagshipinitiatives as pillars of the national digital economy ecosystem. These three initiatives—
Digital Identity, Digital Payment, and the National Information Hub (NIH)—hope toaccelerate and facilitate the widespread use of digital tools and systems.
The National Centralized Database was crucial in developing e-government initiatives
because it supplied reliable data. It provides information on various topics, including
software licensing, backup services, and disaster recovery services, among other things.
NCD is seen as reasonably necessary and beneficial because it can decrease costs bypooling resources, reducing maintenance costs, and giving consolidated database
information. In addition to this, the use of a Single Database Platform makes it mucheasier to share data and integrate it. This database management system is accessible to all
government departments and agencies.
The National Information Hub uses the capabilities offered by the National Centralized
Database system to store personally identifiable information like names, addresses, andidentity cards. This tool contributes to the elimination of redundant data as well as errors
brought about by human intervention.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Two legislative frameworks on cyber security are now being written to improve digitaltransformation governance. The Cyber Security Order will deal with dangers andincidents related to online security. At the same time, the Personal Data Protection Orderwill try to preserve the use, collection, and disclosure of personal data in the private sector.
To design policies that encourage digital transformation and assure secure cyberspace,
the federal government established a new cyber security agency in the previous year.
Enhancing the e-Darussalam government site is something the ministry plans to do toimprove the overall delivery of public services. Since its inception in 2012, the website
130

has provided a total of 132 services, 34 geared toward easing the process of making
payments online. In addition to implementing green protocol measures, the government
intends to "completely" transition its internal operations to paperless e-office practices toreduce the number of papers generated. During the third quarter of this year, the Ministryof Transport and Info communications will also launch live bus monitoring services under
the Public Transport Information System. These services will enable users of public buses
to plan their itineraries more effectively.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The plan's new vision of a "Connected Smart Nation" and its mission of "Enhancing
Connectivity for Great Socio-Economic Opportunities, Innovation and High Quality ofLife" is also in line with the three goals of Brunei Vision 2035, which are to provide ahigh standard of living, to have a highly educated and skilled labor force, and to have asustainable and dynamic economy.
The first of the ministry's six guiding strategies is digital transformation, which involves
demonstrating efforts toward becoming a "Smart Nation" via digital government,
establishing digital society and digital economy platforms, ensuring the long-term
viability of the transportation and ICT sectors, introducing smart transportation via
electric vehicles, and utilizing Intelligent Transportation System (ITS) pilot programs.
Second, via the Brunei ICT Awards (BICTA), the Ministry of Communications andInformation Technology hopes to encourage local and international ICT players toparticipate actively and innovate.
Thirdly, the ministry will continue to guarantee safety standards in the transportation,
information, and communication technology sectors by lowering road mortality rates andmaintaining safety and readiness standards and compliance for all agencies under it.

131

Canada1.

General Information

Area: 9,984,670 km2
Population: 38,454,327
Government Type: a parliamentary democracy, a federation, and a constitutionalmonarchy
GDP: $42,789
Internet User: 96.97
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 41.93
Wireless Broadband User: 72.18
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
There has been a lot of growth and change in Canada in the previous few years. The
Canadian government has significantly invested in digital technologies to serve
Canadians better. Waseda International's digital government rankings for 2022 placed132

Canada in the third position with an overall score of 91.7759. The spread of the COVID19 pandemic has hastened the worldwide transition to online services and the rise of thetelecommuting workforce. Emergency benefits and the COVID Alert app were just two
examples of how government workers stepped up at the outset of the epidemic to provide
speedy digital delivery of essential services to millions of Canadians. The team at Shared
Services Canada works diligently with other government entities to ensure the timely,
effective, and secure delivery of vital front-line services.
Digital government, defined here as a more transparent and collaborative governmentthat offers enhanced digital-first, user-centered services and initiatives, is more important
as Canada's economy rebounds from the epidemic. Essential improvements to Canada's
digital governance, policy suite, and management practices have been implemented sincethe 2018-2022 DOSP, laying the groundwork for a fully digital government across all
departments. The launch of the OneGC platform is on schedule, allowing citizens andcompanies to log in once and have access to all federal government services available via
a unified portal. ca.
3.2. New Trends
According to the Treasury Board Policy on Service and Digital, the Chief Information
Officer of Canada is responsible for "approving an annual, forward-looking 3-year
enterprise-wide plan that establishes the strategic direction for the integrated managementof service, information, data, ICT, and cybersecurity." This duty is met by the Governmentof Canada's (GC) Digital Operations Strategic Plan (DOSP) for 2021-2024.
This catastrophe is the global spread of the COVID-19 virus, which is being exploited bycybercriminals. Fraud and computer assaults with COVID-19 are on the increase. To
acknowledge the progress made, establish governmentwide priorities, and outline criticalactivities for departments and agencies, the DOSP includes those that support othergovernment organizations through efforts to modernize service delivery, enhancesustainability, and promote digital stewardship, among other things. As a result of these
initiatives, government agencies in Canada will be better able to provide digital versionsof programs and services to the public. Together with Public Services and Procurement
Canada and the Canada School of Public Service, the Digital Government team has
133revised the DOSP.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The Canadian Forum for Digital Infrastructure Resilience (CFDIR) is a charitable publicprivate collaboration based on consensus and action-oriented. Its goal is to improve theresilience of the critical digital infrastructure in Canada, leading to a trusted digital
economy for Canadians and a thriving cyber security industry.
CFDIR was founded by Innovation, Science, and Economic Development Canada (ISED),
in part to assist in implementing Canada's National Strategy for Critical Infrastructure.
According to this policy, the primary federal department for the Information andCommunication Technology (ICT) critical infrastructure sector is the Information
Systems and Electronic Design (ISED) Department. For the purpose of enhancing the
durability of digital infrastructure, CFDIR brings together essential government partners
and businesses.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The DOSP 2021–2024 lays a broad vision for the government's service, data, ICT, andcybersecurity integration approach. It lays out the top priorities and the steps needed totake to move things forward. Because of the business's dynamic nature, the government
will review this policy annually. The following is the order of importance:- spending the budget to ensure the government runs on user-friendly, secure, and cuttingedge information technology systems, networks, and infrastructure that can handle theworkload of all departments.
- creating and providing services that prioritize users by being accessible, inclusive,
secure, and simple to use, and that also protect users' personal information and allow themto choose their preferred language.
- maximizing the public's benefit from GC data and information by fostering data-driven
decision-making.
- introducing cutting-edge methods of financing and sourcing to provide more flexible
methods of execution134

- being ethical and practicing ecologically responsible behavior
4.3. Online Service [OS][My Service Canada Account] is a platform developed by the federal government of
Canada to provide all Canadian citizens and permanent residents with the ability to accessand modify their personal information online. This includes passports, personal accesscodes, the status of immigration and citizenship application(s) status, wage earnerprotection program, pension plan, employment insurance, and long-term care. In addition,
various applications, accounts, and other services that may be used for online financialtransactions have been made available to the general public. The burden of administrative
work may be significantly alleviated with the help of these public services, which is of
critical significance while a pandemic is underway.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Canada scored 8 out of a possible 10 points, making it one of the nations with the highest
scores in the Waseda rankings 2022 for NPR criterion, indicating a considerable increasein the number of channels built to promote digital advancement. When locating data
sources suitable for dissemination, the job's primary emphasis is creating and maintaining
a data inventory. The creation of Open.Canada.ca as the national gateway for gathering
data from citizens has proven to greatly assist the government in organizing and using thedata obtained from various sources. The issue of confidentiality must also be taken into
account regarding the data inventory. Datasets that include information that should not bemade available to the general public are identified and protected by the agencies
responsible for data inventory and information protection.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Successful anti-covid measures have been implemented in some nations, including
Canada. Nonetheless, the time and energy put into economic recovery were
unprecedented, and the pursuit of digital governance is more important than ever. All
government administrative processes must be flexible, quick to respond, and dependable
if they are to live up to the demands and expectations of the people and enterprises of thecountry. This calls for overhauling the government's technological management andadjustment methods. The Canadian government has dedicated 2018–2022 to strengthen
135the country's digital governance and procedures in preparation for the government-wide
digitalization effort. Individuals and businesses can use their login credentials and thegateway Canada.ca thanks to the OneGC platform. The Canadian government has learned
a great deal from the CoVID-19 epidemic. It has been working hard to eliminate
unnecessary delays in digital integration and technical innovation by the Government
Digital Standard.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Prime Minister Justin Trudeau recently announced the introduction of the Canada
Digital Adoption Program (CDAP) to assist Canadian SMEs in expanding their online
presence and upgrading or adopting digital technology. Up to 160,000 small companies
will benefit from this investment of $4 billion over four years, helping to develop
excellent middle-class jobs nationwide and providing thousands of young Canadians with
employment opportunities.
Canadian small and medium-sized businesses (SMEs) may use the CDAP to evaluate
their level of digital preparedness and apply for grants and loans entirely online. Theymay use the money to take advantage of e-commerce possibilities, modernize or embrace
digital technology, and digitalize their processes so that they can remain competitive andsatisfy the requirements of their clients in the online marketplace. Businesses may apply
for financing via either the Grow Your Business Online or the Boost your BusinessTechnology channels, depending on their size, requirements, and ambitions. As Canada
begins to recover from the epidemic, speeding up the digital revolution will help firms
here remain competitive, generate new employment, and boost the economy.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
E-services, online information, and online citizen participation in Canada are structured
according to the category rather than by department. This makes them easier to use andmore responsive to the requirements of the general public. Both 'Taking Care of Businessand 'Citizens First,' developed in Canada, are applied by the government to analyze thesuccess of the services they provide to individuals, families, and businesses. This is done
so that the government can determine how effectively its programs meet their objectives.
Consequently, instant access to various digital services will be available to everyone. To
136

assist Canadians in their job that must be done online, the Canadian government provides
several different programs, accounts, tools, and services.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The speed and breadth of change in today's digital ecosystem are unparalleled. Rapid
technological, digital, and data change is becoming a regular aspect of Canadians'
everyday lives, radically altering how people learn, communicate, and do business. The
citizens of Canada have come to expect access to any government service through any
device at any time. Most residents support sharing individuals' personal data between
government agencies to provide better, more timely service. Despite the promise oftechnical, digital, and data transformation, the general public is worried about how theirgovernment utilizes and maintains their personal information and what it does to protect
their privacy and security.
Over the last several years, Canada has also established itself as a significant voice in theinternational community of open government advocates. It joined the Open Government
Partnership in 2012 and has been a member since (OGP). This multilateral initiative by
75 member nations and some sub-national government members aims to secure concretecommitments to promote transparency, empower citizens, fight corruption, and harness
new technologies to strengthen governance. This will be accomplished in partnership withcivil society and the private sector. Too far, Canada has disclosed three OGP action plans,each of which outlines the steps that will be taken to open up the government. The creationof a fourth action plan is now underway.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Public Safety Canada has just finished a public consultation on the Renewal of the
National Strategy for Critical Infrastructure, which complements the Renewal of the
National Cyber Security Strategy. The updated National Cybersecurity Strategy will be
informed in part by this data as well. The Canadian government's cyber security
stakeholders were consulted at Global Affairs' Spring 2022 public consultations. Theirinsightful criticisms of the proposed International Cyber Security Strategy will be used to
improve the updated National Cyber Security Strategy.
Cyber security policies to secure sensitive, regulated, unclassified information and137

federal contract information, as well as how stakeholders view cyber security
preparedness, were the subject of an RFI published by Public Services and Procurement
Canada on buyandsell.gc.ca in January 2022. The US Cybersecurity Maturity Model
Certification 2.0 and its expected impact on Canadian businesses are also discussed.
Participation is solicited from relevant service providers in defense, security, space,aerospace, cyber security, and other relevant stakeholders (including academic
institutions and trade groups). The due date for the RFI was March 4, 2022. To better
assist organizations that do business with the Government of Canada and Canadiancompanies that do business with other jurisdictions in meeting cyber security
requirements in contracting, the Government of Canada will use the feedback it receives
to make decisions on cyber security requirements, cyber security certification, and otherapproaches.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Technologies that use artificial intelligence (AI) have the potential to radically transform
how the Canadian government communicates with its citizens and delivers services. The
people and the government are committed to ensuring that the use of artificial intelligencein government programs and services is guided by clearly defined principles, ethics, andstandards. This commitment will help ensure that AI is used responsibly. A public cloudis a commercially available service that has been purchased and evaluated for its level of
security for use by a single government agency before being made accessible to thegeneral public. A single organization will share tenancy with other types of users,
including commercial businesses, non-profit organizations, and individual users, as
stipulated by the requirements of this deployment paradigm. On the other hand, a private
cloud is a non-commercial cloud service custom-built for an organization such as thegovernment. According to the design of this deployment, the General Contractor (GC)will be the only tenant that uses the cloud. In some situations, the cloud may be generated
and governed solely by resources belonging to the government of Canada. In others, it
may be produced and maintained with assistance from the private sector.
The term "Non-Cloud Computer Environment" refers to a computing environment used
to host applications that cannot be implemented in a cloud computing environment. The
vast majority of the applications currently being considered for the GC may be found in138

this particular domain. Open Source Software has been a part of the ecosystem of
information technology used by the Canadian government for a significant time. The
government has come to depend heavily on Open-Source Software to effectively provide
services. It must contribute to other projects and make its source code public under Open
Source Licenses to realize its aim of becoming a digital government. The government isdedicated to carrying out these activities in a way that is consistent with fundamental
administrative law concepts such as accountability, transparency, legality, and procedural
fairness, among other administrative law principles.

139Chile1.

General Information

Area: 756,102 km2Population: 19,608,983
Government Type: presidential republic
GDP: $12,880
Internet User: 88.3
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 19.69
Wireless Broadband User: 101.80
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 65,690, Chile ranked 48th in the world in the Waseda International Digital
Government Rankings for 2022. Chile is one of the few nations working on creating a
successful vaccination against coronavirus. Students in the electrical engineering programat the Universidad Católica have also built a prototype ozone generator that may be used140

to quickly and effectively disinfect areas like hospitals, clinics, and dental offices. Ozone
disinfection may eliminate any leftover coronavirus in a given location. Even though the
Chilean textile company Monarch is well-known for its socks and underwear, production
was halted at the beginning of March so that more time could be spent developing
reusable face masks and aid for people afflicted by the present health crisis. This action
was also taken to preserve the Monarch's copper-colored clothing tradition. Exposure ofthese copper fiber masks to heat and humidity causes the production of copper ions, whichkill 99.9% of germs and mold. Due to the severity of the economic and health impacts of
the Covid-19 epidemic, the Chilean government has been analyzing some risk reduction
strategies.
If rules and barriers to entry were loosened, progress on the communications
infrastructure would pick up the pace. Increased productivity might be achieved by
implementing policies explicitly geared toward small and medium-sized enterprises(SMEs), such as creating funding mechanisms or specialized programs for adopting
digital tools. We also need to enhance the regulatory structure, competitiveness, andclimate for innovation. Investment in quality foundational skills, adult and lifelong
learning, and highly skilled ICT workers is ongoingly necessary for everybody to reap
the benefits of digitalization.
3.2. New Trends
The new government of Sebastian Piera (2018-2022) is making substantial strides toward
digital-first public administration, and a public consultation on the government's Digital
Transformation Strategy is a crucial aspect of this effort. Both the present state of theeconomy and the global pandemic had a role in the formulation of the approach. Moreover,a new state-wide digital transformation strategy has been proposed with the recently
approved Presidential Instructive on the Administration's digital transformation. It is
expected that by 2021, fully all government services will be offered digitally, to reach
100% by 2023.
Another legislation, the State Digital Transformation Act, mandates that electronic formsof government service delivery will be the norm, with paper alternatives available only
in exceptional circumstances when digital alternatives cannot be provided. The new141legislation aims to alter the existing legal and regulatory structure for e-government tointegrate government operations in the digital realm better. Due to the newadministration's initiatives, the government is shifting its attention to shared services andplatform-based solutions.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]As the key developments that have occurred as a result of Chile's efforts to prepare forthe digitalization of the country, a multi-band 5G spectrum auction was successfully
concluded by the regulator; Chile made progress in the development of its ten-satellite
National Satellite System; América Móvil gave its approval to a proposal to separate Latin
America's towers and passive infrastructure; Telefónica Empresas was hired to complete
the nation's National Fibre Optic project, and the regulator contracted for 398 free Wi-Fi
zones in various sections of the country. All of these developments occurred in the pastmonth. As a result of the project known as "Connectivity for Education 2030," more than
8,300 educational institutions currently enjoy free access to the internet. Roaming fees
have been eliminated across the board in Chile, as well as in Argentina.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) asserts that
Chile needs a digital government to prioritize its citizens' requirements above those of its
authorities. According to the group, inaction would result in losses for Chile regarding
productivity gains, social well-being, the performance of the public sector, and, ultimately,
public faith in government. The technical development of a government will go forwardwith this phase. It is not technology but a strategy that can bring about change. The only
way to digitally modernize Chile's public administration is to include all of the country's
important players in a series of coordinated activities. This is the only method toaccomplish this goal.
To guarantee such cooperation, it is not enough to have strong political leadership; thepublic sector must clearly understand its place in the digital age. It will be determined
whether or not Chile has the strategic institutional frameworks necessary for effective
decision-making, investments in ICT, and returns that allow the nation to get the142

maximum possible value from digitalization. This study will investigate several distinct
topics and contribute to creating potential solutions to the aforementioned challenge. To
guarantee such cooperation, strong political leadership is not enough; the public sector
must also grasp its role in the digital age and how technology may assist it inaccomplishing that purpose.
4.3. Online Service [OS]During the "e-government," people worked to bring government services online,
automate bureaucratic procedures, and lessen the burden of red tape on regular citizens.
These initiatives, often driven by technology, excluded certain users and led to digital-bydefault silos rather than consistent, government-wide omnichannel offerings. To
guarantee that everyone, including individuals who depend on face-to-face contacts,
benefits from digital development, OECD nations are now paying more attention to how
services are planned and provided as part of the transition to digital government. To
enhance results, efficiency, satisfaction, and well-being, this paper proposes a conceptualmodel for service design and delivery, which challenges governments to cultivate adesign-led culture and assure access to supporting tools and resources. By analyzing thecurrent scenario in Chile using this model, we may provide suggestions for improving theChileAtiende service delivery network to bring the state closer to residents in a morestreamlined, effective, and transparent manner. It offers digital government techniquesthat provide consistently high-quality service experiences for all users, in all settings, andvia all channels by considering the overlap between digital, telephone, and in-person
service channels.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Access to the latest government news and papers may be found on the country's main
website (http://www.gob.cl/). The government maintains social media presence onvarious platforms, including but not limited to Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Telegram,and YouTube. Over a hundred million people follow you on Twitter, yet you only have a
few thousand subscribers on both Instagram and YouTube. Through its official accounts
on several social media platforms, the government has done an excellent job ofdisseminating information and participating in public conversation. By subscribing to143

these accounts, those interested in keeping up with the most recent operations of thegovernment and providing feedback will be able to do so. When English is chosen as thelanguage, the material is presented in English when it should be in another language.
Simply clicking on the links, users will be sent to the websites of many other ministries.
The general public sees it as a source of information; they do not consider it a service.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Chile is currently not participating in any CIO-related activities. The government's Chief
Information Officer (CIO) can use various technological tools to enhance existing public
services. In addition to enhancing overall productivity, it also helps to foster morecollaboration amongst different departments. Many industrialized nations have enacted
laws establishing a Chief Information Officer for the government. Over time, they havemade considerable strides in improving the quality of their service. It is anticipated that
the Chief Information Officer of the Government will play a part in the administration ofChile in the not-too-distant future.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The administration of Chile is often regarded as the most dynamic in Latin America andthe Caribbean. ChileAtiende, the multichannel method of service delivery used by the
Chilean government, can manage up to 67 million interactions annually. Significant gains
have been made at the institutional level, the most notable of which is the strengtheningof digital government governance. The new government led by Sebastian Piera is making
significant strides in transitioning to a digital-first public administration. This includes
the passage of a Presidential Instructive on the Administration's Digital Transformation
and an ambitious proposal for a Digital Transformation Law2. As part of this program,the government plans to deliver eighty percent of its services online by 2021, and the fullcomplement will be available online by 2023.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The number of people participating online strongly correlates with the amount of publicly
available data that is easily accessible. The government has built social media accounts
and made information available on its official websites to make it simpler for citizens tocommunicate with the government and the government to communicate with the public.
144

Checking their mobile phones is one way for public members to get information about
various topics, including the activities and intentions of the government. In addition,
children can voice their ideas and engage in online debates when they go online.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
To aid with the digitization and connectivity of public services, Chile was granted twoloans from the IDB totaling US$400mn in 2021. Loans of US$100mn based on policyand US$300mn based on outcomes are part of the operation. As stated in an IDB news
release, the former includes two separate yet interconnected procedures. Policy goals
include helping people return to work, formalizing their job status, particularly women,
and speeding up the public sector's digital transformation and connection. In addition tofunding the execution of the digital transformation legislation, the government will also
invest in creating and rolling out cross-cutting platforms and other digital tools.
Public institutions are increasingly integrating their digital and available government
objectives to maintain coherence in their use of technology as an enabler of open
government. This study compares and contrasts the organizations coordinating andleading public government projects in Canada, Denmark, Portugal, and Uruguay. It is
common practice in many nations used as an example to establish a centrally located open
government unit or task force that works with private industry and non-profits to create
and monitor available government programs. This method cuts across several disciplines
and is the norm in the nations used as examples. Even if they aren't the ones leading or
directing the reference group, many countries nevertheless depend on digital government
entities. Eight states served as a reference group to create and launch the Open
Government Data Strategy (OGDS). To promote open government in today's society, ICT
is essential, as is a coordinated strategy based on identical aims, such as unrestricted
access to information and "open by default" standards for government data.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
COVID-19 has sped up the digital changes in the banking and government sectors,
leading to an even more significant dependency on digital infrastructure. Cybersecurity
has never been more critical than during the pandemic when protecting mission-criticalbusinesses and government organizations from assaults launched over the internet. In
145

addition, the national policy details specific objectives and standards meant to promoteand safeguard an open, free, secure, and resilient cyberspace. These goals andrequirements are specified in the policy. The nation has demonstrated that it is capable ofreducing the access gap, increasing awareness about the safe use of information andcommunication technologies (ICT), and maintaining its position as the leader intechnological innovation thanks, among other initiatives, to the Digital Agenda and theProductivity, Innovation, and Growth Agenda.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Chile has made history by announcing what is believed to be one of the first national
policies on artificial intelligence. Individuals utilize artificial intelligence (AI) all the time,even in their day-to-day lives, to make decisions about what movies and music to watch
and where they want to travel. Blockchain technology was initially used in the energy
industry in Chile, making it the first nation in Latin America to do so.
This "Open Energy" platform, which has been modified to incorporate additional publicdata sources in Chile, was presented with a national innovation award. The award was
granted in recognition of the platform's innovative capabilities. However, RENOVA wasthe governments only publicly declared application in the energy sector before thecompany's foundation. As the pressure on governments to meet their 2050 climate
objectives increases, so does the urgency with which they must address the need toaccount for low carbon production. Using this technology in various ways, Energy Web
spearheads several efforts to monitor renewable energy or credit.

146

China1.

General Information

Area: 9,706,961 km2
Population: 1,425,869,634
Government Type: Unitary Marxist–Leninist one-party socialist republic
GDP: $10,423
Internet User: 70.40
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 33.60
Wireless Broadband User: 94.83
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 66,214, China moved to 44th place in the Waseda International Digital
Government Rankings for 2022. China's digital monitoring and smart city infrastructure
were tested during the Covid-19 crisis, fostering development and innovation across theboard, from robots to AI (AI). The government relied on the commercial IT sector toprovide data-driven solutions in the battle against the virus, embracing digital147

technologies. Some examples include AI and big data-driven platforms and models forhealthcare communication, illness prediction, and resource management; movementtracing applications; face recognition and thermal imaging systems; and more.
The construction of China's digital government has taken several years. The country's
adoption of cutting-edge internet technologies and Digital Government programs isincreasing in tandem with the rapidity with which it embraces digital transformation.
Expanding government activities beyond essential digitization to establishing networks
and intelligence to assist its people is made possible by developing and deploying newtechnologies.
The notion of hastening the building of a digital China was proposed during the 13th
National Committee of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference as part ofthe country's 14th Five-Year Plan (2021-25), which establishes a firm course for China's
future growth. To speed up the transformation of industrial production, everyday life, andgovernment, we will have to activate the potential of data, promote China's "Internet Plus"
policy, and move on with establishing a digital economy, a digital society, and a digital
government. Among these are the improvement of public services by making them moreuser-friendly and technologically advanced, the creation of "smart cities" and "digital
villages," the reinforcement of privacy while fostering the sharing of public data, and thepromotion of the co-construction and co-use of government-related data.
3.2. New Trends
The worldwide demand for digital tools and services increased dramatically during theepidemic, which boosted China's efforts to market its smart city technology. Many
Chinese businesses sold "epidemic prevention and control" tools to local governments in
China. These tools included drones, thermal cameras for temperature screening, contact
tracking systems, and more. Beyond the current health crisis, these innovations may havefar-reaching consequences on international technology markets. China will hasten thedevelopment of its digital government to boost government efficiency. The summit
concluded that the country should establish a national digital government network tofacilitate better information exchange at the local, regional, and intergovernmental levels
and to expand the availability and scope of the country's digital public services.
148

The panel also agreed upon the necessity to promote market regulation digitization andboost digital technology use during big emergencies. A targeted re-lending scheme witha quota of 200 billion yuan (about $31.3 billion) was approved at the meeting to promote
green growth by encouraging the clean and efficient use of coal. The policy supports liketax incentives, special government bonds, and trade-in projects will also be introduced aspart of the re-lending program, as was discussed during the conference.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
While Southeast Asia (SEA) is currently in the peak period of the demographic dividend,
China is transitioning towards the information and data dividend. More than forty percentof the nation is already served by 5G in China, and the percentage of homes that can get
at least one hundred megabits per second by fiber optics is over ninety percent. However,the usage of 5G on a significant scale has just recently begun in a few of Southeast Asian
nations. The coverage of 4G mobile networks in Southeast Asia is only slightly more than
50%, while just one-third of homes have access to fiber internet. The percentage ofSoutheast Asian businesses that are using the cloud is less than twenty percent, which
implies that there is a significant opportunity for the monetization of data and thedigitization of industries.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]According to the standard, more improvements will be made to the overall design of adigital government consistent with contemporary governance by 2025. By 2035, weshould have a digital government that is well-coordinated, efficient, intelligent, and open
to all citizens. The guideline lays forth a number of essential tasks and methods, such as
improving economic data monitoring and analysis, optimizing digital services to aid firms
and the public, and establishing a supportive digital ecosystem, that must be taken to
realize these objectives.
The guideline proposes constructing a system of open and shared data resources toimprove data management procedures, foster more effective data sharing, and encourage
the systematic growth and use of data. The standard emphasizes technologicaladvancement and calls for the complete merger of government administration with digital149

technology.
4.3. Online Service [OS]China's Digital Government has three distinct phases: the information phase, the dataphase, and the intelligent phase.
The foundation of the Digital Government is laid in the information phase. Paperlessoffices, Government Affairs Service Information, System Cloud, and other online
services emerged in the 1990s, thanks to the internet's rise and information technology's
advances. The problem was that it was a paradigm of service that was one-way and hence
ineffective in bringing about transformation. It wasn't precious, to begin with.
This current era is the era of digitalization. There has been a shift in public perception
about the importance of the data we gather and how it might be used to better government
services due to the proliferation of modern digital infrastructure and technology. There
was a simultaneous shift from a passive model of service delivery to one that integrated
systems across agencies and administrative tiers in the government's online offerings.
Regarding digital rules, the future belongs to the Intelligent Stage. Digital Governments
will be able to effectively evaluate the complicated social environment and capture therequirements of many people and businesses as data technology and intelligent
technology continues to develop. We shall witness a shift from social governance to cogovernance among all social forces using big data, cloud computing, artificial intelligence,and other technologies combined with the openness of data resources.

150

4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The China Government Network, which can be accessed via www.gov.cn, is used by theState Council of the People's Republic of China as an all-encompassing platform for
publishing government information and providing online services. The official website of
the Chinese government has been updated to include new sections such as "StateCouncil," "Premier," "News," "Policy," "Interaction," "Services," "Data," and "National
Conditions," among others.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
In China, the responsibility of chief information officers (CIOs) is typically assigned tothe departments in charge of the CIO's job. These various departments fall under thepurview of a number of different government agencies, including the Office on
Cyberspace Affairs, the Government Office, the e-Government Office, the Information
Office of the Development and Reform Commission, and the Industrial and Information
Management Department. Each of the central and local governments has a number of
departments that are responsible for CIO functions.
The majority of the public sector does not have a GCIO, including the State
Administration for Taxation and the General Administration of Customs. The meeting of
the Central Leading Group on Cyberspace Affairs was called to order by President Xi
Jinping of China on February 27, 2014.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
In China, IT is given top priority by the government. China's 13th Five-Year Plan, released
in 2016, outlined plans to hasten the development of a "Digital China" by using a "Internet
Plus" approach. The most recent Five-Year Plan emphasizes boosting the digital andintelligence levels of public service and social governance and bolstering the constructionof a digital society and a Digital Government.
Construction of network infrastructures like 5G, new technology infrastructures likecloud computing, and computing infrastructure like data centers are all part of the New
Infrastructure movement that is boosting China's digital government growth. As part ofthe ongoing effort to modernize the country's infrastructure, the major emphasis since151

2020 has been creating a digital government, with New Infrastructure expanding into
other sectors occurring more gradually. Thus, the degree of growth of China's Digital
Government will be profoundly impacted by the progress of China's New Infrastructure.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
E-participation in China is still a limited means of involving Chinese citizens as criticalstakeholders in developing information and communications technology in China, eventhough it has significantly expanded in recent years. Blogs and other types of online
engagement in China's e-Government will not provide regular netizens with the same
weight in the decision-making process on the country's policies.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]With the 14th Five-Year Plan and the post-epidemic period as a backdrop, the Chinese
government needs a new digital transformation strategy to produce more agile, adaptable,
and scalable goods and services. Artificial intelligence (AI), the future of intelligence(FoI), the future of work technologies, and other research subjects combining China
government features and new technology are important elements of this program.
Additionally, Open Data China focuses on three areas: open governance of digital rights,
commercial models for openness, and governance of vital digital resources (such as data).
We ran a number of projects from 2015 to 2018, but Shanghai Open Data Apps (SODA)
was the longest-running and most well-known. It started as a competition for local open
data and has now developed into a blueprint for how to run an open data ecosystem in acommunity setting.
From a governmental and legal standpoint, China has prioritized open data as part of its
big data industry's forward momentum, increasing the number of open data portals fromthree in 2014 to over one hundred fifty by 2021. The groundwork for a nationwide site
has been laid, and it is now time for its debut. The country has enacted regulations
mandating data sharing for all publicly sponsored research. Despite the optimistic picture,
however, certain dangers may still exist. For instance, discussions on how to profit frompublicly available data pose a potential risk to the open data movement. In addition,
China's unique structure divides government data into non-open data, non-conditional
open data (the usual open data), and conditional open data, which comprises several types152

of data access. The potential for new obstacles to arise in China's pursuit of truly open
data due to this framework's radical departure from the original notion of open data is
high.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The Ministry of Business and Information Technology in China estimated that thecountry's cybersecurity industry will reach 250 billion yuan (about US$40 billion) by
2023, thanks to increasing expenditure in telecommunications and other vital areas.
Telecommunications and other fast-growing businesses like the Internet of Things andthe manufacturing of intelligent cars will get a disproportionate share of the security
budget increase. The income of China's online security service industry has more thanquadrupled due to the success of the cloud, remote control, and other innovative services.
Additionally, Shanghai uses digital networks to enhance municipal administration andstrengthen cybersecurity. In today's digital age, people need to increase theirconsciousness of the need for cybersecurity. These gatherings educate the public on how
to distinguish between reality and fiction on the internet, spot and avoid online fraud andkeep their private data safe. The official Shanghai data use policy will include ten chaptersand 91 lines of text, including a dedicated chapter for data security. Due to the newstrategy, Shanghai can now coordinate its various departments' many public data
resources. The policy will assist the city in enhancing digital management and stimulateinnovation by verifying "data rights" and how to utilize them.
Threats to governments, economies, cultures, societies, defenses, security, and thelegitimate rights and interests of individuals are increasing as the cybersecurity situation
worsens daily. The economic security of China is in jeopardy due to cyberattacks. The
whole economy and society rely heavily on networks and information systems. If they
are attacked and destroyed, or if big security events occur, they will have terrible results
and seriously undermine national economic security and the public interest.
To achieve its strategic goal of developing a strong cyber power, China will use thenational security perspective as a compass to guide its careful planning of internal andforeign security growth. China is eager to work with all nations to improve diplomaticties, broaden consensus, increase collaboration, speed up the reform of the global internet
153

governance system, and ensure the safety and prosperity of cyberspace for everyone.
China would support reforming the global Internet governance system and work to
improve international cyberspace communication and cooperation based on mutual
respect and trust. China would also actively engage in global and regional organizations
to foster cybersecurity cooperation and deepen bilateral and multilateral exchanges on the
topic.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The Chinese government is now constructing the world's most comprehensive cyberspaceand ICT regulatory framework. Beijing has moved swiftly to build a legislative andregulatory framework covering cybersecurity, the digital economy, and online media
content, all under one aegis, in response to the government's inability to keep up with thefast pace of technological development.
Strategies, legislation, measures, rules, and standards intertwine under China's ICT
governance framework. Data protection, CI, encryption, online content, and thedevelopment of China's information and communications technology sector are alladdressed in these documents. China's cybersecurity legislation, the focus of mostattention, is part of a larger strategy. Most laws and plans have been finalized, but many
accompanying measures and standards are still in the planning stages. As parties within
the Chinese bureaucracy continue to discuss implementation scope, it is important to keep
an eye on pending standards, such as those pertaining to data flows, personal information,
and CI.
The work in Beijing is already more extensive than in the United States and Europe. The
U.S., for example, has no national-level data protection posture and has failed to develop
a coherent policy for cyberspace outside the military realm. For its part, the European
Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is not directly coupled with more
far-reaching national security and social stability aims.

154

Colombia

1.

General Information

Area: 1,141,748 km2
Population: 51,913,498
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $5,213
Internet User: 769.79
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 15.26
Wireless Broadband User: 61.82
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 66.298, Colombia placed 43rd in the world in the Waseda International
Digital Government Rankings 2022. Because of the epidemic's effects, Colombia's GDP
contracted by 6.8 percent in 2017, making it the worst year for economic growth since1975. As a result, the country is placing its hopes on increased productivity by digitaltransformation. The central bank anticipates that the GDP will increase by 5.2% this year,
155which is in line with the most recent projections made by the IMF, which are 5.1% growthin 2021 and 3.6% growth in 2022.
It is necessary to have efforts that are focused and well-located to help employees in theuse of technologies. It was reported that there were gaps in the usage of digital platforms
by instructors working in Colombian public schools during the epidemic. Olga Luca
Acosta, the person in charge of the UN's Eclac office in Bogotá, recommended that the
public sector play a more prominent role in helping the private sector while maintaining
budgetary sustainability. The importance of international collaboration and financecannot be overstated, particularly concerning the enhancement of productivity madepossible by new technology.
3.2. New Trends
The Colombian media industry has a history of cozy relationships with the country's
political and economic elite. Though their impact seems to move online, new actors andsocial media alter consumer patterns. Though interest in reading and watching the news
about the epidemic skyrocketed as individuals sought out information, the current
economic downturn has prevented this rise in interest from translating into increased
advertising revenue.
About 90% of Colombians use their phones to read the latest headlines. Digital native
media outlets like El Paciente Colombiano, Conversemos de Salud, and La Silla Vaca
have capitalized on this shift to give in-depth coverage of medical and scientificdevelopments in Colombian society. In contrast, several broad-based news outlets failed
to report COVID-19 because they lacked sufficient numbers of trained reporters. Publicconcerns were bad, but the politicization of problems, in general, was far worse.
Users on social media have voiced their fear that misinformation is being spread
concerning COVID-19 and vaccinations. They've taken measures to combat the spread of
disinformation with the support of established media outlets. To correct the record, someradio stations ran an advertisement dubbed "Vera, the Voice of Truth" (which embodies
the social responsibility of traditional radio stations). Compromises with local internet
media like La Silla Vaca and Colombiacheck aided in spreading false information about
the outbreak. Facebook and the World Health Organization (WHO) agreed to have official
156

Ministry of Health information on COVID-19 linked in Colombian users' news feeds toreduce the spread of fake news.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Colombia has been working to overcome several obstacles to reach broad Internet usage.
The digital ecosystem may face various challenges, including its infrastructure, services,
applications, and consumers.
People do not believe the Internet has any practical use. According to the findings ofseveral surveys, one of the primary reasons why members of the general public andsmaller businesses do not utilize the Internet is that they do not consider it beneficial or
essential. This viewpoint might be explained by the dearth of specialized and helpful apps
and material aimed at the general public and smaller businesses.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The ICT ministry has highlighted a multi-million dollar strategy to assist people andbusinesses in updating existing business models and developing new income streams via
technology to stimulate economic growth. For example, the Vende Digital initiative ispart of a larger package of policies and programs (some of which were initiated byprevious administrations) to assist micro, small, and medium-sized firms in transitioning
to digital sales channels.
According to Rueda, the government has already launched 24 centers to help enterprises
undergo digital transformation in collaboration with regional business groups. The source
also referenced another program included in the "bundle," which included issuing credit
lines for working capital by SMEs at preferential interest rates without the requirement
for guarantees. Bancoldex and the National Guaranty Fund have contributed to thisinitiative.
The agreement also includes the US$24mn Misión TIC 2022 software developer training
program. One hundred thousand people from Colombia will get coding education next
year. According to the official, 54,000 Colombians begin training this month at partner
colleges after the initiative was ramped up from a test phase in 2020.
4.3. Online Service [OS]157

To facilitate electronic payments from bank accounts, Colombians have been working on
an online payment system for the last decade, which has been incorporated into
government and commercial websites. This case study was based on interviews with ACH
Colombia's administration, stakeholders, and PSE users. The Better Than Cash Alliancecase studies provide several instances of the invaluable role that individuals andbusinesses play as funders.
The National Coffee Growers Federation of Colombia saved roughly $15.5 million overseven years by switching from cash to payment cards. Significant savings were realized
due to paying coffee farmers using credit cards rather than cash. It was also an opportunity
to promote financial inclusion, a particularly challenging goal in rural areas. There has
never been any investigation of this scope on B2B interactions in rural areas. As part oftheir study, Federación and banks conducted focus groups and in-depth interviews withcoffee farmers.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The major objective of GOV.CO is to streamline and centralize the delivery of procedures,
services, participatory activities, and information about institutions. The ability to quickly
adapt to changing conditions while focusing on the end-user's requirements is essential to
the success of GOV.CO. In the past, residents had to go through more than 8,000 websites
to access the many procedures, services, information, and involvement activities.
GOV.CO is a public service available to all Colombians and foreigners who interact withthe government and those who wish to influence the development of policies andprograms that improve their quality of life. Those who wish to interact with thegovernment can visit the website.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
According to Colombia's Minister of Information Technology and Communications(MICITC), the country's deputy minister of information technology serves as the top
information officer for the government. No more information is available about the Chief
Information Officer of the Government.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
158

Insufficient digitization and interoperability across institutions have been cited by
Colombia's National Planning Department as a major barrier to the country's digitaltransformation. Superintendence of Industry and Commerce ("SIC") published External
Circular No. 04 of 2019 in response to these challenges, outlining guidelines to protect
personal data while promoting digitization and interoperability of public entities andindividuals exercising public functions to prioritize the use of information technologies
for the benefit of the general interest.
The following legal framework is included in these Circular recommendations; we find it
useful since it focuses on the priority of using new technology. This law includes pertinent
provisions such as a restriction on changing information after it has been entered in apatient's medical history, even if the change is an update to remedy a mistake.
Accordingly, and to meet the requirements of the relevant rules, it may be necessary touse certain technical instruments to provide a greater degree of security for the integrityof the information.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Urna de Cristal, often known as Crystal Urn, is the government's official website in
Colombia, which may be accessed at http://www.urnadecristal.gov.co/. This website
provides access to a range of government agencies in Colombia and information on
current themes and possibilities for individuals to participate in their government.
Citizens are strongly urged to participate with the government through social media andthis website, both of which provide them with the opportunity to do so.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Even though Colombia has made some significant steps in recent years to encourage
digital transformation, more needs to be done to guarantee that the potential andadvantages of digitalization are spread across the economy and all sectors of society.
Going Digital in Colombia analyzes the state of digital adoption and readiness in thenation, then provides a plan for establishing a comprehensive digital policy framework.
As part of a larger National Digital Strategy for Colombia, it recommends various policies
to improve connectivity, boost the adoption and use of digital technologies, foster digital
innovation, develop skills and the labor market for the digital economy, and seize new
159

growth opportunities about digital transformation.
The release of publicly held government information is essential for achieving social andeconomic goals. Over the last several years, Open Data Portal in Colombia has seen asignificant rise in the number of datasets available to users and a considerable
improvement in the simplicity with which users access those datasets. Despite this, themost significant benefit Colombia can reap from Its investments in projects thatencourage the reuse of OGD is the growth of data journalism in Tamalemeque andhackathons hosted by the Digital Public Innovation Center. Both of these initiatives havealready been shown to be successful. It is essential to contact potential consumers of open
data to understand the criteria they utilize. To achieve the best possible results in terms of
economics, society, and governance, the policies of any institution need to include theaforementioned examples. Open data users are not only those the government does not
employ; they are the producers and consumers of the data made available to the generalpublic. In light of the circumstances, this is quite important. Open data is such a fantastic
resource that the public sector has to formulate a plan for using it since it is so important.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Modifications are being made to the legislation governing the privacy of personal
information in Colombia. The government has often emphasized modernizing andstrengthening data security regulations. It is anticipated that many regulatory hurdles
facing the digital economy will be lowered while still providing for people's safety.
Colombia's data security system continues to use the DataBase Registry even though it
has been decommissioned in the European Union. As a result, the country's rules on thetransfer and transportation of data are unlike any others on the globe. The purpose of laws
is to maintain the status quo while simultaneously protecting the rights of citizens.
In addition, legal changes are being implemented in Colombia. When the government
first released its cyber security strategy for government agencies in 2016, it paved theground for establishing a centralized reporting mechanism for cyber attacks. Nonetheless,the existing setup is inadequate. National efforts to improve citizens' knowledge ofcybersecurity and familiarity with digital tools are being coordinated by the government,
businesses, and the creation of a register of essential infrastructure. Data protection andcompliance standards have also developed over time.
160

Colombia has developed a robust regulatory system to protect its banking sector fromcybercrime. Financial institutions in Colombia are governed by "Circular 005" releasedby the Financial Superintendence at the start of 2019. Standards for cloud computing
services and cloud security have been set by the Ministry of Information andCommunication Technologies, calling for limits and unique creativity.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
While Colombia's software and services industry has grown into a significant nearshoring
hub, the country's ICT hardware sector remains tiny, and the market is dependent on
imports. In 2021, as global vaccine efforts reduce uncertainty and boost foreign demand,
Fitch Solutions expects the ICT market to rise by 12 percent, led by corporate andconsumer mood. As a result, the software and services industry will benefit fromincreased private sector investment expenditures. Many software companies in Colombia
are aiming for growth on a regional scale. Finance software, computer graphics software,and mobile and online application development are local software companies' strong suits.
The Colombian legislature approved the ICT Sector Modernization Law on July 25, 2019.
(Law 1978 of 2019). The purpose of this law is to close the digital divide in Colombia.
Its goal is to stimulate the information and communications technology market byencouraging established and up-and-coming businesses to create ground-breaking
initiatives related to ICT services, broadening their reach and making them moreaccessible to everyone.

161

Costa Rica

1.

General Information

Area: 51,100 km2
Population: 5,180,829
Government Type: democratic republic
GDP: $11,995
Internet User: 80.53
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 19.49
Wireless Broadband User: 91.12
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Overall, Costa Rica scored 45,687 on the Waseda International Digital Government
Rankings 2022, placing it 64th. The COVID-19 pandemic exposed the need for easieraccess to government services via digital channels in the wake of a public health, social,and economic disaster. In an age when avoiding large crowds was paramount, digital
governance was crucial for state institutions to be open and functioning to react to the162requirements of residents. Costa Rica has long been a pioneer in Central America in thedomains of information and communications technology (ICT) and the environment;
nevertheless, it does not have a well-developed public policy in this area. On the other
hand, private initiatives in the country are working to advocate for and promote
environmentally friendly information technologies. One such initiative is called "Smartand Green Costa Rica," hosted by the Costa Rican Chamber of Information andCommunication Technologies.
Costa Rica, with its steady workforce and practically fossil fuel-free power, has been
preparing for the future of employment in digital technology for more than a decade.
The government has committed to constructing technological clusters specializing invarious fields, such as technical assistance, software creation, maintenance of legacy
systems, cloud computing, and cyber security. The technology companies of Costa Rica
have also shown their ability to do research and development in the fields of content
creation, engineering and design, and embedded software.
3.2. New Trends
The COVID-19 pandemic exposed the need for easier access to government services via
digital channels in the wake of a public health, social, and economic disaster. Services'
digitization capabilities and digital inclusion are crucial for future-proofing public
institutions against catastrophes. For this reason, several nations in the area haveembarked on large-scale programs to modernize their governance processes and services
via information technology. The government of Costa Rica is striving to become digitaland open the country up to the benefits of Industry 4.0 in sectors like agriculture andtourism. It also establishes a timeline for deploying 5G wireless networks to aid thegovernment's digital transformation. The central American government strives to improve
digital accountability and governance in response to cyber-attacks.
To improve digital governance, "Pura Vida Digital" will create a centralized online
catalog of citizen services, a unified national patient record for the healthcare system, anda nationwide "intelligent" transportation network that accepts electronic payments. For
this plan to work, everyone must have access to digital IDs with biometric features, andexisting ID-checking technologies must be compatible. The government will apply the163

ideas of Industry 4.0 to vital industries like agriculture and tourism by developing digital
agricultural production maps and entrepreneurial clusters.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
In the recent decade, Costa Rica has achieved progress in digital inclusion. The EGovernment Index's performance, which measures the desire and ability of national
administrations to employ information and communications technology (ICT), has
improved. The nation continues to lag behind inaccessible government data regulations,scoring lower than the averages for the area and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) in the OURdata Index.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The first phase of creating the national telecoms development plan for 2022-2027 wasfinished at the end of June with involvement from the government, corporate sector,
academic community, and civil society. As Deputy Sector Minister Teodoro Willink had
previously explained to BNamericas, the idea was presented to the public on the national
holiday dedicated to the telecommunications industry.
4.3. Online Service [OS]For the first pillar of the OECD Recommendation, which deals with the Constitution,
digitally enabled openness evaluates the government's use of digital technology toincrease transparency, engagement, and inclusivity. Improved openness, accessibility, andtransparency in government procedures are among the goals of the Constitution's digitaltechnologies. Transparency and public access to information are guaranteed under Costa
Rica's robust democrConstitutionn. A new legislative and regulatory framework fortransparency and public access to information is now under discussion.
The Presidency Ministry is responsible for leading the National Commission on Open
Government, which monitors government openness. Subcommissions within the
National Commission focus on support systems, participation, training, transparency, or
territorial collaboration. Increasing ease of access is essential in light of the widespreadnature of digital service providers. The authorities are trying to learn more about the open
164

data ecosystem's producers and users to serve everyone involved better.
It is more difficult for people to access and use public services and data and forgovernments to react to citizens' demands holistically and integrate them when they aretreated as separate entities. To overcome this obstacle, OECD developed centralized
government services based on life events rather than government structure.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The government of Costa Rica has kept an open data site with many resources available.
However, the adoption of open government data is hindered by the absence of necessary
norms and legal frameworks. Among other things, this explains why the NPR indicator
for the nation remained placed last out of 64 on the list. Since many businesses do not see
the benefit of sharing data, the public sector, in particular, needs to learn more about the
topic. The amount of public datasets is low, and the number of organizations offering
datasets is around average compared to OECD nations, as the Open Government Data
website reported. So the nation has a poor record of providing open government data.
The government's new data policy is up for comment. It creates a national open
government data policy framework, a method for selecting datasets for publishing, release
rules, and means for engaging and assuring effective engagement by the data consumer
community in executing open data policy.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Since 2009, Alicia Avendao Rivera has been serving as the Director of Digital
Government in Costa Rica, the job that most closely corresponds to the duties of the Chief
Information Officer in the United States. Projects, Technology, and Digital Inclusion are
the three divisions that fall under the Director's purview as responsibilities of the Digital
Government. They are responsible for delivering reports to the Minister of the Digital
Government.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Costa Rica is in the process of formulating an information and communications
technology (ICT) and environmental strategy that three pillars will support. The major
objective is to advance research via collaborative efforts with academic community165

members. The second endeavor is a program for increasing one's ability, and it is being
carried out in partnership with the National Learning Institute, also referred to as INA.
Thirdly, the MICITT, the MINAE, municipalities, and other stakeholders educate thegeneral public and customers about the use of technology and its potential to enhance its
environmental performance.
A culture of sustainable development has also been formed in Costa Rica thanks to thecountry's laws, economic practices, and citizens' actions. One strategy that has been usedin recent years is the creation of voluntary programs to assist businesses and organizationsin improving their environmental performance. These programs are intended to be usedin conjunction with other methods.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The democratic institutions of Costa Rica encourage citizen engagement through thefundamental principles outlined in the Constitution. These aims may be strengthened byestablishing a legislative framework that regulates public participation in policymaking.
In Costa Rica, significant advancements have been made in law, service design, andservice delivery. The importance of national efforts cannot be overstated. The National
Commission for Open Government is now working on new laws on urban renewal in
addition to the decrees on information freedom and open government data that wererecently passed.
The Ministry of Economy, Industry, and Commerce (MEIC) is now leading major
national programs to integrate user input into service design and delivery. This is part of
the Ministry's efforts to simplify administrative processes. Including users and otherstakeholders in the most important administrative duties is crucial to provide more usercentered and user-driven services. In addition to that, several programs encourage thereuse of data to reinvent public services. Innumerable municipalities, for instance, haveestablished participatory budgeting systems, made data on public assistance available tostimulate the development of new public services, and made it possible to provide input
on municipal operations online.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Businesses need adaptable partner ecosystems to thrive in the new normal, particularly in166Industry 4.0. In addition to helping with the skills shortage, achieving organizational
objectives, and speeding up the digital transition, internationalization is an excellent
strategy. Now more than ever, it's crucial to make the most of the benefits offered bydigital technology. Expertise, creativity, a resilient attitude, and strategic connections
outside the headquarters or in a new location are necessary to enable this comprehensive
shift. Some of the most critical factors in achieving the transformation agenda include
having access to a talent pool that can drive the organization's vision and purpose, having
competitive prices, making it simple to conduct business, and having cutting-edge
technological capabilities. Costa Rica is becoming well-recognized as a center fortechnological innovation. There are already over three hundred firms providing cuttingedge IT services, fifty Fortune 500 businesses with established offices, and four hundred
technology startups proving Costa Rica's economic worth.
It is essential to strengthening public institutions' institutional ability and legitimacy byforming pro-transparency coalitions among members of civil society, the commercial
sector, and local governments. It is possible for Costa Rica, via the use of Open Data
projects, to raise the level of citizen involvement in the public arena, which would resultin a considerable improvement in the delivery of services by the government.
At this time, Costa Rica is in the process of transitioning from Open Government to Open
Data. This is made possible by the active engagement of the Judicial and Legislative
departments and local authorities. Participation from every societal level, including theindividual, is required if this shift is set in motion successfully.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The Ministry of Information and Communication Technology (MICITT) of Costa Rica,
in partnership with Amazon, Trend Micro, Inc., and Venable, oversees three initiatives toincrease the number of qualified cybersecurity professionals in the area. The Ministry of
Science, Innovation, Technology, and Telecommunications (MICITT) of Costa Rica plans
to carry out three separate initiatives. All to assist businesses and improve theircybersecurity measures.
Concerning this matter at the national level, the Ministry of "Current ransomware assaults
are far more sophisticated than those of the past. In the first few months of this year, we
saw a rise in the prevalence of ransomware families, with many of them using a RaaS167

(Ransomware as a Service) model and resorting to triple extortion in order to monetize
their assaults." He also said that all sizes of businesses are fair game. The release of threecybersecurity tools to public and private enterprises was officially announced on August
12. These tools will develop and strengthen IT professionals' knowledge and abilities,
making the nation more prepared to deal with cyberattacks.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Artificial Intelligence (AI) is a game-changer because of its very nature. Costa Rica seems
better prepared for the possibilities presented by AI than its neighbors. Because of this,Costa Rica will fall behind in providing the next generation of services. As a result ofIntel's decision to spend $800 million in the area in 1997 and build the continent's giant
microprocessor plant there, the city of San José, Costa Rica, with a population of over
five million, has been widely recognized as Central America's technological core. This
has not slowed down at all.
Internet of Things (IoT) and artificial intelligence (AI) networking and monitoring firm
GBT Technologies of Costa Rica has launched nationwide testing of its product.
Healthcare counseling, engineering design, consumer assistance, and financial analytics
are a few of this method's potential domains of use.
The effectiveness of data-driven operations may be improved by connecting more devices
to the Internet via the IoT. To participate in event-driven, self-managing logistics,
commonplace objects may now send and receive data and process and store it. The IoT
may provide helpful information that will inspire new theories and approaches to old
problems. There has been a notable improvement in efficiency and customer satisfactionin the logistics industry because of the proliferation of IoT devices and data. Thanks torising interest and investment, sensors and IoT systems are more attractive to logistics
companies. Smaller and cheaper Internet of Things devices is becoming more accessible
as technology advances. The gathering of unprecedented data is a direct outcome ofdeveloping novel sensor placement methods using sensors no bigger than a millimeter.

168

Czech Republic

1.

General Information

Area: 78,865 km2
Population: 10,493,986
Government Type: parliamentary democracy
GDP: $23,379
Internet User: 81.34
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 35.91
Wireless Broadband User: 94.40
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In 2022, Czech was ranked 39th in the Waseda ranking, with an overall score of 68,530.
The COVID-19 epidemic has hastened the transition to digital services in the Czech
Republic, as elsewhere. Most government agencies are now using cutting-edge
technology tools to streamline their operations. Certain government agencies dispersed
169state help to companies that had lost money during the COVID-19 outbreak utilizing their
online platforms. To better educate company owners about government assistanceprograms and recent policy changes, the Ministry of Industry and Trade has established
an information chatbot and increased the number of electronic forms accessible on thebusinessinfo.cz website. Due to a lack of PPE in the healthcare industry, the Czech
government

launchedthewebsite"Wearelinking

the

Czech

Republic"(spojujemecesko.cz) to facilitate communication between public and private entities andthe submission of bids for the supply of PPE.
Following the pledges made in the Berlin Declaration on Digital Society and Value-Based
Digital Government, the Czech Republic continues to implement digital government
initiatives during 2022 as part of its Digital Czech Republic government program. In its
policy statement, the new government led by Petr Fiala reaffirmed digitization as anational priority and outlined critical initiatives for the coming period. These key
initiatives include finalizing the Act on the Right to Digital Services, creating a central
coordination team to support the digital transformation of central and local
administrations, and accelerating digital skills development and capacity building. The
goals of the digital transformation activities will be to improve digital government
services, increase transparency, strengthen cybersecurity, improve connectivity, and build
new networks.
3.2. New Trends
The COVID-19 pandemic severely taxed health and human service (HHS) professionals.
However, it also sped up the introduction of digital solutions, which have reaped many
advantages for service users and providers. Both the administration of public services andthe administration of public services themselves are decentralized in the Czech Republic.
As a result, regional and municipal authorities are responsible for creating eGovernment
policies and strategies within their respective realms of competence, while the National
eGovernment Strategy defines a common approach. In addition, the National Associationof Regions and the Union of Towns and Municipalities collaborate to establish
complementary strategies and encourage their members to share and learn from the bestpractices.
170

The Internet of Things (IoT) is a component of the national Smart City and Industry 4.0
plans, implemented by the Digital Czech Republic program through several projects.
Through Government Resolution No. 441 /2021, the Smart City Strategy was authorized
for implementation. Beginning in 2023, the Ministry of Regional Development will begin
presenting an annual status report to the Government on the significant milestones of theimplementation plan for the strategy. To account for the advancements that have been
made, the Smart City approach has to be revised no later than 2026. The Smart Cities
Working Group's meeting minutes may be found on the website devoted explicitly to thegroup.
One of the top concerns of the country is working on expanding and improving access topublic information. The Open Data Initiative is one of the primary focuses of the Czech
Republic 2030 Initiative, which establishes a strategic framework for the country's longterm growth and ranks it as one of its essential goals. The National Open Data Coordinatoris responsible for organizing several events in 2022 to promote further and assist the
deployment of data-based digital governance.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Both the management of public services and the administration of public services in andof themselves are decentralized in the Czech Republic. In addition to offering the people
in their respective regions their digital services, 14 provinces and 6,258 municipalities
use the infrastructure and service provided by the eGovernment located in the central
government. Consequently, regional and municipal authorities are responsible forformulating policies and initiatives related to eGovernment within their particular areasof expertise. On the other hand, the National eGovernment Plan is in charge ofdetermining a standard strategy for use across the board.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]This digital overhaul effort is a foundation for the complete computerization of
government operations. The initiative focuses on the state's information andcommunication technology (ICT) infrastructure and digital administration, as well as thedigital economy and society within the framework of a single digital market (the Czech
171

Republic in Digital Europe). Annual revisions are made to the program's implementationplans. Among the priority, projects are Base registries 2.0, the modernization of the public
administration portal and its transactional component, the Citizen's Portal, thegenerational technological change of the Czech POINT system, and the further
interconnection of public registries and databases known as the interconnected data pool.
The Integrated Regional and Operational Program will co-finance the eGovernment
development for 2021-2027. The Digital Czech Republic Strategy is in complete
accordance with the Innovation Strategy of the Czech Republic for 2019-2030, which has
a greater reach. In the context of the COVID-19 pandemic and the development of the
National Recovery Plan, practical digital projects are considered a crucial element of
future resilience and competitiveness. National digital goals include database-driven
digital governance, digital skills, cybersecurity, and innovations centered on people.
Political leaders are aware of the complexity of digital transformation and the necessity
for a well-coordinated strategy to handle the benefits and problems that come with it.
Teams of government specialists, business representatives, and other stakeholders
collaborate closely to define the best plan for achieving the desired goals. Negotiations
and active communication are moving toward the purposes outlined in the Czech
Republic's 2019–2030 Innovation Strategy. By 2030, the Strategy wants to make theCzech Republic one of Europe's most inventive nations. The Strategy includes eight
additional strategic pillars in addition to the initiatives focusing on digital governmentand services, including funding and evaluation of R&D, polytechnic education, afavorable national environment for start-ups and spinoffs, innovation and research centers,
wise investment, intellectual property protection, a suitable environment for mobility andconstruction, and intelligent marketing.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The National Identity Authority (NIA) offers an electronic identity based on a person's
name, password, and a code sent via SMS, as well as the Mobile eGovernment Key
application, which uses a QR code. Czech citizens can also identify themselves using
electronic identification methods when accessing digital government services. They may
also utilize the eID methods made available by private eID providers, such as the Bank
ID of several accredited banks. Citizens may activate their Data Mailbox service, which172

can be done online using any of the eID mentioned earlier methods, to fully benefit fromthe advantages of safe online engagement with the government. Here you may see thecountry's certified eID service providers list. This page publishes the most recent list ofinternet service providers.
The website for the national electronic identity and authentication hub is called the
National Identity Authority (NIA) Portal. It offers details on how to create a digital
identity guaranteed by the State and have access to personalized and secure digital
government services. The Portal also thoroughly describes the procedures involved,
offers all required paperwork, and gives instructions to promote transparency and foster
confidence in digital services.
The Czech Republic created many electronic identification methods so that people would
have more choices when identifying themselves online. These methods may be used toaccess digital government services from the Citizen's Portal and sectoral websites. The
various eID options that are currently accessible include those offered by the government,such as the chip-based citizen identity card (eObanka), the NIA ID (name, password, andSMS), the digital mailbox ID service, and the services provided by private eID providers
linked to the National Identity Authority (the National Point for Identification andAuthentication - NIA), such as some Bank ID providers. The National identification
program under eIDAS includes both the mojeID and the Mobile eGovernment Key. The
Digital Constitution is implemented to support the Bank ID's entry into Czech legislation(Act on the Right to Digital Services).
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Access to all electronically provided information and services from all government
departments is available via the Public Administration Portal in a single window. The
transactional portion of the Portal, the Citizen's Portal, requires digital identification toaccess several fully automated digital services, including extracts from State baseregistries, information on citizens' public administration submissions, and a personalarchive of public administration documents. The Portal provides ePrescriptions anddigital services from the Czech Social Security Administration, Financial Administration,
Cadastre, and Trade Licensing Register. Using government digital services requires
several login methods.
173

Citizens and employers working with the Czech Social Security Administration haveaccess to the data stored in the administrative databases, may submit requests online, andcan get responses electronically. Various user groups may access different online services.
Online access to paid sick days during a person's professional career, information about
health insurance payments for self-employed individuals, and online calculations ofretirement pensions based on completed insurance periods are a few services provided toindividuals.

4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Concerns about the electronic administration of government are within the purview of the
Ministry of the Interior, which makes that ministry accountable for addressing suchproblems. A sub-department of the Department of Information and Communication
Technologies manages the Department of the e-authority Government. This department
is under the jurisdiction of the Department of Information and Communication
Technologies. The nomination of a Chief Information Officer (CIO), who is responsible
for the administration of that function for that ministry, is accountable for the collectionof information and communications technology (ICT) for each church.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The newly appointed Deputy Prime Minister for Digitalization, Mr. Ivan Barto, presented
his vision of potential changes in the governance of the digital public administration in
March 2022 to ensure the implementation of the National Recovery and Resilience Plan,in particular its chapter on the digital transition, as well as to address issues with the digital
government effectively. These adjustments will make it easier to adopt a whole-ofgovernment strategy for digital transformation, utilize resources more effectively acrossadministrations, and introduce new ideas into the public sector. The adoption of
governance reforms will influence central administrative bodies' established procedures,
positions, and duties. A broad commitment from stakeholders is required, as well as laws
to support it. By 2023, according to the Deputy Prime Minister, they will be put into
practice.
The Government Office's EU Applied Policies Department manages programs related to174artificial intelligence and the European Data Economy. The Department is also
responsible for organizing the European Digital Agenda inside the state apparatus. The
Department organizes national perspectives on projects and related subjects to promote
the Digital Single Market. Public dialogues in this area are the responsibility of the
Department.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Four goals are outlined in the Czech Republic's Government Resolution No. 680/2014 on
the development of public administration: implementing a process management approach
to public administration; increasing service accessibility through eGovernment tools;
increasing the effectiveness of public administration at the regional and local levels; andcontinuing to develop the skills of public servants.
A new model for public administration development, Client-Oriented Public
Administration 2030, has been developed to account for the next period. The Strategic
Framework for Public Administration Development 2014-2020 only covered 2014 to2020. The critical goals of the program do not include eGovernment procedures orsatisfaction in the eGovernment plan. The two investigations, nevertheless, support one
another. Increased administrative efficiency is a goal of the Public Administration
Concerned with Citizen Happiness and Administrative Efficiency, which also aims to
improve public satisfaction with the government and its services. The approach includes
several measures, such as better public outreach, a focus on evidence-based decisionmaking, and increased encouragement of innovation. In 2020, the government
implemented its 2030 vision for client-oriented public administration.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The Czech government has strongly advocated for the country's economic and socialtransition into the digital age. Its policies align with the European Union's most prominenttechnological programs, especially the Digital Decade's goals. To get there, it has to raise
the number of businesses that use cutting-edge digital methods. More IT professionals
need to be educated so digital government services can be used seamlessly across borders.
To improve public services, the government must adopt private sector best practices. In
that way, it can tap into the digitization potential of its society and create an effective e175

government system.
With the concept of linked data pools for the public administration, many Digital Czech
Republic Programme projects will concentrate on the National Open Data Catalogue andfurther integrating public databases in 2022. Implementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1724,
creating a single digital gateway, and the national Act on the Right to Digital Services
served as one of the primary impetuses for these activities. The National Open Data
Coordinator team has released a brand-new, obligatory open standard for the code lists.
Furthermore, starting in February 2022, all governmental entities must disclose theirdigital noticeboards in available data format. The National Open Data Catalogue site
offers the open government standard for bulletin boards, and administrators may utilize
testing software to guarantee interoperability.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The approach to cybersecurity taken by the Czech Republic is based on efficient crossborder and national collaboration between all relevant parties. The ecosystem of domestic
cybersecurity is defined in the National Cybersecurity Strategy for the years 2021–2025.
In November 2020, the National Cybersecurity Agency (NKIB) submitted its plan for
approval, and the government gave its blessing. The Cybersecurity Strategy specializes
in protecting the public sector and the digital society by conducting coordinated risk
studies regularly. The outcomes of these analyses help to identify the required
countermeasures. The digital infrastructure was established to ensure the interoperabilityof technology utilized in various public administration sectors. The adoption of unified
channels for information that provide safe data transfer is supported in the Czech Republic.
One of the guiding principles of national cybersecurity is to ensure that the digital
infrastructure is resilient in all circumstances and that there are backup plans in place incase the State administration cannot provide services digitally.
The national cybersecurity plan for the health sector considers important strategic papers
in the cybersecurity area, the federal government ICT policy under the Digital Czech
Republic project, the national eHealth strategy, and the EU Cybersecurity strategy for the
Digital Decade. Two additional recent initiatives provide central government support tohealthcare providers in the area of cybersecurity: in 2020, experts from the NKIB, theNational Agency for Information Technologies, and the Ministry of the Interior published176the Minimum Security Standard for organizations whose operations are not regulated by
the Cybersecurity Act. Based on the existing circumstances, the NKIB and the Ministryof Health developed a guideline for healthcare providers in February 2022 to mitigate twoparticular cyber dangers.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Adopted in 2019, the National Artificial Intelligence Strategy establishes the conditions
for coordinated activities related to human-centered innovations and AI technology byassessing the current state of affairs, establishing key objectives, and identifying theministries and agencies responsible for implementing the Strategy. National AI
Observatory and Forum was formed to identify legislative hurdles, provide suggestions
on overcoming them, and set ethical and legal norms for AI research, development, andapplication. The AI Observatory and Forum offers a venue for proper public consultations
and promotes the nation's participation in EU-wide issues.
Cooperation amongst diverse stakeholders, including government officials, academics,
and the commercial sector, is also essential for effectively executing the National AI
Strategy. The Ministry of Industry and Trade is responsible for coordinating theimplementation of the AI Strategy, which is being carried out through the national AI
Committee. In September 2021, AI Committee members examined the status of the EU
draft legislation on AI, the Digital Europe initiative, and the digital innovation ecosystem,
including European digital innovation centers and AI TEFs.
In 2018, a Memorandum of Cooperation on Blockchain was signed with the Czech
Republic. As a result, numerous governmental and non-governmental platforms
implemented awareness-raising activities to comprehend better the potential advantagesof using distributed ledger technology in the public sector. The latest research by the
Blockchain Republic Institute examines ideas for Czech legislative reforms necessary toharness the commercial potential of blockchain, particularly in the realm of internationalcommerce.

177

Denmark

1.

General Information

Area: 43,094 km2
Population: 5,882,261
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $60,535
Internet User: 96.55
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 44.72
Wireless Broadband User: 138.67
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
By removing all remaining Covid requirements, Denmark became the first EU member
state to allow its citizens to leave the house without worrying about needing to wear
protective gear or carry a QR code. This follows on the heels of Denmark's pioneering
work in introducing a digital corona pass. The road back to normalcy has been built by acomprehensive and publicly managed digital service infrastructure that benefits178individuals in Denmark and Danish enterprises and contributes to the general well-beingof Danish society. Regarding the degree to which nations have digitized their public
sectors, Denmark keeps one of the highest rankings in the world. They have a great degreeof openness and a lot of engagement with the public sector in Denmark, which plays avery significant part in all people's lives. There also exists a lot of connection with the
public sector. Users can get unhindered and secure access to more than one hundred
specific public services and, in addition to that, a variety of private services with only one
digital key. This makes it simple for individuals to carry out various tasks, such asenrolling their children in school or signing up for private banking services to pay theirexpenses.
The digital key, known as "NemID," or "EasyID" in English, is one of the fundamental
components of Denmark's digital infrastructure. This key makes it easy for residents toaccess various services offered online. When investigating how Denmark has become oneof the most digitalized nations in the world, one of the essential factors to consider is thedigital key in and of itself, as well as the collaboration between the public and the private
sectors. She believes that the trust between people and their government is the mostcritical factor in the success of an endeavor. Consequently, Denmark earns 93.80 points
and a spot in the top Waseda rankings for 2022.
3.2. New Trends
After the COVID outbreak, the government increased its investment in the healthcare
sector, particularly in technology and innovation.
- Health care professionals, especially those working in Danish Primary Health Care
(PHC), access to health data across care levels is critical for enhancing workflow andtreatment pathways.
- Common data security models and standardization of health data, as well as mandatory
digital registration and a centralized digital system of personal identification, are essential.
Key to maintaining PHC's proximity to its target population is providing users (bothpatients and providers) with a single point of entry for accessing health records andlearning about available medical options.
- Supporting the Portal and related service providers in creating user-friendly solutions is
179

a side effect of maintaining regular interaction with people.
- Investment in digital health literacy is necessary for digital technologies and services tocatalyze high-quality, far-reaching, equitable, and efficient health care. To enable thosewith less digital literacy to use the benefits of digitalized healthcare systems, it is essential
to increase access to health data for municipal healthcare employees and to continue
efforts to empower families to aid through delegated access rights to health data.
The government unveiled its updated national digitalization strategy for 2022–2026 on
May 5, 2022. The strategy, which comprises 61 individual initiatives and nine particularvisions, lays out the significant trajectories for the next stage of Denmark's digitaldevelopment.
The former national strategy covering 2018–2021, which the government launched on
December 15, 2021, was replaced with a new strategy for 2022–2024. The new national
strategy, which consists of 34 concrete projects and enhanced responsibilities in areas like,for example, critical infrastructure protection, enhances national cyber and information
security in society.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The Danish government has streamlined, expedited, and safeguarded the country's
publicly available digital services. The establishment of digital infrastructure is now inprogress. Consumers and companies now have access to a diverse selection of digital
services due to improvements made to the underlying infrastructure. Electronic
identification, often known as eID, digital post, and the citizen website known as borger.
dk are some of the main components of the infrastructure. In recent years, user journeys
and individualized surveys have become increasingly important components of thesesystems. As the infrastructure expands, there is an increasing need for ongoingcoordination of data transmission, data security, and registry foundations.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The aims and initiatives for the digital transformation of Danish industry and commerce
are included in the Strategy for Denmark's Digital Growth. More specifically, the plan180

comprises 38 projects, allotting a total of EUR 112 million from 2018 to 2025 to promote
the digital transformation of small and medium-sized firms. The plan calls for an annual
investment of EUR 10 million. A few of the strategy's key initiatives are: improving
SMEs' digital capabilities, creating a digital hub for more robust digital growth,promoting digital literacy among all people, using data to drive trade and industry growth,
implementing agile regulation in these sectors, and enhancing corporate cybersecurity.
A strategy for ICT management in central government was unveiled to enhance theoperational administration of ICT systems. The 13 initiatives that make up the framework
for improved ICT system management address topics including the need for adherence tothe ICT system portfolio management model used by the central government and the
National ICT Council's periodic examination of each ministry's ICT system management.
The initiatives also deal with the growth of intergovernmental network activities amongleaders and staff members working with digitalization and developing the technical andprofessional competencies and skills necessary to manage ICT.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Procurement Portal provides public and commercial suppliers with information andresources to deliver tendering services. The Portal encourages collaboration between
businesses and the public sector to promote shared services. Several regional andmunicipal governments exploit unregulated markets. Simpler eTendering solutions
systems have been made up by the state-owned National Procurement Ltd.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Citizen Portal, which was first introduced in January 2007, provides people with asingle point of access to online data and eServices made available by the public sector,
independently of the public authority. National, regional, and municipal governments
support a common infrastructure called the portal. An English-language sub-site forforeign citizens is also available on the Citizen Portal. The Citizen Portal gives residents
access to Digital Post as well as general, location-specific (such as by area ormunicipality), personal information, data, and eServices (more details on Digital Post
below). Additionally, some "self-service" options are available via the Citizen Portal,
enabling people to effectively and efficiently handle their contacts with the public sector.
181

A single sign-on solution allows individuals to receive and use information and services
from several agencies without logging in again.
More than 2000 self-service options are available on the site. The portal received 70.7
million visitors in 2021. The Citizen Site provides a user-friendly design, content
personalization, borger.dk content syndication, and flexibility for authorities to add
region-specific material. According to the most current user survey, 92% of users are
happy and "extremely pleased" with the Citizen Portal, and 91% feel comfortable.
Because of all the work and money put into NPR, Denmark was able to secure the number
one spot in the Waseda rankings for 2022 with 8,000 points.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
This year, Denmark came in 2nd place in GCIO criteria, with an overall score of 9.55.
Information on Chief Information Officers at lower levels of government is not available
to the general public. The Chief Information Officer (CIO) position is not explicitly
designated within the cabinet. On the other hand, members of the Steering Committee for
Joint-Government Cooperation (STS) come from various levels of government. It
performs the function of a clearinghouse for e-government initiatives in the public sector.
The committee's findings are made available to the public every two years. Currently, therole of the Chief Information Officer in the government is not governed by any particularlegislation.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The goal of the Danish government's appointment of the first World's Digital Ambassador
in 2017 was to increase Denmark's access to, relationships with, and influence over major
global tech businesses. The Danish government unveiled the Strategy for Denmark's Tech
Diplomacy 2021–2023 in February 2021. It is based on three guiding principles:-

Responsibility is essential, and the tech sector must fulfill its social obligations
and compete on an even playing field;-

Democracy must be the foundation of governance, including in the digital age.
Global digital management should be based on democratic principles and humanrights.
182

-Security should be a top priority, with technology supporting it. A flagshipinitiative called the "Tech for Democracy Initiative" has also started. It ignited amulti-stakeholder campaign to defend and advance democratic principles in anage of rapid technological advancement. It has resulted in an international
conference with influential figures from the tech sector, civic society, andgovernment.

4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Web portals run by the Danish government show a thorough knowledge of involvement,
particularly when numerous stakeholders are involved—interactive use of internet
resources and services designed to improve social connection. For instance, the public
website (borger. dk) acts as a national discussion and voting platform, enabling residents
from diverse backgrounds to participate. It also encourages the use of blog hosting
services. Anyone from anywhere in the world may join the Danish way of life bycommenting on the country.
ROSTRA is a website where anyone may express their opinions, engage in public
discourse, and exchange ideas. The Danish National Information Technology and
Telecommunications Agency created a website for citizens. It establishes a nationwide"debate and voting gateway" that enables people, organizations, politicians, and otherentities to participate in discussions and votes specific to certain governmental levels,
issues, etc. It may facilitate debate and voting at the municipal, state, and federal levels.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Denmark is one of the world's most digital societies today, which has seen a radical digitaltransition since the turn of the century. Most Danes and Danish businesses now interact
with the government through digital means. They do everything from registering theirchildren for public daycare, getting their blood tested, setting up their businesses, andmaking payments safely and securely online. This advancement in digital technology has
helped us address some of the most pressing social issues of our day. Two new initiatives,
built on this solid foundation, provide a path for Denmark's digital future. Digital
inclusion and digital service design are crucial to a smooth transition to the digital era.
Therefore, digital governance should prioritize accountability and ethics while183

streamlining the public sector to serve residents better.
The Danish government created a fourth National Action Plan (2019–2021) The former
national plan covering 2018–2021, which the government published on December 15,
2021, was replaced with a new strategy for 2022–2024.As part of the Open Government
Partnership, an international collaboration with seven initiatives from various Danish
public sector departments to enhance public sector transparency and trust, particularly inthe area of digitalization. The Open Data Directive 2019/1024 of 20 June 2019 was
implemented by the Act amending the Law on the Reuse of Public Sector Information on
May 10, 2021. This directive is a recast of the previous directives on the re-use of public
sector information known as Directive 37/2013/EU and Directive 2003/98/EC.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The new national plan started in 2022, among other things, increases societal criticalinfrastructure protection requirements while strengthening national cyber and information
security via 34 targeted activities. The initiatives are designed to increase security throughthe following methods: (16 initiatives), increased level of competencies and management
responsibilities (6 initiatives), strengthened public-private cooperation (7 initiatives), andactive international engagement in the fight against cyber threats (5 initiatives).
The Agency for Digital Government, the Centre for Cyber Security, and a representativefrom the private sector serve as co-chairs of a newly formed national Cybersecurity
Council comprised of public and private sector representatives. It will guide thegovernment throughout its new mandate, which runs from 2022 to 2024, on improving
other cyber and information security in Denmark in light of the rollout of the new national
strategy.
The new national strategy seeks to address the severe threats posed by cyberespionage
and cybercrime by raising the bar for industry efforts and commitments made about thenation's critical infrastructure and cross-sectoral initiatives. The strategy also emphasizes
enhancing cyber and information security for people, organizations, and governments.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Artificial intelligence is the focus of recent Danish initiatives in emerging technologies.
Aiming to further research and create AI-based solutions, the National Strategy for184

Artificial Intelligence encourages the responsible use of AI in both the public andcommercial sectors. The plan also seeks to advance the use of AI in four major sectors:
healthcare, energy and utilities, agriculture, and transportation. A solid foundation for AI;
more and better data, strong capabilities and new knowledge; and increased investment
in AI are among the four focal areas covered by the strategy's 20 initiatives. As a result of
the country's extensive EMG-related investments, Denmark placed No.1 in the Waseda
rankings for 2022, scoring 7.50 total points.
The publication of six ethical guiding principles for using AI to improve access to publicdata and creating standard Danish language resources to facilitate and speed thedevelopment of language-technology solutions in Danish are noteworthy projects.
Denmark additionally created an investment fund (2019–2022) in conjunction with theplan to assist in testing AI in the public sector. The fund now supports 40 flagship projects
to test AI in healthcare, climate change, social issues, and jobs.

185

Egypt1.

General Information

Area: 1,002,450 km2
Population: 110,990,103
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential republic
GDP: $3,280
Internet User: 71.91
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 9.14
Wireless Broadband User: 64.76
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
According to the 2022 Waseda International Digital Government Rankings, Egypt ranked
58th with a total score of 58,675. There are three pillars to the Egyptian Ministry ofCommunication and Information Technology's Digital Egypt initiative: digitaltransformation, fostering innovation, and digital skills and employment. Egypt has
ramped up its efforts in response to the outbreak and its associated concerns. According
to Egypt's budget plan data, the country boosted public investment allocations for the ICT
186

sector by an unprecedented 300 percent in FY 2021/22 to speed up the digital revolution.
Digital Future was established by the Federation of Egyptian Chambers of Commerce inpartnership with the Ministry of Public Business Sector, Microsoft, and Fiber Misr
Systems. The project aims to help Egypt's medium and small-sized businesses (SMEs)
navigate the digital transition in the middle of the crisis.
The appearance of the Covid-19 virus has expedited Egypt's plan for its digitaltransformation. There have been considerable increases in both the peak times of internet
use and the total amount of data sent. Mobile Number Portability is a service that would
enable mobile phone users to keep their current phone numbers while switching carriers(MNP). Even if the consumer changes their network provider, this may still beaccomplished. Therefore, productivity and competitiveness will continue to increase overtime. The Ministry of Communications and Information Technology has an insatiableappetite for new information and is always looking for better ways to conduct its
operations. Anybody may see requests for proposals by visiting the websites of thegoverning organizations to whom they are submitted. Bidding is open and competitive
among interested parties in this procurement process. Technical and economic merits,
among others, are considered in the decision-making process.
3.2. New Trends
To facilitate the improvement of the nation's information and communications technology(ICT) industry, the Ministry of Communications and Information Technology (MCIT)
was founded in 1999. The mission of MCIT is to realize the digital economy by using themany ICT instruments to guarantee economic growth, personal liberty, and social justicefor everyone. Its mission is to facilitate the growth of a knowledge-based society and arobust digital economy, both dependent on equitable and affordable access to information,
digital rights, and the growth of a nationally competitive and innovative information andcommunications technology (ICT) industry.
The new Egypt will have an economy that is competitive, well-balanced, and diverse; itwill be reliant on innovation and knowledge, and it will be founded on justice, social
integrity, and participation. It will be characterized by an ecological partnership systemthat is balanced and diverse, utilizing the genius of place and people to accomplish
187

sustainable development and enhance the living quality of Egyptians.
The strategy for sustainable development has three different aspects: the economic
component, which focuses on economic growth, and the transparency and efficiency of
governmental institutions, energy, and knowledge. In the environmental dimension, theprimary areas of concentration are the environment and urban growth. At the same time,
the social component emphasizes social justice, cultural diversity, health, education andtraining, and post-COVID recovery.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
In addition to the statistics, Egypt has reached several significant milestones up to thebeginning of the year 2021. Already in service was the SEA-ME-WE 5 cable, which
had the effect of doubling the capacity of the global Internet; it was anticipated that fiber
would replace 95 percent of the copper infrastructure by the end of 2020. Telecom Egypt
and Liquid Telecom have agreed to quicken the speed of constructing fiber optic networks
in North African countries. Also, the offer to purchase most of Vodafone Egypt's equity
came from Saudi Telecom. Implementing a $2 billion infrastructure project was madepossible due to an agreement between Orange Egypt, Vodafone Egypt, and Telecom
Egypt. The establishment of a 5G network in Egypt was made possible thanks to thecollaboration between Telecom Egypt and Nokia, which resulted in Telecom Egypt hiring
Nokia to develop the network.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Egyptian government's Ministry of Communications and Information Technology(MCIT) is working hard to create a "Digital Egypt" in which technology is widely used
and accepted. By enhancing the work environment, providing assistance for the decisionmaking process, and finding answers to critical societal concerns, MCIT hopes to boost
the performance of ministries and other government agencies while also increasing thequality and efficiency of services.
The insights on Egypt's Digital Strategy are as follow:

188

-

Improve citizens’ quality of life by enhancing their living circumstances anddelivering numerous electronic services via all digital and non-digital channels-

To make the government more efficient and effective, it has to be transformed intoa digitally linked government by integrating digital systems and enhancing workinside the state's administrative machinery.

-

Foster e-governance and the principles of openness, accountability, andsupervision in all facets of business via collaboration and communication between
educational institutions, businesses, and other sectors of society.

4.3. Online Service [OS]The objective of the unified card system is to facilitate the provision of services andfinancial aid to persons who are eligible for such assistance. The purpose of linking eachcard to a bank account or an account held by Egypt Post is to expand the financial
inclusion opportunities available to the country's 28 million inhabitants dependent on
government services.
The Egyptian Government’s Ministry of Health and Ministry of Communications haveagreed to collaborate on automating Egypt's national health insurance system. According
to the sources consulted, the new method would first consider the geographic distributionof the population and the initial places to implement the new health insurance legislation.
As part of the collaborative agreement, the government gave unified smart cards to all its
people, including their medical information. After receiving a report from the HealthCommittee about the legislation, Parliament passed the comprehensive health insurance
bill proposed by the government.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The University Enrollment Project, which can be found at tansik.egypt.gov.eg, wasawarded the 2009 Public Service Award for Preventing and Combating Corruption in the
Public Sector. Because of this approach, the university no longer requires 400,000
students to send in their documentation to the enrollment office. This resulted in asignificant reduction in the amount of time, effort, and money that was spent on handdelivery to enrolling offices. The project considerably streamlined the procedure bymaking it possible to automate the submission, review, and follow-up of university
189

choices. As a result, the project reduced costs and improved operational efficacy.
In addition, the website www.etenders.gov.eg was awarded the UNPAN Public Service
Award in 2011 in Preventing and Combating Corruption in the Public Sector. The
Government Services Authority of the Ministry of Finance worked with our team todevelop this website.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Yasser Elkady was appointed Minister of Communications and Information Technology
in Sherif Ismail's cabinet on September 19, 2015. He has more than 25 years of experience
working in the information technology and telecommunications industries, with aparticular focus on strategic planning, technological integration, and the growth ofcompanies. The American Society for Information Technology and Telecommunications
is one of the organizations that Elkady is a member of (ASITT).
Even if Egypt's legislative structure does not make it possible to establish chief
information officers or other posts of comparable prominence, the Egyptian public
administration does so on national and local levels.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The Egyptian government has unveiled new initiatives to advance society's digitaltransformation and enhance the digital government services available to Egyptian
residents by Egypt Vision 2030. New infrastructure and information systems will be
developed in public universities, technical institutes, research centers, and university
hospitals, according to an announcement by the Ministry of Higher Education andScientific Research (MoHESR), which stated that the project would cost 465 billion
United States dollars. This includes computerized examinations, electronic learning
systems, automated university hospitals, and a site specifically for overseas students. In
addition, the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) announced that it would work with Microsoft and
Link Development on a project to improve its Economic Courts (EC). As a result of thiscollaboration, a digital justice platform will be developed to ensure that justice isaccessible to all. This platform will use Microsoft Dynamics 365 to automate andintegrate end-to-end judicial processes and services, such as filing legal cases, assignmentof cases, scheduling cases, managing cases, and other similar activities. An integrated
190

online portal allows people, attorneys, and other parties involved in a legal case to register,
file new cases, track the status of cases, arrange appointments, receive judges' rulings,
make electronic payments, and do various other tasks.

4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
As a result of the new globalization era's advances, Egypt's government has successfully
made the change. For Egypt to fulfill its obligations under international treaties, its
government must perform at a level on par with those of other governments worldwide.
The most cutting-edge technology is being made accessible and integrated into thegovernment's e-government project to ease the changeover.
A new framework for government procurement, enterprise resource planning (ERP), andefficient resource allocation will be implemented to help down government spending.
Executives are provided with timely and reliable data, which aids decision-making andallows for constant monitoring of development programs.
E-payment standards and the law controlling their use in online transactions have justbeen made public. And the government hopes that all citizens and enterprises will use thenation's vital public facilities. There is a clear divide among IT experts on whether or notthey want to work for the government to implement the incentive program. The federal
government established and continues to manage national databases, developed new
software, and augmented existing infrastructure.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Egypt can benefit from digital transformation in many ways, including creating newopportunities for individuals and businesses, promoting inclusive development andgrowth, and modernizing critical economic sectors like finance, retail, healthcare,
agriculture, and manufacturing. For digital transformation to become a platform forequality rather than division, it must be backed by the necessary technology
infrastructure, human capital, and the proper legal, regulatory, and other enabling
contexts.
Recently, as part of a more comprehensive growth plan, the Egyptian government has
191

placed a greater emphasis on anti-corruption activities. The objective of the businesssector is to make use of the possibilities offered by information technology to provide
government agencies with corporate indications and reports that will aid them in the battle
against corruption. The successful deployment of a data warehouse outfitted withanalytical tools for identifying criminality among various government institutions will
expose irregularities that need further investigation. This will ensure that the aim is met.
Despite this, there are still many opportunities for the government to increase data
openness while achieving its goals more expediently.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Egypt has made significant progress in its digital transformation during the last several
years. It is clear that the nation is making strides toward its goal of automating different
areas, including government, finance, and the energy industry. The Egyptian government
sees technological advancement as the next great challenge. Reflecting this, Egypt's
Vision 2030 lays out the long-term goal of creating a "Digital Egypt" on the backs of threepillars: digital transformation, digital skills and jobs, and digital innovation, all of which
would benefit greatly from a culture that prioritizes cybersecurity and is cognizant of therisks associated with the internet.
Future Data Center is an example of Egypt's commitment to developing its technology
sector, demonstrating the country's progress toward its aim. These gatherings assist in
bringing together and promoting the adoption of new technologies in the nation, as wellas inspire and develop the local talent pool for the future. The number of meetings we had
at FDC and the enthusiasm shown for our Incident Response Games, a competition inwhich participants solved an incident response case based on a real-world scenario,
convinced me that cybersecurity is one of the country's highest priorities as it works tocreate Digital Egypt. In the digital realm, this will spur Egyptian creativity.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
As part of its ICT 2030 plan, the Egyptian government invests in and implements various
capacity-building and training programs, digital government service changes, andinfrastructure enhancements. Capacity-building, electronics design and production, andtechnology parks are all areas that will need to be prioritized to increase the ICT sector's192positive impact on Egypt's economic development, as outlined in the plan. The strategy
also includes a goal to digitize essential public services in three key areas: healthcare,education, and government.
“Our Future is Digital” is a program run by Egypt's Ministry of Communication and IT(MCIT) to educate and prepare one hundred thousand young Egyptians with in-demand
ICT skills, including web design, data analysis, and digital marketing.

193

Estonia

1.

General Information

Area: 45,227 km2
Population: 1,326,062
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary republic
GDP: $23,095
Internet User: 89.06
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 31.33
Wireless Broadband User: 165.06
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
This year, the Waseda rankings placed Estonia in eighth place, with a total score of
85.583. This achievement was made possible by Estonia's significant investment indigital governance. When considering the total number of cases, hospitalizations, andfatalities, Estonia has handled the corona-crisis successfully. Political dynamics, rapid
policy learning, collaboration with the scientific community, and the preexisting ICT ande-government infrastructure all contributed to the successful handling of the crisis.
The Estonian people are pioneers because they have created an environment that is194productive, safe, and open to the public. This saves both time and money. E-Estonia
extends an invitation for you to continue down the digital path. The first section provides
an introduction to and a demonstration of the fundamental processes involved indigitizing a society. It also provides an overview of the most significant difficulties andpolicies and a knowledge of the infrastructure, e-solutions, and services. The
identification card system used in Estonia is by far the most modern of any country in theworld. The obligatory national card in Estonia serves as much more than a legal picture
ID; it also grants users digital access to all of Estonia's secure online services. The socalled "Smart ID" was created via a collaborative effort between SK ID Solutions andCybernetical. The Smart-ID is a new generation of electronic identification based on an
app and is meant to be used easily on intelligent devices while maintaining a high degreeof security.
Economic success, digital transformation of its public sector, and fast development andpersistence of social inequality in Estonia are three unique elements of Estonia's transition
to free-market capitalism and liberal democracy. Indeed, Estonia is now among Europe's
most unequal countries. A neoliberal policy mix opened markets and enabled
globalization to play out its drama on a home stage, generating winners and losers, which
may explain economic success and rising social inequality. Despite this, Estonia's digitalstrategy has been an enormous success. This extremely neoliberal policy environment
provides a fascinating backdrop for examining the country's public sector's leadership inthe digital transition.
3.2. New Trends
Today, Estonia takes great pride in its status as a "digital state." And it is especially pleased
with itself for taking a realistic view of digital transformation. During the Corona crisis,
the Estonian government often hosts a hackathon. The new digital strategy for 2030 that
Estonia has developed will serve as the foundation for future digital advances in the nation.
It will include lofty goals for the digital sphere, with a significant emphasis placed onconnectivity, digital public services, and safety and security online.
The concept of a "digital citizen," who has access to public and private services througha digital platform that guarantees the interoperability of disparate and decentralized195

information systems, is key to Estonia's digital transformation. This is based on a theory
known as the "hiding hand," which is the opposite of the "invisible hand" popularized byfree-market advocates. Both the establishment of several overlapping small networks toboost early success and create momentum and the acceptance of a culture of risk-taking
and daring ideas by politicians and policy-makers were crucial. These trends strengthened
one another, facilitating the quick spread of novel approaches.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Adopting broadband Internet access is vital in the fixed and mobile realms. Overall,
Estonia's fixed Very High Capacity Network (VHCN) connection is rather good. At thesame time, more resources are required in the country's most remote regions to bring themup to speed.
The Estonian government is behind in offering 5G commercial services since thespectrum resources needed to run 5G networks have not yet been assigned. By 2025,
Estonia hopes to have a 5G connection in all major cities and along key transportationroutes. The Gigabit Society has not been achieved in Estonia. Adopting its digital plan for2030 and allocating the 5G "pioneer" bands promptly is crucial.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Estonian government is now updating its ICT strategy across many sectors andcoordinating this effort nationally. In particular, the Ministry of Education and Research,
the Ministry of Finance and its Information Technology Centre, the Ministry ofEnvironment, the Ministry of the Interior, the Ministry of Social Affairs and its Healthand Welfare Information Systems Centre, the Ministry of the Interior and its Information
Technology (IT) and Development Cen, and the Ministry of the Interior are all
represented in the coordination of their respective ICT strategies.
In October 2021, Estonia passed a new Development Plan for the Estonian Digital Society
2030, directed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Communications. The previous
Estonian strategy for developing the Information Society by 2020 has been carried over
into this one. The purpose of the new plan is to lay forth a long-term strategy for fostering
the growth of Estonia's digital society.
196

4.3. Online Service [OS]The Waseda Rankings 2022 for OS criterion put Estonia in 8th place, with a total scoreof 11.28. Estonia implemented national eID cards, which were supposed to serve as theprimary form of identification for all public and private activities. The electronic identity
card may be used to register a company, validate financial transactions, acquire access to
medical data, and as a legitimate EU travel document. The card's microprocessor
integrated circuit allows for secure authentication and digital signatures to be used withpublic and private web services. In addition to the owner's name and PIN, sensitive data
files, digital signing certificates, and PIN-protected private keys may be stored here.
Identity cards may be used as a form of authentication for mobile phone users in Estonia.
For digital signatures, a mobile app will do the job. It may also be used to sign and verify
papers digitally. Smart-ID saves consumers the trouble of carrying around their phones'
worth of credentials. The smartID may sign documents and authenticate users whenconnecting to eServices. They have the same legal force and effect as handwritten
signatures and are recognized and honored anywhere in the European Union.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Estonian eGovernment Portal went online to continue the eCitizen initiative that wasstarted in 2002. The passage of time has resulted in some improvements being made to it.
The portal offers a consolidated site for accessing the numerous state-run services
accessible to people, companies, and government organizations, and it provides a safe
online environment in which to do official business. The information and eServices madeaccessible on the Portal will be categorized differently for corporations, government
personnel, and private residents. Within the environment of the State Portal, users canverify their identities using electronic identification cards issued by the Estonian
government, submit applications and forms to local governments, digitally sign
documents, set up email accounts with the @eesti.ee domain, and subscribe to alerts sent
to their mobile devices. The Portal also provides users with a connection to more than 20
national databases, enabling users to access a wide variety of additional registration
services without leaving the Portal itself.
Since June 2014, every website belonging to a government ministry has had the same197

design. This has made it much simpler for users to find the information they require, andit has also provided users with an accurate representation of the government's goals,
programs, and initiatives. Citizens are now able to access information from thegovernment, the government office, and eleven other ministries via a centralized internet
hub that was recently established. In addition, the websites of other government agencies
are readily accessible from inside each government portal site.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The State Information System Office under the Ministry of Economic Affairs andCommunications is responsible for constructing Estonia's information society. The roleof the Government Chief Information Officer (CIO) is to advocate IT-related projects fora more open and transparent society, and to design related laws. To be more specific, theGovernment CIO's office coordinates all of the state's administrative information
systems-related IT policies and strategies, including but not limited to budgets, legislation,
projects, audits, standards, procurement processes, and international cooperation (IS).
The Chief Information Officer oversees a staff of six people who focus on digital service
excellence, legal and financial matters, ICT skills, cybersecurity policy, and international
affairs.
The critical factor in administering the government's ICT and information society
activities is the Department of State Information Systems (RISO), recently renamed the
Office of the Government CIO. In addition to overseeing the state's information policy
and sustainable energy efforts, RISO is also in charge of enforcing and developing thenecessary IT standards.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The minister believes that the brand-new Digital Agenda 2030, which was only justapproved, will serve as the foundation for further digital advances. It establishes goals
and an action plan for maintaining what has been built in e-Estonia so far and, at the sametime, further developing the Estonian economy, state, and society with the assistance of
new digital technologies. E-Estonia is an acronym for the Estonian Information andCommunication Technology Agency.
Estonia is continuing to work on several significant initiatives to consolidate its position198

as the global leader in digitalizing public services. The most recent epidemic has allowed
the nation to establish itself as a leader in this field on the international stage. It is
anticipated that Estonia's position as a European and worldwide leader in digitalizing its
public services will be strengthened further due to the new cybersecurity strategy.
The already highly digitalized Estonian public administration will be even more upgradedshortly, according to proposals announced by Estonia. The administration and otherpublic services will see an increased emphasis on digitalization thanks to almost half(47%) of the initiatives supporting Estonia's digital transformation strategy. A total budgetof 97.43 million Euros will be allocated for these initiatives.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Using a management and development information system, the Estonian Information
System Authority intends to offer the general public the highest level of humanly possible
service. In addition, the Authority is responsible for monitoring the growth of state
information systems, coordinating projects, and participating in international initiatives.
In addition, RIA conducts research on the legislative process to determine therequirements for management information systems.
The Estonian government established the Rural Municipality Portal to foster more
openness and engagement from the general public. This company operates on an opensource platform for material administration, and its foundation is an original idea. The
designed plan contains a predetermined website architecture suitable for local
governments, administrative site management capabilities, and built-in interaction withpublic registries.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The Estonian Parliament passed the Principles of the Estonian Information Policy in 1998,
which have served as the foundation for the growth of Estonia's e-Government ever since.
That's how the government started its digital transformation, to improve the quality andtimeliness with which it provides public services. The Estonian government made two
crucial technological decisions—ensuring a safe data interchange environment andnationwide digital mobile phone network coverage—that facilitated this digital transition
and are known as interoperability enablers. Initially, there was the decision to establish a199

digital persona (ID-card). This ID-card was mandated to identify persons in the digital
realm, with the belief that this would be the connecting factor between the digital andphysical worlds.
Additionally, Estonia made advancements in open data in 2021, raising its score by 24
percentage points compared to 2019. This substantial improvement results from publicdata being made accessible to a greater audience on an increasing basis. At the beginningof 2021, the Estonian Open Data Portal hosted nearly 800 datasets from more than 100
authors. These datasets covered various topics, including agriculture, education, energy,
health, governance, and transportation. After then, university researchers, start-up
enterprises, and established businesses are all free to utilize these datasets to create newservices or improve upon existing ones. In addition, the Estonian authorities significantly
improved the availability of information across borders.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Estonia's national ID card system is the most sophisticated in the world. The national card
is more than just a picture ID; it grants users access to Estonia's private online services.
SK ID Solutions and Cybernetica created the Smart ID. Intelligent ID is the next
generation of electronic identification for use on smartphones.
The Information System Authority (RIA) is responsible for managing security incidents
in Estonian computer networks, organizing activities related to information security, andcoordinating the development and administration of information systems to guarantee theinteroperability of the state's information system. The Ministry of Economic Affairs andCommunications houses the Information System Authority in terms of government
structure.
Estonia's CybExer Technologies, the winner of a prestigious NATO award, specializes incyber defense and training. Its training systems are widely recognized as among the mostadvanced in the world. The platforms are essential for carrying out many cybersecurity
training and exercises for ordinary users, technical responders, and the highest levels ofstrategic leadership. CybExer's primary offering is the design, implementation, andmaintenance of cutting-edge cyber ranges. Ultimately, it provides a risk-free setting where
human, technological, and organizational cyber security capabilities may be evaluated,
analyzed, and refined.
200

4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Cloud computing was tested in Estonia, resulting in the successful completion of a pilot
project known as the "Estonian Government Cloud." It has been shown that cloudcomputing can successfully support IT applications in the public sector and that
expanding cloud computing deployments should be seriously considered. Meanwhile, thegovernment is researching cloud computing in the public sector to better understand thetypes of data stored in the cloud and the necessary cloud services. To satisfy theserequirements, Estonia is attempting to develop its government cloud.
Creating more high-paying employment is a primary objective of eGovernment. The
country's goal is to develop a comprehensive strategy for using AI in government. It is
the goal of the National 94 Strategy to streamline administrative processes in the public
sector to improve the quality of policymaking. The Estonian Unemployment Insurance
Fund might utilize AI to pair job-seekers with open positions. The amended Estonian
Digital Agenda 2020 also pushed for the development of pilot projects for the state
information system and critical components using cutting-edge technologies, including
artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain, and the Internet of Things (IoT). The Estonian
Parliament has just installed a new AI system called HANS (Human Assistance forLegislators and Employees).

201

Fiji

1.

General Information

Area: 18,272 km2Population: 929,766
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary representative democratic republic
GDP: $4,920
Internet User: 68.9
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 2.57
Wireless Broadband User: 78.44
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In 2022, the digital government rankings conducted by Waseda International put Fiji inthe 62nd position with an overall score of 55,111. Fiji has been able to contain COVID19 by closing its borders and efficient case management. With Australia's help, Fiji could
better coordinate and organize its response to the COVID-19 outbreak, acquire medical
and personal protective equipment, and redeploy expertise to COVID-19 response
taskforces. The health care system in Fiji is nonetheless susceptible to an epidemic, as it
is in other nations. Current health issues, especially NCDs, would lead to comorbidities
202

that make complicated situations even more difficult. The poor, women and people withdisabilities are already at a higher risk when normal health and disability service delivery
is interrupted. As a direct response to the emergency, contact reduction policies have
hastened the transition to the digital delivery of essential governmental services. The
government of Fiji has made educational resources, such as radio and the "Walesi"
program, accessible to pupils across the nation, regardless of their location or access totechnology.
The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Pacific Office in Fiji has signed
an agreement with the Fiji Competition and Consumer Commission (FCCC) to aid in the
improvement and expansion of the FCCC's online platforms, as well as the creation of a
specialized mobile application that provides users with access to pricing, market
information, and complaint filing mechanisms. Additionally, the UN Development
Programme (UNDP) is funding the creation of a mobile application (the App) that
customers and retailers can download onto tablets and e-kiosks that it is providing. It's
compatible with these gadgets and will operate without any problems. Self-guided legal
and rights data on business requirements, up-to-date access to the Fiji Universal Price
List, consumer rights and responsibilities, and information on landlord and tenantlegislation are just a few examples of what you may expect to find in this App.
3.2. New Trends
In an area that depends mainly on tourism, these outbreaks have added to the strain placedon government resources by the pandemic's economic effects. It is essential to continue
providing accessible, equal, and high-quality education to everyone who wants it.
Consequently, a larger pool of highly skilled individuals will be open to working globally.
Investments will also be made in both new and existing school buildings, as well as ineducational technology, online education, and the professional development of teachers.
Better teacher-to-student ratios and continued professional development for current
educators mutually support raising educational standards for all students.
All of Fiji will be digitally linked thanks to high-speed internet networks and broadband
connections. Digital infrastructure will be improved thanks to financial investments, andproductivity and service provision will be boosted by introducing cutting-edge new203technology. The use of information and communication technologies will lead to job
growth, greater productivity, and improved living standards.
The government has plans to increase the number of telecentres and construct new ones
all around the nation. People will generally get a higher level of fluency with digital tools.
All Fijians would benefit from this increased connection, especially those living in remoteor rural locations and those seeking employment in IT support services. These
adjustments will bring new avenues of investment and development while encouraging
increased commercial activity. Priorities in 2022 include establishing a regulatory
framework for credit unions and moneylenders, expanding access to insurance, expanding
the capital market, and increasing financial literacy and inclusiveness.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The percentage of people who use mobile phones and the internet is greatest in Fiji,making it one of the Pacific Islands with the most modern communications infrastructure.
It is the market to keep an eye on for the expansion of both LTE and 5G. Digicel Fiji andVodafone Fiji, the country's two primary mobile service providers, have extended theirinvestments in LTE and LTE-A technologies, which currently make up most mobile
connections. Mobile network operators are getting ready for the next growth sector in themobile data industry, concentrating their efforts on areas with a high population density.
In addition, network operators are looking towards 5G and constructing their networks to
be compatible with it.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The digitalFIJI plan aims to create a digital economy in Fiji worth $1 billion (around
US$500 million) by the year 2030, which would be comparable to the scale of thecountry's tourist sector at that time. The benefits of going digital are starting to sink in forFiji. An important part of the DigitalFIJI plan is fortifying the digital underpinnings tobring systemic improvements. To combat the rising prevalence of chronic illnesses, theMinistry of Health and Medical Services collaborated with the University of the South
Pacific to create the My Kana app for smartphones.
204

There is a wide range of creative uses of technology in Fiji to address urgent development
issues during normal times, in the aftermath of disasters, and the face of climate
calamities. Drones are being used in Vanuatu to enhance the delivery of immunizations
to children on outlying islands, a move that can significantly reduce both the expense anddifficulty of delivering these medicines. No reason this technology can't be scaled to meetthe needs of people in the hundreds of island nations that make up the Blue Pacific, which
accounts for around 15% of Earth's total land area. As a result of using LiDAR technology,
Tuvalu can keep a closer eye on rising sea levels and make more informed decisions about
how to adapt to a changing environment. To rescue the world, you must first preserve
Tuvalu. You've reached the front lines, man. Digital technologies must serve as both
catalysts and facilitators of change.
4.3. Online Service [OS]As part of a wider effort to digitize civil documents in the nation, Fiji has digitized its
Births, Deaths, and Marriages Registry, Companies Registry, and Titles, Deeds, andPartnerships Register. E-profiles provide users access to these services and data on taxes
and superannuation that may now be found on the internet.
MyFeedback is a smartphone app developed by DigitalFIJI that enables citizens toprovide rapid feedback to the government. In addition, online services are available forsubmitting birth certificates and registering businesses.
The Ministry of Economy manages the electronic procurement platform TenderLink. By
hooking up to Wales (a state-owned corporation) by aerial or satellite, citizens of Fiji may
view digital television programming for free. The federal government has a wide range
of useful online resources.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Fiji National Provident Fund (FNPF) is responsible for collecting all mandatory
employer payments for retirement funds for Fijians working in the country. The employee
contributes 8%, while the employer contributes 18%. The FNPF requires employers to
submit reports every month. In the past, these monthly contribution schedules, often
known as CSs, were handed out manually to members. The FNPF faced several
difficulties while using this strategy. Donations may be made online via the Employer
205Online Portal, which also handles distribution. The CS may be submitted by employers
online, which adjusts member accounts immediately. Thanks to the employer portal,
members also benefit from increased contribution compliance, increased staff efficiency,
and improved data integrity.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Chief Information Officer (CIO) role has been assigned to the Ministry ofInformation. This organization comprises a Chief Information Officer Council, which isaccountable for the agency-level execution of the eGovernment Master Plan. It directly
reports on all matters about eGovernment to the eGovernment Steering Committee.
Members of the CIO Council come from various backgrounds, including government,
business, and the academic world. On the other hand, a few more prerequisites need to be
fulfilled before the federal government can fully implement the CIO idea.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Since most technological advancements have originated in the private sector,
governments are often criticized for falling behind in the digital realm. In addition,
governments should be the ones to drive and use technology wherever possible. These
efforts span the gamut from guiding the shift to environmentally friendly shipping toconstructing national ID systems to providing service packages to expanding access tofinancial services, particularly for women. Governments in the SIDS cannot afford to do
anything.
Using our SIDS's tiny size as a testbed and incubator, we can spearhead the introductionof cutting-edge innovations. More readily than in bigger nations, governments may givefiscal and other possibilities to attract global financial and tech corporations.
Governments may encourage innovation by providing financial incentives, and theyshould cooperate with businesses to create regulations that are both innovative andbeneficial to citizens.
Because of this latter reason, governments must guarantee that the advantages of thedigital transition far exceed the potential dangers. It is the government's responsibility toensure their residents' safety, prevent and punish cybercrimes, and guarantee the privacyof individual's personal information and intellectual property. These things need the206

development of novel governmental and non-governmental competencies and capabilities.
But they will also spur economic growth and a slew of new possibilities. There is asignificant responsibility for governments and civil society at large to help individuals
acquire digital literacy from a young age, ensuring they have access to inexpensive
devices and Internet services and fostering a culture of digital literacy. I am optimisticthat the UNDP will be able to collaborate with the Pacific States on this initiative.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Data may be entered into a system for a variety of purposes, including communication,
education, banking, health, online shopping, and national identification, to name a few. A
digital identity cannot exist without the holder possessing a mobile phone, social media,
or email account. The collection and storage of personal information in databases are
required to fulfill educational objectives. Creating a digital identity requires all of thesecomponents to work together.
"Internet banking" refers to various services, such as bank accounts and credit cards,
online shopping, mortgage loans, hire purchase agreements, and NPF accounts. Even in
public institutions, patient medical records must be stored in the cloud. Card readers allow
passengers to buy electronic tickets for the riding bus. Voter identification cards, birthcertificates, and the FijiCare app, which allows for the monitoring of contacts during the
COVID-19 pandemic, all contribute to realizing a digital Fiji.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
As a result of the digital transformation focused on the end-user, Fijians will be able tomore easily participate in ethical market behavior as both consumers and company
owners. This will help promote a culture of compliance in Fiji and keep national markets
stable. The Australian government and the United Nations Development Programme
provide funding for the transition of digital systems (UNDP). To mitigate the effects of
the COVID-19 pandemic as soon as possible, the United Nations Development
Programme (UNDP) Pacific Office in Fiji has been assisting the Fiji Competition andConsumer Commission (FCCC) in enforcing laws that safeguard consumers from pricegouging, businesses from hoarding, tenants from rent increases and evictions, and the
supply of essential goods from fluctuating.
207

The website of the official government of Fiji includes, among other things, informationon the country's many departments and ministries, as well as news briefs and press
releases. It is a conduit for exchanging electronic health records and tendering documents,
but it does not include publicly accessible government data.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
A cyberattack is now being dealt with by the Fijian government's Information Technology
and Communications Department. Cybersecurity experts employed by the government
collaborate closely with their counterparts in the private sector to swiftly diagnose andremedy any issues that may arise. Following the dissemination of suggestions throughout
the government to ensure the continued integrity of the network, a temporary outage
occurred in the countrywide network, which included GovNet. The ITC Department isworking to improve the network's security standards step by step. Government services
may be unavailable for many days as the situation returns to normal.
Evidence gathered throughout the investigation indicates that the offending server was
not associated with the ITC Department. In the following days, we hope the findings ofthe ongoing forensic study will provide light on the magnitude of the event. The amountof cyber-based threats and their level of sophistication are growing globally. There has
been a rise in attacks against countries and corporations worldwide, including the United
Kingdom, the United States, Australia, and Singapore. T's cyber security architecture wasdeveloped using the best practices from across the globe to respond quickly to prior cyberattacks. Based on the findings of the study, the cybersecurity measures will be modified
so that they can continue to stay one step ahead of any future cyber-attacks.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Applied artificial intelligence is a term that refers to the process of reproducing human
intellect using computers. These computers are programmed to mimic human activities
such as learning and problem-solving. The use of computers powered by artificial
intelligence (AI) is essential in the twenty-first century, and these machines haveconsiderably influenced academics, politicians, and inventors. As a result of its
development, artificial intelligence has had both a short-term and a long-term impact onvarious businesses. To name just a few of these, we have promoted global production,
208

equality, and the protection of the environment. On the other hand, the purportedly
foreseeable consequences of artificial intelligence on individuals are both excellent anddetrimental to their well-being.

209

Finland1.

General Information

Area: 338,424 km2
Population: 5,540,745
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary republic
GDP: $49,022
Internet User: 92.17
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 33.32
Wireless Broadband User: 155.76
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Finland is the 13th position in the Waseda International digital government rankings 2022with an full score of 82.475. Finland's digital government is at the forefront in Europe. It
is also among the best in the world at what it does. The Finnish government has a long
history of using information technology. In 1958, the S.S.I. and Postbank were the firstgovernment agencies to use computer technology. In 1965, the government established acentral computer facility. Since then, there has been a steady stream of policies and210initiatives to optimize IT use in government and administrative work.
The Covid-19 epidemic underscored the importance of data for public service delivery
and government organizations' need to undergo digital transformation. Finland ranks wellin several global and EU-wide evaluations relating to digital transformation. Due to its
positive effects on economic development, new business formation, social well-being,
and job creation, the digitalization of industry and society has risen to the top of theagenda in this region. Finnish government agencies use AI and other cutting-edge
technology to modernize support services and enhance citizen satisfaction. The
Government acknowledges that digital delivery of public services would be prioritizedmoving forward. The federal government and private companies have begun joint
initiatives to help those without access to digital resources. The Government often works
with groups outside their industry.
By developing ecosystems that revolve around the milestones in people's lives and thecycles of enterprises, the government is speeding up the creation of superior services.
Public and private entities are both part of these ecosystems. Furthermore, the governmentis developing new forms of cross-sectoral service delivery emphasizing the needs ofinternational residents and businesses in Finland. Government agencies in Finland haveearned the confidence of their constituents by consistently delivering high-quality,
unbiased, and on-time services. The government has faith in its people and its enterprises.
Finland's government is notably free of corruption.
3.2. New Trends
Finland's goal is to become a digital technology powerhouse and assist domestic
businesses in optimizing the digital economy to boost their worldwide competitiveness.
This is why the Real-Time Economy initiative was formed. The Finnish Patent andRegistration Office, which promotes and supports new ideas around Finland, is in chargeof the initiative's implementation. Electronic voting and other participation services haveincreased the voices heard in Finnish decision-making due to the proliferation of digitaltechnologies at all levels of society. Health care, education, security, land surveying, andsocial services in Finland have all been improved to be more open, transparent, efficient,and inclusive. The Finnish government is always looking for ways to improve its services
211while keeping prices down.
Digital, structured data and processing are used in every transaction as part of the postpandemic recovery. All services in a digital economy exist online and may share data. A
continuous electronic feed of the company's business data is sent in real-time, with quick
notification to the appropriate authorities. Businesses may save both time and money byusing automated data processing. Companies now recognize the strategic value of data
and actively seek to acquire it. Government workers can provide more significant
assistance thanks to business data. This work is part of a more considerable effort topromote digitization and the real-time economy at the national level in Finland. The
coronavirus pandemic has raised awareness of how well-prepared people are to maketechnological adjustments.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
With7.7 points, Finland is placed in the 7th position in the Waseda rankings in 2022,
regarding NIP criteria. The authorities in Finland are in favor of a competition-driven,fiber-based network rollout. This rollout would also be aided by public money for places
that are not currently being covered and guidance for local municipalities on how toestablish broadband networks. In regions with insufficient financial incentives forbusinesses to develop high-speed networks, Finland is helping to subsidize the installationof fiber networks. The Digital infrastructure plan 2018 supports the European Gigabit
Society goals 2025, establishes objectives for developing digital infrastructure in Finlandby 2025 and strategies for accomplishing these objectives, and is published in Finland.
The Finnish Recovery and Resilience Plan (RRP) plans to spend fifty million Euros on
infrastructure projects. It contains an investment assistance plan to improve the quality
and availability of high-speed connectivity networks in regions where the market
processes do not deliver such connections in the appropriate quantities. Broadband
service providers will get financial assistance in the form of grants. The high-speed
Internet connections provided by this program will each have a capacity of at least 100
megabits per second.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]212With the publication of the Digital infrastructure plan in October 2018, the Ministry ofTransport and Communications established goals for the growth of Finland's digital
infrastructure by 2025 and strategies for accomplishing those goals. Each home in the
United States should have a connection speed of at least 100 Mbps by 2025. The
bandwidth might be increased to 1 Gbps if given a chance. Streamlining regulations on
the location of telecommunications cables will allow for more cost-effective developmentof optical fiber networks. In tandem with the creation of the Highways Act, the method
for obtaining permits for cable installation will be worked out.
As stated in the Programme of Prime Minister Sanna Marin, digitalization is one of themost important objectives of the current administration. According to the plan, by 2023,
the public sector is expected to provide digital services to individuals and businesses.
Open government data, establishing and maintaining digital identities, and developing
cyber security skills are all necessities for furthering the digitization of the public andcommercial sectors. The AuroraAI national artificial intelligence project was launched to
improve the interaction between individuals and the services provided.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Precautions for a Risk-Free Work Environment The only employment service in Finland
is in Finland. Visitors may utilize the platform to look for employment or further theircareers. The Finnish Digital Agency manages digital credentials and identities in Finland.
Finns may use a PIN with electronic identification to protect their privacy online (eID).
The Finnish Digital Agency is the only government agency in the world that can help you
maintain a secure digital identity. The national eID system in Finland received a highscore in the IDAS. In Finland, eIDAS High is only supported by the Finnish Digital
Agency's eID cards. The Finnish Digital Agency has successfully bargained withgovernment ministries concerning banking and mobile certificate services.
Public critical infrastructure (PKI) is integrated into the Population Register Centre's
certificate system and public, organizational, and server certificates to authenticate
individuals, corporations, and servers. Internet service providers must respect people's
right to personal data privacy and security. FINdID keeps track of the client's name,initials, and unique customer ID number. In addition to detecting emails, it can also
scramble them. This device also allows for electronic signatures and may be connected213

to your official identification. The certificate protects electronic exchanges. Electronic
signatures have the same legal force as a handwritten signature. A digital agency card isgiven to each person.
Hansel eProcurement is a government-owned company dedicated to providing innovative
eProcurement solutions. Its online procurement service provides a comprehensive andup-to-date public bid database. You need to use active public bids to getess this database.
The alert system is run via an eInvoicing platform. Users can receive an initial email
notification and follow-up.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Companies and individuals from Finland may include their available public services andinformation channels in the Suomi.in Service Catalog. A service that may be accessed
online Suomi.fi is a resource for planning corporate functions. The Suomi.fi Service
Catalog is a government and business-maintained online directory that details Finland's
public services and broadcasting outlets. Private and external organizations may change
the Service Catalog to reflect current offerings. Authorization Upon Submission to
Suomi.fi (EA) Suomi.fi Myregister compiles information from a wide variety of public
databases; Suomi.fi Electronic messages, decisions, and conversations between thegovernment, the people, and businesses may travel securely via Messages. Su Access to
official records is made possible through affirmative action, which benefits individuals
and companies. Navigating to and from public service locations is a breeze using Suomi.fi
Maps. You may utilize Suomi.fi Payments with a wide variety of eServices are very userfriendly.
Paikkatietoikkuna is a government-run portal for all things geographical in Finland. It's
based on free, public software, and users may see hundreds of map layers covering themes
like geography, land use, and more. On a need-to-know basis, the site is used byindividuals, companies, and government organizations.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
After August 1, 2021, and ending on July 31, 2026, Jarkko Levasma (MSc) will serve as
the Minister of Finance's Head of Government Information. The CIO of each government
department or agency may have a different official title and responsibility set than their214counterparts in other departments. There is no legal need for a Chief Information Officer
in each government ministry or agency; the institution's policies and practices fill the CIO
role.
Changes are being made to the CIO's mandate and responsibility, especially at theministerial level. Before, they were in charge of your company's IT infrastructure. The
CIO's role is less hands-on and more strategic these days since the Government ICTCenter Valtori provides infrastructure services. The new hire's key responsibilities will be
formulating and managing an information and communications technology (ICT) strategy
and an information and cybersecurity plan.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]The Next Generation Virve 2.0 will allow authorities and other parties to communicate
and work together in the future. By 2022, service quality may have improved as more
media (video, photos, and data) are sent to users across broadband networks. Finland andEstonia intend to upgrade their X-Road 7 data exchange in 2020-21. Organizational
responsibility for this site rests with the Nordic Institute for Interoperability Solutions(NIIS).
Shared values, long-term security, and sustainable prosperity are the pillars of the Fourth
Finnish Open Government Action Plan (2019-2023). Plans of action will be based on thelong-term aims and objectives established in the Open Government Strategy. Because ofthis, a Transparency Register may be found, which has several benefits. These promises
will be assessed both during and after the strategy's execution.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Demokratia.fi, the information portal for the Finnish government, compiles material fromvarious websites, including news items, that is essential to democratic decision-making.
People are given assistance in finding more meaningful ways to participate, and the site
also makes it simpler for the government to be open and involved with its citizens.
Lausuntopalvelu.fi is a website that promotes the eDemocracy online services provided
by the Ministry of Justice. Some of these services are kansalaisaloite.fi,
nuortenideatinsteadParliamente.fi, otakantaa.fi, and Parliamentvelu.fi. Demokratia.fi
offers links to websites run by public authorities that give information on ongoing215

initiatives or developments, including the website's own. In addition to that, it offers
information that is currently current about politics and administration. On this website,
you may find connections to many government agencies and groups that provide theirservices to the general public.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Growth, entrepreneurship, job creation, and societal well-being are all facilitated by thedigital revolution of industries and society. Accelerating the creation of new solutions tolocal economic and social concerns, as well as the Sustainable Development Goals, ismade possible via digital transformation. Several studies evaluating the progress ofnations toward digital transformation have placed Finland among the top nations.
Finland's business sector has an international outlook. It has a strong focus oninternational trade and is led by companies providing digital services and other high-tech
products, many of which use open data and other "next generation" business models.
The value of an item, such as knowledge, increases as it is disseminated and used. The
government is responsible for a wealth of data storage and retrieval facilities. Improved
decision-making, accelerated administrative actions, and more transparency are just someof the benefits that may accrue from measures taken to promote access to and use of
information resources, which can raise the value of this kind of intellectual capital. Data
created or managed by a public agency is open if it is freely accessible in a machinereadable format. It may be used, modified, and distributed by anyone, includingcommercial ones. The European Data Portal receives metadata on publicly available
datasets through the Avoindata.fi service. Together, the Suomi.fi service and the API
catalog are created and maintained by the Digital and Population Data Services Agency.
The government is keen on fostering an atmosphere of transparency and decision-making
informed by expert information. As part of digitalizing administration and services, theemphasis of efforts will move from gathering information to using it as public information
resources become more accessible. Finland actively collaborates with foreign entities via
networks to promote open data. Opportunities for international data sharing arise fromthe widespread use of similar procedures and organizational frameworks. For instance,
Finland has taken part in the pan-European Share-PSI project, and the project's best216

practices for open data have been included in the Avoindata. fi service's available data
guide. Surveys conducted in other countries have likewise shown that Finland has madesignificant strides in removing barriers to information access. Both Finland's standing andits development are closely tracked.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Risk management, continuity management and preparation, cyber security, information
security, and data protection are all included in the digital security framework in the
Government Resolution on digital security in public administration from 8 April 2020.
According to the Haukka implementation strategy, progress on digital security ingovernment agencies will be made between 2020 and 2023. Data security, data privacy,
discoverability, and usability are all aspects of digital services that must be considered bygovernment agencies when they develop and update their offerings to comply with the
Act on the Provision of Digital Services. Information security rules for government
agencies are detailed in the Act on Information Management in Public Administration.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Following the Act on the Provision of Shared Government Information andCommunications Technology Services, it is the responsibility of the Ministry of Financeto guide and direct the provision of shared government information and communications
technology services, as well as the quality of these services, as well as ensure theinteroperability of these services and ensure that they comply with enterprise architecture.
Concerning the provision of shared services, the Ministry of Finance is also responsible
for providing administrative and strategic direction and advising on the contingency
planning, preparation, and security of information and communication technology (ICT).
According to the Act on the Operation of the Government Security Network, it is the
responsibility of the Ministry of Finance to provide administrative, strategic, andeconomic guidance and supervision of the operations of the security network, as well asadvice and management of ICT contingency planning, preparedness, and security
regarding the operations of the network. In addition, the Ministry of Finance is
responsible for providing guidance and supervision of the ICT security regarding the
network's operations. The Advisory Committee on Security Network Operations,217

established by the Government, lends assistance to the advisory role performed by the
Ministry. On the government security network website, you may get more details on theactivities of the security network (TUVE).

218

France1.

General Information

Area: 551,695 km2
Population: 64,659,344
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $40,571
Internet User: 84.8
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 46.92
Wireless Broadband User: 99.26
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
France placed at number 23 in the world in the 2022 Waseda International Digital
Government Rankings, with an overall score of 77.162. France's rapid and successful
reaction to the COVID-19 problem ensured that the country's economy, workforce, andhouseholds all survived the health crisis relatively unscathed. The epidemic has also
shown a lack of digital technology adoption among smaller and medium-sized businesses.
219

E-government, also known as digital government, is the use of modern technology inadministrative settings to improve the quality of government by facilitating moreaccessible access to public services and streamlining administrative processes. Because
its residents can complete practically all of their official functions online, Estonia is apioneer state in this sector. Edouard Philippe, a former Prime Minister of France, said in
2017, "the Estonian reality is the French ambition in terms of e-administration by 2022."
As a result, he initiated a program to rethink the paradigm of public action in France thatwas given the name "Public Action 2022."
In a nation with a long legacy of bureaucracy, the stakes of modernizing the public service
are high enough to disrupt the convoluted and inflexible processes already in place tomove toward a more modernized and responsive government. The beginning of the 21st
century marked the beginning of the French plan for the state's digital transformation. As
a result, one of the first major shifts in the industry occurred in the year 2000 with thelaunch of the website service-public.fr. This platform gave users the ability to get accessto online resources that assisted them in the execution of their administrative operations.
3.2. New Trends
Many large-scale digital technologies were put out at an unprecedented rate due to theworldwide pandemic, laying the groundwork for future digital administration. France
wants to spend an extra EUR 1.8 billion on the research, development, and deploymentof critical digital technologies (including cybersecurity, quantum processing, and cloudcomputing) to encourage innovation and broader use of these fields by EU goals. France
will also participate in two international public-private innovation hubs (IPCEIs) focusing
on microelectronics, communications, and cloud and edge computing.
The computerization of educational and training systems will accelerate in the next few
years. Hybrid education should be available to 1.4 million college students by 2022 and45,000 K-12 classrooms with state-of-the-art digital equipment. Support for students andemployees to participate in digital skills training programs is an element of the investment
in skills. The government program France Num France, which aims to help 200,000
SMEs transition to the digital age, will be implemented.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators
2204.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The French government and people have achieved significant progress in terms of theirinvestments along the route toward digital transformation in France. The ARCEP is incharge of executing activities and disseminating press releases to facilitate the transition
from copper to fiber infrastructure. A service supplied by SpaceX will make it possible
for people living in France to connect to the internet. In addition, Orange Concessions isin charge of managing the development of fiber optic networks, and they do this with theassistance of municipal governments. In order to generate revenue for the rollout of 5G,
Iliad is selling a portion of the land that comprises its French tower. Notably, the PSTN's
decommission will start in 2023, and authorities have given the go-ahead for 5G testingin the 26GHz spectrum.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]As part of his commitment to modernizing the French government, Prime Minister
Édouard Philippe introduced a program called Public Action 2022. The project's primarygoals are the provision of public services, the maintenance of a healthy workforce, andthe administration of finances. In October 2018, a meeting of an Inter-ministerial
Committee on Public Transformation was held to develop a National Strategy for theTransformation of Public Action. Using the metrics outlined in the plan, one can monitor
and report on the program's progress. As a result, individuals in France will be able tomonitor developments over time. Reforms can only be successful if they match the needsof the people, and complete transparency of all expenditures is an unmistakable indicatorof successful change.
4.3. Online Service [OS]On the websites of some French government departments, such as impots.gouv.fr (which
deals with taxes), AMELI (which deals with social security), La Poste (which deals withthe mail), and MobileConnect et moi, the FranceConnect logo may be found. On the login
pages for FranceConnect, the FranceConnect logo has been shown. Customers may makeall their online acquisitions using Impots.gouv.fr now that the website has updated its
connection mechanism.
Under the PayFiP brand, the General Directorate of Public Finance (DGFiP) has offered221

public institutions and consumers improved, secure, and up-to-date online payment
services since the previous year. PayFiP was developed so that municipal and other public
sector invoices may be paid using bank deposits.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Interministerial Directorate has set up an application programming interface (API)gateway for Digital Affairs (DINUM). When developing a new strategy or a teleservice,administrations usually employ many APIs derived from various sources. For the purposeof easing the burden placed on data providers during the authorization process, DINUM
has developed a one-of-a-kind application known as "Signup." Providers may simply
market their application programming interfaces (APIs) using the catalog. In France,
efforts are currently being made to both centralize personal data that is held byadministrations (such as the National Family Allowance Fund or the Directorate Generalof Public Finance) and to assist administrative service providers (administrative
departments and cities, among other entities) in developing more effective online
procedures.
The Interministerial Directorate is currently developing the FranceConnect Platform for
Digital Affairs. To deliver online public services, suppliers of public services need to do
nothing more than maintain a single account and a single point of contact. The current
user accounts will be connected as part of FranceConnect rather than brand new public
identity providers being established due to FranceConnect.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Several well-established agencies, such as the Council for the Modernization of Public
Policies (CMPP) and the Directorate-General for State Modernization, are responsible forformulating and coordinating the various policies and activities related to e-government(DGME). It is the responsibility of the council and directorates to monitor the eGovernment responsibilities of their relevant industry and departments. The
Interdepartmental Agency for Digital Projects (Direction in termsinistérielle dunumérique and the system of information and communication of the State) is theorganization that serves in all three capacities; it is the Chief Information Officer of theGovernment, the Chief Digital Officer of the Government, and a member of the Cabinet's
222

Data Management Committee. All of these roles report directly to the Government's Chief
Information Officer.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The application of digital technology is now an essential part of France's foreign policy
and public action. This is true whether one is concerned with the performance of theFrench economy in the context of global competition or with maintaining global
conditions of stability, security, and power.
These shifts bring with them the possibility of a digital domain that is unregulated,
harmful, and closed; hence, France has come to establish the guiding principles for digitaltechnology that it hopes will be successful everywhere around the globe. To accomplish
this goal, France has to promote a model that is true to the country's core principles.
This approach opposes the present tendencies of compartmentalization, control of
networks, and instability we see in the world. In addition, this model does not resemble
the model supported by prominent American and Chinese technology firms. Instead, thismodel seeks to provide more excellent protection for individuals by ensuring that
fundamental rights are respected, supporting the principle of loyalty, and defending faircompetition and taxation.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The inter-ministerial network of the government makes it easier for data to be shared
between and within the many ministries. This critical component of the ongoing effort tobring the state's information system and, by extension, public action in France into the
21st century makes data transfers within the eGovernment simpler and more reliable. As
the French army prepares to deploy, they have set a target of 14,000 sites by 2022, and asof January 1, 2020, they have already connected more than 13,000. By the year 2022, theNetwork will have additional capabilities, allowing for safer browsing of websites on theinternet.
Since November 2007, government members could discuss and exchange informationconsidered to be top secret thanks to the Secure Interministerial Intranet for Governmental
Synergies. The responsibility of defending the nation's digital infrastructure from acts of223

cybercrime and other forms of attack falls on the shoulders of the National Agency for
System and Network Security. The European Union's agencies, institutions, and member
states were able to engage in digital communication thanks to the Trans European
Services for Telematics Between Administration (TESTA) program.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The French State Secretary for Digital initiated the French National Plan for Digital
Inclusion as a strategic move. Its goal is to help France build a digital society that is bothsecure and respectful of individual privacy and agency. A primary goal of the strategy is
to get at least one-third of the French population online during the next decade. The
Agency predicts that this will result in 4.52 million more people in France having accessto basic digital skills. Within the scope of the 2030 objectives proposed by the European
Commission's Digital Decade, the French National Plan for Digital Inclusion is launchingactions to help 80 percent of European residents acquire fundamental digital skills overthe next decade.
The regulation that governs the repurposing of public sector information for purposes
other than commercial enterprise encourages the reuse of publicly available data. Becauseof this rule, information of a more general nature may now be accessed and reused
flexibly. The administrations of both the state and the municipalities might stand tobenefit from this approach. There is an exception created for digitalized cultural financemade available online when a government agency is required to give up its resources toallow open access. data.gouv.fr is the address of the open data site that the Frenchgovernment maintains. The website provides access to data produced by governments,
businesses, people, and not-for-profit organizations. On the website data.gouv.fr, anybody
is permitted to submit a dataset, make comments, or publish reuse.
DINU has been researching the usability and overall user experience of Romania's 250
public services that are used the most often since June of this year. Prioritizing the productroadmap for those services and working with other government agencies is one of themost important tasks associated with this project. According to DINUM, the only concept
used to evaluate the quality of the user experience is responsiveness. Other factors thatare considered include user joy, speed, and performance. The data is updated as open data224

once every three months, making it accessible to anybody who visits the site.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In order to improve France's international standing in this field and develop an"ecosystem" better able to detect and counter-attacks, the French government has
mandated a bolstering of digital security based on several key goals. These include thedevelopment of innovative sovereign cybersecurity solutions and the strengthening oflinks between the various players. Several plans have been set to be accomplished by2025 in the cybersecurity industry in France. These include a 20% increase in patents via
R&D initiatives, a turnover of €25 billion, and the creation of three "unicorns" in theindustry.
With their innovative spirit and high level of expertise, French cybersecurity companies
have been challenged by international competitors with more extensive R&D andmarketing budgets and a dearth of qualified personnel. These recent announcements
signal a real opportunity for all players in the French cybersecurity industry. They also
provide a chance for all French businesses, government agencies, and municipalities toimprove their security by using tried and accurate French solutions with verified
robustness and source code auditing. Stormshield will be among the companies
represented at the next French Cyber Campus. The strategy serves as a stark reminderthat our responsibility extends well beyond the security of digital assets; it also safeguards
real-world property, people, and organizations. Recent assaults have shown that IT andOT have evolved into vital parts that must be protected to the highest standards possible
from an economic, social, technical, and human perspective.
However, the European Union is also making plans to combat cybercrime and increase
cyber-resilience so that all EU individuals, companies, and governments may use secure
digital services and solutions. French solutions that have undergone certification andqualification are entirely legitimate under the new European Union-wide certification
system. Stormshield is also involved in developing these new certification requirements
as part of the ENISA working group.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The fundamental aspects of the National AI Research Strategy have been made public.
225

By the end of 2022, an amount equal to 665 million euros will be invested in the approach.
The research lays the groundwork for advancements in artificial intelligence (AI).
France's mathematical and computational institutions have propelled the nation to theforefront of international competition in this discipline.
Since the National Strategy for Artificial Intelligence publication, there have been two
requests for expressions of interest made by the Interministerial Directorate for Digital
Affairs (DINUM) and the Interministerial Directorate for Public Transformation (DITP).
Both of these organizations are intergovernmental. A panel of impartial judges selected
the most promising propositions submitted by different administrations, including thenational and state governments and non-profit organizations. The next ten months werespent by the AI Lab financed by DINUM and DITP doing evaluations and development
work on the ideas that had been chosen.

226

Georgia

1.

General Information

Area: 69,700 km2
Population: 3,740,234
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional republic
GDP: $4,232
Internet User: 72.53
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 24.37
Wireless Broadband User: 81.60
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
According to the Waseda rankings in 2022, Georgia is 59th with a total score of 58,594.
Georgia has taken measures in recent years to expand its digital economy. Various outside
specialists have questioned Georgia's coronavirus case, test, death, and vaccine tallies
since the beginning of the epidemic. The state's data practices have been criticized.
227

Adopted last year, the "National Broadband Development Strategy (NBDS) 2020-2025"
sets lofty ambitions for the information and communication technology (ICT) industry.
To implement the NBDS, Georgia has launched the Log-in Georgia Project, which intends
to expand rural access to high-speed internet. The project involves training and capacitybuilding initiatives to boost community networks and the rollout of 5G technology. The
government has invested more than 15 million lari (about USD 4.7 million) directly inover 200 internationally scalable start-ups in fintech, AI, virtual reality, ed tech, agri-tech,and biotech. In addition, Georgia got crucial technical help for a national online safetyassessment and advise on accelerating digital transformation by fostering ICT-centric
innovation.
The administration is investigating ways to attract investment in digital corridors and data
centers, which may make Georgia the digital hub of the South Caucasus area and a
gateway between the European Union and Asia. Georgia aims to simplify innovation,
foster start-ups, improve digital skills, and encourage ICT and entrepreneurial education
careers by refining regulatory frameworks. Access to capital is essential, particularly forhigh-risk enterprises such as startups. Recent changes combine state-run initiatives withmatching funds to foster the growth of venture capital. In addition, methods are being
implemented

totransform

R&D(researchanddevelopment)

intoactivecommercialization and tech transfer, bringing applied science, intellectual capital, andtechnology into the marketplace.
3.2. New Trends
The increased momentum of GovTech at COVID-19 might lead to cost savings, moretransparency, and other digital economy advancements. The results of this evaluation
might be used to inform the creation of a comprehensive strategy for implementing
GovTech throughout the government in advance of the anticipated adoption of a new
digital strategy by the Government by the end of 2021. An integrated approach to digitalplatforms, including using AI in areas like tax administration, is one of the plan's primarygoals. Other objectives include better policy coordination and user-centricity.
The state of Georgia has made substantial GovTech advancements in the areas ofcentralized digital platform development and the fortification of both digital and physical228

services and enablers. These advances may provide residents and businesses with superior
services that are both swifter and more adaptable. Some promising future reforms are:-

Increasing the reach of a successful GovTech strategy throughout the whole
government.

-

Implementing a Mobile ID and electronic archive solution bolsters the existing
GovTech infrastructure's emphasis on digital identification and digital records.

-

Investing in the continued development of virtual digital platforms and services,with tax administration as a priority.

-

Increasing game-changing technologies like AI/ML/big data in government
agencies facilitates fact-based policymaking.

4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
In 2021, Georgia exerted a substantial amount of work toward the creation of input for
the long-term digitalization of the nation. Several of them include the following: thefixed-broadband sector would continue its transition from copper to fiber, and MVNOs
would be able to begin establishing services starting in February 2021.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]● Technology-based solutions for improving government service: To serve
customers better, a multi-channel strategy for service delivery has been created.
On the one hand, Georgia came up with the idea of Public Service Halls toimprove individuals' and companies' access to government-run services. In thisarchitecture, many departments share a common front end and provide various
services to the public. Additional digital channels for e-services have been built
by several government entities, such as the taxpayer portal by the State Revenue
Administration and the procurement portal by the State Procurement Agency.
● Contributing to the foundational policies of the government: All essential
electronic PFM systems, including those for budgeting, treasury, and associatedsectors, are in place and running well, putting the PFM plan for 2018–2021 into
effect. The Georgian Government Gateway data exchange infrastructure wasestablished as a result of a unified strategy for digital investments. The
229

government has set up a cloud computing infrastructure to aid both public andcommercial organizations. Numerous infrastructural systems, such as document
management and human resource management systems, are used by thegovernment for its digital platforms. Digital signature infrastructure (certificate
authority, e-ID Card) was also established to lessen the possibility of manipulating
official document flows, lessen the possibility of corruption, and boost public faith
in the government.
● Making participation in government the norm: As part of the Open Government
Partnership (OGP) action plan, Georgia launched a new open data portal called
data.gov.ge to boost government accountability, encourage public participation ingovernment, and inspire the creation of citizen-led projects and businesses. The
non-governmental organization Institute for Development of Freedom ofInformation has created an online petition mechanism.
● Facilitators of Government Use of Technology: Legal changes were a criticalfacilitator of GovTech. The Personal Data Protection Law, Electronic Document
and Digital Signature Law, the Unified State Registry of Information, and the
Criminal Code, which includes provisions for cybercrime, e-procurement
legislation, etc., all contribute to Georgia's comprehensive legal framework, but
none of these laws serve as an overarching digital governance law.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Unified Electronic Services Portal My.gov.ge is one of Georgia's most frequented
governmental websites, ranking first among Georgian internet resources. The key to thisachievement is that my.gov.ge gives much-needed access to electronic services forresidents and companies, from applying for IDs and passports to establishing a newcompany or a property title.
The government created the Unified Portal of Electronic Services in 2012 as an innovative
instrument for service delivery and e-governance. In recent years, public demand for thisone-stop-shop marketplace, where all services are only a click away, has been steadily
expanding due mostly to Georgia's systematic reforms of public services and the growing
number of Internet users in both urban and rural regions. However, when Georgia
announced a pandemic lockdown, forcing the public and commercial sectors to get online,230

my.gov.ge became a viable option for thousands more residents and companies.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The national portal data (DATA.GOV.GE) may be used, reused, linked to, andredistributed at no cost, regardless of whether the usage is commercial or noncommercial.
The portal's primary goals are to encourage creative uses of this data and to encouragebusinesses to develop new service offerings.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
There is no Chief Information Officer inside the Georgian government. An informationand communications technology policy are currently being formulated inside the Ministryof Economic Development by the Telecommunications and Information Technology
Department. The Ministry's strategic plan does not emphasize the expansion of industrial
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The pandemic has sped up the process of digital transformation all over the globe,
reducing the amount of time required for digitization from years to months. Thisphenomenon was first seen in Georgia. However, in addition to the apparent advantages,
this swift and often impromptu process generates new difficulties and shows gaps thatneed to be addressed as the globe rises from the crisis. Inadequate access to technologicalsolutions exists in many countries, and these nations are working hard to close the gap.
This includes the state of Georgia, where the percentage of people with internet accessranges from 40 to 70 percent on average and may be as low as 15 percent in some rural
regions.
Cybersecurity, public education, and data protection are also areas that will require more
effective solutions in the near future. This is especially true given that Georgia is currently
updating its national Law on Information Security and introducing new strategies forprotecting personal data. As a result of the fact that so many nations have already started
down comparable roads, there is a massive chance to profit from a worldwide sharing ofexpertise in "digital disruption." Georgia has much to gain and contribute to this regard
in the form of a track record of e-governance success stories that other nations may try to
mimic.
231

4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
According to the evaluation findings, Georgia has successfully integrated digital solutions
into the delivery of services, supported innovation and technology across the economy,
expanded digital platforms and services, internet access, and the developed of digitalskills. An end-to-end customer experience for vital services such as online tax filing andcompany registration has been made possible thanks to a multichannel service delivery
method based on a vast network of physical one-stop shops and a government site withover 700 fully transactional services.
As part of its strategy to reform public administration, Georgia has also made significant
progress in creating digital platforms and solutions for use at the state's administrativehub. These include a system for electronic public financial management, electronic
procurement, a government Cloud, digital signature infrastructure, and data exchange
infrastructure, all of which allows the interchange of data between the commercial andpublic sectors.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Recently, Georgia has shifted its attention to decentralizing service production anddelivery at the regional and municipal levels. It leads the world and the area in businessfriendliness and cyber security, performing above average on all regional and incomebased metrics. A Digital Transformation Strategy for Georgia 2021–2025 is a priority forthe state's administration. The project's primary objective is to create a plan for the digitaltransformation of public sector service production and delivery in Georgia and Georgiansociety over the course of 36 months. This project will use a new Strategy that builds on
previous efforts and achieved results. Following its completion, the created plan willserve as the guiding direction for the Government of Georgia's digital transformation overthe following years.
The Open Data is crucial to open government procedures and modern e-government
models. By publishing open data (data that can be freely accessed, used, and reused)
owned by government institutions in open formats, the Open Data Portal paves the way
for businesses, non-governmental organizations, and government agencies to use the data
without restriction, develop applications and e-services that make use of the data and reap
232the resulting economic benefits. The primary goal of Georgia's efforts to make public
information and open data available has been accountability and openness. In addition tothis crucial goal, open data now serves as a foundation for private-sector innovation,
public-sector productivity gains, and national economic development. Therefore, it is
crucial to transform the current portal, which primarily serves as a navigation web pagefor various links to the government pages, into a genuine open data portal where open
data are available in a manner consistent with the open data web pages of the United
Kingdom and the United States.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The success that Georgia has had in developing innovative and user-friendly methods ofservice delivery is evidence that digital tools can provide solutions to many of the
problems that citizens, businesses, and government employees face. These solutions
ensure that services can be provided whenever and wherever required. However, theproliferation of digital technologies carries increased hazards to the privacy of data andpersonal information.
The United Nations Development Program (UNDP) and the United Kingdom's
Department for Digital Economy (PSDA) collaborated to help Georgia better safeguard
electronic data by analyzing possible cyber risks and strengthening Georgia's preventative
measures. In addition, the PSDA is working on defining data collecting and management
standards that will eventually be applied to all of Georgia's public entities. In addition,
the Digital Governance Agency (DGA) launched an educational website with support
from the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), Sweden, and the United
Kingdom (UK). This website provides civil servants, university teachers, and students
access to online training courses in cyber and information security, cyber-hygiene, risk
management, and information security audit.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Artificial intelligence's rise to prominence has significantly impacted trading in today's
market. The use of artificial intelligence has led to the execution of repetitive tasks in amanner that is more effective. Artificial intelligence (AI) has given rise to a new mannerof doing business that is distinct from the tried-and-true procedures of the past. Finding233the best AI companies to work with is becoming more difficult as the demand for AI
increases and the industry becomes more saturated with competitors.
The "internet of things," sometimes known as IoT, has spurred a digital revolution. The
competition in the market for IoT-related products and services is intense. GoodFirms
recommend that one should take the initiative and lead from the front. IoT companies thatoffer complete solutions to their clientele are among the most successful in the industry.
Georgia's most successful internet of things firms are evaluated based on various factors,
including quality, reliability, and capabilities.

234

Germany

1.

General Information

Area: 357,114 km2
Population: 83,341,424
Government Type: federal republic
GDP: $46,100
Internet User: 89.81
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 43.22
Wireless Broadband User: 90.69
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
The Waseda International digital government rankings put Germany in 11th position in
2022, scoring 83.644. Because of the Covid-19 incident, local governments have been
pushed to speed up their digitization activities. The German government's push to digitize
and de-bureaucratize public services are only one piece of a more significant, decadeslong reform effort. The BMWK's Digital Agenda details economic and innovation
policies in Germany (Federal Ministry for Economic Affairs and Climate Action). It
focuses on topics such as digital infrastructure, digital economy, digital workplaces,235

innovative public administration, societal digital environments, digital education,
research, science, culture, and media, as well as security, protection, and confidence inthe corporate and societal sectors.
Cybersecurity, the German economy's digitalization, and the country's broadband
network extension are all stated goals of the policy. The effects of the EU Digital Single
Market, the GDPR, the E-privacy Regulation on ICT firms, and recent legislative changes
in cybersecurity all present obstacles. The U.S. Commercial Service stays abreast of thesechanges and collaborates with organizations like the BMWK, Bitkom (Association for
Information Technology), BDI (Federation of German Industries), GTAI (German Tradeand Investment), and AmCham (American Chamber of Commerce) to identify business
opportunities and raise policy concerns.
3.2. New Trends
The development of digital skills and the promotion of the use of new technologies toboost Germany's digitalization processes are described as the priorities of the German
Government in the project known as Digital Strategy 2025. The plan is founded on ten
fundamental pillars for digitalization, one of which is a pillar that focuses on the
introduction of digital education and continues to do so throughout a person's life at allstages.
Digital Government by Indicators

4.

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The federal states support Germany's broadband expansion through various mechanisms
and financial resources. Presently used methods include:-

Support for expanding networks to provide high-speed broadband to unserved
regionsisprovidedthroughafederalgovernment

initiative

calledFörderprogramm für Breitbandausbau. Extending a minimum of 1 Gbps
connectivity to underserved sections of the country, thanks to government funding.
Each project may get up to EUR 30 million in government financing.
-

It is feasible to combine with other financial initiatives, for instance, from thefederal states, to cover the remaining co-financing. Breitband-Ausschreibungen236

provides an overview of the financing procedures that are now underway and havebeen completed in several Bundesländer.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Here are some of the most important goals that fall under the umbrella of "Digital
education:"-

By 2025, students everywhere will have been exposed to the fundamentals ofcomputer programming, algorithmic thinking, and other areas of information
science. To this end, it is necessary to mandate relevant subjects in K-12 curriculaand provide educators with ongoing professional development opportunities.

-

Germany's educational system will have one of the most advanced digital
infrastructures worldwide by 2025.

-

It is expected that by the year 2025, the workplace will be the primary location
for learning about cutting-edge IT.

-

Essential course materials should be made accessible online by 2025 at all
publicly funded educational institutions. These objectives can only be met bypromoting education in and for the digital world at all levels by 2025, from K-12
through higher education and beyond.

-

A 10-year plan for digital infrastructure in Germany was approved in 2016. By
combining historical competitive advantages with cutting-edge technology,
cutting-edge methods, and targeted support programs, the German economy will
be better equipped to face new challenges and maintain its position as a global
leader in quality and innovation for years to come, as outlined in the Strategy.

4.3. Online Service [OS]With an expected 1,124 million workers in 2022, Germany has one of the biggest ICT
marketplaces in the world. The country has 95,808 IT enterprises (software and hardware
as of 2019, source: Statista). The demand for American goods and services is high inevery market. Market share leaders include Microsoft, Apple, Dell, Adobe, IBM, Oracle,
and SAP. In addition, the market is full of specialist SMEs. In 2022, the IT-Services
industry accounted for USD 45.3 billion in revenue, the IT-Hardware sector accounted
for USD 34.9 billion, and the software sector accounted for USD 34.1 billion. The IT237

industry's overall revenue is projected to reach USD 114.3 billion in 2021, up from USD
76.4 billion in 2007. There has been consistent expansion throughout the last several
years. Income is forecast to increase from 102.6 billion EUR in 2021 to 108.6 billion EUR
in 2022.
Due to the prominence of numerous major ICT trade exhibitions held in Germany, thecountry is an excellent platform for American businesses to connect with international
partners and customers. Exhibitors from the United States have successfully attracted
international customers at trade shows, including Hannover Messe, IFA Berlin, IT-SA,
Gamescom, and Embedded World.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
All three tiers of government in Germany worked together to create a unified online
system. This system was built with the help of a web of federal and state government
administrative sites. Government e-services are just as easy to use and secure as consumer
accounts in online commerce. The portal network enhances existing methods of costcutting and time efficiency. In 2018, the German federal government launched a new
website that provides access to federal government eGovernment services with a national
service account. These eGovernment services are easier and faster to find on the web
since users no longer need to know which federal jurisdiction is responsible for the proper
procedure.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
When the Government IT-Steering Strategy went into effect on January 1, 2008, a whole
new federal agency was born. According to the decision made by the Cabinet, theCommissioner is responsible for developing federal eGovernment and IT security policy,
developing national IT architecture and standards, and managing the federal government's
core IT infrastructure. Each federal agency now has a Chief Information Officer (CIO).
The CIO Conference consists of all of the federal government's IT executives and is incharge of establishing policies and legislation pertaining to federal IT. They are in chargeof organizing national and state-level eGovernment efforts and chairing the CIO
Conference.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
238

Almost a year after the new administration was elected, on August 31, the federal
government of Germany is expected to approve the country's long-awaited digital strategy
during a cabinet meeting. Industry stakeholders have recently voiced their displeasurewith the strategy's ambiguity and the lengthy delay in its disclosure. This one is far more
precise and thorough than previous drafts, declaring that "Germany needs a broad digitalawakening."
The strategy reiterates the importance of three key leverage points as the foundation for
future digital projects: the availability of high-speed data and terabit networks, theintroduction of secure electronic identities, and the adoption of uniform standards andframeworks for interoperability and scalability. The revised draft also defines the primary
digital policy initiatives that each ministry should pursue. There is a set of outcomes tobe reached by 2025 for each project, such as digital administration, mobility, defense, andclimate protection. In the past, concerns about the absence of a specific timeline wereraised.
The digital ministry has promised further information on how they plan to keep tabs on
the progress of these detailed initiatives. The digital strategy should serve as a baseline
for digital-related matters, but its objectives should be refined and, if feasible, made more
stringent over time. Another stated goal is for Germany to go up from its thirteenth
position on the Digital Economy and Society Index (DESI), the European indicator thatassesses the digital performance of EU member states.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
It was established in the 1990s when the German federal government and parliament
relocated to Berlin from Bonn. While the IVBB did allow access to the IVBB intranet
until July 2006, the Federal Intranet took its place in that role as of that month. The
German government's internal network. The ultimate goal is to construct a unified federal
government system. The Federal Networks have replaced the IVBV and the Federal
Administration's Information Network (Netze des Bundes - NdB). The IVBB design
yields an IP-based network with a firewall, strong data encryption, and persistentmonitoring of connected users and newly established connections. The intranet portal
provides access to various resources, including a travel management system, a239

people/government organization search engine, and a document/information database.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The transition to the digital era has officially begun. Rapid technological advancement isaltering how we learn new things, interact with one another, and spend our money. The
Ministry of Economic Affairs encourages this growth by enacting pro-business economic
policies and giving specific aid to selected businesses. In addition to inspiring new goods
and services, digitalization is also shaking up long-established ideas about how markets
function. Advanced infrastructure is essential for a fully digital society. To fully realize
the social and economic benefits of the internet, we need to implement up-to-date, fair,
and accessible regulations regarding digitalization. To guarantee that consumers andbusinesses may reap the advantages of technological advancements and that financing isavailable for new inventions, the Federal Ministry for Economic Affairs and Climate
Action has enacted several significant internet policy initiatives and regulatory measures.
The German government recognizes the importance of accessible data in fostering aculture of innovation. This necessitates vastly enhancing the quality and quantity ofadministrative data and making it accessible as open data to benefit a functioning
democracy and contemporary society. The Open Data Strategy also aspires to be a
program that encourages corporations, universities, and the general public to increase
their open data output. The Open Data Strategy lays out its plans for Germany and various
additional concerns in four distinct sections. Opportunities and advantages of open data,
the situation of open data in Germany, and a set of initiatives to make Germany a leader
in open data are all on the table.
The government should take an active part in creating more accessible databases of
information. Federal agencies have access to a vast data pool due to the significant
volumes of data of many types they gather as part of their legal mandates. To ensure that
this data set is helpful for more than just the organization that collected it, it should bemade freely available to as many people as possible within the current legal framework.
This includes individuals, organizations, businesses, academic institutions, social
initiatives, and government agencies.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
240

The Cybersecurity Strategy prioritizes four sectors for implementation: society, private
enterprise, government, and EU/international affairs. There are 44 distinct goals designed
to be achieved by focusing on these strategies. With these specific goals in mind, we are
pioneering new territory:
The Federal Office for Information Security will join the Federal Criminal Police Office(BKA) and the Federal Office for the Protection of the Constitution as pillars of theintegrated federal cyber security architecture, coordinating efforts between federal andstate agencies to combat cybercrime.
By bolstering our ability to control our data, our approach ensures that the digital
revolution of our nation can occur in a secure environment. Germany can boost its digital
economy by investing in critical technologies and connecting with relevant researchers.
Security measures will be included from the beginning of critical and developing enabling
technologies. Germany's 2016 Cyber Security Strategy has been updated to the 2021
Cyber Security Strategy. Principles, focus areas, and overarching goals are laid out toprovide a road map for the Federal Government's long-term approach to cyber security.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
German policymakers place a premium on ICT development. BMWK's Digital Agenda
serves as a road map for the German government's grand strategy for stimulating the
economy and fostering technology innovation. Security, safety, and confidence for thecommunity as a whole and for enterprises individually are all prioritized, as are aspectsof the digital environment in society, such as infrastructure, the economy, workplaces,
public administration, education, research, science, culture, and media.
Cybersecurity, the internet of things (IoT), big data, health information technology (IT),cloud computing, enterprise resource planning (ERP), data centers, smart social businessplatforms, integrated systems, virtual and augmented reality (VR/AR), and digital
factories are some of the key segments and topics of interest.

241

Hong Kong

1.

General Information

Area: 1,104 km2
Population: 7,488,774
Government Type: limited democracy
GDP: $46,052
Internet User: 92.41
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 3849
Wireless Broadband User: 135.23
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In 2022, Hong Kong was ranked 31st in the Waseda International digital government
rankings, with 72.645. Hong Kong's COVID-19 pandemic firewall was broken at the
beginning of 2022. For months, there were no more than a handful of instances in the
broader community, but by the end of January, hundreds of new cases were being
discovered weekly. When authorities saw how quickly COVID-19 spread, they instituted242

strict lockdowns and a massive testing campaign. Authorities in Hong Kong, China, wereprepared to act swiftly and flexibly in the face of a public health emergency. Because ofthis, OGCIO was responsible for creating technological solutions to the infection control
and prevention problem. One of its priorities was ensuring that tourists going to Hong
Kong, China, had enough time at home to complete the required 14-day quarantine. It isnecessary to provide a mechanism to keep people in their homes throughout a quarantine
without breaking any privacy laws. The StayHomeSafe app employs geofencing
technology, ideal for usage inside, and mobile phone technology to identify signatures.
Engineers refrain from spying on individuals to respect their privacy.
For the Hospital Authority, an ineffective face shield was modeled in 3D by students atHong Kong Polytechnic University (PolyU). The Hospital Authority commissioned areusable eye visor, which Queen Elizabeth Hospital manufactured. Popular locationsharing applications such as WhatsApp and WeChat were utilized to activate thesurveillance system after the quarantine. Staff and volunteers also made surprise house
visits and spot-check video calls to ensure everything was running well.
3.2. New Trends
Even while technology has made it simpler to work remotely, businesses still have a
responsibility to continue cultivating a vibrant culture of remote work. There has been anotable increase in people using virtual workplaces at work. Shortly, business owners will
have to choose where they place themselves between virtual and physical offices on the
spectrum. Increasing numbers of individuals are realizing that the merging of the material
and digital worlds has blurred industry borders and connected value chains and posed achallenge to the conventional model of the value creation process. They believe that it isvital to undertake initiatives such as digital transformation, cyber threat mitigation, andproviding a consistent customer experience. There is a possibility that the corporation
may benefit from each of them based on their strengths.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Hong Kong has become the communications center of Asia. Many high-quality, cuttingedge services are available at affordable prices. The private sector in Hong Kong supplies
243

local carrier services, fixed broadband services, and mobile services. Maintaining a fairplaying field in the market is a priority for the Government of Hong Kong Special
Administrative Region (the Government).
The government of Hong Kong has made fostering the deployment of 5G networks oneof its top telecommunications policy priorities. 5G services provide many newopportunities for innovation and the Internet of Things, bringing Hong Kong closer to its
smart city ambition. The Office of the Communications Authority (OFCA) has introduced
the Subsidy Scheme for Encouraging Early Deployment of 5G to promote the rapid
spread of 5G services.
Home fixed broadband penetration in Hong Kong is above 95%, making it one of theworld's most sophisticated fixed broadband network infrastructures. So that everyone in
the New Territories and the outlying islands may use fast, reliable internet, thegovernment has initiated a subsidy program to bring fiber-based networks to an additional
235 settlements.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The government's Chief Information Officer is tasked with developing and putting into
practice the organization's information technology policy. Through the use of cloudcomputing and other recent technological advancements, the OGCIO is assisting
government business units in planning and implementing IT-enabled transformation
initiatives in a way that is more flexible, cost-effective, and coordinated than was feasible
before.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Hong Kong founded the Hong Kong Science and Technological ParksCorporation as a
one-stop shop for businesses and organizations in the city's technology sector. Industries
related to medicine and electronics, as well as ICT, chemistry, and mechanics, are given
special attention. The Hong Kong Science Park is an important information andtechnology hub in the city, occupying a 22-hectare property in Pak Shek Kok. It is being
built next to the Science Park to lease out its adaptable design and associated facilities to
the Science Park's tenants and incubators, as well as the companies' and incubators'
employees, mainland researchers, and international visitors.
244

4.4. National Portal [NPR]MyGovHK was launched in 2010 and provided access to various government databases
and online services. A significant update was made to the Hong Kong government's
website towards the end of 2019 to make it easier to use. To encourage individuals andcompanies to create innovative applications using existing data, the government publishes
open data in digital formats as part of the PSI site, such as a map presenting many datasetson a single map.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Office of the Government Chief Information Officer (OGCIO) is responsible formanaging all government IT operations, allowing the federal government to promote ICT
improvements in the local community actively. The Office of the Chief Information
Officer (OCIO) in Hong Kong has five primary objectives. These goals include providing
efficient and secure eGovernment services to Hong Kong citizens; cultivating Hong
Kong's ICT talent; enhancing the competence of Hong Kong's ICT industry; andtransforming Hong Kong into a world-class smart city by promoting top-tier data centers,
cloud computing services, big data, and cyber security awareness.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The government is committed to maximizing IT's potential for the good of the people ofHong Kong and strengthening the city's standing as a global hub for digital innovation.
The Government Backbone Network connects all bureaus and departments to encourage
using standard applications and services such as the Government Communication
Network, the Central Cyber Government Office, and central Internet services, all of whichhave undergone extensive redesigns to serve the public better. The Government has issued
methodology, standards, and guidelines to boost productivity and promote product andservice quality in order to support the adoption of joined-up e-Government services.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
There has to be an ICT outreach program for the elderly so that individuals who are
institutionalized and "hidden," as well as those who get daycare and home care services,
may gain knowledge about how ICT can improve their quality of life and encourage
245

healthy aging. Seniors who can utilize basic information and communication technologies
in their daily life. A web-based learning platform was launched in October 2019 to help
the elderly make the most of the benefits of digital technology in their everyday life. The
Hong Kong Internet Registry Corporation (HKIRC) is a non-governmental agency
responsible for managing and overseeing registration.HK domain names (ccTLD). The
Office of the Government Chief Information Officer (OGCIO) launched the Web/Mobile
App Accessibility Campaign as part of a multi-pronged strategy that includes government
leadership, raising awareness, publishing guidelines and tips, cultivating expertise, andimplementing recognition schemes to encourage the use of accessibility design.
4.8. Digital transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The COVID-19 epidemic has highlighted the need for digital transformation in bolstering
long-term economic resilience, but Hong Kong faces various impediments to this shift.
According to a recent assessment, an estimated 8.4 percent of Hong Kong's workforce
deficit in 2030 might be attributable to a lack of technological expertise. Because of thecurrent epidemic, it is critical that these obstacles be removed. As a result of the epidemic,
the digital revolution has been effectively fast-tracked for five years. There is a windowof opportunity here for Hong Kong to catch the next digital wave. If the economy is torecover quickly and remain strong in the post-pandemic era, it will need to undergo adigital makeover.
To achieve economies of scale and economic efficiency and to manage government data
center operations in a more environmentally friendly manner, the Office of the Chief
Information Officer (OGCIO) is creating a government data center complex that will
integrate numerous existing federal data centers.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
As part of its mission to strengthen national cyber defenses, the Office of the Chief
Information Officer (OGCIO) has instituted stringent management practices, acomprehensive framework of information security legislation and protocols, and regular
audits. Multiple layers of security secure the government's digital holdings. A dedicatedgovernment computer emergency response team has been established by the Office of theGovernment Chief Information Officer (OGCIO) to handle information security incidents
246

in a timely and unified manner across government agencies. The OGCIO's goal is toincrease public and business-sector understanding of cyber security using some means,including the Cyber Security Information Portal (www.cybersecurity.hk), seminars,
competitions, and visits to local schools. The OGCIO is leading a public-private
collaboration dubbed Cybersec Infohub, sponsored by TechConnect (Block Vote) underthe ITB, to improve Hong Kong's overall resilience to cyber threats. Cybersec Infohub
encourages trustworthy cross-industry cyber security cooperation and informationexchange.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The Hong Kong Cyberport Management Company Limited is in charge of directing allof the operations that take place inside the port. Within the complex known as Cyberport,
information technology companies and businesses connected to it are of a high level.
Through the years, Cyberport has assisted a number of new firms in their early stages ofdevelopment by furnishing them with various financial and professional resources. In
addition to its technical infrastructure, Cyberport provides students of information andcommunications technology (ICT) with internships and incubator programs. It also
encourages collaboration and cooperation among companies working in the ICT sector.
The e-sports competition facilities at the Cyberport Arcade were also available to thegeneral public. In addition to that, a program for the facilitation of e-sports was initiated.
The construction of Cyberport 5, anticipated to be finished in 2024, has been allocated a
total of $5.5 billion in funding.

247

Iceland1.

General Information

Area: 103,000 km2
Population: 372,899
Government Type: constitutional republic
GDP: $57,992
Internet User: 99.00
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 41.56
Wireless Broadband User: 122.85
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total score of 79.667, Iceland ranked 20th in the world in the 2022 Waseda
International Digital Government Rankings. Most nations and municipalities are pursuing
digital government policies, many with novel measures, like the COVID-19 epidemic
forcing lockdowns; nonetheless, many people still do not have access to internet services.
When it comes to high-speed internet access, Iceland is already at the top of the list.
People in Iceland have never experienced buffering when watching a video on YouTube.
Citizens not only have access to almost all government services in Iceland through the248internet, but they can also express concerns and ideas, which are then passed to the proper
authorities for consideration.

Aside from enhancing the general efficiency of government, digitalization also
democratizes it and creates a system of self-governing in which every person is actively
engaged. This means we have one of the most open and effective governments in history.
Iceland's shift to open-source technologies was more straightforward than most othernations. E-government portals, tax collection and payments, mandatory voter registration,and other essential public service websites now provide the vast majority of thesefunctions. Healthcare-related government websites, for example, have been updated to
run on open-source software. Undeniable that this has improved many people's lives, who
can get the better, more relevant information they need more quickly and easily online
and do so without spending a fortune or a lot of time on it.
3.2. New Trends
Over the last several years, Digital Iceland has been at the forefront of this transition by
assisting Icelandic institutions as they go down this path. Putting money into digital
initiatives has already shown monetarily positive returns and improved public service.
Because of its responsiveness and positive social effect, Iceland has been an inspiringmodel for countries worldwide. This skill sets may be seen as a robust crisis management
strategy. Constant and transparent dialogue between the public and private sectors is aprime example.
Because using digital services may make procedures more accessible for everyone
involved, the government of Iceland is working toward making this the principal methodof communication between its agencies and the Icelandic people. Digital Iceland, run by
the Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs, coordinates the efforts of all otherministries and government agencies toward achieving these objectives.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Iceland was ranked fourth in the NIP criteria this year, with an overall score of 8,019. In
249

January of 2022, 340.9 thousand people in Iceland used the internet. At the beginning of2022, 99.0 percent of Iceland's entire population was connected to the internet, making
Iceland's internet penetration rate the highest globally.5 According to research by Kepios,
the number of people using the internet in Iceland grew by 2,054 between 2021 and 2022.
These user numbers suggest that 3,444 persons in Iceland did not use the internet at the
beginning of the year 2022, which means that 1.0 percent of the population stayed offlineat the beginning of the year. For context, these figures are presented here. However, since
COVID-19-related concerns are still affecting studies into internet use, the actual numberof internet users may be more significant than what is indicated by these reported data.
At the beginning of 2022, the number of people in Iceland who used social media wascomparable to 96.2 percent of the entire population. However, it is crucial to rememberthat the number of people who use social media may not reflect unique persons.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Increased efforts should be made to improve Iceland's innovative capacity. ICT-related
patents and trademarks, as well as technology exports. This may be attributable to the
preponderance of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), who are less inclined toinnovate than their bigger counterparts, and the substantial role that the tourist industry
plays in the Icelandic economy, despite its relatively low technical intensity. An
increasingly digitalized world calls for a diverse economy and reliable performance,
which may be facilitated by bolstering innovation, particularly ICT-enabled (digital)
innovation.
Building on their successes, Iceland will need to provide strong support for commercial
R&D going ahead. Making the most of technological advancements is crucial. The highand medium digital intensity industries contribute less GDP growth than the OECDaverage. By helping to discover and capitalize on innovation niches, adopting cuttingedge technology is crucial for Iceland. Therefore, it is necessary to enhance the enabling
framework conditions for innovation in the private sector is necessary. The public sector
has an opportunity to have a positive social effect via the further development of digital
governance. Achieving more innovation and maintaining competitiveness in the digitalage depends on the availability of suitable talents. Enhancing communication between
the research community and the business world is essential for maximizing the impact of250

scientific findings. Knowledge sharing would improve much more with a stronger
foundation of international collaboration in research. The government's innovation policy
already addresses many of these problems, but reform efforts must be maintained.
4.3. Online Service [OS]By using its national eID infrastructure, Iceland helps further the Nordic-Baltic
cooperation project (NOBID). The NOBID project's stated goal is to allow residents andenterprises in the Nordic-Baltic area to utilize their national electronic identification cards
to access digital services without being limited by national borders (eIDs). The project's
overarching goal is to define interoperability standards at the national level and across theNordic and Baltic countries by identifying and addressing any underlying technologicalor legal hurdles.
Numerous government agencies in Sweden and Norway utilize the Swedish
eProcurement platform TendSign. From the eNotice through the eAward, this systemfacilitates the use of electronic procurement. The Central Public Procurement agency of
Iceland, Rikiskaup, has implemented XML-based eOrdering for all government agencies
in the country. Rikiskaup is mulling on using this tech on a smaller scale.
Located inside the Ministry of Finance and Economic Affairs, the Financial Management
Authority (FJS) is an autonomous body responsible for managing public funds. The
organization is responsible for financial administration and reporting. As stated by thegroup, the FJS has been designated as a PEPPOL Authority and has signed contracts withthree service providers (PA). Using the IcePro Icelandic Committee on Trade Procedures
and eCommerce, the FJS collaborates with the SA Confederation of Icelandic Enterprise.
EDI (Electronic Data Interchange), ebXML (Electronic Business eXchange), and otherstandardized electronic commerce technologies are discussed and debated at IcePro, aforum for government agencies, corporations, and people interested in improving
commerce and trade processes.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The portal provides citizens and businesses with access to data from every government
agency in Iceland. Each branch of government may access and share data over the Internet.
Island.is is the main hub for government-run online resources. More specifically, it
251references the online presence of all Icelandic government agencies that provide digital
services. Detailed descriptions of all available services may be found in individual boxeson the site's front page. Customers may find the services they need more quickly andeasily thanks to many explicit search choices beyond the standard the search bar sets. Its
user-friendly interface provides quick access to public digital services and digital forms
that can be filled out online.
The site also provides a toolkit of resources that any government agency may use. The
three main categories are centralized authentication methods, digital document delivery,
and digital document dissemination. The Icelandic government has created a one-of-akind webpage called MyPages, where citizens may access digital papers and public data
about themselves. All public-facing organizations access a central inbox where all
outgoing e-mail is processed. Users may sign in to their MyPages and digital mailboxes
using either a username and password or another authentication mechanism.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Because Iceland does not have a specific position for a head of information technology,
the Ministry of the Interior oversees the overall development of information technology
throughout the nation. Following her appointment as Minister of the Interior, Nordal Lof
now leads the development of the nation's information and communications technology(ICT) infrastructure and e-services.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Multiple shocks from the outside world have recently been experienced by Iceland, whichhighlights the need for continuing efforts to diversify the country's economy. Enhancing
competitiveness, encouraging innovative practices, and streamlining the process ofreallocating resources should be the primary goals of this endeavor. It is possible toincrease efficiency and stimulate development by relaxing the laws that govern businesses
and reducing the restrictions placed on new businesses and young companies. There isroom to expand the digital penetration in production processes and boost the innovation
potential of the economy, which may be accomplished in some ways, including
encouraging investment in R&D and making it easier for small businesses to accessfinancial resources. It is encouraging to see that investment in R&D is now on the rise.
252

For innovation to be supported, efforts must be made to enhance educational results
continually and solve skill mismatches in the job market.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In 2022, Iceland's EPAR scored 10.000, which put the nation in the top position in the
EPAR.The government approved the Information Act in the spring of 2012, and started
being enforced on the first of the following year. It is of the utmost importance tosafeguard fundamental liberties such as the right to knowledge and the freedom of speech,
as well as the capacity of the general people and the media to serve as a check and balanceon the government's authority. This legislation applies to all actions carried out by thefederal government and to any private firms that fall within the federal government's
purview. Since Act 140/2012, the scope of the Information Act has been restricted tomunicipalities with a population of one thousand people or less.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Citizens in the current day have access to a wide variety of upgraded digital experiences
provided by private players. For governments to attract the skilled workers they need tokeep their digital government engine humming, it is essential that their leaders step up
their digital government transformation efforts. Over the last several years, Digital
Iceland has spearheaded this change by bolstering the efforts of Icelandic organizations.
Putting money into digital has paid off monetarily and improved government services.
The Icelandic government is committed to expanding the use of digital services as theprincipal channel for interacting with the Icelandic public. This is the mission of Digital
Iceland, a government-wide initiative run by the Ministry of Finance and Economic
Affairs.
In terms of the availability of open data, Iceland is lagging farther and further behind therest of the world. In this particular arena, Iceland has not, as of yet, created an official
plan. There is a marginal source on data consumption and the value produced by theOPingogn.is Service Portal. Meanwhile, it is essential to emphasize that Iceland does not
now face any legal challenges regarding the distribution of open data for its
implementation. A data exchange layer, which will be known as Straumurinn (X-Road),
and an API gateway service portal, which will be known as Data Pool, will be built to253

facilitate the interchange of data and simplify it for consumers and enterprises tocommunicate with one another. The national plan for generating open government data
will focus on the government's activities in this domain.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In June, with backing from the NIS, the Icelandic Parliament approved Cyber Security
Act No. 78/2019. This new legislation, which takes effect on September 1, 2020, revises
a law passed in Iceland in 2015 regarding cyber security. For the new Cyber Security
Strategy and Action Plan to be effective, the Cyber Security Council intended to have alegal basis. The first Icelandic cyber security policy was presented to the government andparliament in 2015. The strategy's time frame is 2015–2026. Both the policy and its
supporting action plan were assigned to the Cyber Security Council (CSC). The
government officials and ministers who deal with cyber security have formed a new entity.
It's a great resource for teamwork and knowledge sharing.
To further promote collaboration between private and governmental sectors, the initiative
also established a Cyber Security Forum. New regulations provide more constraints on
cyber security, communication, postal, and registration Iceland programs. The
government wanted to develop a strategy for defending its digital infrastructure. The
current cyber security plan, which will be replaced by this one, will be in effect from 2019
until 2033. A similar resolution with accompanying time constraints was approved in
Parliament. A Cyber Security Council was formed to oversee how the strategy and action
plan were put into practice. In order to solve cyber problems, several different
departments and agencies must work together. When it comes to teamwork and sharing
knowledge, this curriculum is unparalleled. The Cyber Security Forum was formed as athird organization to facilitate communication and collaboration between government andprivate organizations in the area of cyber security.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
According to the findings of the analysis, Iceland is in an advantageous position to copewith the development and deployment of artificial intelligence. Based on the status report,
the government has to adopt a policy for artificial intelligence that takes into account thehuman rights and freedoms of the population while furthering the economic interests of254

the country. In order for the government to provide the greatest possible service to theAmerican people, it should adhere to the following principles: In addition to adhering tosocial principles such as human rights and democracy, the development and use of
artificial intelligence should also assure fairness and openness in communication anddecision-making. This should be done while maintaining adherence to these values. It is
anticipated of inspectors that as part of their duties, they would monitor the functioningof systems that integrate artificial intelligence in order to preserve accountability andtrustworthiness. This is absolutely necessary for the creation, operation, and managementof systems of this kind.

255

India1.

General Information

Area: 3,287,590 km2
Population: 1,417,173,173
Government Type: Federal parliamentary constitutional republic
GDP: $1,882
Internet User: 43.00
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 1.66
Wireless Broadband User: 52.54
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total score of 71,493, India scored 33 on the nations rated by Waseda in 2022. To
propel them to the forefront of the eGovernment movement, the governments of the globe
are undergoing significant upheaval at an accelerated rate. Covid-19 has caused a genuine
schism between countries and their citizens. Nonetheless, the need to link e-government
services has only become more precise as residents, and government workers remain at256home. India plans to expand its use of networked digital services. The Indian governmentis also making the transition to an electronic government at present. The Indian
government has initiated a project known as Digital India. This umbrella initiative not
only contributes to the transformation of the e-government but also focuses on changing
people's lives and growing the nation in an all-inclusive manner.
The idea of Digital India is cutting-edge since it provides a unified vision and acomprehensive plan of action. It accomplishes this goal by centralizing several
departments and ongoing and upcoming initiatives monitored and influenced by thegovernment. This article's objective is to provide a comprehensive analysis of thisflagship effort so that the reader may understand the transformation this program hasbrought about in e-government. The primary differences that may be seen between
traditional and online governance forms are this essay's primary emphasis. In addition, ithighlights the initiatives that have been made to transform the government of India into
an electronic one as part of the Digital India Program.
3.2. New Trends
Investments in the IT sector have expanded due to the government's encouragement of
rapid digitization. The government of India made many proclamations in their most recent
Union Budget for 2022–23 that would significantly advance the state of digitalization inIndia. The Reserve Bank of India, the country's central bank, will soon issue India's
Digital Currency, joining the country's ongoing digitization in the banking, higher
education, and healthcare sectors. The government has also said it would give data centers
the infrastructure status, elevating their importance in developing the digital economy.
Under many consequences of COVID, India will significantly emphasize coordinating
government programs across departments. Because of this, dealing with the government
would be much less cumbersome. For a youngster diagnosed with learning difficulties,
the child's medical information would be shared with the education ministry. Then theschools will be better prepared to provide extra support in class. It is possible to connect
citizens seeking job assistance with other government benefits, such as medical coverage.
India is taking pains to ensure that when public services go online, citizens can still easily
access them. It's possible that plenty of individuals lack the expertise required to use
257online services effectively. To address this problem, India is developing voice-based
technology that will allow its residents to access all government services. They may justask for what they need rather than fumbling with menus and buttons.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Because of its enormous population, India will need to make far more investments in theinfrastructure network before it can complete its digital transformation. The figures don'ttell the whole story, but India has made significant progress in the years leading up to thebeginning of 2021. India has made further efforts to bring the delayed 5G spectrum
auction to a successful conclusion. BSNL carried out the 5G experiments in collaboration
with Ciena, and at the same time, the undersea cable that connects the mainland to theAndaman and Nicobar Islands was constructed.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]In recent years, several state and federal authorities have implemented electronic
government. There have been a lot of different initiatives done to improve accessibility
as well as the delivery of public services. Computerizing government agencies is only
one component of the newly implemented citizen-centricity, service orientation, andtransparency that are part of the Indian e-Government. While formulating the nation's
modern, forward-thinking e-government strategy, an earlier attempt at electronic
government was investigated. Accelerating the deployment of e-government should bedone logically, directed by a shared vision and design on all three levels (national, state,
and municipal). Interoperability may be made feasible by implementing standards thanks
to the assistance provided by the infrastructure, and citizens will have a unified vision of
their government.
Numerous distinct e-government initiatives are taking place around the country, but the
NeGP brings them all together under a single overarching goal and objective. Because ofthis plan, a comprehensive infrastructure for the whole state is now being developed, anda significant number of documents are undergoing digitization to make the internet moreuser-friendly and reliable for everyone. The primary objective of the NeGP is to broaden
people's access to the many services provided by the government.
258

4.3. Online Service [OS]Multiple online systems and platforms have been developed in India, contributing to thecountry's reputation as a leader in technical innovation. People in India may use MyGov.into get their voices heard on government and policy matters. It also helps people become
involved in government and politics.
The Indian government developed UMANG (Unified Mobile Application for New-age
Governance) for mobile platforms such as Android, iOS, Windows, and USSD (featurephones). Additionally, assistance with tax avoidance and enrollment in the Aadhaar
database is offered. Users may now digitally sign documents with the use of the Aadhaare-Sign framework.
The e-Hospital platform enables patients to do anything from check in and pay their bills
to check their test results and blood supply. Live to track government employees'
whereabouts.
Users may utilize the Digital Locker to save sensitive papers like their PAN cards,
passports, mark sheets, and diplomas safely accessible from anywhere in the world. The
Digital Locker allows citizens to access official documents safely. The use of Aadhaar's
authentication services is included, with the ultimate goal of reducing the need for paper
documents by promoting electronic document exchange across government agencies.
To connect rural India to Digital India, the Indian government mandated that Gmail,
Office, and Rediff create regional language email accounts. Companies that supply email
services have responded favorably and are taking similar actions. Indian company Data
Xgen Technologies Pvt Ltd launched DATAMAIL, the first free global multilingual email
service. Data XGen Technologies plans to provide multilingual email support in 22
different tongues.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
NIC, a significant Indian government ICT body, working under the Ministry ofElectronics and Information Technology, created, built, and hosts the Official Portal of
the Government of India, india.gov.in (the national portal of India). The Portal wasdeveloped as a Mission Mode Project to implement the National E-Government Plan.
259

With this Portal, Indian people and other interested parties would have a centralized
location to access government data and services. This website was created as acomprehensive resource for learning about India. The present portal is metadata-driven
and linked to other Indian government portals and websites with the most recent data. The
National Portal Secretariat includes a Content Management Team in charge of the portal's
information. In the future, we want to regularly update this Portal's content range,
aesthetic, and technological components.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
An essential element of India's Ministry of Communication and Information, theDepartment of Electronics and Information Technology (DEITY) has been at the forefrontof sponsoring and directing the country's digital government initiatives. Since the leaderof DEITY is responsible for duties that are typically assigned to a country's CIO (Chief
Information Officer), this hub is also known as a "Government Chief Information Officer"(GCIO) center. CIO Academy is an extension of the CIO development programs offeredby Srini Raju Centre for Information Technology and Networked Economy (SRITNE)
and the Indian School of Business (ISB), both of which operate in tandem with the Indian
CIO Association.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
In recent years, many local administrations and federal agencies have moved toward eGovernment deployment. Several initiatives have been to improve the accessibility andavailability of public services. E-Government in India encompasses more than just thedigitalization of government agencies; it also prioritizes service to the public andpromotes openness. The country's forward-thinking e-Government strategy wasdeveloped by studying previous e-Government efforts. A deliberate approach driven by aclear vision and plan has been adopted to expedite the implementation of e-Government
across various government agencies at the national, state, and municipal levels. This idea
can save costs by sharing essential and auxiliary resources, promoting interoperability via
the adoption of standards, and giving citizens a more holistic picture of their government's
actions.
All e-Government initiatives in the nation will be working toward the same goals thanks260

to the National e-Governance Plan (NeGP). As a consequence of this plan, a statewide
infrastructure is being built, and many documents are digitized so that everyone in thestate can access fast reliable internet. The New Essential Government Performance Plan's
end purpose is to improve citizens' access to government services.
Several legislative initiatives and projects have been implemented to improve the e-core
Government and its supporting infrastructure. The National e-Government Service
Delivery Gateway (NSDG), the State e-Government Service Delivery Gateways, and the
Mobile e-Government Service Delivery Gateway (MEGSDG) are the main pillars of thefoundational infrastructure. Metadata standards, interoperability, business design, anddata security are vital to support components. The G-I cloud will use cloud computing.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Indian society and culture have been considered "high-tech adopters" since the early
1990s, when both the government and the general public began using ICT to further theirrespective missions and improve their daily lives. Members of Congress keep up a
webpage so they may communicate with voters. However, the overall quality of eParticipation in India has decreased due to the lack of a site devoted to eliciting public
opinion. India scores well because it has a GCIO and an organization and engages indevelopment efforts.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
India's digital transformation is a testament to PM Modi's visionary leadership anddedication to harnessing technology to achieve equitable development and change.
Digital India's mission statement, "Power to Empower," is being fully realized. The factthat Digital India has been so successful over the last eight years is further evidence ofthe vital role it will play in India's continued progress. There are complex data to back up
the claims of digital transformation after eight years of digital governance. India presently
has over 80 crore internet users, 133 crore Aadhaar cards, and 4G, and is rapidly
progressing toward 5G. In addition, its data rates are among the cheapest in the globe.
The progress India has made is thanks to Prime Minister Modi's plan, which he outlined
during the July 1, 2015, launch of Digital India.
The Open Government Data Platform in India makes it easier for more people to access261

and use data that is held by the government, therefore maximizing the data's potential tocontribute to the country's progress. The program is an element of Pillar 6 of the Open
Source Stack that Digital India has developed. The Open Government Data Platform in
India was a joint project between the governments of India and the United States. In
addition, the Open Government Data Platform India has been turned into a product, andits source code has been made freely available for usage in other countries. The total effectmay be obtained by going to the external website called "GitHub," which loads into a newtab or window. The Open Government Data Platform in India gives several government
entities the ability to publish their data catalogs on the front end of the website, pending
clearance via a workflow process.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
As part of new cybersecurity guidelines suggested by CERT-In, VPN, cloud, and other IT
service providers would be forced to gather their clients' personal information and activity
logs and send them to Indian authorities upon demand. To comply with the regulations,organizations operating inside India must enable ICT system logging and maintain data
for at least 180 days. It is CERT-prerogative In's to seek and examine such documents inthe event of a cybersecurity incident. Unintentionally, legislation mandating extensive
logging will result in a massive honeypot of sensitive data from all businesses using orinteracting with the Internet or digital computer systems. Threat actors, criminalorganizations, or even hostility from other countries might easily breach them.
To ensure that all ICT systems operate correctly, they must be synced with official
government time servers. Besides running contrary to accepted procedures for syncing tomultiple time sources, this raises the prospect of a disastrous breakdown. Cybersecurity
laws have been created to lower cybercrime rates, but they have done nothing to increaseinternet, government, business, or consumer security so far. Network operators andservice providers may be reluctant to report incidents if they believe CERT-In is also
acting in law enforcement or regulatory. In addition, the cost of complying with theserequirements will be disproportionately high for startups and smaller enterprises in India's
burgeoning IT industry. India is in danger of losing its position as a worldwide leader in
the ICT sector and stifling its digital economy's growth due to the directives'
extraterritorial impact on service providers and intermediaries. Insufficient clarity and262

scope in cybersecurity regulations endanger the reliability of the Internet as a whole.
Furthermore, the security of the whole Indian internet community would be compromised
if these new rules were implemented.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
India hopes to prove itself as a leading AI powerhouse that other countries may turn tofor assistance. The progress India makes in artificial intelligence will help advance thefield worldwide. Protections for citizens' private information are now being written into
law in India. To ensure the development of a trustworthy artificially intelligent
supercomputer, legislation is being advocated. A data-rich and data-driven society will
benefit the Indian people and reduce corporate expenses.
Technology has been used by Digital India and the Smart Cities Mission to provide a wide
range of intelligent services to the people of India. Technologies such as the Internet ofThings (IoT), cloud computing, and artificial intelligence enable smart transportation,
infrastructure, energy, communications, and lighting. All levels of government, as well asprivate businesses and individuals, may save money and time by using these solutions.
The Internet of Things (IoT) is becoming more important in many commercial andindustrial settings. Electrical grids, vehicles, cities, and factory floors will all beinterconnected. The Internet of Things India conference will center on mobile IoT
infrastructure.

263

Indonesia

1.

General Information

Area: 1,904,569 km2
Population: 275,501,339
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $3,847
Internet User: 53.73
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 4.29
Wireless Broadband User: 104.19
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 75.585 on the 2022 Waseda International Digital Government Index,
Indonesia ranked 24th overall. The quality of Indonesia's public services has advanced
thanks to Indonesia's efforts noticeably. The country's score on the World Bank's ease of
doing business index improved from 129th to 73rd out of 190 nations, indicating that it
264has developed a more productive environment for doing business. During this time, thegovernment started transitioning its conventional services into what is now known as egovernment services, which use technology to provide public services. One such instanceis the Manajemen Integrasi Informasi dan Pertukaran (MANTRA) data-sharing system,
which has enabled online access to public services for the general populace.
The pandemic has prompted a rapid shift toward economic digitization in Indonesia.
More people from more backgrounds will access better economic opportunities as thepace of digitization in the economy quickens. The tremendous growth in digitaltechnology usage, however, necessitates a more unified and comprehensive governmental
response on a global scale. According to the Ministry of Communication and Informatics,
the acceleration of digital transformation in Indonesia may be pushed via four primaryareas: digital infrastructure, digital government, digital economy, and digital society.
These four sectors are listed in the following order: These four industries can assist
Indonesia, which has the potential to record the most significant and quickest growth in
the internet economy in Southeast Asia.
3.2. New Trends
When it comes to the functioning of an economy, the services provided by the government
are necessary. Effective public services can stimulate economic expansion by fostering
the rise of other industries. Suppose the government of Indonesia wants to realize its goalof elevating the country's economy to the fifth-to-7-strongest on the global stage by theyear 2045. It must devote significant attention to enhancing the nation's public service
standards.
Data inconsistencies arise when government organizations construct their databases
independently of one another, with just a few communication points between them. One
such instance is the difference in reported COVID-19 instances between the federal
government and the states. The government's ability to make data-driven choices ishindered by the lack of trustworthiness in the data it has at its disposal. The government
and people of Indonesia stand to gain much from adopting e-government while also
resolving some of the most pressing problems in the public sector. By easing data sharing,allowing efficient digital services across government agencies, and speeding up the265creation of companies that can utilize the shared database to generate last-mile digital
services, a national digital platform may hasten a country's digital transition. Meanwhile,
the government may use the information provided by many sectors to develop a holistic
picture of society and craft more effective policies.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Construction of the SATRIA-I multifunction satellite with a capacity of 150 Gbps began
in 2021, with satellite and rocket components being built in France and the United Statesand 11 earth stations being constructed in Indonesia to accommodate the growing demand
for satellite capacity. Meanwhile, the Ministry and its cellular operator partners havebegun building Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) in 12,548 rural areas without current
access to 4G. The Ministry's BLU BAKTI has built 9,113 BTS in the 3T region, while
private cellular providers have built 3,435.
The Ministry's continued focus on ensuring the high quality of Indonesia's
telecommunications services complements the country's massive investment in digital
infrastructure. In light of this, the Ministry has finished building a Telecommunication
Monitoring Center that will track public complaints about service outages in real-timeand quantify QoS and QoE. Inside 514 provinces/urban areas. The Ministry will carry out
the initiatives outlined in the Digital Indonesia Roadmap to further expand the country's
telecommunications infrastructure. The Ministry's main emphasis in 2022 will be onbringing the development of the backbone layer up to the very last mile.
Limited finance, particularly for growth in the 3T area, is one of the many obstacles tobuilding digital infrastructure identified by the 2022 development study (underdeveloped,
outermost, and underdeveloped). Consequently, the Ministry achieved a breakthroughthanks to a novel blended finance plan.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]In light of this digital potential, the nation has devised the Indonesia Digital Roadmap
2021-2024 to accelerate digital transformation in line with a direction from thegovernment. The Human Resources Research and Development branch of the Ministryof Human Resources is working to encourage people with digital potential in different
266

locations to pursue possibilities.
Regarding infrastructure development, the ministry has constructed the Palapa Ring,which spans 12,229 kilometers and links 57 districts in Indonesia. In 2023, the Ministryof Communications and Information Technology will launch the Indonesia Raya Satellite,
also known as SATRIA 1, with a capacity of 150 Gbps; SATRIA 2, with a total of 300
Gbps; and SATRIA 3, with an ability of 500 Gbps, to provide public services with accessto high-speed internet via Wi-Fi. Through the Telecommunication and Information
Accessibility Agency, they will also build 7,904 Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) in
villages located within 3T areas, which are defined as being "outermost," "remote," and"underdeveloped" (BAKTI).
4.3. Online Service [OS]Credit card usage is shallow in Indonesia despite the widespread use of alternative formsof digital payment. GoPAY led the electronic wallet market share, followed by Ovo, Dana,and LinkAja. The most common uses of electronic wallets are for payments in onlinetransportation, online food and beverage, and offline food and drink. These days, it'scommon practice to provide monetarily or point rewards for participation in promotions.
Tokopedia is the most widely used online marketplace in Indonesia because it facilitates
the rapid setup and management of digital shops for individuals and businesses. More
importantly, Shopee is a significant player in the industry, especially in countries where"mobile first" is the standard. For the most part, it functions as a mobile-friendly, multivendor online store that offers the standard web shopping experience.
In addition to Shopee, Bukalapak also serves as an e-commerce hub where buyers andsellers may interact in the global marketplace. The safety and comfort of its customers'
financial transactions are of paramount importance to Bukalapak, and the company puts
a premium on the speed and reliability of online trading.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The website the Indonesian government officially sanctions is the National Portal of the
Republic of Indonesia (Indonesia.go.id). A broad overview of the nation is presented, as
well as information on the leaders of the government, the legislative and regulatory267

agencies, announcements of new initiatives, public service announcements, and news andstatistics. Support is only provided for the Indonesian language.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
In Indonesia, the chief information officer (CIO) position is filled by someone appointed
due to a presidential mandate. CIOs of the government work together with CIOs of otherministries and enterprises, as well as other C-level executives in the field of information
technology, to guarantee the success of national digital projects. According to apresidential mandate that Indonesian President Joko Widodo gave, all government
agencies are required to recruit a Chief Information Officer (CIO) in order to manage theimplementation of technological agendas across several administrations.
To ensure that digital projects are carried out nationally, government chief information
officers work with other chief information officers, businesses, and ministries. The goalof the presidential decree was to bring together disparate technological systems used byvarious ministries and government entities. To implement the brand-new e-governancesystem at the national level, it is required that all government institutions collaborate anduse the same electronic services.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Both on the ground and in space, the Indonesian Ministry of Communications andInformatics has been ramping up its efforts to construct a sizeable information andcommunication technology infrastructure in Indonesia. Providers of information andcommunications technology infrastructure enhance Indonesia's territorial integrity to thepoint where ICT infrastructure becomes a societal requirement. This is the case because
ICT infrastructure providers are a means by which ICT infrastructure becomes a societal
requirement.

Technologicaladvancements

makeaccessinginformation

andcommunication networks no longer prestigious or exclusive.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The factors the nation has taken into account have led to the development of egovernment applications compatible with mobile devices like smartphones and tablets.
Apps that enable users to engage in the digital world despite the absence of crucial
infrastructure are often well received by the younger generation. It is normal practice for268

governmental authorities to have a website and allow residents to communicate with them
via the site. In Indonesia, residents can lodge complaints against government officials
using e-participation sites such as lapor.go.id. The Presidential Task Force, which is
linked to all branches of the government, is responsible for maintaining this website.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The digital transformation of the whole country of Indonesia is now the real economic
growth of the country. The growth of a nation's digital sector is intrinsically tied to thestrength of its economy, and the two interact in a virtuous cycle of innovation that feeds
and reinforces itself. The regulatory framework is the ultimate driver of the digital andeconomic growth cycle; thus, familiarity with it is essential. A nation's economic successis in part determined by the extent to which its citizens use digital services and procedures.
Consequently, the health of a country's financial system and investment climate directly
results from its economic success, which in turn affects the digital ecosystem. The
purpose and function of the regulatory framework should be to foster the development ofsuch a positive feedback loop.
In Indonesian politics, the National Action Plan (NAP), which outlines the country's planfor implementing open government, is critical. Ministries, agencies, and groups within
civil society have committed to providing financial resources to the National Action Plan
(CSOs). In order to ensure that all of the commitments are kept, specific benchmarks havebeen developed for each participant. The Open Government Indonesia National Action
Plan works toward the goal of "Clean, Effective, and Reliable Government Management"by fostering political stability and upgrading public services simultaneously. This isessential to the nation's sustained economic growth. Additionally, the plan is an integral
component of the government's efforts to push the global agenda, including the
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
As a direct reaction to the spread of the COVID-19 virus across Indonesia, the Open
Government Indonesia National Action Plan was developed. Since then, attention has
been directed to post-epidemic COVID-19 and strategies for accelerating Indonesia's
recovery. Several strategic objectives, such as improving public services, lowering levelsof corruption, promoting budgetary transparency, increasing access to justice, andsupporting public policies sensitive to gender issues, will also be easier to achieve.
269

4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Recent developments in Indonesian policy demonstrate a rising understanding of thevulnerability of crucial national infrastructure to cyberattacks and the need forcomprehensive regulatory and legislative responses. It's possible that the security servicesof Australia can assist Indonesia in improving its cyber security foundation.
The Indonesian president, Joko Widodo, issued an executive order on April 13 tostrengthen the National Cyber and Crypto Agency, also known as the "State Cyber and
Signal Agency," abbreviated as BSSN. This order was made in response to a cyber-attack
on April 13. According to Presidential Decree 28/2021, BSSN is directly answerable tothe president. This provides extra opportunities for flexibility and influence outside of thetypical ministerial structure. The efficacy and efficiency of the BSSN and the norms
controlling "national security, sovereignty, and data protection" would be strengthened.
After the BSSN order, three additional decrees will be published: one on the country's
national cybersecurity plan for 2020–24, one on dealing with cyber crises at home, andone on the significance of critical information infrastructure throughout the country. Allof these decrees will be published simultaneously. These instructions will be used byIndonesia to enhance the country's geopolitical and economic competitiveness as well as
develop, secure, and deploy cyberspace to accomplish national objectives.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The industry of digital innovation in Indonesia is seeing significant expansion. Indonesia
is the world's fourth most populated nation, with a total population of 264.2 million people.
The "digital economy" is anticipated to create an annual revenue of US$133 billion by2025 when Internet penetration reaches 64.8 percent. Smartphones are the most popular
platform, with 96 percent of those who use the internet owning at least one.
As the nation with the most internet users and the biggest economy in ASEAN, Indonesia
boasts one of the region's most diversified and broad start-up ecosystems. This is
attributed to the country's 215 million online users. According to Google and Temasek's
projections, Indonesia's "internet economy" is predicted to reach US$130 billion by 2025,
having grown at an annualized pace of 49 percent since 2015. In 2019, it is estimated to
be worth US$40 billion. By 2025, it is projected to reach US$130 billion. This is close to
45 percent of the expected total for ASEAN.
270

Entrepreneurial spirit is essential in today's rapidly expanding "digital economies" areas,such as e-commerce, digital health, banking, and education technology. Additionally, it isa driving element for modernization in conventional banking, telecommunications,agriculture, logistics, retail, natural resource management, and public service delivery.
This was made feasible with the assistance of a diverse assortment of accelerator andincubator programs, co-working spaces, and venture capitalists.

271

Ireland1.

General Information

Area: 70,273 km2
Population: 5,023,109
Government Type: Parliamentary Democracy
GDP: $84,718
Internet User: 92.00
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 30.71
Wireless Broadband User: 103.82
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In a brand-new phase of technological advancement for Ireland to recover from theepidemic, it was necessary for the country to put much greater effort into incorporating
technology into its economic and social life. It is believed that improved digital
governance will be the trigger that will pull Ireland out of its downward spiral. The
government took steps to reduce the gap in digital skills and develop an education andtraining system to facilitate the adult acquisition of digital skills. In addition, the272

government has made significant expenditures on the digital transformation of thecountry's workforce. All labor force members must achieve certain levels of expertise andknowledge before they may find employment. After this comes the objective, which is to
produce technology that citizens have created to live up to the standards of the next
period.
Immigration and company registration procedures have both been simplified and given
more resources to conform to international norms. The government standardized its
policies and programs across departments to foster the growth of its infrastructure andpublic service provision. They collaborate with the European Commission to develop
practical and legal initiatives in the data management and artificial intelligence sectors,
pushing for open global data flows. Waseda International's digital government rankingsfor 2022 placed Ireland 14th, with a total score of 82.148. This position was achieved
despite all of Ireland's efforts.
3.2. New Trends
The Irish government has developed an 18-step roadmap with eighteen significant
initiatives to advance the five pillars of its Public Service ICT Strategy. The eighteen
projects have all been tailored to make the most of modern advancements in theirrespective professions. Examples of such initiatives include the building of the Gov.ie
website, the passing of legislation, the establishment of a Government Private Cloud, andthe launch of an ICT Apprenticeship program. The government is working to broaden
MyGovID's user base and improve the service's functionality. One such method isauthentication using a mobile device. They hope that by combining their private cloudwith public cloud services, they can reap both benefits while keeping prices down. They
want to concentrate on open data in the future as well.
Due to the epidemic and the country's economic recovery, Ireland has adopted strategic
objectives. Accelerating change and innovation is adopting new business models, digitaltransformation, and a low-carbon economy. The primary goal of the government is toincrease the number of business customers that adopt and transform their operations withthe help of digital technology. By emphasizing remote work, marketing, capacity support,
and communication, they want to aid customers in their understanding of digitalization.
273

Ireland is working on a multi-year plan to digitize its economy. It is providing input intodeveloping national policies to increase its customer base's digital competence and hasten
its digital transformation. Partnerships between the United States and its regions will besupported, particularly in research and innovation. Optimizing cutting-edge production
processes and advanced technology can help firms cut their carbon footprint.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The following are some of the significant advancements that have been made in the digital
government of Ireland:- National Broadband Ireland is working to strengthen the broadband network available
across Ireland.
- Trials of Starlink's satellite broadband service have begun, and the eir network can now
provide 5G connectivity to 57 percent of the country's population.
- The government has compelled eir to open its fiber networks to other carriers; Vodafone
is expanding the availability of its NB-IoT and 5G services in several additional cities.
- SIRO's Gigabit Hub Initiative is attracting an increasing number of customers.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Developing an eHealth strategy is what Ireland has been doing to prove that its healthcaredelivery system and its citizens benefit from using eHealth. Examples are electronicprescriptions, online referrals and scheduling, Telehealth, and the generation of summary
patient data. The Health Service Executive published the Knowledge and Information
Strategy, a document promoting eHealth's benefits in Ireland. The objective of theStrategy is to provide comprehensive care focused on the individual, is risk-free, andexcels in quality. This plan, which expands upon Ireland's eHealth Vision, is meant tomeet the population's needs in every medical location and along every possible patient
pathway. In addition, this Strategy details how the organization's knowledge andinformation will be modified to address future delivery issues and advance the Vision andobjectives of the HSE Corporate Plan.
The government of Ireland has unveiled its Action Plan, a set of measures designed to
attract and retain top-tier ICT professionals in the country. The strategy proposes several
274

steps to boost the country's supply performance to maintain Ireland's status as a global
center for top-tier IT talent. This is a collaborative effort of government, industry, andeducational and training systems.
The duties of local governments are carried out following LGA initiatives and national
policy. To help cities and towns succeed, the state funds the Housing, Planning,
Community, and Local Government Department, the Local Government Management
Agency (LGMA). Within the scope of its authority, the LGMA promotes the efficient andeconomic rollout of municipal services and programs. The Office of the Government
Chief Information Officer (OGCIO) creates and manages a suite of applications used by
the government. The Public Service ICT Strategy advocated for a unified software suite
across government agencies to save costs. Ireland's 11.600 MO score is sixth in the 2022
Waseda rankings, where it currently sits.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Government agencies and other approved users use the Personal Public Service Number(PPSN) to provide safe access to essential government services. Organizations, including
the Health Service Executive, the Revenue Commissioners, and the Department of
Employment Affairs and Social Protection, utilize PPSNs (HSE). Vaccinating children,
obtaining public health services (such as medical cards and a payment system forprescription prescriptions), obtaining financial aid (such as reductions in mortgage
interest), securing housing subsidies, and taking driving theory and license examinations
all need a PPSN. No matter how you access government services—in-person, over thephone, or online—the Public Service Card (PSC) ensures your privacy is protected.
Online passport applications and renewals are now available to citizens of Ireland. As thename implies, the service is always on hand. Ireland citizens are now free to travel acrossthe European Union, the Economic Area, and Switzerland. The application process isopen to any Irish citizen older than 18. Citizens may submit your application through theirwebsite or mobile app. New Irish passport holders may now renew their passports online.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The government domain serves as a central hub for all accessible government services
online, making it easy for citizens to find what they need. By reporting on government275

activities as news, the Irish Government News Service Portal provides a glimpse into how
things work behind the scenes. The site's primary goal is to give balanced reporting on abroad range of topics. This means that the Portal provides a central location for thoseinterested in government problems to get up to date quickly and easily. RSS streams anddepartmental websites connect to all government press releases. In addition, the Portal's'Issues' area provides relevant, timely resources. The GIS, GPO, and IT all worked
together to produce it.
The Citizens Information Board is the government agency responsible for distributing
Citizens' Information. The topics covered on the site are legal protections in the workplace,purchasing property, moving abroad, and furthering education. The issues are organized
into 14 groups that map the main phases of a person's life. Details are bolstered by casestudies, supporting paperwork, and downloadable forms from various organizations.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Chief Information Officer of the Irish Government, often known as the GCIO, is todevelop and carry out a unified information technology strategy for the government thatwill guarantee the use of technology across all of its departments and agencies. At thesecond level of the organization, the Health Service Executive (HSE) established the
Office of the Chief Information Officer (OCIO) with the mission of supervising theimplementation of the eHealth Ireland Strategy and ensuring that advancements intechnology contribute to the improvement of medical care.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
In terms of lifestyle, economic practices, and consumer habits, Covid-19 has brought
about profound changes. This might be the fundamental impetus that government
agencies need to spur creativity. Many industries that fought digitization in the past are
now dependent on it. As the nation moves towards the digital economy, consumer andinstitutional preparedness are considered separately. Most Malaysian customers areprepared since they are already online through mobile devices; by 2024, the number ofsmartphone users in Malaysia is expected to exceed 33 million.
There has been significant progress in recent years, but there are still substantial obstacles
to digital adoption. These include a lack of digital literacy and a general perception that276

it is difficult. We anticipate this would hasten local capacities in adopting digitalization
via the Prime Minister's National Digital Economy and 4IR Council.
Essential elements that governments should consider in their digital journey to guarantee
the capacity to serve effectively, grow affordably, and react quickly are as follows:
1 Expanding the digital infrastructure
In light of the different movement restriction orders, people are expected to stay indoors
and complete their daily responsibilities, including school and work. The government isstruggling to keep up with the soaring demand for digital services and brand new services
not previously available due to the increasing number of firms that must function remotely.
This has necessitated a massive expansion of their digital capabilities, and they have
responded to the many threats they face by using a pair of digital strategies. The
government of Malaysia has implemented several programs—including the Strategic
Programme to Empower the People and Economy (Pemerkasa) and different stimulus
packages—to boost economic recovery and growth. With US$242.5 million allocated in
the 2021 Budget for Cybersecurity, IoT and Connectivity, Digital Workforce
Development, and SME Digital Transformation, Malaysia is well on its way to becoming
a fully digital nation.
2. Making use of cloud-based services
Using cloud computing is critical for maintaining operations. Due to its inherent
scalability, the cloud offers cost savings and adaptation with relative ease. Recognizing
this, the government intends to set the pace for the expansion of the cloud industry byimplementing a cloud-first policy throughout the public sector and contracting with cloudservice providers and managed service providers to increase Malaysia's competence inthis area. Microsoft, Google, Amazon, and Telekom Malaysia have all been granted
conditional clearance to construct and operate hyper-scale data centers and cloud services
in Malaysia as part of the MyDigital initiative's plan.
3. Making government employees more comfortable with technology
Investments in IT infrastructure may speed up the government's digital effort, but thisalone won't be enough to keep things moving forward. The development of atechnologically literate workforce is of equal importance. As the epidemic spread, itbrought into sharp focus the necessity for a public sector staff that is both tech-savvy and277

digitally literate. Their respective governments should drive efforts to improve people'sfamiliarity with technology. Last year, Huawei Malaysia introduced the Huawei Asean
Academy, a specialized training module to develop digital talent, in collaboration with
the Ministry of Communications and Multimedia. The academy's ICT training programs
and courses are aimed at government agencies, industry experts, and college students,
giving the nation a well-rounded boost to its ICT ecosystem and digital economy.
4. Spending money on improving people's ability to interact with one another
Expanding digital solutions and encouraging the virtualization of services can only bebeneficial if they are accessible to the general public. Therefore, governments must invest
in public infrastructure that increases access to digital solutions, particularly forunderserved communities.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Ireland is uniquely attuned to the political repercussions of shifting patterns of
information and communication. Since its independence, Ireland's politics have beencharacterized by a lack of administrative transparency and accountability, coupled with astrong heritage of informal social and political engagement. It was believed that citizens
did not get state advantages because it was their legal right to do so, but rather because
powerful and kind rulers awarded them as personal favors in exchange for the citizens'political support. There are a number of hypothesized contributors to the rise andpersistence of political clientelism. Exclusive in nature, clientelist informal networks
encourage private individuals to exploit public services for their own benefit.
The political system in Ireland has evolved as a result of the proliferation of informationand communication technologies, which have affected the ways in which individuals
engage with the state's administrative structure. The use of informal and ad hoc methods
may also increase citizens' involvement in government. New technologies have alreadyshown that the administrative system is more fair than was previously imagined. People
have seen that they can apply for and get benefits to which they are legally entitled, andthat doing so may have a positive impact on their lives. The next phase is to increase
public engagement, either as individuals or in ad hoc organizations, via the expansion ofthis technological connection between citizen and state.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]278

To stimulate and allow digital change throughout the Irish economy and society, Ireland
has developed a national digital strategy called "Harnessing Digital - The Digital Ireland
Framework." It focuses on four main areas: digitizing public services, digitalizing
government operations, and the digital transformation of businesses. The plan has lofty
goals for the digital transformation of Irish firms by 2030, including SMEs and large
corporations widespread use of cloud computing, AI, and big data. Key productive
industries such as construction, advanced manufacturing, agriculture, healthcare,transportation, and fintech are highlighted. Maintaining a focus on growing Ireland's
vibrant startup scene is essential.
Governments may become more open, encourage innovation, and offer data infrastructure
to assist economic development with the aid of available data. The data it generates may
prove that public funds are being used effectively and policies are being carried out. The
48 Hour Hackathon on "Unleashing the Power of Open Data for Innovation," hosted by
the Malaysian Administrative Modernisation and Management Planning Unit (MAMPU),
gave high school students and adults a chance to utilize open data to create solutions tosocietal challenges.
An open database that anyone can access, use, and share, the Sinar project is working toincrease citizens' access to vital civic information such as legislative processes,
parliamentary data, and MP statistics. The creation of the Asian Open Data Alliance has
opened up new possibilities for cross-border cooperation in disseminating and using open
data in the Asia-Pacific area.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The National Cyber Security Centre (NCSC) has administered day-to-day operations as
the department's operational arm for information security. Members of the NCSC are
selected from the national or federal Computer Security Incident Response Team in eachstate (CSIRT-IE). The purpose of the project is to lessen the risks associated with theinfrastructure and services of the internet to provide a reliable, trustworthy, and stable
online environment in which people and companies may engage in social and economic
activities. Protecting vital digital assets and the infrastructure that depends on them may
be aided by working with other government agencies, critical businesses like energy and279

telecommunications, and foreign partners.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The government revealed its new Research Priority Areas for 2018–2023. Ireland
promises to review critical areas monthly and update or alter them as necessary to ensure
they remain relevant. Ireland has to be ready to make the most of global opportunities
today and in the future by adapting to the global trends and challenges that affect the
global economy and its position. The focus and fundamental ideas have shifted somewhat
since 2012 to account for new realities.
Ireland launched the European Blockchain Partnership to provide a unified framework
for blockchain services throughout Europe (EBSI). Ireland was an active member of thePartnership's Self-Sovereign Identity case use workgroup and its other policy, technical,
and use case workgroups. As well to the Organization for Economic Cooperation andDevelopment, Ireland is also a member of the Blockchain International Association for
Confidence Applications (INABTA). Ireland has decided to join the government
consultative board of INABTA, furthering the discussion of blockchain technology
worldwide. Public and private sectors in Ireland's blockchain industry have joined
together to form Blockchain Ireland.
For compliance with the EU Social Security Coordination Regulations, Member States
must set up a centralized network for the electronic transfer of relevant data. The system's
goal is to streamline claiming benefits following European Union rules. The EESSI
Access Point is up and functioning in Ireland at this time. The Disruptive Technology
Innovation Fund (DTIF) will invest €500 million in disruptive technology R&D,
marketing, and deployment as part of Project Ireland 2040. Smart and sustainable foodproduction and processing, as well as high-tech manufacturing, are both essential.

280

Israel1.

General Information

Area: 20,770 km2
Population: 9,038,309
Government Type: parliamentary democracy
GDP: $45,042
Internet User: 90.13
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 30.06
Wireless Broadband User: 121.31
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With an aggregate score of 68.249, Israel landed in the 40th spot in the Waseda rankingsfor 2022. In 2013, Israel's government realized they needed to create a comprehensive
national digital strategy.

The epidemic has accelerated the development of digital

services in Israel and paved the way for drastic changes to establish corporate identifiers
281and eliminate regulatory roadblocks. That same year, the Israeli government passed a
resolution creating the "Digital Israel National Initiative," whose goal is to develop andimplement a comprehensive national strategy for using information and communication
technologies. In a strategic socio-economic evaluation compiled and submitted to thegovernment, the National Economic Council identified "Digital Israel" as one of six
significant concerns the State should address.
The government also agreed to create the Digital Israel Bureau (hereafter "the Bureau"),which functions under the Ministry for Social Equality, to coordinate and integrate
government activities to achieve the National Initiative and its aims. The government has
tasked the Bureau with, among other things, formulating a National Digital Program andassisting with the creation of digital initiatives at the departmental, interdepartmental, andcross-government levels, all of which are essential to the successful implementation of
the National Initiative.
Israel, known as the "Start-up Nation," is prepared to take advantage of the opportunities
presented by the information technology revolution. Because of its dynamic populationand propensity to quickly accept new technologies and services, Israel has become a
global leader in the high-tech industry in recent decades, thanks in large part to thebenefits of digitization. For Israel to maintain its current level of preeminence over thelong term, significant resources must be committed to this cause.
The benefits and opportunities of the Digital Age have not yet permeated all sectors of
Israeli society and the economy, despite the country's innovative spirit and cutting-edge
technology. In addition, the degree to which the percolation occurred varied between
demographic subsets. Widespread inequality and a widening "Digital Divide" exist in
Israeli society, with the former benefiting from and the latter often being left out of theadvantages of technological progress. The Ministry for Social Equality has identified
digital technologies as a fundamental way of resolving these inequalities and taking action
to close gaps between demographic groups, erase the "distance" between periphery andcenter, and further equal opportunity.
3.2. New Trends
Key concepts behind "Digital Israel" include:282

1. Customers come first: digital services should be built with people's needs in mind.
2. The ability to quickly adapt to new information and conditions, as shown by initialresearch and the systematic, step-by-step approach of an integrative process that involves
performance, enhancement, measurement, and alterations.
3. Information sources management, including decision-making informed by data andmaking data and analysis publicly available to foster confidence in government andencourage participation from the public while keeping data secure.
4. digital inclusion or ensuring that all individuals have the same chances to reap the
benefits of digitalization by providing universal access to services and minimizing digital
literacy disparities.
5. "digital as default"; that is, creating government services as end-to-end digital services
that are standardized and easy to use.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
According to the annual Digital Quality of Life Index 2022, Israel placed number one indigital well-being among 117 nations globally. This is even though Israel's mobile internet
is among the most expensive in the world, and its quality and infrastructure are bothlacking. According to the report from 2022, mobile internet service in Israel is thecheapest in the world. According to the index, Israelis may get 1GB of mobile internet
for 5 seconds of labor each month, which is 58 times less expensive than in the US.
Compared to the worldwide average of six hours of delivery, the cost of broadband
internet was higher but still manageable at 19 minutes of work.
In the other areas, Israel's performance was inconsistent. The quality of the internet inIsrael has declined to 21st rank, from 11th in 2021, as measured by the reliability andspeed of mobile and broadband connections. While progress has been slow, the Ministryof Communications said this summer that 70 percent of Israeli homes should have accessto high-speed internet by the end of the year, thanks to the country's efforts to build out
high-speed internet infrastructure utilizing fiber optic connections. Download rates ofmany gigabits per second are possible with fiber optic networks, which employ light283

signals sent via hollow cables rather than electricity along copper wires. At now, rates
may be measured in tens of megabits per second.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]To maximize the benefits of digitization and hasten the expansion of the economy, thefollowing three strategic objectives have been established:
1. Foster the growth of information-based companies and industries, as well as digital
sectors and businesses, and stimulate information-based innovation. In addition, firms in
Israel need to enhance their online activities to improve their competitiveness, open up
new prospective customers, and provide new prospects for development.
2. Develop the labor market in a digital age by concentrating on aligning digital skills in
the education system, the academy, and the labor force to the needs of the labor market,
increasing the use of online professional training, expanding employment opportunities
in a digital age by removing distance obstacles, and exercise experienced personnel in thefields of digitalization and information and communications technology (ICT).
3. Encourage an atmosphere conducive to digital work and support the construction ofnecessary infrastructure (such as high-speed broadband and optical fibers).
4.3. Online Service [OS]As for Online Services, the regulations governing electronic signatures, data transmission,and anti-spam are still in place to guarantee the integrity and safety of using Digital
Government apps. An array of government services, from tax and payment processing
online to form downloads and driver's license applications, are now conveniently
accessible via www.gov.il, a new one-stop government website. Even if there is a central
hub for government information, citizens still have to wade through a sea of links to getwhat they need. Pages of the error have been shown when transfers between the portal
and the relevant department or between English and Hebrew sites have not been
optimized. Some apps need users to download forms and email, or snail mail them to theproper authorities; hence no fully optimized online transaction experience has been
established.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
In response to a decision by the Ministerial Committee, the website gov.il/data has been284

redesigned to provide the general public with reliable and approved information by the
Israeli government. The report offers open-source access to the datasets maintained by
the government, allowing users to construct apps and systems according to their whims.
The Government Information and Communications Technology Authority has launched
a new consolidated website, gov.il, based on the open code of the British government's
website, gov.uk. The purpose of creating the website was to facilitate the public's quick
and straightforward access to all of the information and services provided by thegovernment. The website's design has been applied to the services that are used the mostoften.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Before she was appointed the country's first national chief information officer, Ms.
Carmela Avner served as a director in the Ministry of Finance. Since Avner's resignation,
the news outlets published in the English language have not mentioned a successor.
Although there is little to no focus placed on CIO in the school system of the nation at
this time, positions in this field, as well as panels and forums dedicated to CIO topics, arestill available in the private sector.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
One of the most important things governments can do to encourage digital transformation
is to provide the necessary infrastructure. There are four distinct functions of government:
1. Spending on digital infrastructure: Having reliable internet is as essential as havingroads or electricity, which has far-reaching social and economic consequences. There is aneed for government involvement in the planning, supervision, and, to a lesser extent,
funding of infrastructure improvements in smaller and more remote cities due to market
failures and lack of resources. Participation on this scale would ensure that all Israelis
easily access high-quality infrastructure. In the long run, it's more important to prioritize
actual usage than the availability of infrastructure, such as by setting affordable rates for
all population segments. Israel's government and corporate sector have identified therapid expansion of optical fiber coverage, developing a G5 cellular network, andintroducing a cloud services system as their key goals.
2. The digitization of public services: Secure communication and information exchange,285

as well as users' confidence, is crucial to successfully implementing a comprehensive
digital government system. In this phase, we must: Completely digitize all government
departments. Business registration, product import licenses, national insurance, and otherregulatory processes are some examples of red tape that have been streamlined thanks to
the digitalization of business regulation. Market and implementation assistance for
digitalizing payments in the private sector, including digital signatures, digital permission
from banks, and more.
3. Fostering a norm of data-driven decision-making in the public sector by removing
roadblocks, fixing market failures, cutting bureaucracy, and regulating less. When it
comes to bureaucracy and regulations, the government should take action to eliminate
any extra roadblocks that might lead to market failures. Data sharing, digital signatures,
digital identity, and other information security and privacy-related challenges needrevised legislation.
4. Fostering competence in digital tools: Increasing digital literacy across the board, but
especially in traditionally underserved communities, including the Arab world, theOrthodox Jewish community, and the elderly.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]As the cornerstones of open government, free speech and participation from the generalpublic are encouraged across the board in all government entities in Israel. The
government has the goal of increasing citizen participation in decision-making and plansto do this by continuing to broaden access to data from the public sector. Consequently,
the contact information for Israel's ministries is now available on the official website of
the Knesset, which may be found at www.knesset.gov.il. The official websites of Israel's
Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and President Reuven Rivlin provide links to theleaders' respective social media platforms, such as Twitter and Facebook. However, thereis neither a standard nor an institution to evaluate the level of public satisfaction with theDistrict Government's services.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
A national strategy for digital development is necessary since digital transformation is a
key mechanism for generating higher productivity and faster growth. In order to identify
286

whether or not the increased investment was successful, the plan would provide
measurable targets and investment measurements, as well as defined priorities for
implementing the various phases based on their influence on growth. The framework thatwould promote and propel the execution of digital development processes is agovernment plan that is systematic and laid out in terms of objectives, budget, andexamples of success, as well as an executive-legislative plan advocating orderly,
coordinated legislation efforts concerning the selected subjects.
Thanks to the Internet, people from all walks of life may communicate with one anotherin ways never before possible. The principles of open government, includingtransparency, accountability, and citizen involvement, provide the basis for a generative
democracy. Several government agencies developed a strategy to digitally transform themost successful public-private service hubs and cutting-edge technology. Israel is one ofmore than 70 countries that are members of the International Open Government
Cooperation, cooperation between governments and civil society organizations.
The Open Government Partnership's goals have the backing of the Government ICT
Authority, which supports initiatives to further those goals. Government agencies shallpromote public access to government databases and strengthen public engagement indecision-making. It collaborates with the Accountant General's Office and othergovernment departments to establish an open-source software development policy. The
government will provide resources, including portals with current government
information and public engagement platforms.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Regarding cybersecurity, Israel is where it all begins and ends for the world. Following ayear of record financing in 2021, Israeli cybersecurity was expected to become a go-to
resource for businesses and governments throughout the globe. After a string of highprofile incidents in recent years, cybersecurity has gained widespread attention
throughout the world; this trend shows no signs of abating in 2022.
San Francisco, Greater Washington, DC, and Israel stand out as the world's three mostsignificant hubs for cybersecurity innovation. Israel's standing as a "start-up country" isreflected in the fact that it ranks second among these clusters in terms of venture capital287

financing ($4 bn) and proportion of the top 150 creative cybersecurity enterprises.
The dedication of the Israeli government to cybersecurity has put Israeli cyber enterprises
in a better position for continued revenue growth than their counterparts in the UnitedStates, Japan, and the United Kingdom, as seen in the accompanying figure. Strength wasadded to Israel's cybersecurity sector because of the impressive growth it saw in 2021.
The industry will continue consolidating and expanding upon these gains during 2022.
While a new wave of unicorns raises record amounts of money and gets to work in 2021,
long-standing Israeli companies are scrambling to adapt to the latest market conditions
that year.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The government of Israel has set a goal of being one of the top five nations in AI researchand development. The government will use the planned budget range of $300-$600
million to achieve this end. A group of experts from academia, business, and thegovernment was formed to investigate this idea further. However, Israel maintains its
position as the industry's leader in talent and AI companies, with an ecosystem that
includes more than 1500 businesses.
A large percentage of companies in the ICT sector are software centric. The United States
is Israel's leading software, IT equipment, and IT services source. Internet use in Israel
has increased 400% over the last decade, and the country has become an essential
participant in the IT, software, and e-commerce industries. Israeli software is ubiquitousworldwide in the business, consumer, and technology sectors. The next IT revolution iscloud computing; over a hundred Israeli software companies are already working in thisspace.
The Ministry of Communications prioritized investment in communication systems. The
Ministry approved the fiber optic infrastructure strategy in June 2021. Increasing fiberoptic infrastructure in economically poor areas is a priority for the Ministry ofCommunications, which has pushed for subsidizing such an expansion. Mobile chipsets,
modems, data center gear, and Internet of Things devices are some of the components
Americans may begin contributing to the 5G ecosystem right now. Additionally, thenetwork will allow for "smart cities," enhanced transportation, digital healthcare, and288

higher industrial production and manufacturing levels.

289

Italy1.

General Information

Area: 301,336 km2
Population: 59,037,474
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary
constitutional republic
GDP: $32,031
Internet User: 70.48
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 29.98
Wireless Broadband User: 93.17
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Italia finished 18th place in the Waseda ranking in 2022 with a total score of 80.47. The
digitization of public services and infrastructure is bolstered by initiatives encouraging
the growth of individuals' digital abilities and ensuring that digital literacy is widespread290

and comprehensive. It is anticipated that more conventional expenditures will be madeon educational programs, platforms, and infrastructure that will encompass the whole ofthe educational patterns of residents. In addition to these initiatives, the Digital Civil
Service, a youth volunteering program, and the Digital Facilitation Services will enable
three million people to gain fundamental digital skills, closing the digital skills gap.
With almost a thousand deaths attributed to COVID-19, Italy is Europe's worst-impacted
nation. Italy's Ministry of Technological Innovation and Digitization (MID) and thecountry's digital agency (AGID) have collaborated to launch a website detailing thevarious efforts made by operators, companies, and associations across the country tolessen the impact of the coronavirus emergency on ordinary Italians. On the government's
Digital Solidarity portal, citizens may join up to get complimentary digital newspapers,
faster internet, and access to e-learning platforms, while businesses can sign up to deliver
these benefits to the public at no cost. Italy has begun a campaign to encourage internet
firms and publishers to provide free services to let people work and study from home or
to aid and enrich citizen life during confinement when the country's population of 60
million is under lockdown.
3.2. New Trends
A revised version of the Italia Digitale 2026 plan was published in 2021, after a new
government election and the Minister for Technological Innovation and Digital Transition
position. The success of the MITD Strategy Italia Digitale 2026 depends on two
intervention areas outlined in the National Recovery and Resilience Plan (NRRP) under
the heading "Mission 1: Digitalization, Innovation, Competitiveness, Culture, andTourism." These intervention areas are as follows:-

Networks Capable of Extreme Speeds-

Transformation of the Public Service Sector Into the Digital Age.

The two initiatives include eight projects, and the budget for Italia Digitale 2026 is 13.45
billion euros.
The Department for Digital Transformation and AgID released an updated version of theThree-Year Plan for ICT in Public Administration in October 2021. (2021-2023). The newplan is a crucial tool to promote digital transformation in the nation, especially when291

considering the digitalization of public administration, as it represents the logicalprogression of the previous three plans. The fourth strategy will concentrate on carryingout the recommendations made in the prior three while keeping an eye on the outcomesthat have been attained so far. The revised plan also introduces a few fresh ideas on the
National Recovery and Resilience Plan (PNRR) and the oversight of the digitaltransformation goals for the public sector at all levels. The plan has three main goals:
creating a digital society where digital services prioritize people and businesses,
promoting ethical and inclusive development, and spreading new digital technologies
throughout the productive Italian ecosystem while encouraging standardization,
innovation, and experimentation in the delivery of public services.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The digital investment guarantees that all Public Administration systems, databases, andapplications are maintained in highly dependable and quality-controlled data centers. The
investment will either construct a state-of-the-art national hybrid infrastructure based on
cloud technology or certify alternative secure and scalable public clouds, after which
public administration datasets and applications will be migrated. The objective is toimprove the safety, dependability, efficiency, and processing of data centers in Italy.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Three-Year Plan for ICT in the Public Administration was developed by the Digital
Growth Strategy to focus public sector ICT investments following governmental policies
and in line with European aims and programs. The proposed paradigm for management
and usage is systematic, distributed, and shared, and it may be used with the most cuttingedge digital technology. The management style would be dynamic and evolutionary, withtransparent governance of the different levels of public administration as its foundation.
The three pillars of innovative technologies, agile management, and a good and functional
governance model work in harmony and balance to ensure that the nation is better able tocapitalize on new technologies while giving its citizens an advantage in terms ofaccessibility and the enhancement of current digital services.
292

The plan's execution is coordinated by the AgID, which is also responsible for assistingregional and municipal public administration authorities. The Italian government adopted
the three-year 2019–2021 plan for information technology in the public sector in March
2019. Initiatives to hasten the shift to digital government and local entities were includedin the plan, along with tools to enable individuals and organizations to have a more activerole in driving innovation.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The design and connectivity of administrative databases, which help individuals andbusinesses save time and money, are the foundation of digitalization in public
administration. The usage of digital identity and digital domicile will increase as
databases in public agencies become fully interoperable. The National Digital Data
Platform (PDND) will enable the creation of a singular "digital profile" that adheres to
the OnceOnly-principle and will ensure the interoperability of public sector information
through a central catalog of Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) shared acrosscentral and local administrations.
The released APIs (eServices) will be available for authorized and verified usage by
public and private organizations by EU privacy legislation. These eServices will make itpossible to harmonize service methods prioritized by the Single Digital Gateway
Directive with those of other EU nations. The National Data Catalogue for Semantic
Interoperability (NDC) schema.gov.it will facilitate the eServices' semantic and syntacticinteroperability.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Italian National Registry of the Resident Population is known as ANPR (Anagrafe
nazionale della popolazione residente). A national database called the National Registryof the Resident Population was created to compile demographic information on all Italian
citizens, including those who live abroad (registered with the AIRE). All Italianmunicipalities were successfully migrated into the Italian National Register Office for the
Resident Population by January 2022. All residents of one of the 7,904 municipalities in
Italy, as well as all Italian nationals living abroad who are registered with AIRE (Anagrafe
Italiana Residenti all'Estero), have free access to the ANPR portal where they can check
293and verify their personal information and obtain self-certifications and certificates.
Additionally, beginning in February 2022, citizens will have direct access to the ANPR
site to amend their residence status.
As stipulated in Article 60 of the Digital Administration Code (Codicedell'Amministrazione Digitale), the National Registry Programme (Programma Anagrafi)
will connect all significant national database registries and other pertinent databases
beginning in 2022, in particular: the National Registry of Resident Population (Anagrafe
Nazionale Della Popolazione Residente), the Revenue Agency (Agenzia Delle Entrate),and the National Institute for Social Security (Istituto Nazionale di PrevidenzaSocialeINPS). Upon user consent, every public administration will be permitted to reuseor exchange information and documents that people have previously provided throughmachine-to-machine communication. A suitable environment is created by integrating
databases and services to guarantee a successful cycle of data quality management and to
put the Once-Only concept into practice.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
No information about the Chief Information Officer and General Counsel posts. In Italy,
the position of chief information officer is not subject to any specific regulations or norms.
The main body oversees Digital Italy, AGID, which operates outside the Prime Minister's
Office. The AGID team assists and advises several Italian public sector entities and the
Italian government. The Director of AGID makes a brief mention of the GCIO function
somewhere in his remarks.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
By allocating 5 million EUR for two years, beginning in 2020 and ending in 2021, Law
No. 160/2019 intends to provide further assistance to the Italian Digital Agenda. In
addition, the legislation offers a new function for the Department of the Presidency of theCouncil of Ministers in identifying, promoting, and administering initiatives associatedwith innovative technologies and digital transformation. The bill also envisions thecreation of a platform for digital alerts as its final provision. Every single entity that ispart of the public administration must utilize this platform.
In addition, Article 1 of the Law stipulates the appointment of a Minister for294

Technological Innovation and Digital Transformation, to whom the President of theCouncil of Ministers will delegate the responsibility of promoting the utilization oftechnology among private companies, private citizens, and public administrations.
The DTD was established to assist the Prime Minister in promoting and coordinating
initiatives within the government to create a consistent strategy for the digitaltransformation and modernization of the country via the use of digital technologies.
September 2019 marked the beginning of operations for the department. The DTD iscommitted to contributing to the ongoing modernization of Italy's public administration.
The department actively supports various reform efforts to improve the public
administration's effectiveness and efficiency. The DTD's responsibilities include, among
other things, the coordination of many stakeholders from the government and the public
administration to manage present and future digital programs in an integrated way using
an agile methodology and an approach that prioritizes open data.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In February 2020, the 2025 National Innovation Plan was introduced. It promoted public
services, digital infrastructure, and cooperation between the public and commercial
sectors. The project aims to stimulate high-tech businesses, such as robotics, smart
mobility, artificial intelligence, and cybersecurity, and find solutions to all of the issues
associated with humans brought up by the fourth industrial revolution.
Interoperability between public and information systems throughout the EU was
supposed to be achieved with the assistance of the Agency for Digital Italy. The complete
integration of Europe guarantees the technological coherence of public information
systems designed to be helpful to individuals and businesses. Additionally, the Agency
works to encourage Italian participation in initiatives related to national and European
digital agendas. The new measurements of open government culture, corruption
prevention, simplification, digital services, digital citizenship, and skills reflect theavailable government processes' maturity while enhancing action convergence andresource optimization.
The projects Soldipubbici, OpenCoesione, ItaliaSicura, and Opencantieri are bolsteredand expanded upon in the context of the third Action Plan, which aims to increase theopenness of the government's investments. In addition, local governments contribute to295

the battle against corruption and digital rights protection.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The Minister of Technological Innovation and Digital Transition relies on the Department
for Digital Transformation to promote and coordinate government initiatives toward
developing a coherent strategy for the digital transformation and modernization of thecountry using digital technology. It carries out the Minister's instructions in this area andensures that digital transformation programs are coordinated and carried out.
Italy announced the publication of its Fourth Open Government Partnership Action Plan
in June 2019. The plan, which extends from 2019 to 2021, has as its primary objective
the modification of how individuals interact with the government. The goal is the resultof laborious coordination efforts carried out by representatives from all relevant
institutions and members of the civil society on ten different topical areas: Open data;transparency; a register of beneficial owners; support for participation; regulating accessof stakeholders to decision-makers in public administration; a culture of open
government; prevention of corruption; simplification; digital services; and digitalcitizenship and skills.
The plan provides new measures on consultation policies, the register of beneficial
owners, and restrictions on stakeholders, demonstrating that opening procedures are now
mature. The tightest areas of open government are open data, transparency, digital skills,
and services. Compared to the action plans that came before it, the Fourth Action Plan
has two significant advancements that guarantee better commitment from all parties
involved. First, participation of the Open Government Forum was an essential component
since it allowed public administration entities and civil society organizations to debate
and reach a consensus on the goals that are to be accomplished by the year 2021. Second,
the final text reduced the number of acts to be carried out exclusively by one
administration and increased the number of actions to be carried out jointly by more than
one administration. Because of this, a more effective convergence of the activities andoptimizing the resources were made possible.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Decree No. 82 of the 14th of June 2021 established the National Agency for Cybersecurity
296

(Agenzia per la cybersicurezza nazionale). The Agency is responsible for protecting thenational interest in cybersecurity, including preserving the good in cyber-defense. In
addition, the Agency has complete control over its finances, as well as its budget,
regulatory framework, administrative structure, organizational structure, and accounting
practices. https://www.acn.gov.it/
The Inter-ministerial Committee on Cybersecurity was established by Decree No. 82 on
June 14, 2021. Its full name is the Comitato interministeriale per la cybersicurezza. It
provides advice, makes policy proposals, and deliberates on those policies, all to preserve
the nation's security in the digital sphere.
Cloud Strategy The DTD, in collaboration with the National Agency for Cybersecurity
2021, published the Italian Cloud Strategy (Cloud Italia) in September 2021. This
document outlines the steps public administrations, including local administrations, musttake to transition to the cloud. By 2026, the goal is to have 75% of Italy's public
administrations whole to the cloud. By encouraging the use of data processing
infrastructures that are safe, efficient, sustainable, and dependable, the plan intends toaddress a problem that has persisted for a long time inside the Italian public
administration. Determining whether the cloud delivery mode—public, hybrid, or
private—is best suited to reduce the risks associated with the various kinds of public dataand services is the central tenet of the strategy.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The Italian government released its Strategic Program on Artificial Intelligence for 20222024 in November 2021. The Ministry of Education, University and Research, theMinistry of Economic Development, and the Ministry of Technological Innovation and
Digital Transition worked productively to develop the plan. The strategy is theconsequence of this harmonic partnership. The National Plan for Recovery and Resiliencein Italy is the source of the funding for this approach (PNRR). It is hoped that this will
significantly advance Italy's AI strategy, which will be accomplished by capitalizing on
the primary advantages the national environment offers while simultaneously
concentrating on the most urgent requirements for development. In this sense, the project
identifies six objectives, eleven key sectors to remove investments from, and three areas297

of intervention that describe how the nation plans to fulfill the six objectives of thisstrategy.
Italy's Department of Digital Transformation and Agency for National Cybersecurity
collaborated to publish the country's Cloud Strategy in September of 2021. This paper
describes the strategic program, the implementation, and the oversight of cloudtechnology within the public administration.

298

Japan1.

General Information

Area: 377,930 km2
Population: 123,800,230
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $40,662
Internet User: 90.22
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 34.79
Wireless Broadband User: 202.25
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Japan ranks the 10th position in the 2022 Waseda International digital government
rankings with a total of 85,272 points. Many nations' efforts to combat the epidemic
depend critically on technological advancements. Technology in Japan has always been aliability rather than an asset. Experts from Japan's Ministry of Health and Welfare's
299

COVID-19 reaction team struggled to obtain timely and reliable data on factors, including
the number of confirmed cases and available hospital beds. It took a lot of man-hours andmaterials to manually enter data and verify numbers with local officials over the phone.
Due to its older population, Japan has some difficulty to handle the COVID-19
situation in comparison with many of its Western counterparts. Namely, Japan could nothandle the epidemic well because it did not utilize data and technology effectively.
One of the advantages would be an enhanced analysis of extensive data, which may
assist in determining the efficacy of specific programs. More widespread use of thetechnology would enable the government to offer services more swiftly while reducing
associated costs. In addition, plans will be developed to improve telemedicine anddistance education, which fall within the Ministries of Health and Education purview.
3.2. New Trends
Japan has to restructure the country after COVID through significant actions orconcentrated efforts by key industries or stakeholders to reform operations, capitalize on
new trends, and integrate digital technology throughout the value chain. There are fourmain ideas driving these changes as follows:-

Software developers, data engineers, data scientists, machine learning engineers,
product managers, agile coaches, designers, and other emerging professions are
the primary targets of a daring strategy to more than treble the bench of digitaltalent. The team's hardware expertise is also becoming more robust.

-

Almost half of Japan's GDP comes from just four industries: industrial andautomotive manufacturing, wholesale and retail; healthcare and financial services;and tourism. Digital penetration indicators, such as the number of digitalmanufacturing lighthouse factories or the percentage of e-commerce penetration,
are all in the single digits for all these industries. More than a hundred validated
use cases of cloud computing, machine learning, deep learning, e-commerce, theInternet of Things (IoT), 5G, cybersecurity, and other technologies can scale up
their value chains, leading to revenue growth and cost savings.

-

The term "digital government" refers to the government's long-term plan to
improve infrastructure, including internet access, data security, and cloud300

computing, so that a new generation of apps may be developed. This massive shiftnecessitates the rollout of digital applications in the public sector to digitize theservices it provides to citizens and businesses, doing away with time-consuming
processes that previously necessitated in-person meetings, paper, seals, faxing,
and other anachronistic means of communication.
-

Japan boasts more than half of the world's oldest created enterprises, and many ofthem are struggling economically due to stagnating sales and profits. Renewal of
the country's economy is desperately needed. To fulfill this rejuvenation mission,
the start-up ecosystem must adjust its present inward and hardware concentration
to instead aggressively target global consumer issues with the software. Start-ups,
entrepreneurs, and talent require reforms to improve conditions and allow for
faster growth.

4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Japan got a NIP score of 8.0 in 2022, which put it in third place in the NIP's Waseda
rankings. A change in tax policy is included in Japan's digitalization plan in order tosupport the deployment of 5G networks in rural areas. By March 2022, it is anticipatedthat NTT DoCoMo's 5G service will be accessible to 55 percent of the population, andby 2023, the corporation will have full control over the network. In the fixed broadband
market, the transition to FTTP is continuing even as DSL is being phased out.
The Artificial Intelligence (AI) plan, which was first created in 2017 and modified in 2021,
explains the next ambitions and goals regarding the domestic development of AI-based
solutions. This strategy pertains to the main field of AI. The strategy calls for
implementing programs to develop solutions for five unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs),also known as drones. These measures include supporting the formation of an artificial
intelligence research and development network, promoting education and thedevelopment of digital talents, and implementing programs to develop solutions for
UAVs,in industry/ society in general. The development of artificial intelligence solutions
for healthcare, agriculture, national resilience for infrastructure and natural catastrophes,transport and infrastructure, regional revival via smart cities, and manufacturing are key
301

industry sectors. In addition, the "Social principles for humancentric AI," released in 2021,
outlines nonbinding AI R&D and usage standards. These principles are intended to foster
the creation of society's accepted and appropriately used human-centric solutions.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]With an overall score of 11.2, Japan finished the competition this year in ninth place in
the MO criterion. The Digital Agency's overarching goal is to build a fully digital society
in which no one is left behind by the widespread use of digital technologies in all spheresof life, government, and business. The increased usage of the My Number social security
and tax identity cards in Japan is crucial to achieving these first objectives. The cards,
which have a 12-digit personal identification number given to every citizen of Japan, arebeing promoted by the agency as a method to digitally access emergency government
services, such as those taken to combat the current COVID-19 outbreak. It's also pushingthem to be a complete resource for finishing up bureaucratic processes and enhancing
information exchange infrastructures among government departments, agencies, andjurisdictions. For instance, the cards may be used with a newly released government app
to generate a digital vaccination passport that can be shown at airports, restaurants, andevents.
The cards are used for identification during emergency preparedness, tax filing, and social
security processes. Accessing services supplied by private companies is also possible withthe help of an integrated IC chip with an electronic certificate identifying the person. By
the beginning of 2023, My Number cards will have the capabilities to be used forelectronic verification and to allow cardholders to apply for daycare and other municipal
services online. Beginning in early 2025, cards are anticipated to be included with driver's
licenses and residency cards.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Creating and maintaining government-wide information technology infrastructure is an
essential area of focus for the Digital Agency. Digital Agency systems, standard systems
used by the agency and other government departments, and department-specific systems.
In the first grouping, it has
the national information system, which will serve as the basis for other systems that302

various government agencies may create together or independently. The Digital Agency
is responsible for creating and running this initiative since it is the most urgent andpolitically significant job. The Government Cloud is one such service used by several
agencies. A zero-trust architecture built on existing protocols is an additional layer ofprotection against the ever-evolving dangers in today's networks. The Government
Solution Service also offers local governments a standardized setting to conduct theiroperations.
The second kind of system will be set up as a result of cross-departmental collaboration,with each unit responsible for its maintenance. The Immunization History Register is one
such example. All other national information systems fall under the third classification.
The Digital Agency will propose standard rules to guarantee systems are synchronized
and give technical guidance. At the same time, individual government departments andagencies are responsible for constructing and managing systems to meet their respective
responsibilities.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Digital Agency which was established in Sept.2021

is responsible for maintaining

the official government website, e-Gov. The Japanese government is actively pushing
information security measures and implementing projects to improve the online
administration of administrative operations, electronic information supply, work, andsystem optimization. This website also features Japanese language materials and links
depending on the user's needs.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
A chief information officer (CIO) and an associate CIO in each central ministry report to
the Director-General of Administration (ACIO). The Federal CIO Council, made up of
CIOs from different ministries, drafts a lot of legislation. Greater than 90% of prefecturesand cities have a chief information officer. The government established a central point ofcontact for all Ministry Chief Information Officers in November 2012. Akihisa Miwa, aformer executive vice president of Obayashikumi Construction Company, has been
appointed to fill Mr. Endo's post on Federal CIO Council. Now, Newly established postin2021 with Digital Agency-Chief Digital officer is the top of administration
303

4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The business and governmental sectors have been motivated to take action and speed up
the shift toward digital by the impending "digital cliff" in 2025, an aging workforce, andthe COVID-19 epidemic. A closer look at the numbers reveals that Japan has a long way
to go in terms of digitalizing its public administration and services, as well as its corporate
landscape; despite positive signals and the promotion of digital concepts like artificial
intelligence (AI), the Internet of Things (IoT), or the cloud.
As a result, the government of Japan (GoJ) established lofty objectives, including thedevelopment of what it calls "Society 5.0," which it defines as "the merging of cyber
space and the real world." In recent years, it has speed up its activities by reviewing andpublishing a number of policies. In addition, it created the Digital Agency to oversee all
policy choices about digital initiatives and propel the country's development.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Japan proposed "Governance Innovation" and "Data Free Flow with Trust" at the G20
summit,Osaka

will soon be in a position to take the helm in shaping global digital

legislation. The economy's growth depends on the creation of a system of governance that
promotes and protects digital innovation.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Businesses and governments are rushing to modernize in response to several pressing
issues, including the "digital cliff" in 2025, an aging workforce, and the COVID-19
pandemic. Despite progress and the promotion of digital ideas like AI, the Internet ofThings (loT), and the cloud, Japan still has a long way to go in digitalizing its public
administration, services, and commercial environment. The Japanese government has
lofty plans to merge the digital and real worlds into a new form dubbed Society 5.0.
Recent years have seen a stepping-up of efforts, including policy revisions and publicity.
A government agency called the Digital Agency was set up to better organize the various
digital projects around the nation.
Government funding for the country's digital transformation has included the distribution
of NFTs to local governments that use digital technology to address problems within theirareas. The Open Data program, which has the support of the Japanese government,304argues for the release of public data in machine-readable forms and for permission to usethat data for commercial benefit or other reasons once it has been made available. This
program also argues for the release of public data in machine-readable forms. It is hopedthat people's lives will be improved as a result of this endeavor and that commercial
activity will be boosted as a result. A database that may be searched contains theinformation that can be obtained on the website of the Japanese government(https://www.data.go.jp/). The search functionality on the website is, thankfully, relatively
comprehensive.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Japan has upped its focus on cyber security in response to an increase in the number andcomplexity of cyber assaults. The safety of infrastructure sectors such as railroads anddata-dependent Internet of Things (IoT) networks and systems is gravely threatened bysuch assaults. The Japanese government is more conscious of the scale of the possible
challenges it confronts and the gap between its capabilities and those of the United Statesand other countries. It has therefore made attempts to close this gap.
In recent years, CS Japan has seen a dramatic increase in the number of Americancybersecurity businesses doing business in Japan, indicating that the United States has acompetitive edge over global and local rivals. In recent research, Japan's Ministry of
Economy, Trade, and Industry (METI) estimated a shortage of 220,000 IT specialists,
projected to expand to 360,000 by 2025. This scarcity of qualified engineers, cyberspecialists, and security managers has created an opening for American companies thatcan provide comprehensive cybersecurity solutions to small and medium-sizedbusinesses in Japan.
Japan's National Center for Incident Readiness and Strategy for Cybersecurity (NISC) isthe central government institution developing the country's cybersecurity strategy. NISC
facilitates establishing and implementing cyber security policies and procedures by all
central government agencies. In September 2021, NISC released its [National
Cybersecurity Strategy].
The plan highlights an immediate need to strengthen cybersecurity measures at all levels305

of Japanese society and in all facets of technology growth. Waseda rankings for CYB in
2022 place Japan in the third position, and it is evident that Japan holds this position.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Japan is a prime market for cutting-edge technologies, and 5G is no exception. NTT
Docomo claims that in February of 2021, a fundamental agreement was made to form a
consortium to supply 5G products to Thailand. The new technology will be put throughits paces before a full commercial rollout in 2022. To improve digital competitiveness andadvance the development of 5G and beyond 5G technologies, Japan has committed $2
billion . Particles called qubits may assume the values of 0 and 1 simultaneously, making
quantum computing a significant step forward in digital processing power.
According to the consumer study, the Japanese government assessed the value of thecountry's organic food industry at 185 billion, as reported by the Japan Times. The Yano
Research Institute forecasts that by 2022, the market will have grown to an expected valueof about 196 million. ICT firms like NTT AgriTechnology have been inspired to takefurther steps forward by the policy changes that have been taking effect since 2016.
Fujitsu and the Research Institute for Knowledge Engineering and Science (RIKEN) haveannounced that they will jointly use the artificial intelligence (AI)-driven supercomputer
Fugaku commencing in March 2021. Investment in Japan's green energy sector is safe
since the government has committed to making the country carbon-neutral by 2050. Dueto all of the work and investment in EMG, Japan achieved a total of 6,500 points, whichplaced it in the fourth position in the Waseda rankings for 2022.

306

Kazakhstan

1.

General Information

Area: 2,724,900 km2
Population: 19,449,081
Government Type: republic
GDP: $8,820
Internet User: 85.94
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 13.96
Wireless Broadband User: 94.9
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 72.76 in 2022, Kazakhstan ranked 30th in the world for its digital
governance by Waseda International. Digital Kazakhstan aims to accelerate economic
growth and improve the quality of life through digital technologies. In the long term,
Digital Kazakhstan aims to transition to a "fundamentally new development path"307

grounded in the digital economy. Both of these goals can be achieved through theutilization of digital technologies. The foundation for Digital Kazakhstan was laid in 2013
with the publication of Information Kazakhstan 2020, which focused on theinfrastructure. The Ministry is the one in charge of coordinating it.
Information and Communications has a US budget of around 362 million dollars for thefive years leading up to 2022. The implementation task has been delegated to executive
authorities at both the federal and municipal levels, as well as to semiprivate entities. The
initiative has a broad reach, including not just the energy, transportation, and financial
sectors but also the infrastructure, mining, and agricultural sectors and the fields ofcybersecurity, education, municipal services, and political institutions. It does thisthrough integrating smart systems, automation, extensive data analysis, and the conceptsof openness and connectedness into various areas via the Internet of Things (IoT),
artificial intelligence (AI), and 3D printing.
3.2. New Trends
Due to the coronavirus pandemic, mankind will have to adapt to new world order. There
will be a rapid transition to providing government services digitally. The government istrying to minimize the number of individuals visiting public service centers, and thefacilities themselves will provide only paper services that cannot be accessed online. In
Kazakhstan, 97 other organizations offered similar help. Among them are the reissue ofbirth certificates and passports, the resumption of pension payments, etc. All othergovernment services are now available online via the electronic government site. A
mandatory pre-queue has been instituted, which may be done in advance on the website
or through the Telegram bot, to limit the number of individuals occupying public service
facilities.
To execute the country's digital government program in the years 2018-2022, there are
five significant paths:
1. "Digitization of the economy's conventional branches entails reorganizing the RK
economy's classic branches in light of ground-breaking technologies and prospects that
boost labor productivity and result in capitalization development.
2. "Transition to the digital state" refers to the modernization of governmental308

infrastructure to meet the needs of citizens and businesses.
3. "Implementation of the digital Silk Way" - creating a fast and secure data transit,
storage, and processing network.
4. Changes that constitute the "evolution of the human capital assets" include theemergence of a more inventive society and the adoption of cutting-edge practices in
preparation for the arrival of a knowledge-based economy.
5. "Innovative ecosystem formation" refers to the process through which businesses,
universities, and governments work together to create an environment conducive to thegrowth of technology entrepreneurship.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Kazakhstan has been putting in work over the course of the last several years to be readyfor the rollout of 5G. In light of this goal, the nation of Kazakhstan has initiated the Digital
Kazakhstan initiative. The government provided funding for the GIGA program that ITU
led. The Caspian Digital Hub cable project, which would run from Kazakhstan to
Azerbaijan, has received a proposal for its construction from a group of investors. Kcell
has also launched a trial Internet of Things (IoT) agriculture service, which uses the LTE
and NB-IoT networks.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Digital Kazakhstan is now emphasizing a pilot project for precision agriculture in the
country's agricultural industry. With the help of smart technology, the energy industry cansystematically respond to consumer demand. The initiative intends to increase freighttraffic by integrating video surveillance, traffic management, and user data into a single,
smart transportation system. It is helping to promote electronic commercial transactionsin the banking industry by developing service support centers and making electronic
payment systems the norm. Distributed ledgers (blockchain) and open application
programming interfaces are two examples of new technologies entering the market. The
initiative inaugurated the Astana Hub International Technology Park to foster IT
innovation. Established as a Special Economic Zone, it provides good financial309

advantages to businesses. The center has incubated and accelerated 130 IT firms and 690
start-ups. Government research funding is provided for joint ventures between newcompanies and academic institutions.
There are plans to provide coding fundamentals to elementary school students, integrate
the knowledge of emerging digital technologies into existing teacher education programs,
and establish a national open education platform dedicated to STEM subjects.
Governmental processes will also be digitized, with the result that "open budgets" willencourage public participation in financial planning, "open legal acts" will facilitate
dialogue on proposed legislation, and "open data" will see information being madeavailable in the public domain for commercial use. Thanks to advances in satellite
technology, the rollout of fiber-optic connections to remote regions, and the creation of
4G mobile infrastructure in metropolitan centers, the program's backbone will be
infrastructure. Financial, government, and other institutions will soon access a "digital
identity system."
4.3. Online Service [OS]To expedite the process of obtaining a visa, citizens of Kazakhstan who meet therequirements may apply for an electronic visa via the Kazakhstani government. The
Kazakhstan visa obtained online may be used to visit the country for up to 30 days at atime. The application may be completed in a matter of minutes by applicants by supplying
information on their data and passports. Visitors visiting Kazakhstan for purposes otherthan tourism, such as those going there for business or medical treatment, are required toget a visa in advance from the Kazakh embassy or consulate that is located nearest tothem.
If a person plans to visit Kazakhstan for any purpose other than vacation, business, or
medical treatment, they must get a visa from the Kazakh Embassy or Consulate nearest
them. Online purchasing accounts for 83% of all cashless transactions in Kazakhstan.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
www.egov.kz is a centralized government portal. The Kazakh, Russian, and English
languages are all supported by various internet services. More than 2,000 information
resources and 219 interactive and transactional services are available to the public through310

Kazakhstan's "D Government" (www.egov.kz). Users may contact any federal department
via the portal's online counseling service. Other services include "Mail Me," "Simple
Scheduling," and e-mail accounts. The website also features information about DGovernment development efforts and the results of the program's execution. Disabledusers will not be able to navigate this site since it does not provide accessibility features,such as a text-to-speech function or the ability to change the font size. Some of the moreadvanced features, such as multimedia programming, and social networking, have been
included.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The government has not established a Chief Information Officer. The role of the CIO is
split between the National ICT Holding Zerde and JSC National Information
Technologies.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Digital Kazakhstan is a government program that uses digital tools to enhance the livesof all Kazakhs. The primary goals of the Program are to hasten economic expansion, raise
people's living standards, and provide a radically new path for corporate and individual
progress.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Through its multifunctional website, http://e.gov.kz/, the Kazakh government actively
seeks to foster citizen participation. There's a place to voice opinions on government
programs and services and another where authorities may have formal online discussions
with citizens. State websites will also often include public meetings where state officials
will be present. There is a general government blog where citizens may voice theiropinions, ask questions, and submit ideas.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Digital transformation has been an issue that Kazakhstan has been aware of for quite sometime. Government officials in Kazakhstan and representatives from numerous
international organizations agree that digitization is crucial to the country's efforts todiversify the economy and lessen its dependency on natural resources. Kazakhstan's
311

abundant natural resources can fund the infrastructure upgrades and social services thatwill be pivotal to achieving this change. The provision of digital infrastructure in bothurban and rural areas and the cultivation of technological competence throughout thewhole educational spectrum have received considerable attention. Efforts like Astana Hub
are made to foster entrepreneurship and new businesses, and at NUGSB, we emphasize
researching what makes for a healthy entrepreneurial environment.
The Open Government initiative in the United States is multifaceted. When discussing
the Freedom of Information Act, "open data" describes publicly available, machinereadable, and processable electronic information resources. In Kazakhstan's new, moretransparent government, data sets may be sorted according to when they were created for
publication.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The Kazakh government has adopted a plan to ensure the country's safety from potential
threats in the years 2021 through 2025, and they're sure it will work. The Kazakh people's
core national interests remain unwavering and must be emphasized. Kazakhstan's national
security depends on protecting the country's independence and territorial integrity, twoachievements that have been hard-won over the last three decades.
An action plan for managing national security risks in Kazakhstan is required under the
strategy. The government has implemented a strategy for dealing with potential threats tothe nation's food supply, transit, logistics, and economic security. Large-scale
cyberattacks in recent years have shown the growing need to keep private informationand vital infrastructure secure.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The nation’s economy will grow thanks to better infrastructure, more efficient appliances,and more power. The M2M industry in Kazakhstan has been around for over a decade,and the IoT industry is a natural progression. An inter-machine network includes not justsensors, software, and management tools but also a suite of additional verticallyintegrated industrial solutions. The Institute for the Study of Artificial Intelligence(ISSAI) was established in September 2019 in the Kazakh capital of Astana to promote
AI-related academic study and technological development in the country's burgeoning IT
312

industry. The C4 Research Building at Nazarbayev University is home to interdisciplinary
AI studies to solve pressing economic and social problems. In order to advance artificial
intelligence research in the United States, it is essential to incorporate ideas and insightsfrom other regions, namely Asia and Europe. By providing a flexible environment for
academics, businesses, and government agencies to collaborate on research andinnovation, ISSAI is facilitating Kazakhstan's progress toward its digital ecosystem andnational development goals.

313

Kenya1.

General Information

Area: 580,367 km2
Population: 54,272,218
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $1,875
Internet User: 29.50
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 1.25
Wireless Broadband User: 46.76
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Kenya's digital government scored 60.732 in 2022, maintaining its 54th place in the
Waseda International rankings. Kenyan government agencies employed knowledge
management platforms to track the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic in the country's
transportation networks and in the distribution of vaccinations, among other measures.
314

These helped get the word out about policy changes, track down COVID-19 patients, get
the public ready for a vaccination effort, and collect timely data. The advent of digitaltechnology has been a catalyst for change in Kenya. Regarding technology, Kenya isamong the continent's most advanced countries. It fosters an environment favorable todigital participation by providing resources like high-speed Internet and an innovation
ecosystem where new businesses may flourish.
Digital platforms like M-Pesa, Ushahidi (a crisis mapping software), and the iHub (aninnovation center) have their roots in Kenya. Kenya is the most welcoming to journalists
compared to other East African countries. Several recent court rulings have upheld longheld civil liberties. The public sector reacted strongly, launching petitions and efforts to
oppose the changes.
In contrast to other nations, Kenyans use social media to seize control of their lives. Social
media platforms such as Twitter, Facebook, and Instagram have provided previously
unheard voices a platform to be heard. Using digital media, Kenya has effectively
engaged its population in educational reforms. We have a highly organized and textbookbased educational system. Experts agree that critical teaching thinking effectively
provides students with the skills they'll need to engage in the digital world and contributeoriginal ideas actively.
3.2. New Trends
During the worldwide reaction to the COVID-19 epidemic, several governments
increased the extent of technology adaptations and integration into public service delivery.
For ICTA to succeed in its goal, the organization will put its resources where they will
have the most impact, as outlined in the Strategic Pillars of the ICTA Strategy for Fiscal
Years 2020-2024.
- The growth of the Digital Infrastructure is central to the Authority's plan. High-quality
services for the public might be integrated across government systems if there was a morerobust link and more secure data. For better service delivery, ICTA will provide suitable
identification and verification procedures that promote openness and trust. One thing acountry needs to keep its economy growing in the face of a pandemic is implementing its
Digital Services process.
315

- The digital revolution has continued to affect people's daily life, as seen by the rise of
new digital skills like artificial intelligence, big data, cloud computing, and mobile
robotics. To encourage positive digital habits, ICTA will push for an atmosphere where
people may trust one another online. Efforts and programs have been developed toprepare individuals and the workforce for the digital economy and to build a digitally
literate and trustworthy workforce on a global scale. To ensure the continued growth of a
growing economy, widespread access to digital technologies is crucial.
Digital Government by Indicators

4.

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Kenya has not only amassed a large number of population, but it also boasts remarkableachievements. The following are examples of a few of them:●

Telkom Kenya and Airtel Kenya have issued statements confirming theirambitions to combine have been abandoned.

●

Mobile phone service in remote areas of the north is made more reliable throughthe Universal Service Fund.

●M-PESA Global, a mobile payment service, is now accessible on Safaricom, andthe government is considering increasing the cost of sending money through amobile device.

4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Despite the interruptions caused by the Covid-19 epidemic throughout the African
continent, operational efficiency has been maintained with the assistance of digitaltechnology. This assistance has been provided to both the public and commercial sectors.
According to the President, African countries need to converge on a unified set ofstandards for their information and communications technology to ensure theinteroperability of their digital infrastructure and speed up the process of consolidating
their economies into a single market.
4.3. Online Service [OS]E-governance, or electronic government, is making government services available online.
As a subset of E-commerce, this refers to buying and selling goods and services through316

the Internet. Kenya's government has made efforts to improve its ability to provide public
services via E-governance by putting money into digital education to make sure its
citizens have the technical skills they need, investing in ICT infrastructure to make sure
those services are readily available, and creating digital inclusion initiatives so that people
from all walks of life can use them. It is proved that the Kenyan government is serious
about using technology to improve service delivery.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Digital Government in Kenya (http://www.mygov.go.ke) gives the public information
about nations and government problems, with data from opendata.go.ke completing thepicture.
The Kenya Open Data Initiative was launched by President Mwai Kibaki on July 8, 2011,
to provide citizens with easy access to a centralized hub of publicly available government
data. The website is an easy-to-navigate hub that provides rapid access to datavisualization and downloads for programmers. The goal of opendata.go.ke is to provide
researchers, policymakers, and IT professionals with easy access to high-quality data
about Kenyan government development, demographics, statistics, and expenditures.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]In Kenya, the position of chief information officer is not governed by explicit norms or
requirements. The information and communication technology portfolio is managed bythis department, which is a component of the Ministry of Information, Communications,and Technologies (ICT). It is responsible for a variety of tasks, including the formulationof national ICT policy, the promotion of e-government and ICT agencies, and theprovision of ICT-related technical assistance. ICT and Communications Authority of
Kenya is an entity that is owned by the Kenyan government and reports its activities tothe Ministry of Communications and Information Technology.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Through the Big Four Agenda and Vision 2030, the National Government has developed
a variety of strategic and policy measures to encourage the adoption of a digital economy.
Maureen Mbaka, the Chief Administrative Secretary of the Ministry of Information and317

Communication Technology (ICT), Youth Affairs and Innovation, indicated further thatthe strategic and policy initiatives had positioned Kenya as an ICT powerhouse in theregion.
It is believed that the country's dynamic information and communications technology(ICT) sector is a crucial driver and enabler of socioeconomic development. This isbecause it is in this sector that technology and innovation are utilized to accomplish
strategic goals, advance the economy, and provide solutions to challenges faced in thearea of development. According to the CAS, one of the interventions that have been put
into place by the national government is the enactment of the National ICT Policy. This
policy is intended to realize the potential of the digital economy by creating an enabling
environment for all citizens and stakeholders. This environment is created by facilitating
universal access to ICT infrastructure and services throughout the country.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Currently, the government of Kenya has more than 200 digitized services made available
via Huduma Centres throughout the nation and an online self-service portal called ECitizen.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The administration is fully dedicated to the digital transformation push to increase
national GDP and improve the standard of all government services. Principal Secretary(PS) for ICT and Innovations Jerome Ochieng has said that the government's goal is touse digital technology to spur innovations and economic progress. Because of the tools
made available by modernization, government agencies will be able to manage theeconomy and society better and serve the public more effectively. The way public andcommercial organizations operate is rapidly evolving due to the advent of digitaltransformation.
Since the beginning of the OGP, Kenya has been an active member of the program. It is
predicted that Kenya will make significant progress in reinforcing its commitment to a
global governance system that is open and transparent. Over many decades, the world's
governments have been forced to deal with their most significant crises, which has put
both global progress and cooperation. The COVID-19 epidemic has harmed each318

country's healthcare systems, governance standards, and social capital.
International collaboration is more important than ever to protect communities against
adverse long-term effects on their economy and health. To do this, it is necessary to havemore engagement and openness in the decision-making process and a more robust anticorruption ecosystem. The Constitution of Kenya guarantees that all citizens have equal
access to essential civil liberties and social and economic rights. The third National Action
Plan that Kenya has submitted to the OGP demonstrates that citizens of Kenya are stillencouraged to use their rights and freedoms as outlined in the OGP. It intended to promotebusiness transparency via beneficial ownership, anti-corruption measures through open
public procurement, and overall open government and OGP sustainability through greater
engagement and collaboration from the government sector.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The rapid growth in the use of digital-related technologies, such as social media
platforms, digital services, wireless money transfers, and the mobile systems of banks,
amongst others, where thousands of transactions occur each day, is said to havenecessitated the move to update the country's cybersecurity systems.
Given that there can be no national security without adequate cybersecurity, it is essential
for governments on all levels—national, regional, and international—to cooperate andcollaborate in the procedures involved in cyberspace governance. In addition, thegovernment is continuing to enhance the integration of its civilian and military sectors incybersecurity and digitalization to guarantee the correct coordination and performance of
its tasks.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
A national digital master plan has been released in Kenya by the Ministry of Information
and Communication Technology, Youth Affairs, and Innovation. This plan is centered onusing technology to advance the economy, accomplish the goals of vision 2030, andgenerate massive amounts of wealth and millions of jobs. Digital infrastructure, digital
services, data management, digital skills and innovation, and enterprise and digitalbusiness make up the four pillars on which the Kenya National Digital Masterplan 20202030 is based. The government aims to connect all unserved and underserved areas with319

information and communication technology (ICT). This will be accomplished throughfour pillars: the provisioning and management of e-Government services to enhance
efficiency; the development of a digitally skilled workforce with ethical practices; andthe collaboration between academic institutions and industry players in the search forsustainable digital solutions. According to the master plan's projections, six primary ICT
digital infrastructure projects will be created by 2030. These projects will be done bybuilding a national fiber optic communication network that is 100,000 kilometers longand other technologies. It also involves the construction of a government digitizing Centre
and platforms to digitalize and automate 500 million government documents yearly,
which would convert to 5 billion records by 2030.

320

Lithuania

1.

General Information

Area: 65,300 km2
Population: 2,750,055
Government Type: parliamentary democracy
GDP: $ 20,546
Internet User: 83.06
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 29.27
Wireless Broadband User: 117.20
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Lithuania owned 65.880 points in the Waseda rankings in 2022, leaving the country at 46.
As a service to their constituents, governments in democracies look out for their bestinterests, keep them informed, and make government as open and accountable as possible.
These responsibilities are accelerated and enhanced by the use of e-government. To this321

end, the Lithuanian government has made the adoption of e-government systems a top
political priority.
E-government advancement, which guarantees democracy, e-business promotion, society
computerization, and Internet use, all contribute to this goal. The growth of informationsociety and the implementation of e-government depend on one another, with the former
serving as a necessary precondition for the latter. However, some issues must be
addressed first. These include the following: the level of expertise of citizens and public
administrators in using IT; the level of computerization of society and the public sector(access points); the adequate provision of e-services; and many others. The virtuous cycle
is complete; low numbers of users do not encourage e-commerce, and high numbers do
not spur more significant business. The sickle should be shifted by government e-projects,
leading to a rise in both the demand for and supply of e-services.
From February 15th, 2022, visitors from the European Economic Area will no longer beneeded to provide proof of having been vaccinated against or recovering from thecoronavirus-induced encephalitis virus 19 (COVID-19) before entering Lithuania. In
order to visit Lithuania, non-EU citizens and legal residents of non-EU countries that arepart of the EU Digital COVID Certificate system must submit a negative test result
proving that they have been vaccinated or have recovered from the disease. As of March
31st, foreign nationals would be allowed entry into Lithuania, provided they provide
documentation of vaccination, recovery, or a negative COVID-19 test result.
3.2. New Trends
In Lithuania, the process of constructing an electronic government is a complex and hard
one. In order to employ e-government, one must first have enough planning, resources,
political will, and a newly developed level of competencies within the public sector,
administration, and society. Because of this, the level of development of e-government in
the various states varies greatly.
In Lithuania, one may distinguish the following three primary premises about the egovernment:• The creation of an information society;322• The establishment of a legal foundation and an institutional environment;• The planning of the public sector.
There's no consensus on either information society or electronic governance. Somedefinitions emphasize technology, while others emphasize public administration service.
In most reports, e-government is described as a method through which governmental
services may be accessed on the internet rather than in person. E-government is an
information infrastructure institution in the plan to develop an information society. Thisinstitute provides society with information technology. The nation can keep track ofglobal development after the pandemic from investments and innovations indigitalization.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The Ministry of Transport and Communications (Susisiekimo ministerial) in Lithuania
coordinates and controls the rollout of broadband infrastructure in places where it is either
not already present or there is no competition among service providers. Broadband
infrastructure planning and construction are coordinated and controlled by the
Information Society Policy Department, while strategic planning, financial concerns, andgeneral administration duties fall under the purview of the Budget and State Property
Management Department. The Ministry also serves as the country's official Broadband
Competence Office.
The Ministry of Transport and Communications released its ultra-fast internet
development plan in October 2021. The project would expedite the rollout of electronic
communications infrastructure, meaning that by 2027, homes and public institutions inboth urban and rural regions will have access to internet speeds of at least 100 Mbps. The
expansion of super-fast Internet connection will be funded by €75 million. We may
construct communication towers and run fiber optic connections with these funds. Priority
will be given to connecting major public and economic activity hubs and governmentbuildings to the broadband network as part of the investment planning process.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]323

The Lithuanian Parliament adopted the 2014–2025 National Health Strategy on June 26th,
2014. The strategy's completion of the Lithuanian eHealth system's development was oneof its primary objectives. This objective depends on Lithuanian eHealth infrastructure andproduct development and integration into the EU eHealth space. By Order No. V-878
issued by the Republic of Lithuania's Minister of Health on July 17, 2017, and revised in
2019, Lithuania's 2017–2025 eHealth System Development Programme, which
establishes additional measures for the strategy's execution, was authorized. The
program's goal is to ensure that every healthcare facility in Lithuania may contribute to
the development of the eHealth system and can use a specific portal to send patient healthdata to the central eHealth system (ESPBI IS). The action plan for the eHealth System
Development Programme is included. Order No. V-362, issued on March 29 by the
Republic of Lithuanian Minister of Health, authorized the Action Plan of the eHealth
System Development Programme for the years 2018–2025.
According to the implementation plan for the XVIII Government Programme's healthprovisions, an efficient health system administration and funding are vital to ensure theoperation and integrity of eSystems as they relate to the growth of Lithuania's eHealthsystem. Implementing a digital health system implementation plan, improving monitoringprocedures, expanding the digital health history in the ESPBI IS, developing new
functionalities, and guaranteeing the use of the Pre-Patient Registration Information
System (IPR IS) at the national level; adopting legislation and establishing theinfrastructure to enable secondary care; these are all things the country has identified aspriorities for the coming years. Therefore, the strategy calls for developing a map of theinformation resources available to the health system and analyzing and evaluating the
integrity and maturity of the information systems.
4.3. Online Service [OS]To notify a Lithuanian electronic identification scheme that would be accepted at a crossborder level in the EU internal market, Lithuania completed the procedures outlined in
the Regulation on Electronic Identification and Trust Services for Electronic Transactionsin the Internal Market (eIDAS Regulation) in 2020. The process demonstrated that theelectronic identification system used to issue identity cards in the Republic of Lithuania
met a high degree of security and dependability. The National Electronic Identification324

Information System has been established and is run by Lithuania in compliance with theeIDAS Regulation's criteria (eIDAS node). The Republic of Lithuania's Ministry ofInterior's Information Technology and Communications Department manages thisinformation system. When the identity cards of the Republic of Lithuania are used as aform of electronic identification to access online services in another State of the EU andEuropean Economic Area, secure and reliable cross-border authentication is ensured
thanks to the centralized technical solutions implemented and maintained by thisinstitution and outlined in the eIDAS Regulation.
Electronic Transactions: Electronic Identification and Trust Services Law The Law on
Electronic Identification and Trust Services for Electronic Transactions, which was
adopted on April 26, 2018, made sure that Lithuania's legal system complied with theeIDAS Regulation. The legislation's primary goal is to provide a solid legal foundation
for the Republic of Lithuania's market for trust services and electronic identity, ensuring
the most excellent possible protection for service users and their interests. This law
governs the terms and procedures for the suspension and revocation of qualified
certificates for electronic signatures, electronic seals, or certificates for website
authentication, as well as the legal implications of electronic signatures, electronic seals,
electronic time stamps, and trust services. It also regulates the oversight of trust service
providers.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The primary platform for public interoperability is called the State Information Resources
Interoperability Platform (SIRIP). The Information Society Development Committee
founded it and is now in charge of it. A data sharing platform and an eGovernment portal
for central electronic services make up the two primary components of SIRIP.
The eGovernment gateway site provides companies and residents with a one-stop shop
for governmental information and services. It contains connections to public informationand services that guide people and companies to the websites of the relevant governmental
bodies. Services are also divided into categories based on significant life events. The site
welcomed 155.6 million users in 2021 and gave them access to more than 606 eServices.
The total number of visits in the first two months of 2022 was 28.9 million.
325

4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The GCIO's closest Lithuanian equivalent is the Advisor of the e-Government Policy
Division. The person in charge of the GCIO is Dr. Vytautas Krasauskas. He is accountableto Tomas Ilinskas, the current Interior Minister. They are responsible for the conception,
execution, and overall strategy of all eGovernment projects and activities.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]On March 10, 2021, the adoption of the Decree on the Government Programme
Implementation Plan (2021–2024) took place. Most eGovernment-related aims areincluded in the decree's section 9.2, named "360° eGovernment. Its scope includes thefollowing:-

The construction of State information resources and a digital transformation
management mechanism;-

The development of a State data architecture;-

The implementation of a new phase of centralization of State IT services;-

The employment of the fundamental necessities-

The construction of a curriculum for teaching computer literacy-

The Implementation of the Necessary Core Elements

4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In tandem with Lithuania's attempts to digitalize its operations, the "Bailiff Information
System," "The Electronic Enforcement File Portal," and "The Cash Restrictions
Information System" have all been built. The creation of an enforcement file, themonitoring of a debtor's financial situation, the result of procedural documents, thevalidation with an eSignature, and their electronic and postal delivery to recipients are all
facilitated by the Bailiff Information System, as is the submission of cash restrictions or
write-offs to the Cash Restrictions Information System. The Cash Restrictions
Information System also accepts write-offs and cash restrictions. Citizens and businesses
alike have the opportunity to participate in the process of enforcement by using theElectronic Enforcement File Portal to educate themselves on the content of enforcement
files. Using internet technologies enables bailiffs and bankruptcy administrators toadvertise and conduct forced auctions of property sold online. The openness of public
326

sector solutions and processes, in addition to the sector's overall accessibility andtransparency, are both improved by this solution.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The State Digitalization Development Programme for 2021–2030 includes data openness
as one of its strategic objectives for the nation’s digital transformation. The Lithuanianstate will pursue this aim. In addition, data are a high priority in the four-year programthat Lithuania's newly elected government will implement at the end of 2020. This isbecause, according to the program, data are the foundation upon which the decisions andcommunications of the government are built.
The Ministry of Economy and Innovation defines the Open Data Policy by therecommendations of the European Union (EU) and the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (OECD). Additionally, the Ministry of Economy andInnovation is responsible for ensuring that the provisions of the EU legal acts on open
data and the reuse of public sector information are implemented in the program.
In this area of the law, Lithuania has made significant progress in modifying the existing
statutes. The law reforms address duties on opening relevant data, enhancing the reuse of
publicly financed information, and bringing the legislative framework up to speed with
the improvements in digital technology. In July 2021, amendments to the Law on the
Right to Receive Information and Reuse of Data came into effect. These amendments
transposed the provisions of Directive (EU) 2019/1024 on open data and the re-use of
information from the public sector. They also established a data opening model thatobliges institutions to inventory their data to determine which data are owned by the state
and which open data are based on user demand. The data opening model also provides acentralized data opening strategy, which should significantly speed up the process of data
opening.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The resolution establishing the National Cybersecurity Strategy was passed by the cabinetof the Republic of Lithuania on August 13, 2018, making it official. It lays out Lithuania's
primary national cybersecurity policy goals in the public and commercial sectors up to
2023. The implementation of the strategy is intended to achieve the following purposes:
327

enhancing the state's cybersecurity and developing its cyber defense capabilities; (ii)ensuring the prevention and investigation of criminal offenses committed against
cybersecurity; (iii) promoting a culture of cybersecurity and developing innovation; (iv)working toward a closer collaboration between the public and private sectors; and (v)enhancing international cooperation and ensuring the fulfillment of international
obligations.
To transpose Regulation (EU) 2019/881 of the European Parliament and of the Councilof 17 April 2019 on ENISA (the European Union Agency for Cybersecurity) andinformation and communications technology cybersecurity certification and repealing
Regulation (EU) No. 526/2013 (Cybersecurity Act), the Law on Cybersecurity, which
was adopted on 11 December 2014, was last amended on 17 June 2021 and entered into
force on 28 June 2021. This was done to adopt a coordinated vulnerability disclosuresystem. As a result of the recent amendment to the Law on Cybersecurity, the National
Cybersecurity Centre (NCSC), which is part of the Ministry of National Defense, hasbeen responsible for acting as the national cybersecurity certification authority.
Additionally, the NCSC has been given the coordinator role in the coordinatedvulnerability disclosure policy. In addition, the amendment made it possible to conduct avulnerability search on information and communication systems held by the state and set
the limitations that must be adhered to for a vulnerability search to be considered valid.
Even before the passage of this amendment, private firms had the option to create andimplement their coordinated vulnerability disclosure strategy.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The usage of cloud computing is governed by the Resolution of the Government of the
Republic of Lithuania of 2015 on the Approval of the Consolidation of the State IT
Infrastructure and the Optimization of IT Management. To accomplish all of theobjectives established, Lithuania made additional provisions for consolidating the State's
information resources infrastructure and using cloud services. The state institutions thatare required to begin utilizing the services provided by the cloud computing service
provider as of 2021 forward are outlined on a new list established by the changes to theresolution that will take place in 2020 and 2022.
328

The Communications Regulatory Authority of the Republic of Lithuania is currently
holding auctions to grant the right to use 5G radio frequencies (bands) from the 34003800 MHz and 694-790 MHz spectrum bands. Due to these auctions, 5G frequency bands
licenses will be distributed during the first half of this year. An amendment was made to
the Law on Electronic Communications to encourage the development of the Internet ofThings. This amendment ensures that users will have the right to access publicly available
electronic communications services beginning in 2023 with devices that have integrated
subscriber identification modules (eSIM), as well as the right to change the provider of apublicly available electronic communications service remotely. In addition, users will
have the right to use eSIMs on their devices.

329

Macau1.

General Information

Area: 30 km2
Population: 697,444
Government Type: limited democracy
GDP: $36,805
Internet User: 88.10
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 32.03
Wireless Broadband User: 357.90
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In 2022, Macau was 55th in the Waseda International digital government rankings, with ascore of 60.497. As a result of the data and research that has been conducted, Macau is
now in the lead in the efforts that are being made in the Greater Bay Area of Guangdong,Hong Kong, and Macao to decrease the number of occurrences to zero. Due to theparticular conditions of Macau, which see many individuals entering and leaving the330territory daily, there is a significant danger of infection. The formal gathering of data willassist with contact tracing and clustering and lessen the work put forward by medical
professionals in screening and monitoring.
Digital processes and several electronic appointment systems were introduced to promote
rapid deployment of anti-pandemic measures and government-community engagement
for greater efficiency and results. The Macau Health Code System, the COVID-19
vaccination appointment system, the Nucleic Acid Test system, the Port and Entry/Exit
Quarantine system, and the Medical and Other Supporting systems are the mostprominent types of digital systems in use in the Macau Special Administrative Region atpresent, according to data. These structures have helped spread the use of cutting-edge
tech and fresh ideas.
3.2. New Trends
The development of intelligent cities calls for a heightened focus on collecting and using
data. This principle must be applied to all cities, regardless of the size of their residents.
The development of new structures will no longer be the main emphasis of city planning.
Creating large-scale digital "new infrastructure," gathering and analyzing reliable data,and implementing various urban issues to local circumstances are the key objectives ofsmart city building.
The assistance that bigger cities assistance to medium-sized communities in developing
data collecting and application systems is not the only important factor. Because it is arelatively autonomous city that cooperates with Guangdong's large-scale system and has
its data sources and application platforms, Macau has a high degree of resistance to thepandemic. This is one of the reasons why Macau has such a high degree of resistance.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]I determined that the money towards Macau's digital progress was a successful investment.
With the launch of a residential broadband service capable of 10Gb/s, the first phase of
CTM's 5G network has been completed. There is no longer time to register a SIM card
before the deadline. The creative city concept that Macau is working on has garnered a
substantial amount of attention.
331

4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The government of Macau detailed its plans to transform the territory into a "smart city"
in both the city's first formal five-year growth plan for the years 2016-2020 and the 2021
policy speech. One of the critical components in making Macau's smart city concept areality is the widespread use of mobile payment systems. According to AMCM, around70,000 point-of-sale terminals in the city are used for QR code payments (e-payments).
In reality, new rules have been released to encourage the development of the smart city
since 2019, such as the cybersecurity legislation, e-governance law, and modifications tothe cybercrime prevention law.
The government deemed over-the-counter banking services inferior to contactless
payment and internet banking options. The banks in Macau have upgraded to a more
cutting-edge, tech-based system in response to the proliferation of mobile payment apps
and the rise of financial institutions that actively support electronic payments.
Through their smartphones, consumers will soon be able to pay for goods and services byscanning QR codes using AMCM's new Simple Pay system. The first stage of the pilot
program began in February 2021. With the help of Simple Pay, companies may accept all
current payment methods with only one terminal or QR code. Before the introduction of
Simple Pay, businesses needed several airports to process transactions from various
financial institutions.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Macau Monetary Authority (AMCM) has already established it as an all-in-one
payment instrument for the area in preparation for Macau's pursuit of its "cashlesssociety" objective, which is one of the government's five-year objectives. According to
AMCM, banking and other financial institutions have begun working on integrating
payment systems among themselves as well as with businesses. There are already asignificant number of local, regional, and international companies active in this region.
In a short time, it is anticipated that this corporate sector will develop into an anchor for
IT-innovative organizations and other companies.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Macao Special Administrative Region Government Portal (www.gov.mo) aims to332

offer a consolidated portal for accessing government information and services that arealso simple to use. The software programs behind the scenes of the government site makeit possible for consumers to access various services. Some databases match people withjobs, social benefits, vehicles, and public libraries. These databases provide documents,
search, apply, and pay for services. The new website will be service-oriented, withincreased functionality and a more comfortable-to-use layout to deliver customized
assistance. The user of the unified government service account will be able to examine
ongoing applications being run by the government and get customized reminders andother notifications.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
All government agencies have developed a specialized working team comprising theagency leader, IT head, and IT people of its IT and relevant business divisions. Because
the SAFP is responsible for coordinating the development of the EGOV in Macao, it also
takes the function of GCIO for the whole government. There are two layers of government,
which are referred to as government and agency, respectively. The capability of acontemporary GCIO will be modeled after the training that will be provided for IT
workers.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]The Strategic IT Planning for Public Enterprises project aims to establish a norm forstrategic IT planning by drawing on the experiences of Macao's public sector businesses
and the best practices of other countries. This initiative aims to facilitate horizontal andvertical integration of agencies' IT plans with government-wide objectives and strategies.
It is expected that Macao's e-Government initiative would benefit from the strategic IT
planning framework. In turn, this will help the government agencies in Macao get closer
to COBIT Level 3 maturity in their IT strategic planning processes. To ensure that all
relevant agency personnel are aware of and adhere to a systematic approach to IT strategicplanning, it is required to develop an IT strategic planning policy.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Five hundred fifty-four thousand people aged three and above used the Internet, a 5% rise
year-over-year. Those between the ages of 35 and 44 (98.0%) and 25 and 34 (98.0%) were333the most likely to use the Internet, while those 55 and older (69%) saw a rise of 5.3
percentage points. Most respondents said they utilized the Internet for both leisure andwork.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The administration has invested significant time, energy, and money into forward-looking
projects, such as the 2016–2020 and 2021–2025 Five-Year Development Plans and recent
policy speeches. Macao's digital infrastructure is being upgraded due to these top-down
initiatives. The number of practical mobile applications available to citizens is growing
rapidly. These apps range from those that allow citizens to access e-government services,like "Common Access to Public Services of the Macao SAR," to those that provide
comprehensive guides for visitors, like "Macau-in-Pocket." Partnerships with cuttingedge businesses like Alibaba and SenseTime have also helped Macao residents.
The "cookies" technology in the website's code allows user preferences to be saved andsubsequent visits tailored to those choices. Users using "cookie-enabled" browsers will
get a notification before any "cookies" are stored on their computers. By attempting tosubmit personal information through this website, you confirm that you have read andagree to the terms of this privacy statement and that the website's collection and use ofdata are following all local, state, and federal laws. When utilizing the online services
provided by this website, visitors may be asked for personally identifiable informationsuch as their name, phone number, and address. When a government agency is in chargeof providing a service, it may provide helpful feedback to the company by sharing thedata it collects about its customers. Legally, such disclosures are permitted. The policy of
the administration and Public Service Bureau is never to share user information with any
non-governmental entities unless required by law.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Macau Cybersecurity Law (MCSL) requirements created to secure critical infrastructure
information networks and computer systems are binding on public and commercial
integral infrastructure operators from a broad spectrum of organizations. The idea of
essential infrastructure is new to the MCSL and China's Cybersecurity Law. Systems andnetworks that might threaten public health, safety, or law and order are considered334

essential infrastructure under the MCSL. Utility, transportation, banking and finance,
insurance, gambling, and medical care providers are just a few of the sectors that MCSL
safeguards against cyberattacks and other dangers. A fine of MOP 5 million is possible
for private operators that violate the MCSL. Being excluded from government contracts,
subsidies, and other benefits are other examples. Consequences to a company's reputation
over the long run should also be considered.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Artificial intelligence (AI) is a subject of computer science that tries to construct robots
that can mimic human behavior and reactions. Combining AI with blockchain technology
has many potential uses, including increasing business profits (AI). Accordingly, updating
the system with new information helps it improve. AI is also becoming better and betterat its job as time goes on.

335

Malaysia

1.

General Information

Area: 330,803 km2
Population: 33,938,221
Government Type: constitutional monarchy
GDP: $9,938
Internet User: 89.56
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 10.38
Wireless Broadband User: 119.99
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Waseda International's 2022 rankings of digital governments place Malaysia at position
27, with a total score of 73.547. As a result of COVID-19, governments rushed to embrace
digital infrastructure. They may enhance the lives of their inhabitants by radically altering
their methods in light of this development. The government of Malaysia acknowledged336

both the opportunities and the obstacles presented by the digital economy as a new kindof economy. By implementing digital governance, Malaysia can improve lives, increase
productivity, and stimulate innovation. This enables the country to provide service to all
customers, reduce costs, improve efficiency for existing businesses and entrepreneurs,
and encourage innovation and scale economies, making it possible for new companies
and entrepreneurs to emerge.
As a result of the epidemic, individuals, organizations, and the government have all been
compelled to utilize digital technology. They have all been encouraged to move their dayto-day requirements online, but none have done so. MyDIGITAL is a national program
representing the government's goal of transforming Malaysia into an economically andtechnologically sophisticated high-income country. This goal is represented by the
program's name: MyDIGITAL. The government of Malaysia is in the process ofestablishing a blueprint for the country's digital economy. This blueprint will provide thefoundation for the digital economy, including strategies for closing the digital divide.
The government of Malaysia has previously carried out significant reforms in somedifferent sectors, which have resulted in changes to both the market and the behavior of
consumers. Because of regulatory changes, prices for fixed broadband internet have
dropped by half, while speeds have increased by two times. The number of ultra-fast(more than 100Mbps) internet connections has more than doubled due to improved
competition in the fixed broadband sector, which had previously been experiencing
failure. Malaysia is one of the first developing countries to extend indirect taxes to nonresident digital services. This move helps to maintain a healthy balance in the expanding
digital economy and protects public finances. It should be required that high-speed
Internet access be treated as a utility throughout the construction of new physicalinfrastructure, just like water and electricity.
3.2. New Trends
To attract investments and boost its digital economy, MDEC, Malaysia's principal digitaltransformation agency, has unveiled its 'Digital Investments Future5 (DIF5) Strategy,' afive-year plan centered on five core goals. The 2021–2025 initiative aims to enable new
growth drivers in the digital economy and guarantee high-quality digital investments.
337

With a goal of RM50 billion, Malaysia plans to invest heavily in the digital economy infive priority areas: core technologies, emerging technologies, digital global businessservices, and digital content and platforms. Because they are founded on the country's
essential digital businesses and are connected to its priority sectors, AgTech, HealthTech,
Islamic Digital Economy and FinTech, CleanTech, and EduTech are singled out as
distinguishing aspects. The advent of digital technology in these fields will have farreaching effects on the world's economies.
To assist Malaysian families in coping with the difficulties brought on by the Covid-19
pandemic, the government has earmarked RM2.625 billion in Budget 2022. Also, 47
industrial zones and 630 schools would get a combined RM700 million to further thestate's digital attempts to link them to the internet. It is expected that by 2022, Annuar will
have 5G coverage in 36% of high-density areas. Also, the government will launch the
Malaysia Digital Nomad initiative to provide a supportive environment for digital nomads
in Malaysia. Budget 2022 safeguards Keluarga Malaysia and ensures that no one is left
out of the country's development.
Also, the DIF5 Strategy would help Malaysia become a more appealing digital economy
by focusing on five significant emerging technologies that have the potential to spur
innovation. By supporting the growth of both new and current economic clusters, thesetechnologies will add to the complexity of the national economy, resulting in the
production of high-wage employment and the strengthening of domestic economic ties.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
There have been various breakthroughs in the NIP growth of Malaysia. It is anticipatedthat the percentage of households with broadband Internet access will keep increasing.
The government has placed a greater emphasis on the national fiberization effort. The
introduction of new multi-spectrum auctions will help forward the commercialization of
5G.
One of the goals that Malaysia has set for itself to accomplish by the year 2025 is toachieve full population coverage with 4G LTE mobile service. Despite this, the MCMC's
Internet Survey 2020 found that the percentage of internet users in urban and populated338

regions was 75.6%, while the share of internet users in rural areas was just 24.4%. This
only demonstrates a concerning pattern of increasing digital inclusion.
The Prime Minister of Malaysia, Datuk Seri Ismail Sabri Yaakob, was quoted in a recent
article as saying that his country has the potential and competence to achieve 100 percent
digital inclusiveness, particularly among the most disadvantaged populations, as part ofits attempt to bridge the digital gap.
As a direct consequence of this, Malaysia's government has implemented various
initiatives to foster the growth of the digital sector in the country. It has made investments
in digital infrastructures, such as internet connections that are speedier and other digitalapplications with scalability potential.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Providing citizens and businesses with cutting-edge ICT solutions is a priority for thecountry. The end objective is to provide a government-wide service that prioritizes citizen
requirements. The "1Gov*Net" network design may help government organizations savemoney and provide better services to the public while making the most of available
resources. In addition, Malaysia's Administrative Modernization and Management
Planning Unit launched a government cloud system dubbed "1GovCloud" (Mampu).
By encouraging collaboration across departments, the Project Monitoring System helps
advance e-Government project administration and growth. The government of Malaysia
has developed an HRMIS better to track the country's human resources (HRMIS). GOE
has also improved worker coordination. The federal government created the "1GovEA"
enterprise architecture template to promote government agencies' widespread adoption of
IT and back-end business processes.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Although the online shopping market in Malaysia is expanding rapidly, there are stillcertain obstacles to be dealt with. Malaysia's pioneering attempts to join other developed
countries in the online shopping revolution in terms of product selection, payment
methods accepted, speed of delivery, and compliance with regulatory mandates. Three of
Malaysia's most popular online shopping sites are Shopee, Lazada, and PG Mall. The next
most popular is Lazada and PG Mall, but Shopee still dominates. American companies
339

eBay and Sephora.
The government of Malaysia is actively encouraging the growth of online businesses. The
government's plan for economic revival heavily emphasizes developing the online
marketplace. If you need to pay for a government or public service, you may use e-Paying,a cashless system that takes various payment types. As the community becomes cashless,the government's attention has shifted to building an electronic payment infrastructurethat can keep up with the demand.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The performance of the National Portal may be broken down into parts: information,technology, and functionality. On the National Portal, which can be accessed from any
location in the nation, one may get information about various government agencies, legal
documents, and current events. The website is now accessible in a total of sixteen different
languages.
According to Google PageSpeedTM Insights, the website is responsive and quick whenviewed on desktop computers and mobile devices. In addition, it is possible tocommunicate via the portal, such as by receiving email notifications whenever newcontent is published on social networking sites such as Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, andFlickr.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
On the MAMPU homepage, the job of the Government Chief Information Officer, also
known as the GCIO, is explained in detail. As a result of the Public Sector CIO
Information Systems, ministerial agencies also have jobs analogous to CIOs. By hosting
seminars and CIO summits, the office of the Malaysian GCIO has consistently been at
the forefront of efforts to educate and acculturate chief information officers in the mostmodern technologies and ICT tools for the delivery of public services. The governmentof Malaysia is now mulling the possibility of creating and filling Chief Information
Officer jobs. They investigated how public officials see, require, and incentivize
developing and mastering information and communication technology abilities.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
E-Government projects are now being utilized to make substantial changes to governance,340with the primary objective of enhancing the overall productivity of public services. Thisis being done to raise the overall productivity of public services. Because of the EGovernment program, states are reevaluating their methods of operation to enhance theirrelationships with their citizens and businesses. These improvements include improving
communication, increasing access, delivering high-quality services, and simplifying theprocesses that are already in place. In this day and age of digital technology, governments
worldwide may make it simpler to access government resources and financial incentives.
Telecenters play a significant role in the administration and development of the region
since they provide Internet access to remote villages and a wide range of services, suchas electronic government, to their customers. Since most telecenters have transformed
into hubs for providing support services for rural development in the urban catchment
areas where they are located, the majority of them will ultimately provide electronic
government services. MyEG is the name given to Malaysia's collection of online
government services. These services include those the Malaysian government offers its
residents, corporations, workers, and even other governments. Communication from the
Malaysian government to its people, which has a more widespread audience, is open to
all citizens of the country.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The purpose of the e-Involvement policy of the Malaysian government is to research theculture and practice of electronic engagement to promote openness and public
participation in improving the quality of services provided by the government of Malaysia.
The involvement of the Malaysian public is highly appreciated because it enables thegovernment to investigate a broader range of information resources and different ways ofthinking to enhance both the quality of outcomes and the delivery of services. In addition
to this, it sets the framework for healthy relationships, more debate and discussion, and apolitical administration system that is more orderly.
Using information and communication technology, this initiative aims to increase public
participation in the procedures involving formulating policies and making decisions. A
customer satisfaction survey, a portal poll, public engagement, portal feedback, and social
media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and YouTube are some of thecommunication tactics used.
341

4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
According to the Malaysian Economic Alliance (MEA), the government of Malaysia is
encouraging digital transformation (DT) via its Shared Prosperity Vision 2030. MyDigital,
Malaysia's Digital Economic Blueprint, was released on February 19, 2021, outlining how
the country's digital economy may aid in the country's economic revival. By creating asustainable digital environment that promotes high-value employment, creative andproductive businesses, and the reduction of the digital gap, the MyDigital agenda seeks
to connect to the global value chain. It marks a significant step forward in the ongoingdigital transformation of Malaysia.
Assuming no more obstacles, these measures indicate that most government agencies
have been informed and have the appropriate documentation to begin disseminating open
data. The MAMPU has also established data.gov.my as a central platform fordisseminating available data and a link to supplementary information. It is simple forusers to access the information they need on the government data portal since it isarranged according to Open Data Barometer significant categories.
Regrettably, other policies and legislation may limit the dissemination of open data. Thisvaries significantly from one agency to another and also depends on the specifics of thedata being collected. Some of these rules and laws are crucial. They are in place for oursafety and confidentiality. For instance, the health ministry should not make public any
accessible data that may potentially identify individual users. Some of these rules may
require revising to make it possible for more useful open data to be disseminated whilestill protecting individuals' privacy and safety. Committees will need to be formed,
experts will be consulted, and the public will be invited to weigh in, which will be lengthy.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Due to deliberate efforts to advance business, commercial and public organizations, andsociety at large, digital information systems are becoming more widespread. The
increasing reliance on digital information systems, however, introduces newvulnerabilities and threats, particularly to the Critical National Information Infrastructure(CNII), in the form of cybercrimes such as hacking, intrusion, fraud, harassment,
malicious code, and denial of service attacks. Because of the increasing risk posed bycybercrime to the country's "e-sovereignty," a national strategy to protect its networks
342was implemented. The CNII must be safeguarded to the degree appropriate to the threats
encountered, which is why Malaysia has developed the National Cyber Security Policy(NCSP) to guide the country's complete, integrated execution of cyber security. The
implementation has drawn on the resources of several departments and agencies
throughout the government to realize the goal of creating a CNII that is robust and selfsufficient and contributes to national security, improved quality of life, and increased
prosperity. A look at Malaysia's cyber security after four years of NCSP deploymentshows that the country has become it's own. Much has been done, and much more isneeded as the landscape of cyber threats evolves in response to introducing newtechnology and techniques. The goals of Malaysia may be furthered with the aid of the
CNII if it is executed well and can help the nation take advantage of the possibilities oftechnological progress.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Digitalization, technological adoption, and network connection were all given a higher
priority. For Malaysia to rapidly increase its internet use, the National Broadband
Initiative was launched to push conventional scientific and technological progress
forward. To transition to a knowledge-based economy, ICT was singled out as crucial by
the 11MP.
The National eCommerce Strategic Roadmap and the Malaysia Productivity Blueprint
are two more efforts to boost digitalization among MSMEs by encouraging eCommerceand cutting-edge technology. To help small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) gain
access to international markets, the Digital Free Trade Zone was established. The Public
Sector Big Data Analytics Project and the Public Sector ICT Strategic Plan are only two
examples of the many initiatives launched since the beginning of the 2010s to modernize
and enhance data sharing in the public sector. These measures were implemented toanalyze data for insights and improve the quality of public services. The Public Sector
Modernisation and Digitisation Committee was set up this year to oversee the rollout andprogress of government-wide digital transformation programs. To fully realize thebenefits of digitalization, improvements were made to the availability, cost, and qualityof home broadband connections. The government launched the National 5G Task Forceand the National Fiber Optic Cable Program (NFCP) to improve digital infrastructure and343

speed up the transition to a digital economy.

344

Mexico1.

General Information

Area: 1,964,375 km2
Population: 127,726,750
Government Type: Federal presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $8,526Internet User: 71.97
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 17.01
Wireless Broadband User: 78.63
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In 2022, Mexico's governmental digital performance placed 41st, achieving a 67.942
points on the Waseda International scale. A large portion of its poor and rural population
is at risk as a result of this reality during the Covid-19 epidemic. They can't study alone,
work from home, or even finish their education if they don't have access to the internet.
This marginalization will have long-term repercussions, and the nation may inherit even345worse poverty and inequality rates than before the epidemic. Mexico's government has
made great strides toward digitalization throughout the years. In terms of technology, it
is among the most sophisticated nations in Latin America and the Caribbean. The
Mexican economy has been flourishing in recent years, but it isn't the only reason for its
rapid development. It's also because of how enthusiastically they've taken to the Internet.
Mexico's government has relied more on technology over the last several decades. Whatbegan as an essential online administration is now a highly developed digital governmentthat serves the public and private sectors.
E-government, often known as digital government services, has made significant gains inrecent years. This article will examine the development of the country's e-government
initiative, from its initial emphasis on only informing residents to its current goal ofactively including them in policymaking processes.
Mexico might benefit from a strategy to swiftly improve its government systems to recruit
the top digital talent in the public sector since technology is changing quickly. Using acase study to illustrate. The fast development of new technologies is changing how
individuals interact with digital services. And it's not just about having access to the latest
and greatest applications and gadgets; what matters is how this changes people's
experience of the everyday government services they depend on.
3.2. New Trends
The Covid-19 epidemic has highlighted the need for a more digitally inclusive society
where more individuals have access to modern conveniences. In light of the recent Covid19 epidemic, it is more crucial than ever to implement effective and long-term digitaldevelopment strategies in order to keep up with the rapid pace of technological change.
Going ahead, we must use the digital age to reshape government and society and fortify
public-private and social partnerships, to ensure that all citizens have access to sufficient
digital infrastructure.
It is necessary for each nation to have a strategy for how it will approach innovation to
succeed. For Mexican policymakers who are committed to developing a digital economy,
this entails defining what is meant by "digital economy" means and ensuring that there isconsensus over how their policies are aligned with that vision. It also includes assisting346

stakeholders such as corporate executives and politicians in comprehending thesignificance of those policies, why they should be engaged, and how they provide value.
The government can determine which resources (money, time, human capital) will be
required once those policy priorities have been identified, as well as how those resources
will fit into already established priorities such as new information technology systems or
programs such as financial literacy.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The Senate has approved a merger of COFECE, IFT, and CRE; AT&T Mexico has
returned 800MHz of the mobile spectrum; Movistar has completely surrendered its
1900MHz and 2500MHz spectrum holdings; and Telcel has acquired another 50MHz of
3.5GHz range from Axtel by Codi, which enables customers to make NFC and QR
payments with their mobile devices. These key achievements are the result of Mexico's
digitalization initiatives, which have led to several positive outcomes.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The digital plan for 2021–2024 is based on five principles: austerity, efforts to fightcorruption, the efficiency of digital processes, the security of information, and technicalsovereignty. It has two parts: administration of the federal government and social policy.
In terms of public administration, the main goals are to improve and harmonize theregulatory framework of digital policy by laying out the country's technological
guidelines clearly and simply; to standardize ICT purchases through transparent, costeffective actions that save money and make the best use of public resources; to promoteautonomy and technological independence to establish the state as a leader in its ICT, andto promote the state's leadership in its ICT.
The digital policy aims to give public agencies, especially the state-owned CFE, fiber
optic lighting. It plans to use institutional networks and services to increase capacity andcoverage in public squares, health centers, hospitals, and other public places and topromote free connection. Overall, it is made to improve the quality of social programs by
coming up with technical solutions that make population-focused activities easier and347

better.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Mexico's National Digital Strategy has produced remarkable outcomes since 2012. It haslaunched crucial programs, such as MéxicoX, an e-learning platform that provides
specialized and academic training for teachers and has benefited millions worldwide. For
educators in Mexico, prende.mx serves a similar purpose as a repository for information
on integrating technology into the classroom.
The InteroperaMX platform, modeled after the Estonian X-Road, enables government
agencies to transmit high-quality data among themselves safely. The goal of this initiative,
which has been running since 2018, is to have users only disclose their information once
to the government.
Most (around 75%) of all government transactions nowadays can be started online.
According to statistics, only 10% of Mexicans have lately reported utilizing digitalchannels to carry out government duties, even though these jobs sometimes need many
encounters.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Individuals are provided with information, procedures, and a place to participate on the
Gob.mx website, which serves as a platform for government innovation and theenhancement of operational efficiency. Users of this service may consult one another anddo their work quickly and efficiently without wasting time waiting or losing time.
Because of these changes, customers may now view all of the documents supplied to themby the government from one spot. Consumers are allowed to participate in decisionmaking processes and change public policies via the use of cutting-edge digital media.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
A national CIO is selected and appointed by the Mexican government. The Chief
Information Officer's (GCIO) equivalent is the eGovernment and Information Technology
Policy Unit Director under the Ministry of Public Administration. This article does not
mention any CIO groups or affiliations in any way, shape, or form. There is not a single
educational institution in Mexico that offers CIO certification training.
348

4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
As a direct consequence of digitization, there is a demand for new talents in every fieldand sector. The Mexican government just presented its brand-new Digital Academy, an
online learning platform for federal employees. The Digital Government Unit of the
Ministry of Public Administration also provides information on access to in-person digital
government training programs. This information may be found on their website. It isconceivable for those in project management and other critical roles to undergo retraining
in digital potential and to use agile or DevOps methodologies as an alternative to waterfall
project management. Implementing open standards, digital identities, reusable
components, and interoperability criteria all contribute to the success of this endeavor.
By expediting procurement procedures, users may expand access to potential business
opportunities and increase the number of suppliers that engage in these agreements.
However, the ICT Policy encourages project managers to describe service demands andfunctionality in advance, but it does not give clear direction on managing digitalization
operations. A software framework agreement has also been established, which will assist
the government in meeting the software requirements of public enterprises.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The website www.gob.mx functions as a one-stop shop for all the services the Mexican
government offers its citizens. Participation in the development of Mexico is now
accessible via various channels, such as online discussion boards, polls, and collaborative
publishing endeavors.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
New technologies for digitization and digital transformation have been developed andimplemented across many different industries. Recent years have seen the introduction ofnumerous innovative technologies and digital services, such as blockchain, augmented
reality, the Cloud, Big Data, social networks, the Internet of Things, electronic signatures,
digital identity, hybrid human-digital experiences, information technology, mobile
platforms, machine learning, machine-to-machine communication, cryptocurrencies, etc.
While businesses in Mexico still have a ways to go in digitization, that doesn't imply there
isn't interest, either domestically or regionally. Several Latin American nations actively349

engage in this process and rapidly adopt cutting-edge technology throughout government
and industry.
Open Government Data is a crucial component of the ongoing digital revolution because
it paves the way for governments to function as platforms for the collaborative productionof public value. The accountability of governments, the performance of the public sector,
and the discovery of new social and economic achievements may all be improved byusing the experience of individuals from outside of government. An Open Government
Data Review of Mexico was conducted via a collaborative effort between Mexico and theOrganization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). The Ministry of
Public Administration, the National Digital Strategy Coordination, and the Open Data
General Direction were the ones that carried out the review. The OECD's open
government data framework was used to analyze Mexico's open government data policy,
and the findings shed light on the country's potential for digital transformation.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Cyberattacks in the contemporary technology age have become a continual concern, andunpreparedness may lead to economic and national security issues. Due to the minimal
or nonexistent security measures adopted inside governments, the number of technicalvulnerabilities and, therefore, the number of assaults has increased. Mexico lacks theinstitutional capacities necessary to combat cyber threats, and its initial effort to developa National Cybersecurity Strategy was unsuccessful.
Cybersecurity is a wide notion that encompasses both the public and commercial sectors,
the real world, and cyberspace. There are several risks to this issue. The most prevalent
are information loss, identity theft, personal data issues, sensitive data leaks, unethicalhackers, cybercrime, and cyber dangers such as viruses, malware, ransomware, etc. They
may substantially affect everyday devices, services, people, businesses, governments, andinternational organizations. Cybersecurity is often studied as a problem but not a useful
tool or solution.
Mexico lacks the institutional capacities necessary to combat cyber threats. The
administration has not given this critical subject attention and has neglected that public
institutions are susceptible to assault. No national cyber contingency plans, security
350

measures, objectives, or institution-specific duties exist. The government is presently
advocating measures like the National Digital Strategy 2021-2024 (NDS); nevertheless,the NDS was designed to improve digitization and access to public services while
decreasing public investment in technology. Insufficient Cybersecurity foundations areincluded in this plan.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
A robust expansion of Mexico's information and communications technology industry
will be essential to the country's prosperity as it continues its journey toward digitalization.
According to the regulatory tracker maintained by the International Telecommunications
Union (ITU), the laws governing the field of telecommunications in Mexico are among
the most progressive in Latin America. Although the epidemic has sped up the speed ofdigital change, the Mexican government has not developed a national digital strategy ora detailed road map for ICT public policy. Additionally, continuing digitization andcybersecurity initiatives have been hampered due to the administration's cutbacks to thebudget, which may have otherwise allowed for sustained expansion.

351

Morocco

1.

General Information

Area: 446,300 km2
Population: 36,910,560
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary semi-constitutional monarchy
GDP: $3,063
Internet User: 84.12
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 5.7
Wireless Broadband User: 75.16

2. Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3. Digital Government Development and new trends
3.1. The development
Morocco ranked 57th in 2022 with a total of 58.798 points. Due to the rapid pace at which
disruptive digital technologies are transforming every element of society and life, digitaltransformation (DT) in the public sector is becoming an increasingly crucial requirement
and a strategic imperative for governments throughout the globe. Morocco's
352

administrative reform has set out on an ambitious course that impacts all facets of public
administration. It is distinguished by an integrated and thorough change that unavoidably
necessitates the reorganization and modernization of Moroccan public agencies.
Additionally, administrative, and technological capabilities must be strengthened to
optimize public expenditure and provide users with high-quality services. This reformcompletely complies with the logic of New Public Management, which aspires tomodernize public operations by using new public management tools and concepts drawn
from the private sector while considering the public sector's unique characteristics.
Morocco has designated the digital transformation of government, the economy, andsociety as a key priority for the country's new growth model and for reinforcing the social
compact between the state and its inhabitants via repeated royal addresses and digitaltransformation programs. The king's statements during the COVID-19 crisis emphasized
the need for an efficient and responsible public sector to promote reform initiatives. The
COVID-19 situation has increased the need for nations such as Morocco to adapt to theworld post-pandemic and the quick transition to digital infrastructure and data-driven
services. In the proposed Budget Law for 2021, the Government of Morocco has allocatedfunds to facilitate the digital transformation of the Moroccan public administration inrecognition of this necessity.
3.2. New Trends
The Kingdom of Morocco has set a goal to become one of the most critical digital actors
on the African continent. During the course of the last several decades, the nation has put
into action several different plans, some of which include e-Morocco 2010 (2005-2010),
Maroc Digital 2013 (2009-2013), and Maroc Digital 2020. (2015-2020). The Moroccan
government is continuously working to modernize and digitize the country's
governmental institutions, and these three plans illustrate the scale of those efforts. For
Morocco to execute the "digitalization of public administration properly," the country
plans first to ensure that most Moroccans have access to the internet at reasonable prices.
Much effort has been put in, but more work still needs to be done to help the economy
after the pandemic. The necessity of further developing this expertise in Morocco exists
for the country to keep up with its pace worldwide, highlighting in this sense the work353

carried out by the UM6P to move forward with digital transformation. This was inresponse to the fact that the presence of artificial intelligence is growing faster than
expected.
Digital Government by Indicators

4.

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Morocco's NIP has achieved some major advances. A loan of 500 million dollars has been
made available by the Digital Inclusion Development Policy Financing program of theWorld Bank to help Morocco reshape its economy and expand its economic and social
inclusion. The Wi-Fi 6E 6MHz spectrum has been given the go-ahead for commercial use
by the authorities in charge of telecommunications, and a new mobile payment option
called MT Cash has been introduced.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Health Ministry's (MoH) Strategy 2025 aims to reform and enhance the healthcare
system in Morocco by 2025. Digital transformation is an ambitious approach toaccomplish these objectives, making it the most comprehensive Moroccan healthcare-IT
strategy. This effort assists public hospitals in developing information systems andelectronic medical records. To protect the privacy of people's digital health data, data
security, efficient administration, and regulatory approval of the security structure are
required. The COVID-19 pandemic has quickened the digital health revolution in
Morocco as practitioners and policymakers have become more aware of the significanceof digitization, which has accelerated its acceptance in health care.
Current innovation projects in Morocco include the Innovation Initiative, the National
Strategy for the Development of Scientific Research (Horizon 2025), and Digital
Morocco. The Innovation Project is a government-led project promoting research anddevelopment in Morocco. The government strongly emphasizes the following objectives
as it continues its digital journey:-

A heavy focus on scientific research significantly influences the development of
new technologies.

-

Increase GDP by 2025's end, R&D expenditures should be increased.

354

-

Implementing procedures to ensure that scientific research and developmentbased innovations and intellectual breakthroughs are integrated into theinnovation process.

-A proposal for financing to create a National Award for Science and Technology
Innovation and Research-Tourism, agriculture, and textile manufacturing are among the nine sectors thatshould get priority.

4.3. Online Service [OS]By 2030, all government services and processes in Morocco will be accessible online,
according to Mouhcine Yejjou, head of the Maroc e-ID initiative at the General
Directorate of National Security (DGSN). While internet services may save people
considerable time and money, security must not be compromised. DGSN is now
developing quick, secure, and user-friendly methods to allow individuals access topersonal data and government services. Several government projects in Morocco willassist in accelerating the transition since many individuals will use internet services.
The new identification cards have some security measures to prevent identity theft andfraud, as well as efforts to connect government services for safer, more convenient accessto internet services. In recent months, the government of Morocco and the DGSN havecollaborated to enhance Morocco's official digital services. It has accomplished this bypushing a new generation of identification cards and offering additional services, such asa national e-health platform. Ongoing efforts to enhance internet connectivity in Moroccoinclude implementing improved networks and their extension to more isolated and rural
areas.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
One of the most well-known websites devoted to promoting Morocco's information
technology sector and educating users about the online services supplied by the Moroccan
government is the portal known as egov.ma. This website is one of the most visited
websites in the world. Users are provided with a better knowledge of the program's overall
growth by having access to the roadmap that details the future development of all
eGovernment services and activities.
355

In addition, it is an interactive environment in which every user has the opportunity to
express an opinion or make a remark on the performance of the site and the relevance of
operational and ongoing operations by responding to frequently updated online surveys.
This can be done in order to provide feedback on the effectiveness of the site and therelevance of operational and ongoing operations. All program participants may
communicate via the website, which serves in this capacity.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
There is neither a policy nor a strategy for the CIOs working for the Moroccan
government. Consequently, Morocco's overall score in the GCIO indicator rating was notvery high.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
In addition to Bahrain, Jordan, Kuwait, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Rwanda, and Saudi
Arabia, Morocco joins the DCO with a population of roughly 37 million and a GDP of
114 billion USD. The country's entrance raises the DCO's total GDP to more than $2
trillion, with a population of well over half a billion people, of whom more than 70 percent
are under 35. Morocco is a significant regional digital center with fast-increasing
technology infrastructure and successful digital sector companies. Internationalorganizations, such as the World Bank and European Investment Bank, haveacknowledged the country's further efforts to enhance its internet network and provide
people and residents with digital access to government services.
Morocco has achieved significant progress in improving network coverage and using
digital technology to make government information and services more accessible toresidents. Having a nation that prioritizes digital transformation and has a strong start-up
and innovation ecosystem as a member of the DCO will unquestionably increase ourcollective power and influence in establishing a more equitable global digital economy.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]As ICT has developed, it has altered many aspects of society and government. Some of
the many advantages of these technologies include increased speed, fewer expenses, andthe ability to reach a wider audience. Government officials increasingly need to reach out
to the public and build relationships with them to be effective. By streamlining356

communication between citizens and government officials, ICT has a multiplier impact
on citizen participation. To increase citizens' involvement in collective decision-making
and broaden their access to government information and services, the government has
made fostering electronic participation a top priority.
E-participation consists of two parts: e-access and e-inclusion. Access to public networks,
online resources, and ICT-related education and outreach are all made possible by EAccess. To the contrary, e-Inclusion refers to the use of ICTs to increase the representationof a certain group in public decision-making processes.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]A decade ago, Morocco started its transition to the digital age. Since then, numerous
measures have been implemented by the government to hasten the growth of digitaltechnology in Morocco, which has significantly influenced society and the economy. On
January 19 in Rabat, the president of the Economic, Social, and Environmental Council(EESC), Ahmed Réda Chami, said that AI should be given top priority in the ongoingdigital transition and urged for the adoption of a national strategy devoted to AI.
Morocco's long-term goal is to establish itself as a leading digital economy on thecontinent. Due to the rise of telecommuting and e-commerce, the pandemic has expanded
internet and smartphone adoption, but this has only served to widen the gap between
socioeconomic classes. However, it was impossible to accomplish the goals establishedthroughout the many programs.
The current OGP in Morocco consists of:-Supervisory Committee: There are eighteen people on the Supervisory
Committee; half are government officials responsible for carrying out the OGP
action plan, and the other half are representatives from civil society groups. Afterthe candidate associations have fulfilled the conditions of the nomination
announcement, the second half is selected by a Mixed Committee based on statedcriteria. The membership is renewed every two years, and no one may be
nominated more than twice. A key function of the oversight committee is to"define the strategic orientations of the OGP in Morocco and coordinate theimportant stakeholders."
357

-

Implementation Committee: Members of the Implementation Committee for theOpen Government National Plan. In addition to ensuring that Morocco's
commitments are met, this body is tasked with drafting monthly reports.

-

CSO Forum: a place where CSOs interested in OGP topics may get together toshare ideas, have productive discussions and raise awareness.

4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Prudential laws enacted with the goal of safeguarding computer networks, telecom
networks, and their users should, in principle, apply to the Internet as well. This code of
conduct, similar to cybersecurity legislation, is meant to safeguard networks frommalicious actors. Intentionally or not, these actions are taken to do damage to individuals,organizations, or even whole countries.
As the number of cyberattacks rises, it's more important than ever for each country to passits own cybersecurity legislation and for the international community to work together tocreate a uniform set of regulations. Because the perpetrator of a cyberattack often does
not live in the same nation as the target. The Internet's worldwide reach presents similar
challenges to implementing traditional law. Morocco has established the first landmarks
in cyber legislation and national cyber-security operations because, like other nations, it
is vulnerable to cyber-attacks.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The government of Morocco has established overarching principles for expanding thecountry's telecommunications network to ensure that all areas of the kingdom have equal
access to the internet, narrow the digital gap, and promote the growth of high-speed
broadband services. A few of the things covered by this policy are:-Investment encouragement in the vitally important telecommunications industry
is driving the growth of the Moroccan economy.

-

Infrastructure deployment that can adapt to new applications reflects thegovernment's commitment to closing the digital gap regarding access, use, andcontent. To meet the rising demand for non-voice content (data, pictures, etc.),
service providers must invest in costly fixed infrastructure (mostly based on fiber
optics) to ensure that their customers can get the high-quality service they seek.
358

To achieve this goal, we must increase demand for products that provide a
broadband Internet connection.
-

Creating circumstances that may drive a considerable decline in call prices anddecreasing their influence on family and company expenditure is key tofacilitating the wider use of telecommunications services.

-

Expanding multiple markets via the deployment of regulatory tools boosts
competition between industry players. To achieve this goal, the government mustenhance the regulator's power by enacting rules that set the stage for the efficientuse of regulatory tools and unrestricted market competition.

359

Netherlands

1.

General Information

Area: 41,850 km2
Population: 17,564,014
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $51,989
Internet User: 91.33
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 43.92
Wireless Broadband User: 125.28
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total of 81.117points, the Netherlands landed in the 17th position in the Waseda
rankings for 2022. The Netherlands has the resources necessary to make the most of
emerging prospects, including a highly educated labor population that readily adopts newtechnologies. The development of innovative concepts is a direct result of productive360

collaboration between corporate entities, the scientific community, and the government.
After the worldwide spread of the COVID-19 epidemic, everyone was compelled to stayinside and conduct their daily activities, including work, school, and leisure. In a shortperiod of time, the government also shifted to an entirely digital operation, allowing forthe creation and implementation of several policies despite the coronavirus restrictions.
The country made great strides forward with widespread digitalization across industries
and fields. Thankfully, the Netherlands was prepared, and essential parts of our businessand society were able to continue operating with the help of digital infrastructure. The
fast expansion also increased the need to address vulnerabilities, privacy, and reliance.
As of the 10th of January 2022, a brand-new position entitled Minister for Digitalization
was introduced into the government. The dedicated Minister is going to be in charge of
coordinating the digital targets that the government has set. In July 2020, the governmentof the Netherlands released several proposals for improving governance. Importanttakeaways from the proposal included the need for a more precise definition of the GDI,
the need for a direction needed for the GDI's coherence and future development, the needfor greater clarity in the roles and responsibilities of governance, and the unfavorable
effects (such as less use) of a financing system based on the profit principle. All of thesetakeaways are essential lessons. The new plans include a multiannual investment
framework and a year cycle for prioritizing and allocating resources with stakeholders.
This is all part of the ongoing effort to build and revive the Global Development Index(GDI).
3.2. New Trends
In the rapidly evolving digital world, civil society has shown to be adaptable and dynamic.
The limitations imposed by COVID-19 have forced activism and campaigning to theinternet. But as technological advancements quicken, so do civil society's difficulties inaddressing the socioeconomic implications and abuses accompanying them. The use of
facial recognition technology to track human rights defenders or identify protesters; therapid spread of disinformation fueling polarization; censorship curbing freedoms ofexpression online; and the widening digital divide, which disproportionately affects
women and girls, the elderly, and rural residents, where access to digital technology is361

scarce, have all contributed to this. These online dangers make it harder for individuals
and organizations to go about their business and express their rights freely on the internet.
The Dutch government recognizes the importance of an accessible and welcoming online
civic space for maximizing civil society's contributions to the 2030 Agenda and its
promise to leave no one behind, as well as safeguarding human rights and fundamental
freedoms.
The Strategic I Agenda 2021-2025 was presented to the House of Representatives by the
Minister of the Interior in February 2019. The Strategic I plan is geared toward the central
government and outlines the broad categories of work that the CIO council does (theinterdepartmental council of Chief Information Officers). The following topics will be
discussed on the agenda: reliable information and data; well-functioning, consistent, andresilient information and communication technology; knowledge and skills; and strategic
Internet governance. The Parliament was given an update on the situation in a letter dated
January 6th, 2021.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Along with the launch of NL DigiBeter2.0, the public was given access to a document
titled Policy Framework for the Further Development of the Digital Government
Infrastructure. The policy framework includes several guiding principles, the primary
focuses of which are formulating a policy for the digital government's basic infrastructureand expanding the general capabilities of the digital government's basic infrastructure.
These primary focuses are among the guiding principles incorporated into the policy
framework. The available functions are built on a foundation that is comprised of several
agreements, standards, and essential components.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Connectivity Action Plan was published by the Ministry of Economic Affairs andClimate Policy to refine the Dutch Digitalization Strategy's objectives and outline thegovernment's efforts to maintain its position as the digital leader in Europe.
Its purpose is to provide connectivity that is of high quality, capable of meeting a diverse362

range of requirements, and that is accessible at affordable rates at all times and in all
locations. The Dutch government is committed to the goals of the European Union
Gigabit Society as outlined in this plan. Broadband connections with speeds of at least
100 megabits per second (Mbps) should be available to every family. By 2023, mosthomes should be able to use connections with speeds of 1 gigabit per second (Gbps).
The Netherlands has created a Dutch API Strategy to make it easier for the government
to utilize API technologies. The approach is divided into informational and prescriptive
sections approved by national standards (Rest API Design Rules and the NL GOV
Assurance profile for OAuth 2.0). To provide government, IT developers, and all
subcontractors access to all information, the Developer Overheid site was established in
2019. This website is being promoted as an overview of the government's accessible APIs.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The government spends over EUR 73 billion annually on labor, services, and supplies.
PIANOo, the Dutch Public Procurement Expertise Center, was established toprofessionalize procurement and tendering in all government departments to increase
efficiency and adherence to the law. A successful policy may benefit from professional
procurement since it provides value for the taxpayers' money. PIANOo brings together
specialists in procurement and tendering, shares their expertise and experience, and offers
guidance and helpful hints. Additionally, the Expertise Center promotes communication
between public contracting bodies and private businesses. A network of over 3,500 public
procurement and tendering specialists is who PIANOo works for and with. The Dutch
Ministry of Economic Affairs and Climate Policy has PIANOo in its portfolio.
The Netherlands' online public procurement platform Tenderned assists all contracting
agencies and providers during procurement. It is a crucial tool for achieving EU
eProcurement goals and automatically posts contract notifications that reach the EU
threshold on Tenders Electronically Daily. PIANOo is in charge of administering
Tendered.
The creation and adoption of the NLCIUS is a national derivative of the European
standard CIUS. Standardization Platform eInvoicing is responsible for maintaining the
NLCIUS (STPE). The STPE encourages and supports the technical deployment of einvoicing systems within sub-central government organizations and the adoption and363

application of the European Norm. You may get more details on eInvoicing here.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The portal Overheid.nl, which translates to government.nl, adds to the public
administration's openness. Overheid.nl is the principal point of access for all information
on government organizations. The site offers information on services for individuals andcompanies, organized by topic, life event, and geographical region. It provides integrated
national law, official publications, municipal and regional legislation, and internet-based
consultation services. The portal provides connections to EU law, the Open Data Portal,
and the ministries' shared website, as well as papers, publications, and news items on all
topics. The portal also provides access via a customized environment. There were 33
million visitors to the site in the year 2020.
For questions about regulations, subsidies, and permissions, enterprises and entrepreneurs
can contact the Ondernemersplein site. The information covers all governmental levels.
It focuses on the problems and requirements of the business community and is accessible
via various media (websites, email, telephone, and chat). The business forum, wherecompany owners may talk about issues directly impacting them, is managed by the
Ministry of the Interior and Kingdom Relations.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The plan to achieve digital development on a federal level was given to Parliament in
February 2019 by the Minister of the Interior, who was responsible for presenting theStrategic I plan for 2019-2021. The procedures for the CIO council were spelled out in
the I agenda. The strategy includes knowledge and skills, as well as information andcommunication technologies (ICTs) that are sufficient, consistent, and dependable.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The digitization plan aims to maximize social and economic advantages, improve thebasics of digitalization, increase organizational and individual resilience, and advancefundamental digital rights and values. The Open Government Vision and Action Plan
included several developments related to open government and emphasized openness's
growing economic, political, and social benefits.
Accountability, citizen participation, and government transparency are three issues. To
364

preserve supplier independence, the Dutch government supports open standards. The
International Standards Organization (ISO) released a list of open standards. The Dutch
government could get help from the Standardization Forum.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In comparison to other metrics, e-Participation in the Netherlands is much lower. Despite
receiving a very encouraging score of 8.5, the country was placed just 24th out of a totalof 64 nations. A technique known as Application Programming Interface (API), which
gives a connectivity interface to an application, is a crucial component of the digitaltransformation that the nation is undergoing. A national API alliance has been established
to construct a national API strategy in the Netherlands. The Knowledge Platform APIs
assist the Dutch government in overcoming strategic and tactical challenges associatedwith installing and using APIs.
Diginetwerk is a network that connects all of the different government agencies. Becauseof this, a government-related computer network has been brought under control. While
GovNet allows governments to exchange information safely, Diginetwerk allows a single
enterprise to share data with several government agencies via a network connection. TheTESTA network, which serves as the core cross-border infrastructure for digitalcommunication between EU agencies, institutions, and member states, is extensively usedin the Netherlands. This is the case even though the Netherlands is not a member of theEU.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Netherlands has moved faster toward a fully
digital economy. Many businesses quickly increased their digital capacity andimplemented digital technology to remain in business, helping to buffer the initial
economic impact. Additionally, the digitalization of goods and services made possible
chances to enter new industries, including e-health. While long-term productivity growthhas been poor in the decade preceding the COVID-19 crisis, digitalization may help
reverse this trend.
The Open Government Vision and Action Plan were presented to the Parliament with the
documents closely tied to the goals set for digital technology. The vision paper
365highlighted the significance of increased openness from an economic, democratic, andsocial point of view. It summarized the many advancements that have occurred in open
government. The vision document addressed three primary topics: more openness on theactivities of the government, increased responsiveness of the government to initiatives
proposed by members of society, and increased government accountability. The conceptthat guided this was the open and transparent dissemination of information.
The new government Data Agenda NL Digital was published in March 2019 and revisedin April 2020. The agenda is geared toward the best and responsible use of data in public
administration agencies and focuses on data flow in society. The agenda focuses on using
data-driven methods to address social problems, advance general ideals, enhance data
quality and facilitate its effective reuse, share knowledge about data-driven functioning,
invest in people, organize, and transform culture. The Dutch inter-administrative data plan
was released in 2021. The approach explains how the government may use data to addresssocial issues ethically and efficiently. The data plan also offers preliminary
recommendations for data system features that need to be accessible to all government
agencies. The data plan also details how ethical data sharing has to be orchestrated.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The National Cybersecurity Action Plan The National Cybersecurity Agenda (NCSA)
was related to the digitalization plan. The National Cyber Security Agenda's primary
purpose is to address the growing vulnerabilities and dangers posed by the digital realm
via various measures. This may be accomplished by outlining the necessary subsequent
procedures in cybersecurity. The NCSA consists of seven different aims that work toward
the following goals:
Having adequate digital capabilities to detect, mitigate, and respond decisively to cyberthreats; Contributing to international peace and security in the digital domain; Being at
the forefront of digitally-secure hardware and software; Having resilient digital processes
and a robust infrastructure; Being able to capitalize on the economic and social
opportunities securely presented by digitalization; Being able to protect national security
in the digital domain; Being able to capitalize on the economic and social opportunities
presented366

4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The Dutch Blockchain Coalition (DBC) is a collaborative effort comprising partners fromthe government, knowledge institutions, and businesses. This endeavor is a component of
the Dutch Digitalization Agenda. The objective of the DBC is to promote blockchain
technologies that are dependable and resilient, to provide the best possible circumstances
to enable blockchain applications to emerge and to use blockchain technology as a sourceof trust, welfare, prosperity, and security for the Dutch society. In the context of thisobjective, the DBC primarily serves as a catalyst and facilitator, helping to activate andlink members of an extensive public-private network.
The use of new technologies in public administration is discussed in both the AI andblockchain coalitions. The Dutch government is concentrating on creating a Communityof Practice in conjunction with the two powerful partnerships mentioned above, offering
guidelines and tools to develop and implement new technological solutions, primarily
blockchain and artificial intelligence (AI), to address societal challenges and enhance
public services. Many tools, including hackathons, buyer groups, and pre-commercial
procurement, are used to drive use cases.

367

New Zealand

1.

General Information

Area: 270,467 km2
Population: 5,185,288
Government Type: parliamentary democracy and a Commonwealth realm
GDP: $40,634
Internet User: 91.50
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 36.60
Wireless Broadband User: 101.43
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
New Zealand, which has made significant investments in digital governance, ranks 2ndin the Waseda rankings in 2022, with 92.6 points. Governments and public services must
undergo a digital transition to keep up with the times. Greater citizen expectations foronline access to governmental services and customization are driven by citizens'368experiences with digital in other contexts. As governments face rising demand for fully
inclusive digitization of public services, the current COVID-19 problem has provided achance to speed up the supply of digital services. Around the turn of the century, New
Zealand's government began making significant strides toward digitization.
Since 1996, New Zealand's government has used technology to streamline processes,
and online services have been accessible since 2000. The nation is an early adopter of ebilling, e-forms, and other paperless government. More than a million people use theCommon Web Platform to engage with the government weekly (CWP). Create and hostwebsites for the government and public sector that integrate hundreds of digital services
with this platform-as-a-service. Citizens may avoid long lines at the post office and otherbureaucratic hassles by taking care of various government businesses online at govt.nz.
New Zealand has been a pioneer in the government's use of digital innovation. It's almost
hard for modern New Zealanders to avoid using some kind of app or online site to interact
with the government. In many ways, the government has been at the forefront of a new
digital work paradigm, developing and refining it from the ground up. It's an example that
other countries can and should follow. The following are the digital advancements thatthe nation has achieved or wants to deploy.
-

Cybersecurity and New Zealand's Electronic Administration-

Digital Identity program in New Zealand-

Digital Service Provision in New Zealand3.2. New Trends
New Zealand was hard by the COVID-19 epidemic, making it one of the mostconsequential catastrophes in recent memory. Physical and mental health, the economy,
travel, commerce, housing, communication, and politics are just some areas that havebeen affected. As a result, it has shed light on the inequalities that disadvantaged groups
face. New Zealand's continuous reaction to the epidemic has been hailed as exceptional.
Many reasons contributed to this positive outcome, including country's relative
geographical isolation, which gave us valuable time to monitor the epidemic's progress
and formulate a national reaction.
New Zealand's digital strategy aims to enable its citizens, businesses, and government369

agencies to be more productive, efficient, safe, and competitive. This is accomplished by
implementing a comprehensive set of policies that foster an environment amenable todigital innovation. The objective is to make New Zealand one of the world's mosttechnologically enabled economies by emphasizing cooperation and ensuring that theadvantages of digital transformation are shared with everyone. Not only is there anemphasis placed on using new technology, but there is also a focus placed on ensuringthat the workforce designing and developing is successful in the new environment.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Despite the tremendous growth of New Zealand's internet infrastructure, some residents
still lack the access they need to engage in the online world fully. More people in New
Zealand have internet access, which improves their social and economic well-being
because they can more readily communicate with others, do business with theirgovernment, learn new skills, and find new work. This means that now is the moment tofigure out how our country will go forward regarding digital equality.
Getting hands on modern infrastructure isn't the biggest problem that New Zealanders
face today. In a recent survey, 93% of Kiwis said they had access to the Internet at home.
Fiber, copper, cable, and fixed wireless networks all exist. The majority of Kiwis will
have access to speeds of at least 50 Mbps by the year 2025. The nation needs to shift theirfocus to the digital gaps that aren't related to infrastructure, such as whether or not people
can afford Internet service and whether or not they have the knowledge, drive, andconfidence in the medium to make the most of it. Completing the rollouts for both Ultra
Fast Broadband and the Rural Broadband Initiative is expected to leave just around16,000 homes and businesses without access to broadband with at least a 20 Mbps
download speed.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The goal of the government's Strategy for a Digital Public Service is a modernized andtransformed public sector, with people and enterprises at its center. The goal of theStrategy is to ensure that government agencies have access to effective methods andresources. It's not trying to establish hard and fast regulations for the future. It is devoted
370

to the one Public Service and centers on the attitudes, practices, and institutionalframeworks that allow the contemporary Public Service to adopt, adapt and expand in theface of a dynamic and unpredictable future. The goal is: As a whole, New Zealanders areflourishing in the information era, and the public sector reflects this. The three objectives
were:● New Zealand may benefit much from a fully digitalized public sector.
● New Zealanders are having a better experience with their government.
● A government that is progressive, flexible, and responsive
4.3. Online Service [OS]The New Zealand government is generally open about its digital activities, includingcollecting and using citizen data. There is also an online complaints mechanism for people
with government services issues. New Zealand's commitment to government openness is
displayed in the country's privacy management framework, which facilitates open lines
of communication between government agencies and the public on sensitive matters likethe security of people's private information.
Collaboration, research, and interaction with leaders in the digital identity ecosystemhave all been part of the Digital Identity Programme. People expect to be able to accessservices and conduct transactions remotely, quickly, securely, and with minimum
paperwork as the commercial and governmental sectors migrate more services online.
With this software, users may be sure that their data is safe.
New Zealand's government has been working to boost productivity, open up
communication, and deliver a more satisfying service for citizens. The primary objective
is to standardize the distribution of digital services to promote growth in all areas ofsociety, including economics, education, social welfare, law enforcement, andtechnology. As a result, the government has released the Strategy for a Digital PublicService, which lays out the blueprint for modernizing government operations to make its
services more accessible to the general public and commercial enterprises.
4.4 National Portal [NPR]
Govt.nz is the national website for New Zealanders who have everyday interactions with371

the government and those who want to relocate to New Zealand or visit the country. In
order to facilitate more productive interactions with the government, Govt.nz is trying toencourage agency cooperation and credibility. People may utilize the website to learn
what steps they need to do and how the government can assist them in completing those
steps. Because the information is organized in this way, they do not need to know which
agency to contact.
Another website that may assist the shift of the public sector to digital platforms isdigital.govt.nz, which offers information, tools, and direction. Both the Web Toolkit and
ICT.govt.nz will be replaced by this website. This website is intended for worldwide
audiences and other parties interested in the following goals: defining the digital strategy
and approach; promoting public sector capabilities in a digital environment. Despite thefact that several divisions contribute to the site, the content may be under control of thegovernment.
4.5 Government CIO [GCIO]The GCIO is in charge of communicating with businesses to educate them about basic
ICT services, aiding businesses in increasing their use of ICT, and monitoring businessadoption and the results it yields. Businesses that are required to submit four-year plans
to the Treasury must include strategies for making use of shared information andcommunication technology (ICT) services.
The GCIO or Chief Digital Officer and Chief Data Steward should evaluate the businessvalue of any proposed ICT upgrades. The GCIO conducts audits to see whether businesses
are using, or have plans to use, shared ICT services. Moreover, the GCIO is accountable
for making sure that the returns on investments in ICT are being realized.
4.6 E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The Chief Digital Officer of the New Zealand Government works in conjunction with
the Chief Data Steward of the Government and other executives from throughout the state
sector. Together, they have the goal of using digital technologies to their full potential inorder to revolutionize the way the government operates for the benefit of New Zealanders.
This strategy is a group effort, and it involves 55 top officials from over 20 different
agencies cooperating with one another via the Digital Government Partnership to promote372

the objective of an integrated, all-government digital system.
In addition, New Zealand is a participant in a number of international partnerships.
Within these organizations, they exchange information and collaborate on the resolutionof shared challenges. This includes the OECD E-Leaders (which NZ is chair), the Open
Government Partnership, and the International Open Data Charter. The Digital Countries,
also known as the D9, is a collection of prominent digital nations that NZ helped create
in 2014. The organization was originally known as the Digital Nations.
4.7 E-Participation [EPAR]
Culture and society in New Zealand have developed throughout the course of timewithin the framework of an increasingly technologically advanced civilization. Due to the
influence of these variables, New Zealand is now at the vanguard of the e-next
Government's generation. The term "information and communications technology" (ICT)
refers to a set of tools that may be used in everyday life by individuals as well as bygovernments. Despite the results that were just described, New Zealand's advancement inthis area is constrained by the presence of an online participation site.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]People in New Zealand will be better able to get the aid when they need it, have a voicein choices that affect them, and have faith in their government if the country's digitaltransition is speed up. The Chief Digital Officer of the New Zealand Government
collaborates with the Chief Data Steward and other state sector officials. They want touse digital technology to improve governance for the people of New Zealand by working
together.
The objective of the open data action plan was to create a setting that made it possible
to utilize open data and speed up the release and reuse of open government data so that
New Zealand could make the most of the potential benefits of open government data.
Stats New Zealand is the government organization in charge of the open data action plan.
This action plan is backed by implementation plans and progress reports, which detail
how the action plan is carried out and contain actions constrained by a certain amount oftime and milestones.
373

The followings are some benefits that open governments provide for their citizens:● how the government operates,● how people might influence government policies and services● how they may test to see whether the policies and services are functioning
correctly.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The New Zealand Information Security Manual lays out the procedures and safeguards
required to keep all government data in New Zealand secure. Additionally, best-practicecontrols and procedures are offered to supplement the fundamental controls. Acceptable
minimum control levels are known as baseline controls.
New Zealand's CERT-NZ is one node in a global web of cyber security professionals. In
order to better understand the New Zealand threat environment, CERT-NZ delivers
reliable and expert advice and information. When handling sensitive information,
government entities in New Zealand have a duty to adhere to all applicable privacy andsecurity regulations. User benefits from adopting the PSR includes:-

Improve the handling of business risks-

Guarantee the Government and the people of New Zealand that appropriate andeffective measures have been taken to protect New Zealand's people, information,
and assets

Users may be confident that any site or service's necessary degree of security andassurance will be implemented effectively with the aid of the offered frameworks andguidelines.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The need to better understand and anticipate the behavior of customers is encouraging
businesses to increase their reliance on human labor. Effective automation and analysisof large amounts of data are the primary focuses of efforts to improve the productivity
and efficiency of labor.
Vodafone New Zealand introduced more Internet of Things (IoT) capabilities forbusinesses located in New Zealand. Connect is a regionalized version of the company's
374

Internet of Things Global Data Service Platform, which can be provided through the
XONE innovation labs of Vodafone New Zealand (GDSP). Spark, a competitor in themarket, has invested money in the development of Internet of Things solutions for New
Zealand businesses. In addition, Spark provides productized solutions for the monitoringand management of assets to both small and large enterprises. On the other hand,
Vodafone New Zealand controls the majority of the market in terms of connections, andit continues to have a global advantage owing to the global networks that are maintainedby its member companies. Now that the solution has been localized, it will be able to aid
domestic-only customers in developing their companies by boosting the number ofservices they provide.

375

Nigeria

1.

General Information

Area: 923,768 km2
Population: 218,541,212
Government Type: Federal presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $ 1,965
Internet User: 35.5
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 0.03
Wireless Broadband User: 41.69
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3. Digital Government Development and new trends
3.1.The development
As of 2022, Nigeria placed 63rd with a total score of 53.111. In order to combat the
COVID-19 epidemic, governments worldwide adopted unprecedented steps, including
the use of technology. Many African governments, including Nigeria, have taken
lockdown precautions and adopted the worldwide use of contact-tracing procedures tomonitor anyone in contact with an infected person. The development of public and private
376

contact-tracing applications may seem benign and even altruistic at first glance. However,
the Nigerian government's past record of spying on its own people raises severe concerns
about the state's potential use of such technology to monitor and target its residents during
the epidemic.
The effort of the government to go digital was launched at the beginning of the twentyfirst century by the federal government of Nigeria. This was done to improve theoperation of the government in terms of delivering public services in a transparent,
effective, and efficient way. This paper investigates the level of progress that Nigeria's
electronic government has made over the past sixteen years, as well as takes note of thechallenges that have slowed its rapid development, and it also takes a look at the bestpractices from around the world that Nigeria can adopt and modify. The e-government
initiative in Nigeria was launched in 1999.
Implementing digital transformation in Nigeria as a tool for the country's social andeconomic growth would make it possible for every person and every Nigerian company
to do more. To develop a digital Nigeria in such a manner as to most effectively exploit
the potential presented by the fourth industrial revolution, the Government of Nigeria
should implement twenty policy interventions spread over four areas.
3.2.New Trends
To diversify the country's economy and reduce its dependency on the oil and gas industry,
the government of Nigeria published the National Digital Economy Policy and Strategy(2020-2030) in November of 2019. To accomplish this objective, the NigerianCommunications Commission (NCC) developed the National Broadband Plan for 20202025. The Broadband Plan aims to deliver data download rates of at least 25 Mbps inurban areas and 10 Mbps in rural regions. This is done to provide appropriate coverage
for at least 90% of the population. The government is searching for private-sector
infrastructure partners to carry out the expansion plan for broadband internet service.
It is common knowledge that the expansion of information and communications
technology (ICT) and access to broadband internet is vital to Nigeria's plans to become
one of the leading economies in the world. Some impediments have hampered broadband
expansion and commercial investment potential in recent years. Theft of cables, the377

building of roads, and other activities are only some of the things that have contributed tothe industry's most significant challenges, which include damage to existing fiber
infrastructure.
4. Digital Government by Indicators
4.1.

Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]Over the course of the last several years, the government of Nigeria has exerted a greatamount of effort toward the promotion of digitalization. The completion of the national
backbone project was made possible by the provision of loans amounting to a total of$328 million. The implementation of 5G in the public sector began after the developmentof an appropriate plan. In order to reach the national broadband plan's aim of achieving abroadband penetration rate of 70%, broadband service was extended to rural areas. In
addition, two further satellites have been earmarked for the purpose of increasing capacity.
4.2.

Management Optimization [MO]To support the government-wide digitization process, the Department of e-Government
Development and Regulation (e-GDR) was set up. As part of its mandate, it is responsible
for laying the groundwork for a regulatory framework in the information andcommunications technology (ICT) industry that will encourage the expansion of Nigeria's
homegrown ICT industry, attract foreign investment, and foster overall ICT sector
development in the country. To aid in Nigeria's long-term development, the government's
Department of e-Government Development and Regulation (e-GDR) is working to:- Create and promote the development of IT regulatory frameworks.
- Tasks include: registering and maintaining the national site MDAs.gov.ng; coordinating
the government's use of IT technologies for service delivery; and creating andimplementing plans to increase IT usage in government service delivery.
- The Nigeria Internet Registration Association coordinates and monitors all domain
registrations in Nigeria (NiRA).
4.3.

Online Service [OS]Examples of government strategies used by the Nigerian government include the
National/State Economic Empowerment Strategies (NEEDS/SEEDS), the National e378

Government Strategy (NeGST), and a National Information Technology Policy that has
been carefully established. Alongside National e-Government Strategies Limited, theNigeria project was supervised by the National Information Technology Development
Agency (NITDA) (NeGSt). The Nigerian Federal Ministry of Information andCommunications states that its priority is to provide citizens with credible and timely
information about government activities, programs, and initiatives to create atechnological environment conducive to Nigeria's social and economic development. Thisis even though the ministry has been involved in several different initiatives in recent
years.
4.4.

National Portal [NPR]

The Nigerian e-Government site, http://www.nigeria.gov.ng, has certain limitations. The
new design is complicated to use for many people. Aside from connections to important
government departments and organizations, the site largely provides static information
about news, the government, the army, and the police. Since no electronic services areintegrated into the platform, and the average Nigerian has limited social media awareness,
citizens would be unable to engage with their government. These challenges are
frustrating, but they are understandable, given the state of fixed internet connections andthe restrictions of different digital platforms.
4.5.

Government CIO [GCIO]

The government of Nigeria has not created any law on CIO employment, nor has it
formed a legislative division to handle such matters. Because no organizations or training
institutes in Nigeria have specified criteria or standards for the job title of "chief
information officer," the meaning of the word "chief information officer" is still veryvague. The Chief Information Officer is responsible for functions comparable to those of
the head of the National e-government Strategies, but no specific specifics or structure
are provided.
4.6.

E-Government Promotion [EPRO]The Nigerian government has strongly emphasized developing a relationship between thegovernment and technology service providers that would be advantageous to the peopleof Nigeria and the economy of the country. The strong association between these two379

factors could speed up the implementation of appropriate governance technologies. It isnecessary to generate additional revenue-generating channels for the government via theuse of technology and digitalization to ensure public services' openness and dependability.
One example of this would be the use of technology in collecting taxes.
4.7.

E-Participation [EPAR]

The authorities in Nigeria have acknowledged the need to transform to take advantage ofdigitalization, which is now being investigated as e-government. As a result, an eParticipation system was developed to provide the government of Nigeria the ability toengage with the Nigerian population via text messaging on devices that support GPRS
and electronic forms that can be found on the internet. By sending images and otherinformation to the general public, it assists the government in its effort to keep the public
informed about the progress of all public projects. Additionally, it invites locals to utilize
this channel to seek general comments on any public initiatives that are currently
underway.
4.8.

Digital Transformation [DX] & Open Government Data [OGD]

The Nigerian government considers the benefits and dangers of digital change equally.
However, it has only had limited success in actual implementation because of a lack ofrequirements in delivering energy and basic telecoms and IT infrastructure. Even in
fostering innovation, the Ministry of Science claims there is potential for development.
The National Board for Technology Incubation and the National Office for Technology
Acquisition and Promotion are responsible for the growth of this sector.
Transparency, accountability, and a greater engagement of people in the programs andactions of their respective governments for sustainable development are at the center of
democratic values on a global scale. This can only be accomplished if the general public
has access to information held by the government, which is why there has been and willcontinue to be an increase in calls for freedom of information. The use of open
government data (OGD) plays a significant part in the democratization of information
and acts as a driver of open governance and transparency. This study used a descriptive
informatics and literature review approach to investigate the internet presence of essential
government ministries and agencies in Nigeria, such as the Nigeria Data Portal, toascertain the availability of open government data and the current state of the situation380

regarding its accessibility. The research has shown that while some websites have OGD
present, over sixty percent of websites do not currently give such data on their pages. In
addition, the data portal provides access to a variety of government databases. However,these databases are seldom ever updated.
4.9.

Cyber Security [CYB]

Over the last several years, Nigeria's digital banking ecosystem has expanded
significantly. In addition to the fintech solutions offered by banks and mobile network
carriers, Nigeria is home to over 200 fintech companies. There is a growing need toprotect the safety and confidence of customers as a result of the proliferation of newservice providers, such as mobile money operators, payment service providers, fintech
companies, and other financial services providers. Numerous critical digital components,
including mobile apps, digital tokens, Unstructured Supplementary Service Data, anddigital ledgers, are included in these services, each of which introduces new risks. Since
financial institutions are the primary target of cyber-attacks, the country's financial sector
must prioritize cybersecurity.
The Regulatory Framework for Mobile Money Services in Nigeria, the Nigerian
Payments System Risk and Information Security Management Framework, and the RiskBased Cybersecurity Framework and Guidelines for Deposit Money Banks and Payment
Service Providers are valuable tools for this purpose. The CBN works with other relevant
parties, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, to shape crypto market laws
and with the Nigerian Communications Commission, the sector regulator for the telecoms
industry, to oversee mobile money activities.
The National Digital Economy Policy and Strategy of Nigeria lay out a plan to diversify
the country's economy and heavily emphasize cyber security. The banking, financial, andinsurance industries are included as one of thirteen essential information infrastructure
sectors in Nigeria's National Cybersecurity Policy and Strategy (NCPS) for 2021. The
Nigerian government's plan for safeguarding its most vital computer networks is outlinedin the NCPS. To further secure Nigeria's digital economy, the NCPS seeks to harmonize
and enhance e-commerce and online consumer safeguards laws.
4.10.

The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]

Globally, the concept of "good governance" has arisen as a significant component of the381

evaluation process for public administrators. Therefore, using information andcommunication technologies (ICTs) to promote good governance has become afundamental instrument for increasing social and economic development in Nigeria. Thisis especially true in recent years. This study will investigate how information andcommunication technologies (ICTs) may be used to advance democratic principles in
Nigeria. The method of qualitative research was used for the investigation. The data weregathered from secondary sources such as previously published works, academic journals,
textbooks, and the internet and media. The data were collected, analyzed, and the mainideas were extracted using content analysis. The essential ideas elicited were edited,pattern-matched, coded and then grouped into categories. Secondary data analysis andthematic analysis approaches were used to assess, interpret, and provide answers to thestudy questions. According to the findings, the government has attempted to addressconcerns about e-government, e-commerce, e-citizens, and e-employees' engagement tofoster good governance. On the other hand, there were a few obstacles, such as poor
quality infrastructure, an unstable supply of energy, a lack of internet connectivity,difficulties with cyber security, the development of capability, and a lack of political will.
Despite these obstacles, there are chances for the government to promote good
governance through enhancing infrastructure, raising the percentage of people who use
the internet via broadband, growing capacity, and implementing cyber security bestpractices.

382

Norway

1.

General Information

Area: 323,802 km2Population: 5,434,319
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $66,650
Internet User: 97.00
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 44.04
Wireless Broadband User: 103.71
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Norway scored 79.55 on the 2022 Waseda table, placing it in the 21th position. Norway's
government has long been recognized as having one of the most digitally advanced
sectors, even before COVID-19. Several programs were initiated to digitalize formerly
analog sectors in response to the crisis. Because of this strategy, Norway was able to keep383

up a high standard of service despite the coronavirus limitations. The national plan
"Digital Throughout Life," released in September 2021 by the Ministry of Local
Government and Regional Development, aims to increase the population's digital
involvement and competency. The plan's objective is to eliminate digital exclusion andprovide people with the resources they need to access the digital tools and services on
which modern society relies. Everyone should access digital technologies that enable
participation in democratic processes, social networks, and communities.
The Norwegian government submitted the White Paper on Our Common Digital
Foundation to the Norwegian Parliament in April 2021. The present and anticipateddemand for mobile, broadband, and internet services as the cornerstone of Norway's
digital growth are discussed in the white paper. This covers widespread internet accessand the continued development and use of the 5G mobile network. The article discusses
the future course of numerous domains, focusing on the digital foundation's requirements.
The Internet of things and cloud services are two of them.
3.2. New Trends
While the epidemic has entered a new phase, the whole world still has to deal with
COVID-19. The Norwegian government is actively monitoring the situation and has
developed a strategy and emergency contingency plan for the ongoing management of
the pandemic. To cope with COVID-19 in the future, it will be essential to have goodmonitoring, solid planning, and immunization. The Ministry of Local Government andRegional Development will issue a national plan to increase digital involvement andcompetency among the populace in September 2021. The plan's objective is to avoid
digital exclusion and ensure that the public has access to the digital tools and services
upon which modern society relies. Using digital technologies, everyone should be able toengage in the community, democratic processes, and social networks. The approach
focuses on many obstacles, including digital vulnerability, the digital divide, andexclusion. Government objectives are:-To aid in the prevention of digital exclusion among people of all ages;-

To make it possible for individuals who have little or no digital competence toaccess free help services of a guaranteed high standard;384

-To further deepen the collaboration with KS (Norwegian Association of Local andRegional Authorities) to enable the establishment of robust, local guiding services
across the nation;-

Imposing stricter obligations on the commercial sector to ensure that all of thecountry's residents have access to the digital services it offers;-

To assist in providing low-threshold services that are publicly supported anddirected at those who have little to no digital competence are, as a general rule,
free of charge;-

To enable regular mapping of the degree of digital competency of people;-

To collaborate with public, private, and voluntary providers to launch a campaignthat will encourage citizens who feel they need to improve their digitalcompetence to sign up for classes; and-To investigate whether or not a single government organization should be given
the overall role of coordinating national initiatives to increase the digitalcompetency of the general population.

The plan focuses on the following areas:● Internet connectivity (the digital cornerstone);● Accessible ICT hardware;● Basic digital literacy;● Easy-to-use digital services;● Digital judgment (the capacity to think back on and
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Waseda's rankings of the NIP in 2022 placed Norway in second place after receiving ascore of 8,035 for its Network Infrastructure Preparedness (NIP). All of Norway's
successes in this area are evidence of the country's long-term commitment to digitizing
inputs. The regulatory bodies consulted the multi-spectrum 5G auction and proposed
measures to reduce the pressure on Telenor's network. By 2025, Telenor planned tocompletely decommission its GSM and 3G networks and phase down its PSTN
infrastructure.
385

4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Digital Strategy for the Public Sector sets the shared objectives and key areas ofemphasis for digitalization operations through 2025. It facilitates the government's digitaltransformation. The primary measures of the plan are centered on user-centric service
creation and more efficient and coordinated usage of shared IT solutions. This isaccomplished by developing a shared ecosystem for digital collaboration in the public
sector. In line with the goals of the Norwegian National Cyber Security Strategy, thestrategy mandates that cybersecurity be incorporated into the creation, operation, andadministration of shared IT solution services. Consequently, the primary targets for 2025
are:-

Realize the digital transformation of the public sector in a transparent, inclusive,and dependable manner;-

Perform extra chores digitally in addition to service delivery;-

Encourage residents, corporations, and non-profit organizations to connect withthe government online;-

Leverage the exchange and use of data to provide user-friendly services andfacilitate the development of value for enterprises;-

Assist local and central government entities in the development of services
based on a shared digital environment for collaboration; and-Facilitate regional and national government entities' methodical adoption ofdigitalization.

4.3. Online Service [OS]The Norwegian Agency runs the Anskaffelser.no Portal for Public and Financial
Management for all parties interested in public procurement. Its knowledge supports
effective procurement transactions with the public sector and comprises tools andinformation. The site provides sophisticated, comprehensive eProcurement andeCommerce services that lead all interested parties through all phases of eProcurement,
including planning, competitive conduct, follow-up, and liquidation. The portal features
the eCommerce-focused website eHandel.no. The website provides further services anddetails on electronic invoicing, newly formed eCommerce platforms, and eCommerce in386general. These services are designed to simplify acquiring in-depth information on
eCommerce and advice on how these services may be helpful tools for making smarter,
simpler, and safer purchases. The goal of eHandel.no is to provide suppliers to the public
sector with simple access to a cost-effective and user-friendly platform for operational
eProcurement.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Norwegian Directorate for Civil Protection (DSB) owns the website Ovelse.no, runby the Norwegian Cyber Range at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology(NTNU). The portal features a workout program geared toward Norwegian organizations.
These practice scenarios are meant to raise awareness of online risks and improveorganizational readiness for handling information security crises. The technique is basedon the DSB method books for exercise preparation, and all activities are put up as
discussion exercises.
Norge.no is a portal and resource for digital services provided by Norwegian government
agencies. Users may locate digital services via the platform's subject menu, search bar, oreight descriptions of real-world scenarios. Information on digital communication between
people and public agencies is available on the webpage. Additionally, Norge.no provides
details about the Digital Contact Information Register and Digital Mailbox for the
Norwegian public sector. All governmental agencies must use a secure digital mailbox tocommunicate correspondence to residents electronically. People may receive official
letters and papers by physical mail if they do not want to get their mail digitally. Citizens
must have an electronic ID and maintain their current digital contact information in thenational contact registry to utilize a secure digital mailbox.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The Norwegian public administration does not have the authority to fill Chief Information
Officer or similar jobs. At the federal level, the position that is often held by the head of
the Agency for Public Management and eGovernment is that of the chief information
officer.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
387

The definition and direction of digitalization in Norwegian development policy andcooperation are provided in the White Paper on Digital Transformation and Development
Policy. It seeks to improve the effectiveness of development cooperation and the abilityof partners to utilize digital technology in development cooperation.
A new Strategy for Electronic Identification (eID), scheduled for publication later in
2022, has been implemented by the Ministry of Local Government and Regional
Development. The One Digital Public Sector plan outlines the significant objectives foreID and trust services. According to this, citizens have access to an eID that they may use
to access the services they need. All groups should have access to eIDs at the level theyneed, including children and adolescents, foreign nationals without a Norwegian national
identification number, and children and foreign nationals. There must be an option forproxies to act on behalf of those unable to perform themselves digitally. To employ digital
authorizations and consent, provisions must be provided. Additionally, there is a need tomake electronic employee IDs easier to use.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Norway's eGovernment provides the necessary infrastructure for system interoperability
and data transmission across the many government entities via its networks, services, andelectronic government. One example of the government's involvement in developing
specialized infrastructure is the National Health Network (NHN), which links five
regional networks and acts as a platform for exchanging health and social services
information. As a contributing member of the network that enables Trans European
Services for Telematics between Administrations, Norway has access to a high level of
security. This enhances the efficiency of data sharing between government entities acrossEuropean countries.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
In general, Norway is distinguished by the pervasiveness of digital services. Everythingfrom everyday life to government and business is experiencing a digital transformation.
A trust-based collaboration between social partners and the public and commercial sectors,
a leading role for the public sector, consolidations and consortia among organizations,and application-oriented projects are all critical factors in the country's innovation.
388

The government must voluntarily provide disclosures as part of the Open GovernmentAct. This implies that the government puts out data for everybody to see. The following
are some examples:-

documentation of enacted statutes, executive orders, and proclamations-

records of meetings, including minutes-

plans and tally sheets of votes and resolutions-

perspectives and recommendations from expert panels and committees-

information about how to get in touch with them and what they can provide-

organizational procedures (for example, tasks and responsibilities of theadministrative units)-

formulation, enforcement, and assessment of policies, as well as reporting on
investigations-

yearly goals and annual reports

In the Waseda rankings for 2022, Norway's OGD received 9,200 points, placing it ninth
overall.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The ministries of Justice and Public Security and the Ministry of Defence collaborated to
publish a new National Cybersecurity Strategy. This is the fourth event to be held in the
country. Its purpose is to address the need to strengthen public-private, civilian-military,
and international collaboration. Authorities and businesses located in both the public andcommercial sectors, including municipalities, are the major organizations that will betargeted. Additionally, the plan establishes the groundwork for ensuring that private
persons have the essential information and awareness of the risks to use technology safely
and securely.
The primary objectives are broken down into five priority areas (preventive cybersecurity,
cybersecurity in critical societal functions, competence, detecting and handlingcyberattacks, and preventing and combating cybercrime), and a two-part list of measures
accompanies them: part one outlines essential steps that support the strategy, and part twolists ten fundamental steps that both public and private businesses are encouraged to take.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]389

Norway's National Artificial Intelligence Strategy was introduced on January 14, 2020.
No time limit was set since the government promised to gradually modify it to reflectsocietal and technical advancements. It asserts that while upholding individual liberties
and rights, Norway should take the lead in creating and using AI.
Norway's government hopes to make the country a desirable location for data centers andother data-related businesses. The strategy Powered by Nature - Norway as a Data Center
Nation was released by the Ministry of Trade and Industry in February 2018. Data will
be a more crucial resource and input as time goes on for the corporate world and society
as time goes on. For Norwegian enterprises and culture, this offers a significant economic
potential that will play a crucial role in future government programs.
There has been discussion on political communication in this sector within the context ofother political communications. The Internet of Things is discussed in the white paper
published by the Norway Common Digital Foundation.

390

Oman

1.

General Information

Area: 309,500 km2
Population: 4,576,298
Government Type: Unitary Islamic absolute monarchy
GDP: $15,745
Internet User: 95.23
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 10.85
Wireless Broadband User: 114.85
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Waseda International's 2022 rankings of digital governments placed Oman at number 32,
with a total score of 71.6. Oman has been working on one of the world's most extensive
digital government initiatives for over a decade. Thus, the Arab world's first sovereignstate has set the standard for the ideal digital utopia. Oman, with a population of over 5
million people as of 2019 and its status as a leader in demonstrating the advantages of391

eGovernment, has established concrete goals at every turn.
As a result of the COVID-19 outbreak, many Omani businesses have accelerated theirdigitization, making part-time and remote work a new reality; Oman's workforce willneed access to knowledge on these developing possibilities, and new hires will need thetraining to make the most of them. E-learning sites have helped make lifelong educationa breeze in the digital age. It's essential for our economies to be resilient; therefore, it's agood idea to learn and practice new skills pertinent to the demands of the moment.
Oman has taken this further by issuing ePassports to its citizens; these cutting-edge travel
credentials have integrated biometric data such as digital fingerprints and pictures. The
ePassports' cutting-edge security features and the streamlined border-crossing procedures
made possible by their introduction will make international travel a breeze for everyone
involved. With its successful implementation of eGovernment initiatives, Oman has
shown that becoming a fully digital country is not an impossible dream.
3.2. New Trends
The goal of e.Oman 2030 is to provide the groundwork for taking advantage of the digitaland technological advancements that will characterize the Fourth Industrial Revolution.
With humans and robots contributing to the "workforce," efficiency and output improve,leading to financial gains. Increasing reliance on data and analytics in business and in
private life, as well as the consequences of higher mobility and longer life spans, are also
discussed. These concerns will determine Oman's destiny in light of the present pandemic
situation. In its entirety, e.Oman 2030 seeks to inform citizens about the consequences ofincreasing reliance on digital means of communication.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Oman's government agencies must ensure that the information systems they employ
comply with the requirements outlined in the Oman eGovernment Architecture
Framework (OeGAF). The Open Government Service Framework, also known as OeGAF,
is a set of rules to enhance the delivery of government services in keeping with the aims
and objectives that the ITA has established. The framework sets out the rules and392

procedures that need to be followed in order to ensure that the aims and objectives of ITA
are maintained and expanded upon by the IT projects and systems implemented by thegovernment. Its additional aims include building a stable basis on which to create risk
management and control mechanisms, as well as ensuring the success of information
technology initiatives by lowering the level of uncertainty about the sustainability of suchprojects. OeGAF will support the government so that it may more effectively manage
information technology (IT) as a strategic investment and operate as an "integrated
enterprise." Checking over the website for the Oman OeGAF could provide you withfurther information.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The e.Oman's strategy was created to help Oman successfully through this transition andinto the 4th Industrial Revolution. This policy strongly emphasizes inclusion to ensurethat no one in the community is at a significant disadvantage or left out of the digital
future. Society and Human Capital Development was identified as a key tenet of the initiale.Oman plan. The very idea may be found in the newer edition, although this time it's
called "Advancing the Digital Society."
The strategy's primary purpose is to ensure that people from all walks of life participate
in and benefit from the digital future. ITA, on behalf of the government, is making
concerted efforts in this direction by implementing many Human Capacity Building
programs.
The Information Technology Agency (ITA) has implemented an e-Accessibility policy toempower individuals with disabilities and the elderly to make the most of informationand communication technology (ICT) for the benefit of leading healthier, more productive,
and more autonomous lives. The offering of sign language and text-to-speech (TTS)
services are two examples of such technology.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Starting in 2002, the government of Oman has been collecting information on its citizens
and permanent residents via the National Registry System. Everything else that will bedone in the name of eGovernment will build off the foundation laid by the National
Registry System. In response, Oman built its electronic identity system from the ground393

up. Thanks to the adoption of Mobile-ID, users in Oman may now sign legally binding
papers and access services from any mobile device. However, electronic passports withbiometric data are state-of-the-art travel papers with built-in biographical information,
digital fingerprints, and digital photos. The ePassports will make travel easier to accessby providing strong security and speeding up border administrative processes.
The Tarassud app, available for iOS and Android, was created by the Ministry of Healthof the Sultanate of Oman to benefit its citizens. In it, we see how quickly and widely the
epidemic spread worldwide. The Ministry of Health, in conjunction with Wareed.co,offers home delivery of prescription drugs to minimize the Coronavirus spread and makeit easier for patients, especially the elderly, heart, and diabetic patients, to maintain asteady supply of their necessary medicine. Several platforms and apps complement Behar
Plus, an online marketplace where sellers and merchants of fresh fish may offer theirwares to buyers. People in Oman who have been advised to "stay at home" during thecurrent epidemic may still get their fresh fish fixes from Behar Plus by placing an online
purchase.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Oman's National Performance Rating (NPR) was rated 8,000 in 2022, which landed thecountry in the top spot in the NPR's Waseda rankings. There is a new name for Oman'seServices portal: Omanuna. Omanuna is a government e-Services platform that helps
citizens with their problems. In this nationwide implementation of eServices, everyone
contributes in the same way. The official webpage for the government of Oman isoman.om. The Ministry of Transportation, Communications, and Information Technology
is the site's host and the exclusive owner of any information published there. The website
gives users access to digital services and details on how to get supplementary services,such as text messages and paper copies of forms. Because each user's profile and needs
are unique, we designed this site with them in mind and made it easy to navigate. The
portal provides a centralized location for citizens to access a wide range of government
resources.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Oman Central Information Officer (CIO) for Government E-Services reports to the394Ministry of Transport, Communications, and Information Technology (MTCIT). To help
spread the use of government e-services and broaden citizen participation, Oman's Chief
Information Office, MTCIT, is training people to get comfortable with technology. It aids
government ministries and other agencies in pursuing their IT objectives. Moreover, the
MTCIT plans to aid government agencies in cutting costs by guiding all facets of IT
initiatives. Unified Government Network, the ePayment Gateway, Government eServices
Portal, the eGovernment Framework, and Information Security are all areas where
MTCIT has made significant contributions.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
By fostering national capabilities, bolstering infrastructure, establishing an IT industry,and enhancing the quality and performance of government services, Oman's Digital
Transformation Program seeks to create a sustainable knowledge-based society and boost
public sector productivity and efficiency. These services must be completed at certain
times and under certain conditions to fulfill their goal of expediting service operations for
consumers, businesses, and government agencies.
The Ministry of Transportation, Communications, and Information Technology are in
charge of the Digital Transformation Program (MTCIT). The system aids government
agencies in automating service channels, increasing operations, and streamlining
corporate processes. More than a million rials (about $2.6 million) from the Oman
Technology Fund will go toward helping SMEs find lasting answers to persistent healthproblems and pandemic crises. The objective is to support existing businesses, inspire
new minds, and motivate them to develop high-tech solutions that facilitate remoteparticipation and care for the greater good of society.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Citizens from all walks of life can participate in discussions and debates on all areas of
the Oman Digital Society thanks to the Official eGovernment Services Portal of the
Sultanate of Oman. People from the general public will soon have an internet channel via
which they may communicate with us, provide comments, and provide recommendations.
The principal objective of the nation is to design a process that will enable it to listen to
and engage with the people and respond to the challenges, suggestions, and ideas they395

provide.
Current online participation options offered by the Official eGovernment Services Portalof Oman include Facebook, which allows users to keep up with the most recent news andparticipate in discussions with other users; Twitter, which will enable users to receive
brief, timely messages; Instagram, which will allow users to share photos and videos fromthe portal; and Youtube, which will allow users to view videos about the official
eGovernment Services Portal and comment on those videos.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The

Sultanateof

Oman'sgovernment

adoptedOracleDedicated

RegionCloud@Customer in order to hasten the country's government and semi-government
agencies'cloud-leddigitaltransformation.

ITHCA (Oman

Information

andCommunications Technology Group) is in charge of the implementation, allowing thegovernment to manage its entire IT estate on Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI) while
maintaining physical control of infrastructure and data following the sultanate's data
sovereignty requirements.
It has been shown that communities and economies worldwide benefit from fostering aculture of open data and adopting the appropriate policy settings when data is created orgathered. This policy was created to help government agencies throughout the Sultanateof Oman incorporate open data principles into their daily work in response to the eOman
Strategy's emphasis on making all data publicly available. The goals of this policy are to- Define the principles of open data to promote an information-based culture;- Simplify and facilitate the release of data by Government agencies in the Sultanate of
Oman;- Create a practical policy framework that enables the release of high-value datasets tothe public;- Increase opportunities for the public to access and use open data;
The government agencies in the Sultanate of Oman may use this policy as a guide for
adopting practical open data principles in other countries.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
396

Cyber security is one of the program's medium-term objectives. It shows that its leaders
acknowledge the importance of this field and are open to seizing the chances presented
by the rising demand for cyber security goods, services, and a trained labor force. Theredoesn't seem to be any slowdown in the cybersecurity industry's rapid expansion. As anation with a significant regional influence, Oman understands the critical nature of
securing its Critical National Infrastructure (CNI) in the face of cyber threats (CNI). There
has been an increase in nationwide attacks on government and critical infrastructure,
particularly the energy and financial sectors.
Intrusion attempts, malicious code, malware infection, online phishing, and ransomware
have been the most common forms of assault against CNI in recent incidents. Suchassaults try to wipe out data and disrupt service, harm an organization's activities, and set
off explosives that might cause fatalities.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The government has invested much in education and workforce development in recent
decades. The Oman International Container Terminal has said that it prioritizes working
with international technology companies and creating a center of excellence for SMEs
(OICT).
The Ministry of Technology and Communications (MTC) manages the government's
network and cloud services. The MTC is also pushing for more government functions to
be available online. At least 59 government agencies have committed to a strategy tocomplete the government's digital transformation by the end of 2022. The Digital Oman
Strategy claims that there is an opportunity for data center development due to the rising
popularity of cloud computing.
The Royal Oman Police (ROP) has started employing drones to protect the public while
maintaining the country's traditional isolation. Authorities might cover vast swaths of landin record time because of the enhanced situational awareness provided by drone
technology. Successfully preventing the spread of this virus without exposing people to
the risk of infection, Muscat Municipality (MM) has been using drones to clean roadways
in the Muscat governorate.

397

Pakistan

1.

General Information

Area: 881,913 km2
Population: 236,892,429
Government Type: Federal parliamentary constitutional republic
GDP: $1,269
Internet User: 25
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 1.14
Wireless Broadband User: 41.33
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Pakistan was ranked 56 in the Waseda International digital government rankings for 2022,with a total score of 59,423. About 60% of Pakistan's 200 million people are between theages of 15 and 29, making the country a tremendous human and intellectual capital. It's
estimated that Pakistan is home to over 2,000 information technology firms and contact
centers, and that figure is rising. Over 300,000 IT experts in Pakistan are fluent in English
398

and knowledgeable about established and cutting-edge IT systems and products. Furthera total of 20,000 computer scientists and IT professionals graduate annually.
Because of the epidemic, the poor and marginalized in Pakistan are at a greater risk ofcatching COVID-19 and are more likely to be negatively affected by it. To this purpose,
Pakistan has introduced many novel approaches, including the Ehsaas Ration Donation
Coordination Platform, an online hub for linking charitable organizations and foodproviders with those in most need. Growing digital services and making them moreaccessible are top priorities. These initiatives have highlighted the need to invest in healthsystems over the long run and in digital connection as a public benefit to revive once
inaccessible services like telemedicine and Tele-education. Investments made bycountries in digital infrastructure, especially training for youth from low-income
neighborhoods, have paid off handsomely.
To put Pakistan on the international outsourcing map, the Republican Party has developed
an all-encompassing plan that includes participation in international forums, theorganization of domestic conferences, the expansion of software technology parks, andthe facilitation of certification programs. It is now critical that the Digital Pakistan Policy,
in light of the increased demand for and growth in information technology, take into
account the widespread impact IT is having on every facet of society and economy as it
is rapidly digitized and transformed into an integral part of a global knowledge-based
economy. This policy paper was developed by the Ministry of IT and Telecom (MoIT)
after extensive consultation with a wide range of interested parties.
3.2. New Trends
To fully take advantage of the digital opportunity, three things need to happen:
1) Building infrastructure to support the local tech ecosystem;
2) Making a suitable environment for IT exports;
3) Promoting innovation and digital skills.
Pakistan's businesses and the government have benefited from the work done in all threeareas to help the country become more digital. Pakistan has put a lot of effort into building
the country's infrastructure so that innovative digital services, apps, and content can be399

delivered to the local tech ecosystem. The government has approved the "Right of Way"
policy to speed up the expansion of telecom infrastructure and has announced the "Digital
Pakistan Policy" to build software technology parks, a national technology incubation
center, and telecentres to help businesses get access to ICT facilities and services. Pakistan
has been helping digital freelancers by waiving income taxes on IT and IT-enabled
services (ITeS) export remittances and promoting the country's exports through digitalplatforms as part of the "Brand Pakistan" campaign. These things are meant to make thecountry a good place for IT exports.
The government has also announced a number of programs to help people learn digitalskills to promote innovation and digital skills, such as through its "e-Rozgaar" centers,
which teach people how to use online tools for freelancing, and its "DigiSkills" initiative,
which works with the industry to build digital talent.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]Creating a digital ecosystem that includes infrastructure and institutional frameworks forthe speedy delivery of cutting-edge digital services, apps, and content is one of the
primary objectives of the Digital Pakistan Policy. This policy indicates a change awayfrom a piecemeal approach and toward an overall technology strategy focused on
information and communication technology as a wide facilitator of every area ofsocioeconomic growth.
Increase Pakistan's standing in international indices and benchmarks assessing thebusiness and innovation climate, affordability, skills preparedness, and socioeconomic
effect of information and communications technology by improving Pakistan's rating. It
would be beneficial to improve the data provided to international rating organizations.
Establishing state-of-the-art tier 3/4 national level data centers will allow the Federal
Government to integrate its dispersed databases, making it possible to do data mining andanalysis on large amounts of data. Improve the overall standard of e-Government services
by integrating real-time management and data analytics. It is important to discourage thedevelopment of silo IT infrastructures (also known as little islands) in the various
government departments to reduce unnecessary duplication of efforts, human resource
400needs, and operating costs.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Citizens' understanding of the risks posed by cybercrime must be increased. Creating an
informational hub with an emphasis on cyber security. It is also important to hostworkshops and seminars to raise awareness and disseminate relevant data. There is a needto raise adoption rates by capitalizing on the low price of internet access andimplementing efficient marketing strategies. The government may engage with the publicthrough social media by creating a Facebook page and a Twitter account. If thegovernment wanted to know which e-Services its residents used the most, they could
easily run a poll to get the answer. The results of a poll like this may be used to boost the
government's credibility and openness. The government may utilize ICT to educate
underprivileged populations, especially women, and enhance their quality of life.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Farmers in Bangladesh may now access a price tracking system over the internet, withdaily price information posted on the Ministry of Commerce's various online platforms.
But the significance of this data's use is little. Preprints in Barbados cannot function
without Internet security training for students. To better the government, it is crucial tomaintain a constant state of security consciousness. According to the United Nations'Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), Pakistan's digital strategy prioritizes
information and communication technology (ICT) education, e-learning for educationaland other vital sectors, and the lifelong learning process for everyone. With technology
as its backbone, Dubai's eGovernment program has embraced an all-encompassing eTransformation approach based on ideas of modernization and development and byproviding e-Services that are fully integrated.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Directorate General of Immigration and Passports can provide online services toPakistani residents anywhere in the world, even inside Pakistan, thanks to a website
known as the e-Services Portal. If a person's Machine Readable Passport has either
expired or their validity has been reduced to less than 12 months, they are eligible torenew their passports using the e-Services Portal.
401

4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
As part of the National Information Technology Policy 2000, the Federal Cabinet ofPakistan authorized the D-Government Program in August 2000. This initiative hasreceived a lot of attention. All relevant federal agencies were notified of their requests formany months. An Information Security Policy was issued by the GCIO in October 2012,as reported by the OGCIO. The National Directorate of Digital Government in Pakistan
C was set up inside the Ministry of IT to oversee and direct all IT expenditures by theFederal Government. Consequently, the federal government is comprised of DGovernment branches for each department. Since 2013, the government of Pakistan has
hosted the "Pakistan CIO Summit & Expo," an annual gathering of the country's top IT
executives, IT managers, and IT heads from South Asia, the Middle East, and other partsof Asia to discuss the implementation of cutting-edge technological solutions.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The Pakistani government has a variety of incentives in place to promote independent
contractors and businesses in the country to capitalize on the rising worldwide demandfor IT services. For enterprises to fully capitalize on the expanding digital commerce
potential, governments may want to relax restrictive data laws that might impede thecapture of productivity benefits. Pakistan will benefit from establishing baseline
standards for personal data commensurate with global norms.
norms. This should involve harmonizing with technologies and regulatory instruments,
such as the APEC Cross-Border Privacy Rules, that are intended to facilitate thetransmission of personal data between legal countries. To promote increased involvement
in digital commerce, the nation should join multilateral digital trade accords such as the"Digital Economy Partnership Agreement" (DEPA) inked by Singapore, New Zealand,
and Chile to facilitate cross-border data flows.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
After more than a decade of research and development, the benefits of e-government are
still outweighed by the negatives. These issues arise in fields where intelligent technology
seems to have much promise. Governments still publish public-sector information (PSI)
in a broad range of nonstandard and proprietary forms. The potential advantages of402

reusing, merging, and processing PSI are readily obvious because of its vast volume andrichness. The data they collect is valuable, but organizations are often hesitant to share it
for cultural, political, or institutional reasons. As a result, they separate and protect theirold systems and the data inside them. If they decide to provide their data, it will be invarious forms without defined metadata or definitions, creating an essentiallymeaningless mountain of data.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The ecosystems in which businesses operate are in a constant state of change. As a resultof the intense competition that exists today, businesses are rapidly adopting cutting-edge
digital technology to revolutionize their internal processes. The time for theoreticalconsiderations of digital transformation and industry 4.0 has passed; now is the time for
actual implementation. Industry 4.0 tools like big data, cyber-physical systems, theinternet of things, and interoperability are critical to the success of Pakistan's SMEs.
Using SPSS's multiple regression tools, we discovered that big data, cyber-physicalsystems, and interoperability all significantly influenced a company's bottom line, but the
impact of the internet of things was determined to be negligible. Given the paucity ofstudies on digital transformation and industry 4.0, the present investigation fills a need byproviding new avenues of inquiry, fresh perspectives, and a valuable framework for futurestudies. This research will also assist business leaders in defending the need forinvestments in technical infrastructure. Finally, policymakers will find it helpful indevising policies to improve their absorptive ability and human capital development.
Governmental agencies are a significant source of massive data. The proactive release oflarge open data (BOD) by government institutions is spreading worldwide. The 2013
Pakistani Right to Information (RTI) Act has been identified as the driving force for the
adoption of massive open data policy innovation by government agencies. Using theDissemination of Innovation (DOI) theory and its application to public policy innovation
research, this paper examines Pakistan's BOD policy diffusion trends at the government
and public bodies' level through policy innovation. These trends are based on the timingof policy statements and government acceptance, the development of technology
applications, and the proactive publication of statistical statistics by public entities. An
Event History Analysis is conducted to analyze the dissemination of BOD policy
403

innovation. Results indicate that the Federal government is the inventor of thedissemination of policy Innovation among governments and succeeding public entities.
In terms of establishing BOD technical platforms and the proactive sharing of massive
datasets, we have also observed that the effectiveness rating of public organizations isrelatively low. Politicians, policymakers, and policy practitioners in Pakistan should
prioritize successfully implementing a sizeable open data policy to compete globally.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Pakistan has taken a number of noteworthy measures to enhance its cybersecurity
capabilities, but more work remains. The Cyber Vigilance Division of the Pakistan
Telecommunication Authority consists of three directorates: information andcommunication technology (ICT), cybersecurity, and vigilance. The ICT Directorate is
responsible for enhancing the industrial sector's capability via research and analysis, thesupply of IT infrastructure, and the hosting of conferences and stakeholder meetings. The
Vigilance Directorate discovers and restricts gray traffic and illegitimate IP addresses
through technological solutions and legal enforcement. The Cyber Security Directorate
aids in the design of policies, performs security assessments of applications andinfrastructure, and releases warnings and instructions to combat cyber threats. Pakistan
has also created the National Centre for Cyber Security and offered academic degrees topromote cyber security education and research. Alongside these fledgling advances, thenation must implement other capacity development measures, including best practices,public awareness campaigns, professional training courses, incentive systems, anddomestic industry.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
E-governance is the implementation of Information and Communication Technology(ICT) into the government system to make working procedures more effective, accessible,
and straightforward. Pakistan is steadily advancing towards adopting e-governance toimprove the accessibility and quality of information and services supplied to the general
people via ICT in a simple, affordable, and cost-effective way.
National Information Technology Board (NITB) assists the Federal Ministries andDivisions in implementing e-governance projects that seek to improve the government's
404

capacity to meet the demands of Pakistani residents. NITB guarantees that e-governanceinitiatives are result-oriented, cost-effective, and efficient by streamlining the access anddelivery of services, distribution of information, and communication quickly andefficiently. We provide technical support for software development and deployment
projects requiring high-quality standards, new concepts, and compliance. In addition,
NITB identifies and offers specific steps for the procedures that need automation toprovide better and more efficient service to Pakistani residents.

405

Peru

1.

General Information

Area: 1,285,216 km2
Population: 34,113,548
Government Type: Unitary presidential republic
GDP: $6,027
Internet User: 65.25
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 9.23
Wireless Broadband User: 70.80
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 62.944, Peru's digital government ranked 51st in the world in the Waseda
International digital government rankings for 2022. The Peruvian government has spent
the better part of the last two decades developing the infrastructure and infrastructure forelectronic governance necessary to make this ambition a reality. The Presidency of the406Council of Ministers has delegated authority over these initiatives to the National Officeof Electronic Government and Information Technology.
The COVID-19 epidemic has reduced exports and imports in Peru, which has had an
adverse effect on government income. However, the imports and exports necessary tosustain economic activity in the nation continued unabated despite the crisis. Exports of
non-traditional Peruvian items, including fresh grapes, avocados, mangoes, and ginger,
have increased due to worldwide marketing initiatives. It is mainly owing to thedigitization and simplification efforts done over the years that Peru's Customs
Administration (SUNAT) has been able to keep running smoothly. As the global
pandemic has hastened everyone's move into the digital realm, the Administration has
been working to accelerate and improve IT initiatives in collaboration with governmental
agencies and private-sector partners to establish itself as a digital Customs.
In Peru, like in much of Latin America, e-government activities have concentrated onproviding digital services through public institution websites and making information
available via public portals utilizing a hybrid paradigm of static information andtransactional services. This matches global trends. Other Latin American countries adopt
this method. E-government must be implemented with technology and, more significantly,
methodological resources for developing countries like Peru to reach the same efficiency
and flexibility as wealthy ones. This can help poor countries like Peru catch up in egovernment7 and help emerging countries like Peru catch up.
3.2. New Trends
The effects of Covid-19 go well beyond national boundaries. Human rights abuses against
the most disadvantaged groups and the financial impact on families must be consideredpart of any effective remedy. A large portion of the undocumented workforce of Peru isof Venezuelan ancestry, and they may be subject to prejudice and hostility. Whenestablishing policies, it is essential to consider macroeconomic and microeconomic
impacts on low-income and vulnerable populations. For the sake of understanding genderdisparity, this relationship must also be investigated.
Peru's leadership and the cooperation of all relevant parties, including corporations andindividuals, are required to succeed in this challenging endeavor. In response, most people407

have displayed cohesion, accountability, and creativity. In the United States, experts haveused Google Hangouts and social media to help individuals quarantine and even throw
parties there to promote awareness. A wider rollout of the collaboration with the Ministryof Production and other partners is possible at that point.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
There were significant breakthroughs in Peru's attempts to prepare and invest in thedigitization of the nation, including the introduction of 5G services based on the country's
existing concessions, which took place in recent years. Fibertel was granted an MVNO
license by MTC for 20 years, allowing the company to provide services geared toward
B2B customers and access to dark fiber throughout the country. The terminal for the
Pacific Cable was located in Lurin.
Following the formation of a joint venture between the two companies, Eutelsat
Communications and Telespazio, the latter was granted permission to utilize Ku Band
capacity on the EUTELSAT 117 West B satellite to deliver telecommunications services
to 1,300 unserved locations in the Peruvian Amazon.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]In this context, the ability to digitally transform services and expand access to the internet
are now crucial for strengthening government agencies' ability to withstand the effects offuture disasters. The nations in the area recognize this, and they have launched ambitious
programs to modernize government operations and services via information andcommunication technologies.
The State may become more accessible to its inhabitants through digitizing public
services, which paves the way for a more adaptive, responsive, and effective public
administration. Communities that do not yet have access to the digital world must be
provided with the means and the convenience to get access. It's also about encouraging
the construction of channels that promote openness and involvement, which helps to build
more public trust in governmental action and enhance the services and information
supplied to individuals and organizations.
408

4.3. Online Service [OS]Websites that provide various services in a single location, such as electronic tax andcustoms filing, electronic health records, and electronic procurement, all contribute to thetotal score for online services. Access may be gained to the official websites of all five of
Peru's e-services, which have been evaluated. The website for e-tax and customs, which
can be found at http://www.Sunat.gob.pe, is complicated and dynamic, providing the
public with information vital to their daily lives. The most often used processes arehighlighted on a website that provides a basic and easy one-stop service and can be foundat http://www.tramites.gob.pe. Because of their restricted scope, the government is notusing e-procurement and e-health websites. These websites can only disseminate
information to 241 residents and offer straightforward, uncomplicated services to thegeneral public.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Peruvian government has been actively pursuing digital transformation in a numberof different domains. For instance, the Peruvian government's website offers a wide rangeof digital services and transactions (www.gob.pe). But according to the most recent
available data, just 4% of these deals can be made and closed online. The Digital
Government Secretariat has set a target date of 2023 to complete the government's digitaltransformation, as stated in the Presentation of Results of the Comprehensive Design
Process of the future National Policy for Digital Transformation.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
There is no provision for the Chief Information Officer (CIO) in the law that controls thepolicy for electronic governance. In addition to the responsibilities listed above, the
ONGEI is responsible for various other activities, such as promoting information andcommunications technology in government and executing this strategy. At least one
educational establishment has a CIO training program advertised on its website.
Regrettably, more information on CIO rules cannot be located now.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]The National Policy of Peru aims to enhance and fortify the country's capabilities in409

science, technology, and technological innovation. The government distributes grants
through financial transfers to public research universities and institutions. Direct funding
for research and development innovation is available via various policy tools, including
domestic and international funding mechanisms. The purchase of capital goods was theprimary method of innovation used by the vast majority of Peruvian manufacturing
companies (72,3%). 4.0% of their financial assistance came from the government, while
1.3% came from less conventional sources.
According to CONCYTEC's findings, Peruvian public sector enterprises are worried
about the constraints of national policies on research and technology. Compared to othercountries in Latin America, the Caribbean, and Ibero-America, Peru ranks lower thanother countries in such categories as publications relative to GDP. Peru ranks first in theworld regarding the ability to innovate, the availability of scientists and engineers, andthe quality of institutions that do scientific research. Only 39.4% of the innovative
manufacturing enterprises in Peru that were asked confessed to having their rights tointellectual property recognized.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
A company's digital governance is its institutional structure for making decisions,encouraging participation, and holding people accountable for their actions in relation to
the company's use of digital services and products. Specific fundamental regulatory
frameworks in cross-cutting issues, including digital governance, transparency, open data,
data-based public policy, cybersecurity, and personal data protection, have begun to getapproval in Peru. Recently, efforts have been made to achieve greater convergence in all
aspects that make up a complete digital transformation system based on the pioneeringrole assigned to SEGDI, even though the application and development of each of theseregulatory frameworks present different and, in some cases, unclear governancestructures.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The Peruvian government approved the "Peruvian Action Plan for its incorporation into
the Open Government Parnership" as part of the Open Government Partnershipinternational initiative, which it had previously indicated its willingness to join and for410which it sought to establish commitments related to, among other things, governmenttransparency and openness, public integrity, citizen participation, e-government, and theenhancement of public services. To encourage the availability of information data frompublic bodies and the reuse of open data, the "National Open Data Government Strategy
2017-2021" and the "Peru Open Data Government Model" were released within thecontext of these Open Government Action Plans.
New pledges for gradual implementation have been prepared within the context of the2020-2021 Open Government Action Plan Towards the Bicentennial, and others are
already being executed. Among the former pledge to implement an open data portal in
the State Procurement Supervisory Agency, manage a virtual platform for accessing
information on the management of socio-environmental conflicts, include citizen
participation mechanisms to improve the creation of Standards and regulations; andpromote social control in monitoring the execution of works through an information
platform on public infrastructure works. Digital police reports, providing a second digitalpolice report, and virtual connection with the Comprehensive Healthcare System are only
some of the promises that have already been fulfilled.
In many ways, a country's development is tied to its degree of digitalization and its ability
to adopt new technologies quickly. However, to achieve successful national digitization,
all of society's constituent players, including individuals, businesses, and the State, must
participate. There has been a rise in the usage of electronic devices in Peru. The
government has taken steps in many sectors to encourage a nationwide shift to digitalpractices, including digital health, educational technology, and electronic governance.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In collaboration with the Ministry of Transportation and Communications (MTC) and the
U.S. Trade Law Development Program, the Embassy hosted a workshop to examine
regulatory options for bridging the digital divide and implementing robust wirelesscommunications networks for 5G technology. Under the auspices of the Digital
Connectivity and Cybersecurity Partnership (DCCP), the workshop pushed the discussion
on the efficient use of the universal service budget, best practices in broadband regulation,and growing 5G provider security and provider diversity.
411

Peru's attempts to alter regulatory frameworks to support the development of secure andinteroperable 5G networks were bolstered by the Rural Broadband Connectivity
Workshop. Additionally, the workshop promoted regional and worldwide collaboration
in a required field to stimulate economic development in the region and beyond. This
event also lays the framework for future government cooperation on network security andsupplier diversity, which are essential components for the ubiquitous deployment ofbroadband services. This pledge was made possible by the DCCP, a multi-year initiativeby the U.S. government to promote an open and competitive internet, secure 5G networks,
and promote safe and responsible business opportunities abroad.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Access to the Internet remains the most significant barrier that must be overcome toguarantee digital education in Peru. This is one of the primary problems that digital
education must overcome. According to the primary investigator for Grade, Mr. Hugo
opo, even if young people have the most excellent Internet access, it happens outside thehouse (in the study center, at work, or in internet booths). It is also important to note thataccess to Information and Communication Technologies (ICT), such as the internet,
closely relates to a country's socioeconomic levels. According to Ms. Maril Martens, headof CARE Peru and a former Minister of Education, the percentage of households withinternet connection ranges from 96.7% in class A houses to just 43% in class E homes.
In light of these challenges, the government has launched a number of measures,
including introducing a program for learning via online education and the distribution oftablets to both students and instructors in public schools.

412

Philippines

1.

General Information

Area: 342,353 km2
Population: 115,559,009
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $3,128
Internet User: 49.8
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 7.24
Wireless Broadband User: 64.34
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
The Philippines had an overall grade of 69.604 in 2022, ranking 36th. The COVID-19
epidemic has brought into sharp focus the need for digital ecosystems to facilitate thequick delivery of essential services and aid to a country's citizens, including healthcare,education, and social assistance. The "stack" of digital IDs, digital payments, and datasharing platforms was already in place in countries that could better react to the epidemic
413

and preserve the continuity of services by moving to online channels.
The Philippines is an excellent case study of a government working to fill the gaps in its
digital ecosystem by improving infrastructures like digital identification, data governance,and digital financial transactions. The Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) has begun
implementing the Philippine Identification System since the Philippines is one of the few
nations lacking a comprehensive ID system beyond the civil register. PSA identified
digital SP delivery as a priority area after learning about the difficulties of providing social
assistance without a foundational ID during the COVID-19 response and is now
collaborating with the Department of Social Welfare and Development (DSWD) to use
PhilSys to transform the country's major social assistance programs digitally. The WorldBank has funded several projects to help with this (including the Beneficiary FIRST
Social Protection Project, the Promoting Competitiveness and Enhancing Resilience to
Natural Disasters Development Policy Loan series, and the Identification for
Development (ID4D) and Digitizing Government to Person Payments (G2Px) sister
initiatives).
3.2. New Trends
The Philippines' government is still having trouble implementing its response to the
COVID-19 outbreak. The country has taken measures to increase the pandemic's security
and the importance of its security agencies. Because of lackluster public health response,
the government has been unable to stem the tide of new illnesses. It has seen colossal
joblessness and a drop in GDP of double digits due to the lengthiest shut down in history.
As a result of these issues, calls for a new approach have come from many different areas.
The business and governmental sectors are pressured to quickly adopt digitaltransformation methods and technology to transition to the new normal.
To promote the digital transformation of the Philippines, the Department of Information
and Communications Technology has formulated the Philippine Digital Transformation
Strategy for 2022. Economic transformation, people engagement, innovation,
infrastructure development, human capital, and bridging the digital divide are the pillars
upon which the 2015 ASEAN ICT Master Plan rests. The basic concept was to pay
attention to national interests while keeping an eye on the ASEAN economic agenda.
414

Government-enabling activities in the future will center on digital transformation to
improve government openness and accountability, operational efficiency and agility,
direct public participation, and a platform for innovation to aid in the country's economic
recovery in the wake of the pandemic. In addition, the e-government 2.0 digitaltransformation strategy prioritizes using open data, disseminating user-generated content,
and creating network effects via increased user participation. Using a variety of channels,
e-government 2.0 sought to legitimize citizens' genuine involvement in government.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The Philippines has made strides in becoming more digitally connected to the rest of theworld. Commercial 5G services have been made available by Smart, Global Telecom, andD Telecommunity, respectively. DITO has initiated the deployment of mobile services.
The government has boosted its investments in innovative data centers and is working toinstall more of these centers to promote 5G services.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]While the nation's e-Government infrastructure has remained steady, the e-Government
ecosystem has made a lot of achievements. The National Privacy Commission (NPC), theNational Telecommunications Commission, and the Cyber Crime Investigation and
Coordination Center have all undergone significant restructuring as part of the
Department of Information and Communications Technology (DICT). The new division
and accompanying legislation show the government's acknowledgment of the importanceof information technology in open government. The NPC is charged with protecting
individuals' right to privacy and freedom of expression while encouraging technologicaladvancements and promoting the nation's economic and social well-being. The
Commission is responsible for overseeing, deciding upon, and managing allcommunications inside the United States.
Information security is a top priority for the government of the Philippines. In light of
this, the State's strategy prioritizes protecting citizens' right to privacy and freedom of
expression while encouraging scientific and technological advancement. Information andknowledge management and security are essential tenets of the law, which apply to415

organizations of all sizes and all levels of government.
The goal of the EGMP 2022 is to create a "One Digital Government" via the use of egovernment technology, and this presents a significant obstacle to its implementation. The
Department of Information and Communications Technology (DICT) is responsible for,among other things, putting in place the necessary personnel, policies, processes, andinformation architecture to meet the challenges mentioned above and goals.
4.3. Online Service [OS]At one point, websites were considered the critical e-Government conduit for
disseminating information and offering services to people. In this regard, the eGovernment Fund acted as a catalyst for e-government in the Philippines. It also
pioneered the adoption of information and communications technology (ICT) inestablishing a web presence and automating government processes, both of which havethe potential to improve Government-to-Government (G2G) and Government-to-Citizen(G2C) services. According to data gathered through monitoring of the website's existence.
A regularly performed survey by the DICT found that the proportion of National
Government Agencies (NGAs) with a web presence increased by 7.41 percentage points,from 85.58% to 92.99%. The percentage of NGAs that had an inaccessible online
presence declined from 11.91% in 2016 to 4.80% in 2017, while the percentage of NGAs
that did not have a web presence saw a significant reduction over the same time period.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The E-Government Development Index uses the National Government Portal, often
known as the NGP, as a critical indicator of the quality of internet services across thenation (EGDI). Consequently, the NGP is necessary for boosting the visibility andaccessibility of the public sector and cultivating citizen confidence. Because the majority
of information and communications technology (ICT) services provided by thegovernment, specifically online services, have traditionally been constructed in silos, thestrategy for developing a national government portal (NGP) needs to be based on a
structure that encourages more collaboration.
One example is creating a national government portal as part of a digital transformation
416

strategy to build an integrated government. Its role is to act as the official representativeof the essential services provided by the federal government. Since 2014, the Open Data
Portal (www.data.gov.ph) has released more than 3,300 government data files andinformation on various subjects, including public spending, agriculture, transportation,and education, among other issues. In light of this circumstance, the Philippine Statistics
Authority (PSA) has introduced openstat.psa.gov.ph. This online platform makes
accessible to the general public a variety of statistical data that has been gathered andcollated by the government.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The chief information officer (CIO) balances operational business strategy, organizationalchange, and government regulation. Since implementing E-Government aims to boost
productivity and openness, reforming the country's governing institutions is essential to
the nation's progress. The DICT was founded as the primary national entity responsible
for ICT development planning, coordination, and administration by Republic Act No.
10844. Establishing a full-time Department is a boon to the state of IT policy and policy
implementation through the internet. According to the law, the Secretary of the DICT will
be in charge of the Chief Information Officer Council. The CIO Council works with the
Department to accomplish governmental IT goals.
CIOs are top-level government positions with specific responsibilities. To improve public
service delivery and save costs, they advise businesses on how to make the most of
information and communication technologies (ICTs). They develop, execute, and oversee
the agency's overall information management plan (ISSP). CIOs will manage all IT
projects, strategies, and policies. They will create a strategy for business transformationand execution and implement it using ICT technologies.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The Philippine government has been working toward establishing a Department ofInformation and Communication Technologies for many years. Rationalizing essential
components for the e-Government is one of the most significant difficulties for humanresources departments inside DICT and other government agencies. In addition, the state
has increased its efforts to entice the best and brightest technical talent by providing417

salaries and perks that are on par with other similar organizations. In addition, current
public officials must improve their knowledge of information and communications
technology (ICT). These are essential components that contribute to the viability andresiliency of the long-term Government.
Coordination across different industries is essential for the success of specializedbusinesses or services. The Philippine eGovernment Interoperability Framework has been
adhered to by all of an organization's business policies, standards for procedures,standards for data interoperability, and standards for process interoperability (PeGIF).
The expansion of the whole economy will be a direct outcome of successful electronic
government programs. The objective of changing the government of the Philippines intoa digital platform that fosters transparency, accountability, efficiency, direct public
interaction, and innovation has been created by the government of the Philippines.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
E-Participation technologies are included in the National Government Portal to boost
citizen engagement in public service delivery. On the website for the Philippine
government (www.gov.ph), users may access tools for online petitions, policy
consultation, and public participation. As a method of electronic participation, the OpenLegislation Platform is now being developed in Albay, Bohol, and Surigao del Norteprovinces. Facilitates participation at the local level in Sanggunian general assemblies
and the judicial committee. Technology will enhance participation, allowing residents to
use social media platforms like Facebook. The use of this online application gives
individuals the ability to communicate with their elected officials in their communities.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Widespread, low-cost, high-speed internet is essential to the rapid development of thePhilippines' digital revolution. Rapid progress is required, which can only be achieved bymore investment, particularly in unserved and neglected areas of the nation, andlegislative reforms that draw in private investment. Due to a lack of internet connection,
many small and medium-sized businesses (SMEs) in the United States cannot takeadvantage of e-commerce and online transaction opportunities. As a result, telemedicine
cannot grow as rapidly as it should have since it is too expensive for many urban and rural
418

locations. Stable, high-speed internet connections are crucial to the growth of digitaltransformation because of the importance of cloud computing, the Internet of Things, andthe management of vast volumes of data.
The infrastructure for the electronic government consists of the National Government
Data Center (NGDC). The National Government Data Center (NGDC) gives government
entities access to centralized servers and storage. It is common knowledge that somedepartments within the government have persisted in maintaining their own data centers,even though doing so has proven to be both more costly and more challenging tosafeguard. The former EGMP's goals were simplifying data center services and recruiting
more government entities to become members of the NGDC. Establishing secondary data
centers nationwide is required to ensure the system's reliability. If a primary data centersuffers damage or loses its connectivity, it is vital to have a backup data center. The
redundancies ensure that there will be no disruptions to the services and that they can bequickly restored in the event of an emergency.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Active network monitoring is now possible thanks to the technologies used in the Security
Operations Center (SOC). The NextGeneration Intrusion Prevention System helps
monitor security concerns and manage network infrastructure by detecting and preventing
potential security attacks. According to the United Nations, government officials must be
more aware of cybersecurity.
The COVID-19 outbreak has brought about significant changes to the digital environment
in the Philippines. Electronic payment and banking systems have seen substantial
expansion due to the epidemic. The Philippines Central Bank forecasts that by 2023, fifty
percent of retail transactions will be conducted digitally, and seventy percent of the
population will use various forms of financial technology. According to BMI's
projections, software sales in the Philippines will reach $95 million by 2025.
As part of the National Cybersecurity Plan 2022, the DICT is implementing a capacitybuilding program for all national agencies and local governments and rolling out
cybersecurity infrastructure, including hardware and software. The government of thePhilippines is working to tighten the Data Privacy Act of 2012 and develop standards for419

data protection. It is pushing all firms to register on the government's internet portal andappoint a Data Privacy Officer (DPO). The planned rollout is promising news for softwareand hardware manufacturers in the United States.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Local businesses have spent more money on digital transformation initiatives ofcompanies. Even if mobile and social media usage is on the rise, investments in ICT
infrastructure are inadequate. There are over 400 software companies based in thePhilippines, the vast majority of which are American or European.
As more businesses use cloud solutions for increased productivity and contagion
resistance, the use of cloud storage and processing facilities is expected to rise. The
government of the Philippines is implementing cutting-edge technologies and innovative
solutions as part of its "Digital Transformation Strategy" to boost the country's IT
capabilities, network speeds, and productivity. The government's cloud data center,
employee email, and national archives are all examples of its "cloud-first" philosophy.
Information and communication technology were employed to lessen the severity of theCovid epidemic. Datacenter renovations, digital health and education efforts, andcybersecurity and analytics are part of the project—expenditure on a central commandand control facility for communication and crisis management.
The DICT issued new regulations for the development of freestanding cell towers. The
three largest telecommunications companies in the Philippines now control the cell tower
infrastructure. If a uniform set of rules governed towers, the deployment of mobile
networks might proceed more quickly.

420

Poland1.

General Information

Area: 312,679 km2
Population: 40,661,282
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $14,969
Internet User: 83.18
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 22.11
Wireless Broadband User: 197.43
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Poland was rated 42nd in the Waseda International digital government rankings in 2022,with a total score of 67,619. As a result of COVID-19, several firms postponed orcanceled projects and slashed their investment budgets, which weighed heavily on theindustry as a whole. At the same time, the pandemic increased demand for remote work
technologies, including collaboration software, virtualization, cybersecurity, remote asset421

management, and sales of laptops and tablets. Additionally, lockdowns triggered a spikein online shopping, video streaming, and gaming, never seen before. Due to intensecompetition, e-commerce businesses have prioritized developing new features andupgrading existing ones to serve their clients better.
The outlook for the entire sector remains positive. However, it varied considerably frommarket segment to market segment, despite supply chain turbulence caused by COVID19 and exacerbated after the outbreak of war in Ukraine, as well as early signs of
economic slowdown combined with high inflation. Since the hardware market isbecoming somewhat saturated, a cooling trend is anticipated. Cloud services are growing
seven times faster than the overall IT market. This is especially true in the retail, fastmoving consumer goods, transportation, and logistics industries. Significant investments
were made in Poland-based data centers by the likes of Google, Amazon, Microsoft, andseveral other foreign and domestic industry giants in the previous year. Consequently, by
2026, Poland may have established itself as a significant hub for colocation data centers.
Investments in e-administration, such as the integration of e-services with the land andmortgage registry system, open government, training, and other efforts aimed at boosting
the digital literacy of Polish society, are all promising avenues for public sector spending.
Current Polish government digital development goals include infrastructure,cybersecurity, education, and e-health.
3.2. New Trends
Polish companies now have a better chance of joining value chains not only in Europe
but all around the globe, thanks to Poland's commitment to digitalization. When the worldis trying to recover from the pandemic, Poland's state-owned enterprises may gain fromdigitalization by using novel grid technologies and horizontal and platform solutions toboost crucial transportation and energy infrastructures. The ability to virtually implement
manufacturing procedures is essential for small and medium-sized businesses, which iswhy such a platform should be available. Motivate them to develop new business models
by integrating disparate data sets to enhance efficiency, adaptability, and output. This
platform needs open machine data to foster innovation.
The next Industrial Revolution can't happen without extensive data collecting and422

production. The original sectors that provide the data and the innovators who use it innovel ways to create new value chains will all reap the rewards. Data and information
systems and data sets must be compatible with fostering collaboration across industries
and avoiding harmful certification limitations that amount to protectionism.
Without trust in the digital world, digital transformation is impossible. An efficient
advertising strategy for digital collaboration platforms is required. Poland is trying toaccelerate digitalization with the help of trade agreements, treaties, and EU directives. A
thriving data economy involves cloud computing and analytics firms. Dominance in amarket might lead to unfavorable service terms for competitors.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The implementation of 5G has not yet begun in Poland since the country has not yet
allotted any standardized radio spectrum. The rollout of 5G technology was halted when
the first auction for frequencies between 3.4 and 3.8 GHz was canceled in the middle of2020. The government has decided to alter some elements of the cybersecurity rules
connected to the development of 5G, and this legislation is still being completed. As soon
as these laws have been approved, the Office of Electronic Communications in Poland,
which is in charge of regulating the telecom industry, is anticipated to launch the bids inthe fall of 2022. The government will consider a plan to establish a wholesale operator in
the 700 MHz band, which may become available in 2022.
Additionally, the government will consider establishing a Strategic Communications
Operator, a state-owned entity that would provide telecommunications services to the
public administration. Both of these plans will be under consideration. Mobile network
providers have already begun working on 5G pilot projects and are providing 5G services
based on the frequencies that are now at their disposal.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Citizens, professionals in the information and communication technology (ICT) industry,workers of small and medium-sized businesses (SMEs), and members of the public
administration and national organizations are all targeted by the Digital Competence
Development Programme 2020-2030. The program's structure encompasses a wide range423

of planned initiatives and activities that aim to improve digital literacy at all levels, fromthe most fundamental to the most sophisticated. The Programme also seeks to promote acooperative atmosphere where IT experts can hone their technical expertise in preparation
for the digital transformation or the skills required to work with emerging technologies
like artificial intelligence (AI), cloud computing, data analytics, cybersecurity, and others.
Skills for all people, the labor force, education, and digital specialists are the four pillarsof the Digital Competence Development Programme. Therefore, the Programme sets thefollowing priorities, organized along the digital skills pillars:-

Skills for citizens-

Skills for the labor force-

Skills for ICT specialists-

Skills in education

4.3. Online Service [OS]The Act on Trust Services and Electronic Identification became law and passed. By
combining at a single location all information and communication technology (ICT)systems that make public online services available and using a range of electronic
identification standards, the Act made electronic service availability possible in Poland.
Users may sign up for any public online service by presenting a method of electronic
identity granted by an electronic identification schema linked with the national electronic
identification gateway. Government portals and online services may be more accessible
via the website. It is an organizational and technical solution that merges several
information technology systems into a single entry point that the general public can use
for online services.
In March of 2004, the law governing public procurement was finally enacted. It cleared
the way for constructing eProcurement systems for Polish public administrations,advanced electronic signatures for tender submissions, and electronic auctions for
specific contracts.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Access to digital information and e-Services in Poland is primarily available via the
Republic of Poland Portal (GOV.PL). The Ministry of Digital Affairs developed the424platform. The news, press, multimedia, and other essential data may all be found at
GOV.PL. Data on education, the environment, the budget, finances, culture, security,
sports and tourism, and the labor market are only some of the many topics covered on
Dane.gov.pl, an open data portal for consumers, companies, NGOs, researchers, andgovernment officials. The vast bulk of data is accessible to the public. Open data
specialists, best practices, and emerging initiatives in Poland can all be found here.
Entrepreneurs in Poland may access useful eServices on the biznes.gov.pl website. The
primary objective is to reduce the time and money needed to start and manage a company.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Ministry of Digital Affairs has traditionally overseen the government's chief
information officer role. Currently, the Ministry of Digital Affairs is in charge of ensuring
the safety of the internet, developing digital content, and maintaining its infrastructure.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The Polish Ministry of Digital Affairs has helped progress the information society bypromoting investments in information and technology. This endeavor necessitates theprovision of universal access to high-speed Internet, efficient and user-friendly publiceServices, and greater digital literacy. This effort aims to ensure that all schools haveaccess to high-speed internet connections and to increase the number of online resources
available to instructors.
Since its founding in March 2007, the Committee of the Council of Ministers for
Digitalization has been charged with providing both the Council of Ministers and thePrime Minister with strategic advice. The responsibilities include providing advice on
proposed legislation or computerization projects to ensure interoperability, integrity, andcomplementarity with solutions already in place or being developed, in addition toarchitectural compliance with the State Information Architecture.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The TESTA network is Poland's major infrastructure for cross-border electronic
communications. These conversations take place through the internet. In addition,
Poland's first formal document devoted to the openness of public data was released earlier
425this year. The paper was drafted to improve the quality and quantity of information andraise administrative involvement online.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The recent COVID-19 outbreak has sparked widespread interest in the digitaltransformation of government. Since 2015, the Polish government's digital policy, public
administration reform, digitalization of the public sector, and growth of e-government
have all been overseen by the Ministry of Digital Affairs. Since a few years back, thePolish government has been pushing for more openness and responsibility from its public
servants. As a result, Poland can now count itself among the exclusive group of countries
in the vanguard of governance in the digital age.
The Open Data Program, the first official government document on data openness, wasapproved by the Council of Ministers. The purpose of this section of the paper is toimprove both the quality and quantity of the data that is made available on the open data
portal. This site emphasizes open government, citizen participation, and the repurposingof public data. Launched as a subsidiary component of the Open Data Program is a brandnew program that goes by the name Open data plus.
In 2018, the Polish Ministry of Digital Affairs published guidelines for data preparationand sharing standards, including Application Programming Interface standards, security,
technicality, and legality, to verify the quality of data given by the government. These
guidelines were created to ensure compliance with the standards. Open data is used forthe first time in a business and scientific community. The public has reasonable faith in
how the government manages public data. It is not appropriate for laws or technicalsafeguards designed to protect individuals' personal information to limit users' access todata. The initiative about open data resulted in the developing of guidelines for the
openness of government data. This concept emphasizes the need for appropriate datapreparation and distribution in the context of increasing data usefulness.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In addition to the Policy for the Protection of Cyberspace of the Republic of Poland
adopted by the government, the National Framework of Cybersecurity Policy of the
Republic of Poland for 2017-2022 is a strategic document in a continuing process of426

actions taken by the governmental administration, aimed at raising the level ofcybersecurity in the Republic of Poland. Representatives from the Ministry of Digital
Affairs, Ministry of Defense, Ministry of the Interior and Administration, and the National
Security Bureau worked with the Internal Security Agency and the Government Centre
for Security to draft the National Framework paper.
The dispersed actions of entities in the civil and military sphere, public and commercial
sectors, and organizations responsible for combating cybercrime reduce the system's
effectiveness. This will be strengthened by centralizing and harmonizing the different
institutions' cybersecurity duties. Participating organizations in cybersecurity will
coordinate closely to define each other's functions and share information about available
resources.
Further development of structures dealing with cybersecurity at the operational level,such as the National Cybersecurity Centre (NC Cyber), the CSIRT at the national level,
sectoral incident response teams (sectoral CSIRT), information exchange and analysis
centers, is essential to the growth of the national cybersecurity system (ISAC). The
government will draft new laws to clarify the expanded roles of the appropriate agencies
to facilitate these changes. In particular, they will be revising NC Cyber's function andthe national CSIRT's capabilities. Information concerning potential dangers andoccurrences must be shared among many parties, therefore, setting up systematic
solutions to facilitate this.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]Information and communication technology are now a crucial part of every thriving
economy. Essential service providers, digital service providers, and operators of criticalinfrastructure all rely on these technologies, making them vital to protecting residents andkeeping government services running smoothly. The Ministerial Council has decided toprioritize saving information and communication technologies. The government willintervene to increase service providers' capacity and competence in cybersecurity since
they are responsible for securing their services. Specifically, this action will assist 12 key
infrastructure operators, digital service providers, and essential service providers inassessing their cybersecurity requirements and acquiring the appropriate training andeducation to meet those needs. Furthermore, the government will assist all organizations427

in reacting to major catastrophes, particularly those that affect many industries at once.
All relevant industries will work together to complete this task. The next step is to draftsome guidelines for the barest minimum in ICT security, which should ideally include
provisions for business continuity planning. To further protect the interests of the digital
service industry, a different regulatory framework is being developed. The government isaware that these companies operate on a global scale and recognizes the need to enact
legislation promoting the growth of Poland's digital single market.

428

Portugal

1.

General Information

Area: 92,090 km2
Population: 10,265,155
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $22,233
Internet User: 78.26
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 40.81
Wireless Broadband User: 78.95
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total score of 69,876, Portugal landed at the 35th position in the Waseda
International 2022 rankings for digital governance. Portugal's development cooperation
can meet the demands of its partner countries since it relies on resources from all sectorsof society. Portugal promptly reacted to the needs of its partner nations in a wide variety429

of sectors during the COVID-19 pandemic because of the country's long-standing
interaction with comparable institutions in those countries and its cross-government
coordination at headquarters. Governments throughout the globe are rushing to upgrade
their digital infrastructures to satisfy the increased demands of digital citizens for public
services in the wake of the coronavirus outbreak. That which was formerly notable now
plays a pivotal role. The crisis has highlighted the importance of digital resilience as a
critical component of shared governance in managing and overcoming the consequencesof the health catastrophe and "rebuilding better." Countries that have made significant
progress toward digital transformation have weathered the storm and are now better
positioned for a digitally-driven recovery. Changes in government made possible bydigital technology are likely to result in better administration of public affairs, more
efficient public policy, and more efficient service provision.
Ten years ago, the primary goal of digital reforms was to increase efficiency and savecosts; now, the focus has switched to bettering people's quality of life and making
government more accessible. Curiously, Portugal's digital government has never been
seen as a stand-alone initiative but as an integral part of the country's broader
administrative modernization initiatives. To effectively promote reforms and eliminate
opposition to change, a politically powerful governance structure must be
institutionalized at the center of government, as was the case in Portugal.
3.2. New Trends
Regarding digital transformation, Portugal is considered a member of the EU's middle
rank. The country's human capital performance is far below the EU average. The"Industry 4.0 Program" was developed by the Ministry of Economy as part of the National
Strategy for Economic Digitization. After the consultation, the Strategic Committee(composed of members from the government, national agencies, and the private sector)
approved the list of planned efforts to speed up the adoption of industry 4.0 by nationalfirms. To aid the government's recovery after the epidemic.
The purpose of the Program was to disseminate knowledge about Industry 4.0 to
Portuguese businesses and the general public. Phase II of the initiative emphasized
innovation and knowledge creation to hasten the transition to industry 4.0 and was430structured around three axes: generalize, capacity, and assimilate. The government's goalis economic and social progress, and it plans to achieve this goal by mandating acomprehensive digital transformation of corporate models.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Broadband infrastructure in Portugal has benefited from ANACOM's Centralized
Information System program to map the country's broadband infrastructure. Information
on current and proposed infrastructure that may support electronic communications
networks is included in the infrastructure-mapping tool. The primary goal of CIS is tosave locals and businesses the hassle and disruption that comes with constant andsubstantial subterranean construction by reducing the need for redundant efforts.
A digital guide will be released in 2021–2022, and the Portuguese government, the
ANACOM, and local governments will work together to standardize the permissions
process. These steps are part of Portugal's plan to implement the Connectivity Toolbox.
In addition to the centralized information hub and guaranteeing access to preexisting
physical infrastructures, Portugal intends to establish an ongoing group dedicated toincreasing openness.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Portugal's government and services have experienced significant changes due to thecountry's digital transformation strategy. It prioritizes the use of digital technology to
speed up the modernization of the public sector for citizens and businesses and to
facilitate the public sector's digital transformation. Many different methods were used tohighlight the change rather than the digital transformation. Strong political will and aclear vision, both federal and relentless in their purpose, have been essential for politicalleaders, especially women leaders, to steer this transformation from the center ofgovernment. To aid in promoting and, in some cases, compel the change of the whole
government, a single digital agency with a clear mission and the ability to see it throughhas been established.
The combination of political and technological initiatives was crucial to the outcome.
431

Portugal made early and substantial investments in its digital infrastructure to makepossible government digital services. Other strategic measures to keep political support
for the changes include digital identification and interoperability platforms. One suchlong-term initiative is the SIMPLEX project, which has been working to streamline
administrative processes since 2006. Additionally, the digital strategy intends to enhance
the lives of residents by simplifying critical governmental services like health and justice.
The creative digital solutions implemented by the Portuguese government are an excellent
example of a people-centered strategy. Instead of automating obsolete or pointlessprocesses, the government's goal has always been to reevaluate them. This country has
avoided the mechanical bureaucratic trap that has ensnared many others. The Portuguese
government is actively pursuing public sector interoperability to eliminate data silos andfacilitate communication between different government agencies. The "once-only"
principle is spreading throughout Europe so that customers only have to provide their dataonce.
To better serve the local community, these programs centered government assistance on
crucial occasions in residents' lives and adjusted accordingly. A few examples from theactual world are electronic prescriptions, proof of citizenship, and the unified platform ePortugal, which provides access to all government services in one place.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Pushing a multi-channel service delivery paradigm. Portugal has adopted the electronic
Citizen Card and the mobile-based Digital Mobile Key. The eID can physically anddigitally authenticate a person's identification via biometrics and electronic signature. The
Portuguese government maintains this domain at ePortugal.gov.pt.
All government procurement opportunities must be posted on the BASE website. The
official electronic journal is where tender notifications are published. Even in the postaward phase of eProcurement, eAuctions and dynamic purchasing systems are becoming
increasingly frequent.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Government Portal is the Portuguese government's official website, where you can finddetails on the country's policies, its leaders, the papers they've released, and any ongoing432

public consultations. It was launched as a centralized online portal for citizens andbusinesses to access all digital government services and data from the National Catalogueof Entities and Services.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
CIOs are not acknowledged by the Portuguese statute governing e-government (Chief
Information Officers). Governments today are mindful of the demand for a Global Chief
Information Officer (GCIO) (GCIO). It is the responsibility of the AMA, in addition toits other GCIO functions, to promote the use of information and communications
technology throughout the government and to carry out the strategy. At the veryminimum, a college or university offers CIO education programs as part of its portfolio
of offerings. During the search for CIO regulations, no other results were discovered.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]PORBASE's primary objective is to protect and promote the Portuguese library catalog,
the present national bibliographies, and the catalog of Portuguese libraries as a whole.
The "Transparency" section of ePortugal has featured this site to increase its exposure andtraffic. The National Commission for the Promotion of the Rights and Protection ofChildren and Young People webpage offers a wealth of information for Portuguese
residents on promoting and safeguarding children and young people's rights. For
Portuguese citizens interested in learning more about the CNPDPCJ and its ongoing
efforts to promote and protect the rights of children and young people at the local,
regional, national, and international levels, the CNPDPCJ's portal is a wealth of
information.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The Council oversees a worldwide action plan for Information and Communication
Technologies in Public Administration. The SIMPLEX Program's goals include reviving
and reinstituting policies developed to harness the disruptive power of ICTs anddeveloping novel techniques to enhance people's lives and lower businesses' costs. The
success of CTIC's global ICT strategy will largely depend on the adoption of novel formsof ICT governance in public administrations that are both societally inclusive andcompatible with government objectives (ICT). The Commission for Administrative433

Modernization (CfAM) is in charge of the government's push to update its systems,
including representatives from every relevant agency. Many individuals are engaged inpublic administration, and the government is trying to make it simpler for them tocommunicate with one another.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Portugal's government has undergone significant changes as a result of the country's planfor digital transformation. Its mission is to improve government services for individuals
and companies via digital technologies and emphasize digital transformation ingovernment. The method has, in a sense, prioritized change above digitization. Thischange has been pushed from the top down by political leaders, notably womenpoliticians, who have had the foresight to establish this as a priority for theiradministrations and the stamina to see it through over the long haul.
The participation of the general public, accessibility to government data, and increased
openness are the objectives of this strategy. In order to accomplish the goals of the initialaction plan, a total of four commitments have been fulfilled. If anyone is interested, theNational Action Plan for Open Administration may be seen on the Open Government
Partnership Portugal website and the Open Government Partnership website. The Open
Government Partnership, which evaluated Portugal's participation in the OGP on its own,
gave Portugal's first Action Plan a favorable rating after assessing its participation in the
OGP. Two of its commitments were dubbed "Standard Commitments.”
The official open data site for Portugal is called Dados.gov, and it may be accessed online.
Two of the most important goals of an available data repository are to collect andreference material that is publicly accessible and to operate as open data.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
A new National Cyberspace Security Strategy 2019-2023 was published to preserve
critical infrastructures and essential information services while simultaneously boosting
the usage of cyberspace by people as well as public and commercial enterprises. This
policy is reviewed annually by the High Council of Cyberspace Security to account fordevelopments in digitalization.
CNCS, Portugal's National Cyber Security Centre, is the country's coordinating body and434

authority in cyber security. To ensure that cyberspace is utilized as a place of freedom,security, and justice, CNCS collaborates with governmental institutions, operators ofcritical services, and digital service providers. Through the coordination of all competentauthorities and the implementation of measures and instruments required for the
anticipation, detection, reaction, and recovery from situations that may compromise theoperation of critical infrastructures and national interests, the CNCS works to ensure that
Portuguese citizens can use cyberspace freely, reliably, and securely at all times. In otherwords, the CNCS's job is to ensure the safety of the nation's vital infrastructures andnational defense by preventing, detecting, responding to, and recovering from any
potential threats.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The Artificial Intelligence (AI) Portugal 2030 research, innovation, and economic growthplan aims to build and improve Portugal's advanced cyberinfrastructure by the year 2030.
Portugal's National Strategy for AI is integrated within the country's larger INCoDe.2030
strategy and closely relates to AI Portugal 2030. These initiatives are both parts ofPortugal's INCoDe.2030 strategy. As a result, it promotes cross-sector and cross-national
cooperation and broadens the public's access to scientific computing.
The National Digital Competencies Initiative - Portugal InCoDe.2030 is a package ofinitiatives designed to encourage the use of new technologies by organizations within the
public sector. AI Portugal 2030 and ACP.2030 are also components of this initiative.
Funding for data science and artificial intelligence in the public sector was initiated. Thiswas done to encourage an increase in public tenders.

435Romania

1.

General Information

Area: 238,391 km2
Population: 19,659,267
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential republic
GDP: $12,692
Internet User: 78.46
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 29.55
Wireless Broadband User: 92.01
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Romania was ranked 47th in the Waseda rankings in 2022, with a total score of 65.820.
The eRomania policy seeks to improve the ability of public organizations and agencies inRomania to create and execute eGovernment solutions. The issue with Romanian public
policy in eGovernment is the underdevelopment of public eServices, which becomes436

apparent when examining the shortage of electronic public services made available to thegeneral public that is more sophisticated than level-2 digital sophistication (one-way
interaction with citizens, e.g., downloading electronic forms). Thus, the urgent necessity
for an eRomania public policy.
Despite its enormous telecommunications infrastructure that provides highly fast andaffordable access to the network, Romania stands out as having one of the most miniaturedeveloped systems of online public services in the EU. This is due to a combination offactors, including public resistance and distrust of the e-government solutions offered andthe policy of governments, which did not show much interest in the country's digitization
process or failed to propose a comprehensive program for its implementation. The
breakthrough came about because the COVID-19 epidemic drove Romanian society toutilize public digital services and prompted authorities to implement legislative reforms
and install new technology solutions that had been delayed.
The overarching goal is to increase the number and quality of electronic public services
in Romania. Specific objectives include:-

Objective 1: Developing life-event-related public eServices for citizens andbusinesses by the end of 2030, with a digital sophistication level of at least level
4;-

Objective 2: Strengthening the capacity of public institutions and authorities tooperate in an advanced digital environment and providing mature public eServices
by the end of 2030;-

Objective 3: Increasing the efficiency with which public institutions andauthorities provide mature public

3.2. New Trends
The National Electronic Registers Draft Law assured the REN's coverage, constitution,
administration, and functioning. It sought to eliminate the duplication of data used by the
public sector, prohibit the repetitive collecting of information from individuals ororganizations, and assure the accuracy and security of data. The regulation was primarily
designed for persons and organizations interested in establishing strategies for the
information society and developing and operating electronic services.
437

Concerns were expressed concerning the Romanian government's preparedness for andability to handle the COVID-19 epidemic, particularly during lockdown periods. The
Authority for the Digitalization of Romania came at a good time for the nation (ADR).
Supporting and coordinating the transition to a digital economy and society, as well as
developing a system for the electronic management of government operations, wereamong the stated goals of the newly formed agency. The epidemic allowed the ADR tospeed up their preparations. A qualified electronic signature is legally equivalent to a
handwritten signature, and as of April, the government issued an emergency ordermandating that all government agencies produce and recognize digitally signed papers.
Information society and communications are governed by the Ministry of Research,Innovation, and Digitization (MCID). This specialized Ministry is the primary source ofpolicies and strategies in this area, which also acts as the central public administration's
technical authority for the communications and information society industries. In addition,
the MCID carries out policies and plans in communications and the information society
with the subordinate agencies and departments.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The digitalization effort in Romania has benefited from large expenditures made by
Romania in developing inputs for the initiative. Orange Romania has expanded its 5G
service to include over ten cities and established its fiber network. Around 79 percent of
fixed broadband connections are faster than 100 megabits per second.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Romania produced a strategy designed to improve and promote the availability ofeCommerce solutions throughout the nation. This policy was developed on therecommendations provided by the European Commission. The paper included acomprehensive review of eCommerce development's current status and identified thefuture primary paths and strategic goals.
The strategy was followed by an action plan that included a series of tasks and due dates
for each of its goals. The primary purposes outlined for the advancement of e-commerce
solutions in Romania are: Establishing an enticing and compelling regulatory framework438

for e-commerce; Educating suppliers and online service providers about e-commerce
solutions; Strengthening the institutional framework for e-commerce solutions.
4.3. Online Service [OS]System for National eProcurement The ADR is in charge of Romania's central electronic
procurement platform. Any Romanian contracting authority must post notifications aspart of the public procurement process. This solution streamlines processes for suppliers
and buying organizations. The country's central hub is the system for sending public
procurement notifications to the EU Official Journal. It also provides interactive andtransactional capabilities that support 20% of the public purchase budget.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Online access to central and local government services and information is made possible
via the transactional platform known as the eGovernment Portal. Numerous transactional
and interactive services are readily available to consumers. Additionally, there areconnections on the website for contacting the Public Administration and for all federal,state, and local government departments.
The Electronic Point of Single Contact webpage aims to offer the necessary details,
operational procedures, and interactive forms for service providers intending to dobusiness in Romania. Also provided is information on the country's objectives, benefits,
and business environment. Residents who use the portal may save spending a lot of timeand energy physically showing their documents at a counter. The site provides a wide
variety of proper forms, processes, and legal references for its visitors.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The job of Chief Information Officer is managed by the National Center for Managementof the Information Society, which reports to the Ministry of Communications and theInformation Society, which is in charge of the position. A newly established privateorganization known as the Chief Information Officer (CIO) Council comprises highranking executives from various of Romania's most renowned domestic and international
enterprises.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
439

A strategy that will be implemented in 2019 by Romania to encourage and facilitate thedevelopment of e-commerce platforms compliant with EU criteria has been disclosed. In
this piece of writing, an analysis of the current status of eCommerce development waspresented, as well as a prospective look at the possible strategic goals that may beachieved with the assistance of eCommerce. It wasn't only a strategy; there was also acomprehensive action plan that laid out when and how each target would be achieved.
The primary objectives of developing eCommerce solutions in Romania are to provide alegal framework that is enabling and uniform, to educate and inform suppliers and online
service providers, and to upgrade the institutional structure for eCommerce solutions.
These are the three main goals of developing eCommerce solutions in Romania.
The Digital Romania Consulting Council brought together this group of digital society
experts to advise on the growth of Romania's digital society. The Romanian National
Computer Security Incident Response Team (CERT) is an organization that is backed by
the Romanian government and is responsible for conducting research, developing new
tools, and providing guidance to individuals and businesses that are looking to improvetheir computer security. Creating and deploying public safeguards that will discourage
and mitigate assaults on the nation's cyber infrastructure is the responsibility of theComputer Emergency Readiness Team (CERT).
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
With the use of electronic local community networks, communities on a local level haveaccess to the Internet. Every single area that is serviced by the networks has its very own
public access point. In addition to bridging the digital divide between developed andundeveloped regions, one of the goals is to increase the use of information andcommunications technology (ICT) in educational settings. Another objective is to createa link between residents and their government. Digital communication between EU
agencies, organizations, and the Member States is made possible through the Trans
European Telematics Services across Administrations.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The Romanian government's Ministry of Research, Innovation, and Digitalization haveissued an urgent decree through the internet. A vital first step in Romania's digital440

transformation and a significant milestone in the PNRR (National Recovery and
Resilience Plan). By facilitating collaboration between government agencies, Romania
may speed up its path to modernization and prosperity, and its population can enjoy the
fruits of that progress.
Even though letters of official notice were sent on the 30th of September 2021, themember states named above could not communicate all of their national measures, eventhough the deadline for transposition had passed on July 17th, 2021. Adopted on the 20thof June in 2019, the Directive on Open Data and the Reuse of Public Sector Information
intends to liberate the potential advantages of data. It contributes to making more of theenormous and vital pool of data resources created by the public sector accessible for reuse.
This will make more data accessible, lower the costs of reusing data, and expand
commercial prospects via data sharing through application programming interfaces. It
will also remove the barriers to market entry for small and medium-sized enterprises(SMEs) (APIs). The Directive encourages the creation of innovative solutions likemobility applications, boosts openness by expanding access to research data sponsoredby the public sector, and provides support for emerging technologies like artificial
intelligence. Within the next two months, if these Member States do not offer a responsethat the Commission deems sufficient, the Commission may decide to refer the case to
the Court of Justice of the European Union.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Government Decision No. 271/2013 authorized the National Cybersecurity Strategy.
Through the responsible authority of the new Agency for the Digitization of Romania,
under the direction of the Prime Minister, the government can strategically coordinate thenational level actions to maintain a high joint degree of security of the networks andinformation systems. The NIS Directive, also known as Directive (EU) 2016/1148, wastransposed in 2018 with the help of Law No. 362/2018, which established a strategic
framework.
The National Directorate of Cybersecurity (DNSC) is a new entity tasked with research,development, and cybersecurity competence. It replaced the Romanian National
Computer Security Incident Response Team (CERT). The DNSC is tasked withpreventing, analyzing, and responding to cyber incidents. It is also responsible for441

creating and disseminating public policies to prevent and counteracting events inside
national cyberinfrastructures.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The major development drivers for the Romanian digital economy are expected to be ICT
and digital commerce, which may increase the country's GDP by as much as 3.5 times,
reaching about 52 billion euros in 2030 from 14.8 billion euros in 2018.
From 2017 to 2021, ICT spending in Romania increased by almost 8% yearly, reaching€3.5 billion. Romania's more advanced information and communication technology (ICT)
infrastructure might lead to a more tech-savvy populace. Because of this, ICT may remain
the digital economy's primary growth engine until 2030. The size of Romania's digitalcommerce sector can quadruple, reaching 19.6 billion euros in 2030, thanks to theimplementation of ultra-convenience technologies.

442

Russia

1.

General Information

Area: 17,098,242
Population: 144,703,750
Government Type: federation
GDP: $ 10,250
Internet User: 84.99
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 23.23
Wireless Broadband User: 100.22
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In 2022, Russia was ranked 37th in the Waseda International digital government rankings,
with a score of 69,239. Although the COVID-19 epidemic has progressed in Russia, thenation has not been on "high alert" since early April; only some localities have done so.
Authorities in Russia have pushed for digital technologies to restrict public mobility and443

slow the spread of the virus. These "securitization" usages are influenced by those in
China, Korea, and Singapore but are also consistent with the "sovereignty" rationale of
the Russian Internet (Runet). Before the outbreak, this logic was put into action by
integrating preexisting monitoring systems.
Russia's government has been aggressively implementing IT import substitution andsupporting protectionism in local software and internet services while also putting up
roadblocks for international tech enterprises to realize its key objective of developing asovereign internet. Russia's economy is still heavily reliant on Western firms and goods
for the time being. However, in critical hardware and software industries likemicroprocessor manufacture, 5G solutions, operating systems, and the cloud, neither thequantity nor the quality of domestic solutions is sufficient to replace the widely used
foreign technology. Data acquired by foreign firms and held outside Russia is alsoessentially out of the country's control. Russia's long-term objective of IT independence
requires the development of domestic substitutes for the whole gamut of international
technology. This enormous undertaking is almost impossible to complete in the near andmedium future. Russia's digital and innovation strategy is insufficient to catch up andattain true technological sovereignty and global competitiveness.
Surprisingly, Russia remains hesitant to abandon tried and true American and European
IT systems in favor of Chinese alternatives despite increasing disputes with the West anddeclaring tighter collaboration with China. It worries greatly about its security if it needs
to depend on Chinese IT and is aware that, due to the United States and China's
competitiveness in the computer industry, the adverse spillover effects of US sanctions
on Chinese enterprises might return. Given the present escalation of tensions between
Russia and the West, it is uncertain how Russia will strike a future balance between its
tech reliance and its dependence on China.
3.2. New Trends
The epidemic has revitalized and firmly established the role of digital government, bothin the traditional delivery of digital services and in the development of novel approaches
to crisis management. Governments have implemented innovative technologies in
response to the health emergency, including COVID-19 information portals, hackathons,electronic services for the provision of medical items, virtual medical appointments, self444

diagnosis applications, and electronic permissions for curfews. Apps for remote work andeducation and tracking and tracing tools have been adopted rapidly in many nations.
Over the last decade, Russia's drive for "digital sovereignty" has emerged as one of thecountry's most crucial but underappreciated geopolitical actions. The Russian government
knows full well the relevance of the phrase. Still, they are keeping it nebulous to not giveaway their goal for more centralized control over information and their pursuit oftechnological independence and global competitiveness.
In order to ensure Russia's continued existence and solidify its place in the newinternational order, President Vladimir Putin's administration is looking to digitaltechnology. However, Russia is still highly reliant on other players, notably the
information and communications technology (ICT) of the United States and Europe. The
Russian government, businesses, and individuals all rely on a wide variety ofinternationally held technologies and resources, including hardware, software, and social
media platforms.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
To aid Russian network operators in streamlining the required knowledge for 5G
networks and obtaining assurances of the band's usage, the Russian Ministry
recommended converting the 4 GHz spectrum to "civilian." In 2023, the initiative's
implementation is anticipated to begin in earnest. It will aid in deploying 5G in Russia
and the consequent acceleration of Internet speeds.
The Ministry of Digital Science said in late June 2022 that the frequency band of 3.4-3.8
GHz will not be utilized for 5G networks. Instead, the Russian government settled on the
4.8-4.9 GHz range for its 5G infrastructure. The Ministry identified a critical frequency
range for 5G to be between 3.4 and 3.8 GHz; however, this band is already used in Russia
for various other services, including power distribution. Operators requested a one-year
license extension from the State Commission on Radio Frequencies (GKRCH) after the
first ten-year licensing term expired in 2021. The SCRF has given the licensees more time
to use the airwaves until July 1, 2022. In order to continue offering WiMAX-based
wireless Internet access services to customers, companies including Rostelecom,
445

MegaFon, and VimpelCom petitioned for an extension of the permission for frequencies
in the 3.4-3.8 GHz range but were denied.
Ministry officials assume domestically produced networking hardware would be used in
the rollout of 5G systems. That decree was issued before sanctions were imposed on
Russia for its involvement in the crisis in Ukraine. The Russian Ministry of Financeannounced in September 2021 that only base stations produced in Russia might be usedin the country's communications infrastructure. The transition to 5G base stations is
expected to occur during the next two to three years after the mass manufacture of such
LTE standard stations.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The country's leadership perceives itself on two fronts, and its reliance on foreigntechnology makes it vulnerable to both.
Indeed, there has been a growing belief in recent years that "the West" may use digitaltechnology as a weapon against Russia. Since 2014, the regime has repeatedly presented
a scenario in which Russia is cut off from the global internet and hit with technologicalsanctions from the United States while technologically superior states from the Westinfiltrate the country's critical infrastructure, all to evoke fear and justify greater control
and IT substitutions. Russia's worries have become severe as the geopolitical war with
the West deepened in that period.
At the same time, Putin's leadership is under internal pressure and is trying to strengthen
its position in Russian politics by consolidating power. The constant danger comes fromthe unrestricted availability of the internet and the spread of vital information. The social
order depends on a centralized authority that might be threatened by any type ofsubversion, actual or imagined, aided by information technology.
Russia's declared objective of creating its digital technologies and innovations is being
hampered by the conflict on both of these fronts, dictating the nature of Russia's digital
sovereignty policy. Separating the term into "sovereign internet" and "technology
sovereignty" can help one better understand Russia's overall effort in digital sovereignty.
4.3. Online Service [OS]Russia's security apparatus, the siloviki, has been more vocal in the digital arena in recent446years, even though the country's digital economy is still competitive and diversified.
There is promising potential for building technological sovereignty in some fields. As
time goes on, the tension between the Russian government's need for safety and theopenness of the market that is essential to progress becomes more apparent. The
dictatorship has redefined digital sovereignty as ensuring its continued rule by controllingthe information technology industry.
Recently, Russia has deployed sophisticated technical tools for censorship and shownastonishingly adept information management on massive sizes. Nevertheless, continuing
down the path of securitization undermines the foundations upon which the IT industry
may thrive and compete globally. Numerous international IT giants with Russian origins
have moved their headquarters overseas, and Western firms have acquired other Russian
IT powerhouses directly from this course of action. Most of today's IT students desire toleave Russia, which might lead to a severe shortage of human resources in the sector.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Russian government has an official website at http://government.ru/ where interested
parties may get complete and up-to-date information on the organization's activities. The
decisions, legislation, directives, and programs of the government and the work of thePrime Minister and their deputies may all be found here for simple reference. The
Government Executive Office will regularly update the Russian government's official
website. The public relations team will inform the media about the site's ongoing updates,
including adding new features and sections and revising existing ones. To rephrase, theMinistry of Telecom and Mass Communication website is an authoritative andcomprehensive resource for all things related to the department.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Russia does not have a designated chief information officer at the federal level. The
initiative is overseen by the Deputy Minister of Digital Development, Communications,and Mass Media, who oversees coordination and oversight. The Minister of Digital
Development, Communications, and Mass Media appoints the department head. This
year also saw the debut of the country's new Chief Digital Officer (CDO).
447

Government officials are in charge of Russia's progress in the digital sphere. The first step
was the introduction of digital managers in key government agencies, including the
Department of Building and Construction, the Department of Health, the Department of
Education, the Department of Energy, and the Department of Transportation. The deputy
ministers advancing digital technologies are often expected to have a trifecta of state,
digital, and industrial portfolios. The President also signed a decree creating the positionof Presidential Representative for Digital and Technological Development of the RussianFederation.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Upon closer inspection, the Russian government's declarations and stated intentions are
met with sobering reality. Russia's government is working hard to establish a completely
independent internet and exert even more direct control over its citizens and local IT
industry. While other countries are becoming more technologically independent, Russia
is still heavily reliant on those around it. Here, we do a thorough job of painting a picture
by mapping and analyzing how the concepts of technological sovereignty and thesovereign internet have been put into practice.
Internet sovereignty and measures to ensure the integrity of online material have been
widely adopted in recent years. The Russian people used the open internet to stay
informed and organize demonstrations only ten years ago. It is becoming common
practice for governments to utilize digital tools to stifle citizens' freedom of expression,
halt the spread of vital information, and exert power over internet service providers.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Russia has developed a comprehensive legislative framework and several rules during thelast decade to determine its future digital sovereignty. Due to the widening chasm between
the Russian government and its citizens and the intensifying geopolitical conflict with the"West," the country's digital strategy has two primary objectives: the regime seeks toensure Russia's technological independence and global competitiveness through state
control of the internet (known as "technological sovereignty"), while also gaining content
security through state control of the internet (known as "sovereign internet").
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]448

The digitalization of Russia's economy is rapidly becoming a priority for the country's
leaders. The President has made it clear that he is aware of Russia's difficulties intransitioning to digital technology. This sparked more debate on the digitization approachacross numerous Russian online forums. In only one month, there were dozens ofconferences, seminars, and meetings focused on digital concerns organized by prominent
Russian business and scientific groups. The government's effort to digitally change theRussian economy is based on the results of public talks that served as the foundation forfurther organizational work.
Russian President Vladimir Putin issued an executive order mandating the release of open
government data, and in 2014, the Open Government Data Portal (data.gov.ru) was
introduced. According to EU officials, "open government data" is "the information
gathered by the public bodies (PSI) and made freely accessible for re-use for any
purpose." There is still a need to give open data, despite eliminating the minister of Open
Government, proclaimed by Medvedev and intended to increase transparency in Russia's
legislative and executive branches.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
New information suggests Russia's government is investigating hacking strategies. DDoS
assaults and the distribution of harmful malware against the Ukrainian government andcritical infrastructure institutions are just two examples of Russia's state-sponsored cyber
operations that have made headlines in recent years. In addition, several cybercriminalorganizations have recently declared their support for the Russian government.
Cybercriminal organizations with ties to Russia have threatened cyber operations as
punishment for what they see as cyber attacks on the Russian government or the Russian
people. Some organizations have also threatened cyber attacks against those who provide
Ukraine with military hardware. Other cybercrime organizations have lately launcheddestabilizing operations against Ukrainian websites, most likely in aid of the Russianarmy onslaught.
The joint CSA advice, "Understanding and Mitigating Russian State-Sponsored Cyber
Threats to the United States," has been updated. An Overview of Russian State-Sponsored
Cyber Operations and Commonly Observed Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for
Critical Infrastructure (TTPs). This CSA was written by cyber authorities from the United
449

States, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom, with input frommembers of the industry working in the Joint Cyber Defense Collaborative (JCDC). It
provides an overview of Russian state-sponsored advanced persistent threat (APT) groups,
Russian-aligned cyber threat groups, and Russian-aligned cybercrime groups to help thecybersecurity community prepare for potential cyber threats.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Because of the speed with which ICT is evolving, manufacturing processes are being
disrupted, and new industries are being created. Businesses adjust their supply anddemand models to better use information and communication technologies. Government
agencies are changing how they operate internally, connect with businesses and people,
and provide public and municipal services. Since ICTs are ubiquitous and valuable inmany contexts, their impact goes beyond the monetary sphere. Changes in modes ofinteraction and the emergence of new patterns of lifestyle, leisure, and work organization
may be attributed to them. The outcomes of ICT development impact almost every
economic factor.
The 'Information Society Development Strategy in the Russian Federation,' the State
Program 'Information Society 2011-2020,' and the strategies for the development of IT in
the Russian Federation for 2014-2020 and up to 2025 all reflect the fact that theremarkable expansion of ICT-related markets and the emergence of new areas of ICT
usage pose unprecedented challenges and bring forth new public policy objectives. The
goals of public policy in the areas of e-government, telecommunications, the IT industry,
and the content and media sector include the growth of the information society, thebetterment of people's everyday lives in economic, social, political, and cultural terms,
improved governance, and increased market competitiveness for ICT-related products
and services.

450

Saudi Arabia

1.

General Information

Area: 2,149,690 km2
Population: 36,535,147
Government Type: Unitary Islamic absolute monarchy
GDP:$ 19,319
Internet User: 97.86
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 22.66
Wireless Broadband User: 118.86
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
As of 2022, Saudi Arabia's digital government has an overall score of 75.369, placing it
25th in the world according to the Waseda International Digital Government Rankings.
The Government Electronic and Mobile Services Maturity Index (GEMS) released earlier
451

this year by the Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia rated Saudi Arabia
in the top place (ESCWA). This index evaluates the degree to which different
governmental services, such as education, law, finance, business, and tourism, aredelivered digitally via web portals and mobile apps.
According to the Digital Maturity Report published by the World Bank in 2021, the nation
also placed among the top nations in terms of offering digital government services andcontact with residents.
The Digital Government Authority, the reference organization for regulating the servicesof government agencies offered to people and residents, is in charge of overseeing the
Saudi digital government. In digital administration, the Kingdom has achieved significant
advancements in recent years. Government agencies maintain promptness, correctness,quality, fairness, and openness in all aspects of their operations. Focusing on citizencentered government, the tremendous interest in innovation, and the necessity of
employing it in the field of digital government, there is a close link between achieving
advanced levels in the maturity of digital government applications and practices andknowledge management. This link is especially important when considering the necessityof employing innovation in the field of digital government.
3.2. New Trends
As one of Saudi Arabia's most ambitious endeavors, "Move to Tech" represents a majortransformation in the country's economy. Initiated on March 10, 2020, by the Saudi
Ministry of Communications and Information Technology, this initiative will run throughMarch 9, 2021. It paves the way for the adaptation of already digital resources to COVID19 and the creation of new ones. In response, several sectors, including academia, thefood industry, and healthcare, have increased their use of digital technology. There will
be more work on this project in the future as the monarchy strives for economic success.
The Smart Government Strategy lays out the long-term objectives, short-term targets, andintermediate steps for the government of Saudi Arabia (2020-2024). The Sustainable
Development Goals and the Saudi Vision 2030 are the primary foci of strategic planning.
By 2024, the Smart Government Strategy says, the government of the Kingdom will be
more reactive, efficient, and inventive, leading to new integrated Smart Government452

experiences tailored to the demands of its beneficiaries. The government has many aims,
including those listed below:
Maintain a high standard of exceptional smart service at all times.
The digital transition may be sped up by tapping into a partner network.
- Maximize the use of community assets to improve public services
The plan of action will ensure that the objectives of the Kingdom are accomplished bydeveloping a Smart Government that caters to the needs of its citizens, residents, andguests.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Digital solid infrastructure in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia helps move the country's
digital transformation forward rapidly. Because of this method, the Kingdom has beenable to address issues affecting the public and private sectors while ensuring thatcommercial, educational, and resident life continues as usual. During the outbreak, theKingdom could quadruple its regular internet traffic more than, boost its internet speed
from 9Mbps to 109Mbps, and complete an expansion of its interior coverage.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]As part of the Smart Government Strategy, improved citizen services and more efficient
government operations are prioritized via better data governance. To improve thereliability and accessibility of public sector data, the Smart Government Strategy
prioritizes the definition and implementation of data governance.
National Data Management works to design and build necessary frameworks andagreements to ensure that best practices keep data and to create and enable data sharing
among government institutions.
The Once-Only Principle also plays a significant role in the Saudi Arabian strategic goal.
Increased Smart Government Services led to higher levels of customer satisfaction. By
requiring citizens to input their information only once and by improving the security andusability of digital services by connecting the data provided by citizens via this standard
digital identity across Government, the goal is to ensure that citizens trust all services and453

that their data is securely managed through a single typical identity service.
4.3. Online Service [OS]In recent years, the concept of digital identification has emerged as an essential part ofthe eGovernment system in Saudi Arabia. Every citizen of Saudi Arabia or a resident canestablish a Digital Identity by registering with the National Information Center and the
National Single Sign-On system run by the Ministry of the Interior. They can use theirdigital ID to access over 700 online government services by logging into my.gov.sa, othergovernment websites, and third-party providers, such as banks and telecommunications
firms.
A special recognition of this fact may be found in the Smart Government Strategy's
strategic aim. The goal is to ensure that citizens trust all government services and that
their data is securely managed through a single typical identity service by improving thesafety and usability of digital services and enriching these services with the information
provided by citizens through this standard digital identity. This can be accomplished byincreasing the security and usability of digital services.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia has made significant strides in developing the country's
national portals.
● The Ministry of Justice has centralized its service distribution on the Najiz Portal
to increase customer happiness.
● By facilitating the filing of electronic applications for the granting of frequently
used licenses and enhancing the quality of services given to beneficiaries, the'Balady' Portal delivers interactive services that support the concept of'community participation. It also helps those who benefit from it make choicesthat may boost consumer satisfaction with municipal entities and improve thequality of municipal services provided to all secretariats and municipalities
throughout the Kingdom. To improve and expand investment services, assure thequality of service provided to investors, and speed up relevant procedures, the"FORAS" Municipal Investment Portal provides a centralized platform for
publishing investment opportunities offered by secretariats and municipalities.
454

● Improve educational outcomes and student success using the 'iEN' National
Education Portal's range of e-learning services for public education and interactive
material.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]CIO Portal is a unified and interactive e-portal for government IT executives that aims toprovide users with an exceptional experience that seems to be tailored to their specificrequirements. The portal was created to provide users with an exceptional experience that
seems to be tailored to their specific needs. The Yesser Program allows users to embracecommon national services and apps to expand and improve Saudi Arabia's digitaltransformation.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]In Saudi Arabia, the Digital Government Authority (DGA) has initiated the Inclusive
Government Program to provide the government sector with integrated digital services.
The goal is to enhance the amount of data shared across government departments topromote integration and speed up the process of achieving a sustainable digitaltransformation of government.
By establishing uniformity across a select group of essential platforms and applications,the purpose of this initiative from the government is to enhance the quality of the digital
experience that end users have. The Inclusive Government Program aims to provide a
better digital experience for the beneficiary through unified platforms. This will beaccomplished by designing and operating comprehensive government platforms using a
set of technologies that allow the authorities to develop exchange, and link services
without redesigning, testing, and running the same platforms.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The government of Saudi Arabia has made great strides toward its goal of universal
internet access, particularly for the handicapped, women, youth, the elderly, andforeigners. The Saudi Vision 2030 aims to ensure that no one is left out of the digital
revolution. In addition, the National Transformation Program lays out some essential
goals to ensure that all individuals, particularly underserved ones, have access to digital455

resources.
However, the ICT Sector Strategy emphasizes expanding opportunities for women in the
ICT industry. Open data and participatory citizenship initiatives around the nation.
Meeting national expectations for E-participation is another benefit of e-engagement. The
Open Data initiative aims to make more publicly-available data usable by individuals andorganizations for various purposes, including but not limited to civic engagement,scientific inquiry, and the creation of novel goods and services.
Watani and Ma3an's current survey and polling skills are enhanced by the Participatory
Citizenship E-Engagement, which implements and promotes e-consultation capabilities
throughout the government to boost participation in policymaking and service
enhancement.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) government has adapted to digital transformation
due to worldwide government and institutional technology development trends. To
improve productivity and quality, it has abandoned manual procedures in favor of digitalones and devised strategies to implement over five years. The program's ultimate goal is
to transform government to serve the public better digitally. The International
Telecommunications Union has presented the Government Leadership Award to theKingdom of Saudi Arabia for enacting the most progressive policies and laws to advancethe digital economy, encourage investment and innovation, and help achieve the SDGs.
It is the responsibility of the Saudi Data and Artificial Intelligence Authority (SDAIA) tooversee all national data in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. In preparation for futurenational laws on data categorization, data sharing, data privacy, freedom of information,
open data, and others, SDAIA has established the Open Data Strategy and Framework for
National Data Governance.
A centralized repository called the Open Data Repository has been set up to keep track ofeverything uploaded to the National Open Data Portal. This repository serves as a central
catalog for all various datasets that government agencies have made accessible throughthe National Open Data Portal. Dataset inventories must be created and kept up-to-dateby each government agency under the metadata requirements outlined in the Data Quality
456

Guideline.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In March 2021, the National Cybersecurity Authority of Saudi Arabia and the Saudi
Ministry of Education agreed to work together on cybersecurity education andinvestigation. It is essential to do so to make a contribution to cybersecurity activities andto realize the goals of the 2030 Strategy. The National Curriculum Authority (NCA) andthe Ministry of Education actively collaborate on various projects to advance online
research and higher education.
Following the most recent cyber assault on Saudi Aramco, Saudi Arabia attempted to limit
the number of instances in which cyberattacks are carried out. The administration has
shown interest in increasing the amount of money invested in cybersecurity infrastructure.
they already founded the National Centre for Cybersecurity Technology, intending toresearch the safety of networks, software, and information. The Center's research assists
the nation's preparation for the execution of "Vision 2030."
4.10.

The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]

Saudi Arabia is well on its way to becoming the world leader in the digital economy
thanks to the widespread use of technologies like artificial intelligence (AI), the internetof things (IoT), blockchain, big data, robotics, machine learning, and 5G in both the publicand commercial sectors. Saudi Arabia is an early adopter of blockchain technology,
opening the door for international companies to experiment with cutting-edge digitalsolutions. The goal of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia's use of AI for development is tomake it a global leader in the field. To reach its national objectives, the Kingdom hasdeveloped mechanisms to increase its efforts, passed the National Strategy for Data andArtificial Intelligence (which includes various recommendations), and launched orsponsored some initiatives.
Some of the country's organizations have made strides through implementing Internet ofThings solutions in such public sectors as education, energy, environmental management,
health care, open data, smart cities, and smart manufacturing; these sectors are expected
to grow and develop in the coming years. Many businesses around the nation have reapedsignificant advantages from IoT, including improved productivity, security, customer457

happiness, resource efficiency, analytical accuracy, cost control and management, and
more.

458

Singapore

1.

General Information

Area:710 km2
Population: 5,984,924
Government Type: Unitary dominant-party parliamentary constitutional republic
GDP: $57,782
Internet User: 92.00
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 25.81
Wireless Broadband User: 144.35
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Singapore's digital government achieved the 4th position in the 2022 Waseda
International Digital Government Rankings, with an overall score of 91.6292. Singapore
has made significant headway in establishing itself as global-Asia research anddevelopment powerhouse, and its expertise in digital technologies has been recognized459

globally. Singapore's Smart Nation and Digital Government Group employed cuttingedge technology to act rapidly and decisively in the face of the pandemic, ensuring thesafety of its citizens. Today, research articles from Singapore in the fields of artificial
intelligence (AI), quantum, and trust technologies (such as technologies that preserve
users' privacy and technologies that use distributed ledgers) are among the most widelyreferenced in the world.
Earlier investments in digital technology and innovation activities helped to create arobust and attractive startup environment in Singapore. Many digital companies haverecently developed in various industries, such as e-commerce, digital health, and finance.
Some of these firms have achieved unicorn status, such as Razer and Sea (Garena). In
addition, international digital businesses such as Google and Salesforce continue to makesignificant investments in Singapore, with the goals of growing their research anddevelopment (R&D) or engineering operations here and providing more employment
opportunities for the local population. The public research skills in a wide range oftechnical fields have also resulted in several spin-off companies, one of which is the
National Cybersecurity R&D Programme (NCRP), which spawned six firms in the
cybersecurity industry .
3.2. New Trends
The global digital world is constantly changing quickly. The current COVID-19 epidemic
has expedited digitalization across all industries, which has brought to the forefront anincreasing need for digital platforms, software, hardware, and services. During theseshifts, the monitor group must focus on product development and implementation ofdigital technologies in both the public and private spheres. Additionally, they will needto continue to rapidly transfer the advantages of R&D into commercial applications forthe industry.
As changes to global supply chains continue to take place, and more services andinteractions take place online, there will be a greater focus put on bolstering the assuranceof supply and provenance for products such as food, medicine, and components used intechnology. Through the development of digital technologies, such as blockchain,
Singapore has the potential to play a role as a trusted innovator and value-adding460

middleman. These technologies are designed to give assurance of supply and provenance.
The government will create new skills to reinforce the trusted Singapore brand, and it will
form new relationships that will offer new expertise and new markets. Both of these
initiatives are going to be undertaken shortly. These activities will be supported by digitaltalent, and SNDE will continue to establish a solid local base of scientists, engineers, andproduct managers in critical technological fields.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The implementation of 5G services in Singapore has commenced, which has improved
the level of connection experienced in various public locations. 30 million Singapore
dollars were allocated for adopting and implementing 5G technology. Large volumes ofdata are created by various organizations using various sensors to the Smart Nation
Platform, which is implemented. These may result in valuable analyses and applications
that the government can use to improve the delivery of essential public services such astransportation, utilities, and many other services. Citizens may also be much more
informed and can make better choices by using the apps and data analytics that areaccessible, most of the time, via their mobile devices.
In addition to putting in place the essential infrastructure required to guarantee that
officers continue to have easy access to the Internet for work-related purposes. The
government is in the process of adjusting and adapting the work processes, as well as
introducing productivity solutions and tools, to keep the Public Service both efficient andproductive. The delivery of the government's many public services has not been affectedin any way.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]As one of the top five nations in the world based on OS criteria, Singapore scored 12
points in the Waseda rankings for 2022. Singapore has established its goals for 2023 andbeyond:- Seventy percent of adornment systems will be housed in the private cloud.
- A fundamental understanding of digital technology is required of all public servants.
461

- Each ministry family should be responsible for at least one AI project to provide services
or formulate policies.
- Every year, at least ten high-impact data analytics initiatives across many agencies must
be completed.

4.3. Online Service [OS]When it comes to the delivery of digital services, the Government Digital Services (GDS)
section of GovTech uses agile methodologies such as Kanban, XP, Scrum, and LeSS. For
instance, GDS is able to create the mobile application myResponder in only six months
using the agile methodology. This program is intended to offer victims of heart attacks
prompt assistance. It was built iteratively via a series of workshops with persons andofficers from the defense force to guarantee that the experience would be user-centric. On
this regard, one stop service for citizen is excellent.
462

Another subsidiary of GovTech, Open Government Products, is an enthusiastic proponentof agile development. Open Government Products is responsible for the creation of digitalpublic goods. For instance, within a year, the division created FormsSG from the groundup, taking it from a concept to a platform. The platform allows public servants to design
digital forms compatible with the various computer systems used by the government. It
has resulted in savings ranging from S$5,000 to $150,000 per form after being used by
90 different organizations. Transitioning to a more iterative and agile softwaredevelopment method has not been easy. Public officials have accepted that a change inattitudes, hierarchies, and positions, as well as the construction of a large amount of trust,is required in addition to a change in methods.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The most recent information on various topics, such as taxes, public health, immigration,and the economy, can be found on the official National Portal of Singapore, accessed at
http://www.gov.sg/. This portal is available to both Singapore residents and tourists
visiting the country. This website makes it easier for people in Singapore to communicate
with one another by supplying them with critical economic facts, digital public services,and Singaporeans' hopes and aspirations for the country. In addition, there are copies ofministerial speeches, press releases, and other important information, as well as guidanceon how to get in touch with the various government departments.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Infocomm Development Authority was reformed on October 1, 2016, which resulted
in the establishment of the Government Technology Agency of Singapore, often known
as GovTech. Its goal is to equip a nation of possibilities with cutting-edge informationand communications technology (ICT) and engineering that is linked with it. A
Government Chief Information Officer (GCIO) is designing and supervising ICT
initiatives as part of GovTech to maintain Singapore's leadership position in using ICT
creatively to please customers and connect people. In addition, Singapore received the
4th highest score for GCIO.
Cluster Development and GCIO responsibilities are managed by the Government
Technology Agency and the Deputy Chief Executive Office, respectively. A
463

comprehensive and resilient service delivery framework and operational model for CIO
services across government agencies is being developed by the Cluster Development
Group. The Government Chief Information Officer (GCIO) is responsible for promoting
ICT projects throughout the nation to retain Singapore's leading position in the creativeuse of ICT to guide, train, and interact with other people.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Singapore actively promotes the co-creation of services. According to the Deputy Prime
Minister of Singapore, "Government must take on the responsibilities of a facilitator andenabler—to partner with the public and private sectors in developing new solutions, newenterprises, and new wealth." In line with this policy, the Government of Singapore cocreated more than 110 apps using 3,000 datasets with its citizens.
Advancing to the next level of digital governance requires a more revolutionary set ofchanges to be implemented to refresh the provision of public sector services. Within thedigital government agenda, Government will use digital technology and data sharing toachieve openness, transparency, engagement, and informed decision-making and offer
integrated services to citizens and companies.
This Digital Government Transformation Strategy 2018-2022 (DGTS) outlines thegovernmental imperative for making government services "digital by default" andimproving public service efficiency, effectiveness, and governance through a successful
digitalized transformation. The DGTS is developed by the Department of Digital, Culture,
Media, and Sport (DCMS). The DGTS determines government priorities and promotes
cooperation in the design of government services.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The people of Singapore are used to communicating with their government online andtaking part in public affairs by using a variety of platforms that the government gives.
Reach (www.reach.gov.sg) is a platform that enables citizens to contribute theirperspectives on many aspects of public policy and affairs via online forums, in-person
events, and public consultations. The exercise of deliberative democracy is mirrored inusing information and communication technologies in the public sector. The government
may also collect citizens' opinions and recommendations via another portal464

(www.suggestions.citizen.sg), which is accessible to the general public.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Singapore has made significant efforts to embrace digitalization. As a result of strict goals,
its public servants are increasingly using AI and learning data analytics. The first goal
was accomplished by year's end of 2021; in support of the second, all 20 ministries havepresented proposals to use AI in policymaking. All government employees will be
expected to demonstrate a minimum level of digital literacy by 2023, and each ministryfamily will be tasked with developing and implementing at least one artificial intelligence(AI) project in service provision or policymaking by that year. In addition, theSingaporean government mandates that public officers complete 10 cross-agency highimpact data analytics projects annually, that data sharing for cross-agency projects occur
within seven working days and that 90%-100% of core data fields be in a machinereadable format and transmittable by the application programming interface.
Through the Open Data portal, the government intends to promote the following:• Transparency, which means that citizens will have unrestricted access to information
about what their government is doing;• Public Service Improvement, which means that citizens will be provided with the raw
materials necessary to engage in and contribute to the improvement of public services, aswell as improve the quality of decision-making.
• Innovation – providing individuals and companies with the tools necessary to carry out
data-driven projects, including developing mobile applications, analyzing data, producing
innovative products, and researching, among other things.
• Efficiency: Governments is able to devise public services and apps that are smarter andmore efficient if they make it possible for the information to be reused more readily inside
the government and if they enable individuals to contribute to the improvement of data
quality.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
On the CYB scale, Singapore ranks could not be included in the top position this year,
The government of Singapore seeks to tighten the cybersecurity legislation in the country,
465

which is known as the Cybersecurity Act 2018, and has been examining it, in particular,
the following three major issues:-

Strategies for enhancing one's situational awareness inside the confines ofSingapore's online;-

What aspects of the current information infrastructure need to be prioritized as
Critical Information Infrastructure (CII); and-Strategies to ensure the safety of vital pieces of digital infrastructure and services
that go beyond CIIs.

After the review (expected to be finished by 2023), amendments will be added to the
Cybersecurity Act of 2018, which will consider discussions with stakeholders and thegeneral public.
4.10. Emerging ICT [EMG]
It is essential to successfully execute the Smart Nation plan to recruit and retain talented
employees. During his remarks at the introduction of the Smart Nation initiative, thePrime Minister of Singapore, Lee Hsien Loong, acknowledged the need for diversified
skill sets. In response to this need, Singapore developed a personnel management strategyemphasizing career advancement opportunities and competitive compensation. For
instance, to get top-tier professionals to work for GovTech, the company reworked its
Human Resource (HR) system to provide remuneration that is on par with that offered in
the private sector. In addition, the revamped HR strategy allowed technicians to further
their careers by enabling them to accept ICT jobs in various agencies. In addition,
GovTech established the Smart Nation Fellowship Program as an incentive forSingaporeans working in technology businesses outside the country to participate ingovernment projects for shorter periods, ranging from three to six months. The mosttalented engineers and data scientists in the sector are drawn to the possibility of working
on substantial digital initiatives and affecting policy. Accordingly, EMG of Singapore
ranks the 4th in the Waseda rankings in 2022 with a score of 6.5.

466

South Africa

1.

General Information

Area:1,221,037 km2
Population: 60,008,527
Government Type: Unitary dominant-party parliamentary republic with an executive
presidency
GDP: $5,599
Internet User: 70
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 2.2
Wireless Broadband User: 110.65
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
A score of 71.055 earned South Africa the 34th position in Waseda International's digital
government rankings in 2022. Improvements may be observed in the way the governmentof South Africa uses information and communication technology (ICT) to provide
essential services to its people. An eGovernment or D-Government policy framework has
467been put in place, which advocates for using information and communication
technologies to improve government accessibility, responsiveness, and efficiency.
Because of the interconnected nature of the global economy and political system, the
COVID-19 pandemic and its fallout were felt in a wide variety of countries and groups.
National 283 interests govern responses to COVID-19 in a world composed ofindependent nations and regions. The South African government is fielding inquiries
about Covid-19 using a chatbot on WhatsApp messaging app. To speed up the passportverification process for those holding public health papers, the African Union has
established a Covid-19 pass system.
Recognizing the importance of ICT, the government has built an e-Government or DGovernment policy framework that encourages the use of ICT to improve government
efficiency and effectiveness and to make government services more readily available tothe public. For crucial e-government goals, the provincial government of Gauteng is at
the forefront. The goal of establishing the Department of eGovernment under Gauteng
315 was to facilitate more coordination across government agencies in the province. For
the time when South Africa's digital economy is thriving, this province's government
wants to maintain its ICT infrastructure investment to make it a center for State Security
Agency-related R&D. (SSA).
3.2. New Trends
South Africa's NDP 2030 intends to eradicate poverty and narrow economic gaps. By
maximizing its resources, expanding its inclusive economy, investing in its people,
strengthening its government, and fostering interdepartmental cooperation and leadership,South Africa hopes to achieve its stated objectives. To maintain policy coherence anduniformity throughout government, the NDP is linked to long-term plans at the
department level, and policy shifts are accounted for. Achieving change requires several
steps, one of which is ensuring public services are of the best quality. The local
government's potential as a development tool has to be strengthened, and there is anurgent need to identify and remove the barriers that hinder better results.
To maintain competitiveness, grow the business, and satisfy consumers in the digital era,businesses must upgrade and strengthen the digital capabilities of their whole staff and468their digital leadership. Considering that the COVID-19 pandemic has led the world into
an era of a "new normal," the necessity for digital transformation and adopting newworking practices is more pressing than ever.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Governments all across the African continent are beginning to acknowledge thepotentially game-changing impact that digital technology may have inside their own
nations. It acknowledged the significance of the government's role in fostering thedevelopment of a linked, digital economy that capitalizes on the potential of technologicaladvancements as a motor for economic expansion and innovation. The expansion ofdigital adoption and inclusion throughout the whole of society, as well as the
improvement of whole-of-government coordination of digital service extension anddelivery, are two of the most important steps that need to be taken in order to realize thispromise fully.
A significant advance has been made thanks to investments made in the digital
infrastructure of the South African government. Telkom's fiber-optic network serviced
over three million households and companies; MTN South Africa restored m-money
services, and a new 5G spectrum auction was planned. These are just some of thedevelopments that have taken place in South Africa.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Over the next several years, the department aimed to pass legislation in Parliament tofacilitate digital transformation, roll out the internet to government buildings through theSouth Africa Connect initiative, and execute the broadcasting digital migration strategy
to free up the digital spectrum. The department's goal is for every citizen of South Africa
to have access to the internet and the tools to use it effectively, resulting in a more
equitable and prosperous range of services. The agency had completed a Digital Economy
Master Plan by mid-2021 and consulted with interested parties to build an implementation
strategy.
Since then, the department has developed the National Digital and Future Skills Strategy,
which aims to create a learning and development ecosystem that equips every South
469

African with the knowledge and abilities necessary to contribute to and benefit from thecountry's burgeoning digital economy.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Online Service score is broken down into five categories: e-Procurement, e-Tax andCustoms, e-Health, and One-Stop Citizen Service. When assessing these services, weconsidered their complexity, security, and ease of use.
The eProcurement and eTax portals may experience significant delays in access due toperformance difficulties. The average speed in eHealth is not quite as fast as what has
been found in the literature. Most web services now use common security features likesecure sockets layer (SSL), site authentication (SA), and password protection (password
protection).
Clients now have access to the most cutting-edge and safest means of remitting funds,
thanks to the SARS MobiApp and EFT. Payments may be made using online banking
with the typical drop-down list of pre-loaded beneficiary IDs. Each SARS beneficiary ID
begins with the standard "SARS-" prefix. If you pay SARS online, they are responsible
for properly identifying your payment and applying it to your account. Users are unable
to submit payment if the reference provided is incorrect. ABSA, AlBaraka, Access Bank,
Capitec, FNB, HSBC, Investec, JP Morgan, Mercantile Bank, Nedbank, and Standard are
just a few financial institutions that back this strategy.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Eservices.gov.za, South Africa's national site, makes it easier for citizens to accessgovernment services at a lesser cost, with fewer hassles, and in shorter amounts of time,
all while increasing transparency, accountability, and customer service.
The National Portal's evaluation considers the quality of its content, technology, andfunctioning. This information collection covers various government-related topics,
including demographics, national initiatives, organizational structures, governmental
bodies, statutes, and recent news stories.
Unfortunately, this information can only be accessed in English; no other languages aresupported. The site is functional on regular PCs but has some formatting difficulties onmobile devices. Technical issues were found that might slow down the portal's loading470

time.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Chief Information Officer of the South African government has not seen muchprogress (GCIO). The post of Chief Information Officer (CIO) in South Africa was given
official authorization in 2002 by the Council of Government IT Officers (GITO). The roleof the Government Information Technology Officer (GITO) is to act as a liaison between
the different government entities. The council serves as a forum for both the people andthe government to ensure that the government is aware of the citizens' concerns via thisforum.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
A department responsible for public service administration manages creating andcoordinating the Digital Government's strategy (DPSA). The South African government
formed the State Information Technology Agency (SITA) and the Governance
Information Technology Officers Council to oversee and execute actions related to digital
government (GITOC).
Public-private partnerships have been actively promoted for some time to hasten thedevelopment of information and communication technologies in South Africa. It is notuncommon for there to be efforts made to enhance a wide variety of ICT infrastructure,including data centers, services, and residents.
The South African government's goal is to make high-speed, broadband Internet
connection available to all of the country's citizens at rates within their financial means.
To assist the government in accomplishing this goal, the first phase of a project that willtake place over three years has begun. In the first phase, there were a total of 5803
government-run institutions included. These institutions were located in seven different
provinces. Officials from the province's Offices of Education, Public Health, Cooperative
Governance, and Traditional Affairs serve on these committees, together with members
from each of the eight district towns' higher education, safety, security, and liaison
departments.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
471

The Office of Provincial and Local Liaison has been instrumental in providing
development

communication

anddevelopingthegovernment's

information

infrastructure. These efforts have been carried out in collaboration with provincial andlocal governments. This organization will coordinate the Thusong Service Center (TSC)
project, which will be a one-stop shop in Thusong for information and services provided
by the government. It is hoped that members of the general community would have easieraccess to the many services offered by the government.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Like most other industries, government services have had to undergo a digital transition
to remain competitive. Businesses and governments have digitized their operations tosave money, boost productivity, and broaden their reach. The government of South Africa
has made the transition to digital alternatives for providing services a top priority. The
government has spent the previous five years building up its digital platforms, and theepidemic has only served to underline the need for increased remote access to different
public sector services. There's more to digital transformation than merely improving
citizens' access to government services. According to studies, digitization in South Africa
might increase GDP by more than R2 trillion. To quantify the influence of digitaltechnology on public services, private enterprise, and social well-being, Accenture andthe World Economic Forum (WEF) collaborated to create a measurement methodology.
Using this paradigm, we can predict the potential benefits of these technologies a decadefrom now.
After a lengthy hiatus, South Africa hopes to revive the OGP process with its fourth action
plan. The plan's suggested three useful topics provide a solid structure upon which toexpand. However, the current pledges are ambiguous and underwhelming. South Africa
may take advantage of the chance to submit a revised action plan with clear
implementation roadmaps and increased government participation to increase its
domestic impact and global leadership. Since its third plan expired in 2018, South Africa
has not filed a new one. The new fourth plan reflects an effort to reinvigorate the OGP
process in the nation (2020–2022).
There is considerable maturity across all three promises since they all build on establishedopen government initiatives and have the backing of influential public members. The
472

quality of the action plan was negatively affected by shifts in the OGP government's pointof contact, as well as the timing and intricacy of the discussions. Only one of the threepromises can be checked off as fulfilled; the other two are more like brainstorming
sessions than firm promises. For instance, the action plan's commitment to"transformative fiscal transparency" does not specify what those actions are or what
outcomes are to be anticipated from them, but it does give important context forunderstanding why they were included.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Several ransomware attacks have occurred in South Africa, including one on Liberty
Holdings (causing a 5% drop in the company's share price), the ViewFines data breach(exposing nearly a million records containing sensitive personal data), the attack on
Johannesburg City Power, and the massive DDoS attack on IT service provider Cool
Ideas. South Africa, like the rest of Africa, is behind the times when it comes tocybersecurity, and the country's government faces a number of obstacles in this area, suchas a shortage of information and communication technology (ICT) experts and a failure
to coordinate among different government agencies. Numerous efforts have been madeto tighten and modernize the country's cybersecurity laws and procedures, yet many holes
remain. Citizens will suffer the most as a result of this susceptibility.
South Africa's cybersecurity is being strengthened by some government agencies andnon-profits working together. These include the South African National Defense Force(SANDF), the South African Police Service (SAPS), the Hawks, the Department ofCommunications and Digital Technologies, and the Centre for Scientific and Industrial
Research (CSIR) (DCDT). As part of its constitutional duties, the Department of Defense(DOD) of South Africa coordinates, accounts for and enforces the nation's cyber-defense
measures.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Through the implementation of an Internet of Things (IoT) plan by the government thatuses sensors, detectors, scanners, and monitoring technologies to collect pertinent
information, the lives of individuals may be safeguarded or enhanced. Collecting andprocessing information has to be simplified, and the processing of government data needs473

to take place in real-time to enhance the number of facets of government analysis,planning, and execution of action plans for better citizen service delivery. Whenconsidering consumer privacy and data security, the satisfaction citizens feel with theservices they get from their government is an essential indication for determining the
success of digital government transformation. The government's existing policies hinder
the exchange of information to build an environment for providing government services
to people that is more integrated.

474

South Korea

1.

General Information

Area:100,210 km2
Population: 51,809,624
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $31,617
Internet User: 96.51
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 43.55
Wireless Broadband User: 116.90
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Waseda International's digital government rankings for 2022 placed South Korea seventh,with an overall score of 86.582. In an era of rapid digital transformation, individuals lookto their governments to implement policies and programs that help them make the mostof the opportunities presented by the information age. Suppose governments are to meettheir people's demands and expectations in today's global and digital society. In that case,475they must strategically use digital technology and data in the public sector. Leveraging
the benefits of digital technologies and data will make the public sector more responsive
to citizen demands, increasing resilience and making it more resistant to shocks like the
COVID-19 epidemic. Competent digital governments are also in a better position tocreate digital economies and societies to meet the challenges and seize the possibilities
presented by the digital revolution.
The government of South Korea first began executing its e-Government plan andassociated initiatives in the 1990s in response to rising citizen interest in and demand foronline public services and public information disclosure. The success of Korea's eGovernment is mainly due to the country's commitment to and funding of the initiative.
Like other major governments, Korea has had to adapt and migrate to digital governanceto keep up with the pace of digitalization.
3.2. New Trends
The Korean government was tested for the COVID-19 issue. With an eye toward
openness, transparency, and democracy, it quickly and aggressively put its administrative
innovation skills to use. The Korean government released its 2021–2025 digital
government strategy in June 2021, outlining its plans to implement intelligent service
design and delivery, data-driven public administration, and a robust and inclusive digital
infrastructure, all while shoring up weaknesses identified by the DGI. To better residents'
everyday lives, the government will work to expand the current public data and public
service digital ecosystem.
South Korea and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)signed a Memorandum of Understanding on the digital government last December, andthe country intends to play a more active role in the OECD's Global E-Leaders Initiative,
which assists non-Member countries in their digital transformation of the public sector.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
With a total score of 7.842, South Korea earned the seventh spot in this year's NIP
476

rankings, placing it in seventh position overall. South Korea has made great headway inlaying the groundwork for a digitally advanced future. MNOs have been punished
KRW51.2 billion for 5G device subsidy violations; Huawei and LG U+ have teamed up
to develop Seoul TechCity of 5G clients is nearing eight million. SK Telecom has
conducted public road testing of autonomous vehicles.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Waseda rankings for MO in 2022 placed South Korea in sixth place after the nation's MO
received a score of 11.600. This put South Korea in the sixth position. By using the powerof digital technologies to their maximum extent in a responsible and secure manner,
digital governance innovation can usher in a better future for its residents. By regularly
updating and refining its digital government approach, the Korean government can better
anticipate its people's requirements and meet them promptly. The COVID-19 epidemic
prompted the Korean government to assist the digital government innovation strategy tomake the government more resilient and responsive. To continue leading the digital
revolution at home and working with its partner nations to create a better digital society
for everyone, the Ministry of the Interior and Safety (MOIS) is committed to continuing
its role as a global leader in this area.
-

Focused Efforts and Crucial Commitments-

Improving government responsiveness to the public by increasing the availabilityof non-personal services-

The government is doing a process reengineering to improve the delivery of noncontact services to its residents.

-

Changing how the government provides services-

Using natural language processing and user-friendly interfaces to integrate betterand customize service delivery.

-

Making optimal use of data across all levels of government-

Helping people feel more in control of their data and develop innovative newservices.

-

Adopting a data-driven approach to government management at all levels-

Building a Digital Ecosystem that includes everyone-

Strengthening the digital economy via public-private partnerships.
477

-

Improving the government's preparedness for disaster and its ability to respond toit requires investing in and bolstering the digital-

Creating a universally accessible, technologically robust system for delivering
public services.

4.3. Online Service [OS]Online shopping is a major factor in Korea's retail industry expansion. Online shopping
has grown unprecedentedly, putting pressure on traditional retail infrastructures.
Shoppers frequent brick-and-mortar establishments for research purposes yet often makepurchases from internet merchants. The integration with other systems is a major
improvement for online shopping. Customers want to be able to research products,
compare prices, make a purchase, and pay using one convenient platform and one of themany emerging online payment methods.
A study by the Bank of Korea found that more and more consumers are making purchases
using their personal computers and mobile devices. As the number of people who shop
online grows, more people opting to pay using their computers and mobile phones. The
use of mobile payment and digital wallet systems like Samsung Pay and Naver Pay
continues to grow in popularity.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Waseda rankings 2022 based on NPR criteria ranked South Korea in 6th place with
7.867 points after giving the country an overall score. At www.korea.net, the official
website of the Korean government, you may find information on various topics, including
the most recent events, the government, the economy, the arts and culture, the history, andthe society. You may find links to government and private websites written in English
about Korea in the section under "Directory."
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Ministry of Security and Public Administration is now in charge of supervising theelectronic governance of the government. Each department and agency within thegovernment has what is known as a Chief Information officer (CIO). The Presidential
Directive and the Fundamental Law on National Informatization detail the nomination478

process for Chief Information Officers at the national and bureau levels. Following
Presidential Directive No. 157, each ministry and the federal entity must have a Chief
Information Officer.
The Chief Information Officer is responsible for various vital functions, including
allocating the budget, updating e-Government regulations, and planning information andcommunications technology initiatives. This position requires a strong willingness to
implement new administration using information technology in addition to extensive
knowledge of current agency operations, a comprehensive viewpoint and professional
competence in information technology, and extensive knowledge of all aspects of
information technology.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Korea participated in the OECD Digital Government Index in 2018. (DGI). The Digital
Government Initiative (DGI) evaluates and sets criteria for how mature digital
government policies are and how well they are being implemented throughout the whole
government. By doing so, it hopes to assist in evaluating the capabilities of governments
to function in a world that is becoming more digital and global. It offered the governmentof South Korea the chance to evaluate its progress in six different areas, including digitalby design, government as a platform, data-driven public sector, open by default, userdriven, and proactiveness, respectively. In addition, via the E-Leaders theme groups,
Korea gained insights and lessons on digital identity, the data-driven public sector, andservice design and delivery from its peers and the OECD.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In 2022, South Korea's EPAR score was 9.500, which placed it in ninth place in the
EPAR's Waseda rankings. In 2010, Korea topped both the E-Participation Index (EPI) andthe E-Government Development Index (EGDI) published by the United Nations eGovernment Survey. Since then, Korea has been at the forefront of e-government
throughout the world for the last decade, ranking first in the UN's Electronic Performancein Government Index (EPI) and third in the Electronic Governance Development Index(EGDI) in 2018. However, getting to this impressive point was no easy feat. Constantwork has gone into developing the Korean e-Government, which aims to make citizens'479

lives easier and increase their input into the government. The "Gwanghwamoon 1st
Street" and "Blue House Online Petition System" are two of the most critical public
involvement measures implemented by the Moon Jae-in administration, allowing
individuals to submit policy recommendations online and have the government
implement them. To add insult to injury, the administration must address concerns voiced
by its constituents. In addition, residents may access government services designed justfor them through a website called "Government 24." The Korean government hopes toactualize digital innovation by combining new technologies of the 4th Industrial
Revolution into digital governance. It would like to share its expertise and knowledge
with the worldwide community. This will help Korea's cause by encouraging thegovernment and society to adopt new ideas continually.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The DX and OGD-based Waseda rankings for 2022 put South Korea in ninth place with
9.200 points. The Republic of Korea's central government has long made it a top priority
to uphold the principles of open government to increase openness, encourage public
participation, combat corruption, and fortify the country's administration by leveraging
cutting-edge information and communication technologies. The Korean government hascreated and executed four National Action Plans (NAPs) since joining the Open
Government Partnership (OGP), demonstrating its dedication to open government anddemocracy.
Three key features of the GovTech strategy align with the Korean government's goals for
digital transformation in the public sector. The Korean government has committed to agovernment-wide digital transformation with the announcement of the Digital
Government Master Plan 2021-2025. Based on the simple, efficient, and transparent
government processes, they have also worked to increase citizen-centric public services
by incorporating new innovative technology into the public sector.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Since the National Cyber Security Master Plan was created in 2011, the cybersecurity
framework has been in place. The Information and Communication Infrastructure
Protection Act is included in this framework. Moreover, it provides a solid legal platform
480

for the growth of cybersecurity in Korea. The Korean government views the KrCERT/CC
and the KN-CERT as computer emergency response teams. The Korea Internet andSecurity Agency is responsible for safeguarding networks and information. The National
Cyber Security Center (NCSC) is the government's major center for detecting, preventing,and responding to cyberattacks and threats inside Korea. In conjunction with the private
sector and the military, the National Cyber Security Center (NCSC) of North Korea seeks
to improve security incident warning and response times and safeguard Korea's vital
national infrastructure. The Korea Information Security Agency (KISA) must educate
customers on using the Internet responsibly via broadcasts and online courses. Clearly,
South Korea has the sixth place in the Waseda rankings for CYB in 2022.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]South Korea intends to become a global leader in the Artificial Intelligence (AI) sector.
The government of Korea views AI as crucial to the growth of the country's informationand communications technology capabilities. They want to make Korea a worldwide
leader in the area in the future. The government launched the first national AI policy in2019 with the specific intent of attaining this objective. Digital New Deal initiatives covercorporate and governmental sectors, with the federal government proposing nearly $2
billion in the fiscal year 2021 for artificial intelligence (AI)-related activities. By 2021,
therefore, ten colleges in South Korea will have received accreditation as AI Engineering
programs. For the AI ecosystem in the United States to flourish, AI-focused businesses
and enterprises must multiply. South Korea's governments have established various AI
business incubator programs to promote the country's expanding AI sector.
In addition to its current leading position in memory chips, South Korea must develop its
microprocessors and sensors to be globally competitive. Beyond memory chips, national
development efforts have been formed to enhance the country's semiconductor
leadership. The government has planned increased efforts in 2019 for system and AI
semiconductors. These national plans emphasize state-led investments in local fablessenterprises and educational support to produce competitive semiconductor professionals
by 2030, to capture 20 percent of the global market.
The growth of the cloud computing market in Korea is anticipated to be driven by the481

growing use of cloud services by Korean businesses and government entities. South
Korea was an early user of cloud computing services. The cloud computing activities of
the government were a part of the wider Digital New Deal plan, which comprised stateled projects and investments. The South Korean cloud computing industry was dominatedby Amazon Web Services (AWS), Microsoft (Microsoft), and Google. Foreign companies
are increasing their investments in Korea to acquire a greater share of the Korean market.

482

Spain1.

General Information

Area: 505,992 km2Population: 47,550,020
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $26,924
Internet User: 93.21
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 34.62
Wireless Broadband User: 105.30
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
This year, Spain ranked 28th in the Waseda International digital government rankings in
2022 with an overall score of 73.327. The COVID-19 pandemic emergency has sped up
the trend toward increasing digitalization, drawing attention to its advantages anddisadvantages from economic, social, and geographical perspectives. Indeed, the483

capability and durability of telecommunications networks to manage an extreme scenario
of super-connectivity were tested during the months of limited mobility. Spain performs
above par in all four measured categories compared to the rest of Europe, notably indigital public services and connectivity.
-

Online government assistance: According to the research, sixty-seven percent ofInternet users are regular consumers of e-government services. It is anticipatedthat by the end of 2025, at least 50% of digital public services will be available
through mobile, thanks to the Public Administration Digitalization Plan. Throughthese measures, we want to increase the government's capacity for personalized
service and openness.

-

Connectivity: When it comes to really powerful connections, Spain shines. Urban
and rural communities are becoming more similar to one another, althoughdisparities still persist. Regarding population, 99.9% of places are covered by 4G,
whereas just a tiny percentage have access to 5G. The problem is being addressed
through the Plan for Connectivity and Digital Infrastructures and the Strategy to
Boost 5G Technology, which aims to ensure that everyone in the country has
access to speeds of at least 100 Mbps by the year 2025.

-

Human capital: According to the data, over half of the Spanish population has
digital literacy. The Spanish government recognizes the need to boost the digital
literacy of its citizens to meet the European Union's goal of 80 percent by 2030;
hence it has made this a central focus of its Digital Spain 2025 policy. There is
still a lot of potential for development in information and communication
technology (ICT); thus, the government has developed the National Digital Skills
Plan with seven lines of action to address the issue. The Educa en Digital Program,which the study praises for its establishment of measures to foster increased
digitization of the Spanish education system, is also highlighted.

-

Combining analog and digital systems: While 24% of small and medium-sizedenterprises (SMEs) in Spain have adopted electronic commerce, and 62% have atleast some degree of digital intensity, very few SMEs in Spain are using artificial
intelligence, big data, or cloud services. SME Digitalization Plan 2021-2025 wascreated as a response to this problem, and it focuses on five areas: essential
484

digitalization for SMEs; support for digital change management; promotion of
disruptive innovation and digital entrepreneurship; support for sectoral
digitalization; coordination and efficiency; and fostering digital innovation.
3.2. New Trends
As part of Spain's Digital Spain 2025 Agenda, eleven primary areas of reform andinvestment are laid out to revive the economy and reduce inequality, increase
productivity, capitalize on technology breakthroughs, and turn the public sector into a
digital economy. Because Europe is currently experiencing simultaneous digital andenvironmental revolutions, all aspects of society must come to terms with this transition
and find a way to make it compatible with constitutional principles, European goals, andthe protection of individual and collective rights.
The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable
Development all have a common thread, and this thread is proposed by Digital Spain
2025: a significant contribution to closing the various digital divides, which have grownwider in recent years for socioeconomic, gender-related, generational, geographical, andenvironmental reasons. During the first months of the Covid-19 pandemic, gaps in accessto and use of digital technologies became especially apparent, prompting the Spanish
government to take immediate action, such as providing half a million connected digital
devices to students affected by the digital divide as part of the digital learning program
Educa en Digital.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Spain's efforts to be ready for and invest in the country's digitalization have madetremendous progress. Two-tenths of a megahertz of the spectrum was awarded to
Vodafone, Orange, and Movistar in the long-delayed 700MHz auction. A 10 MHz chunkof the 3.5 GHz band was also allocated to Orange and Movistar. The estimated lifetimeof spectrum licenses in future auctions is 40 years. Following the testing of WDM
photonics meshes by Telefónica and Huawei in Madrid, photonics mesh transport
networks will have the capacity to handle transmission rates of up to 800Gb/s. Satelliteinternet service provider SpaceX is conducting a trial in Spain of its Starlink service.
485

Vodafone and Canalink proposed to extend a submarine cable from the Canary Islands tomainland Spain.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Spanish government's General Secretariat for Digital Administration (SGAD) has set
a three-year objective of 2021–2024 to build a new digital administration and informationand communication technology plan. The plan will be executed within the framework,aligned with Agenda 2030, its Sustainable Development Goals, and European initiatives
like the Digital Europe Programme 2021-2027, the OECD, and Spanish norms. The main
goals of the Plan are to strengthen SGA's coordination role in ICT, improve services for
citizens, create a unified model of data-centric organization, improve services for public
administration, reflect on and study opportunities presented by emerging technologies,
and implement a training program to improve public employees' digital skills. In addition,
the Plan would address the inadequacies noted in the eGovernment baseline, such as
mobile-friendliness, public participation, and cross-border mobility and accountability.
The Plan would be implemented.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The national eID card allows individuals to sign documents and contracts digitally. About
38 million Spaniards hold a DNIe card. By Article 9 of Law 39/2015, the administrative
branch of the government is required to acknowledge identifying systems founded onelectronic certificates that meet specific criteria and are issued by authorized trust service
providers. The PCSP (Plataforma de Contratación del Sector Pblico) is the principal
source of information on public sector contracts. It offers electronic notice, tendering, andawarding in one convenient package.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The eGovernment Portal is a resource that offers further details about the functioning of
Spain's electronic government at the present time. Through the use of the General View
Point, users have the opportunity to examine the Citizens' folder. This database compiles
all of the information the administration has collected over time about a particular
individual or business and places it in one convenient location. The Observatory for
eGovernment is a gathering place for public administration professionals interested in486gaining new perspectives and information about e-government in a consolidated location.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Coordinating the execution of a national e-government strategy is one of the
responsibilities of the Director of Information Technology for the State General
Administration. This role is somewhat analogous to that of the GCIO and fulfills afunction that is pretty similar. The public now has access to information regarding thechief information officer (CIO) training program offered by at least one educational
institution.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Due to the initiatives conducted by the Ministry of Economy and Digital Transformation,
government entities across Spain have been encouraged to embrace digitaltransformation. The Secretariat for Digitalization and Artificial Intelligence and theSecretariat for Telecommunications and Digital Infrastructures are the two State
Secretariats that fall under this Ministry's purview and are responsible for addressing
technical

concerns. The

Secretary of

State

for

DigitalInfrastructureandTelecommunications monitors the telecommunications sector and audiovisual services tobuild and maintain an information society. In addition to this responsibility, the agency is
entrusted with engaging in dialogue with the corporate community, the academic
community, and the research community, as well as coordinating and collaborating withother government authorities over this issue. To oversee the regulation of andparticipation in international efforts aimed at certifying and standardizing digital andtelecommunications infrastructure, the relevant Ministers of Policy have nominated new
Secretaries of State. These individuals will be responsible for the oversight of these
efforts.
The Spanish government has developed a plan as part of the country's Digital Agenda tofoster the expansion of natural language processing (NLP) and machine translation (MT)in Spanish and the other co-official languages. One of the goals is to improve both thevariety and quality of the resources provided in Spanish and the other national languages.
The government is acknowledged as a critical factor in this rising economy, and this effort
intends to reinvigorate the language business by fostering the flow of ideas between
487

university and industry.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
In Spain, the Red SARA government intranet is overseen by the Ministry of Economic
Affairs and Digital Transformation. Through the website 060.es, a toll-free phone line, ora network of local offices, individuals and businesses can communicate withadministrative agencies at any of the three levels of government. If customers'organizational requirements are to be met, support must be made available 24 hours a day,seven days a week. The number 060 has been allotted to replace the almost 600 current
phone numbers that the general public may use to get in touch with the federal
government. The Trans European Services for Telematics network is the one that Spain
relies on most often in order to facilitate digital communication between EU institutions,organizations, and the Member States.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]With a digital infrastructure network that is among the best in the world, leading
companies in key sectors (health, food and agriculture, mobility, tourism, and finance),
modern cities, and diverse and adaptable society, Spain is in an excellent position to tackle
the next phase of the country's digital transformation. Our nation is also very wellpositioned in terms of the digitization of government and has enormous potential for theuse of new technologies to information management and the execution of public policy.
To achieve the nation's goals, Spain has been a member of the Open Government
Partnership since it was established in 2011. Since then, Spain has produced three national
action plans, all of which have contributed to an improvement in democracy across thecountry. Spain has reinforced its commitment to consistently enhance openness andaccountability, public participation, and democracy via the establishment of this alliance.
The qualities of involvement and cooperation are ones that it promotes. This has takenplace within a sociopolitical context in which, concurrently with the organization ofgeneral, regional, and local elections, an expression of democratic normality, Spanish
society and its public institutions have also expressed their unequivocal intention toadvance in the fulfillment of the Sustainable Development Goals included in the 2030
Agenda. This has taken place within a sociopolitical scenario in which, concurrently with488

the organization of general, regional, and local elections, an expression of democratic
normality. The role of the government as a policy lever is critical to developing more fair,peaceful, and inclusive societies.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Individuals, the government, and enterprises are all affected by the protection of personal
data under Organic Law 03/2018, which went into effect on December 5, 2018. EU
Regulation 2016/679, approved by the European Parliament and Council on April 27th,is currently being revised. Regarding digital content governance, Title X offeredinformation on the digital rights and liberties that are inherently associated with the online
environment. Neutrality and universal access were among the rights enumerated, alongwith data security protections and digital media education. Also included in this title are
the rights to digital disconnection in employment privacy, the protection of minors online,
and the digital media freedom of expression and information clarification. Organic Law
3/2018 introduced minor amendments to Law 39/2015, enacted on October 1, 2015, andoutlined the Common Administrative Procedures of Public Administrations. These
amendments strengthened the role of the National Security Framework (ENS) 's role inprotecting personal data and made it simpler to adhere to the Once-Only principle.

4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]The Spanish government's Ministry of Science, Innovation, and Universities recently
unveiled a plan to advance the country's artificial intelligence research and development.
The development of the European framework for AI R&D relies heavily on the work donein Spain in this area. This method could coordinate and integrate national investments andpolicies as part of the National Artificial Intelligence Strategy. Investment from publicand commercial sectors will help disseminate these technologies across society and theeconomy. Regarding AI, teachers and workers in Spain need to learn new skills. This willlead to establishing a network of AI research institutions and creation a map of Spain's AI
capabilities for the government. Agents involved in RDI will have the opportunity to test
cutting-edge innovation before it hits the mainstream, and their input will be sought as a489

Code of Ethics for AI is developed.
The State Plan for Scientific and Technical Research and Innovation in Spain aims topromote talent and employability, create and enhance knowledge, and lead corporations
in R&D and innovation that is societally relevant. These are the overarching goals of theplan (R&D&I). The General State Administration's R&D&I activities are cross-cutting,requiring tight collaboration with the sectoral plans set by the several ministerial
ministries. These plans, such as the Connected Industry 4.0 Strategic Action and the
Health Strategic Plan, are rolled into a unified State Plan.

490

Sweden1.

General Information

Area:450,295 km2
Population: 10,565,116
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary
constitutional monarchy
GDP: $51,329
Internet User: 94.54
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 41.38
Wireless Broadband User: 128.99
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Sweden maintains its 12th place in this year's Waseda International digital government
rankings 2022 with a score of 82.997. There is a severe economic downturn in Sweden
because of the epidemic, despite the country's relatively modest separation measures and491

the government's prompt effort to safeguard its citizens. The public sector in Sweden ischaracterized by social ideals consistent with those of Swedish society. Decision-making
in the public sector is characterized by agreement and avoiding confrontation because of
the prevalence of these principles, which include consensus, teamwork, equality,
inclusiveness, and a temperate mindset. Culture plays a role in the coordination ofpolicymaking in Sweden, both at the national and public sector levels, and highlights thesignificant discretion given to agencies once an agreement is formed. Although this tone
has undeniable social and professional value, it may hinder the flexibility required toadapt to the growing importance of digital government by slowing the development of
more integrated methods and more precise direction.
To promote collaborative ways of debating and driving change in the Swedish public
sector, to involve a wider variety of players, and to convert the government into a platform
for value co-creation, the aforementioned societal ideals serve as an essential basis.
However, they may also obstruct effective decision-making, the need for clear and robust
policy leadership, and erect institutional impediments to the successful implementationof cooperation.
The Swedish government has a significant problem balancing fostering cooperation andensuring consistent conduct across its agencies. Reforming governance structures within
the consensus-based culture of the Swedish public sector is necessary. Sweden's egovernment has progressed thanks to the government's consistent efforts. Uncoordinatedprior IT initiatives at the agency level and specific sectors' objectives may be traced backto the government's unsteady institutional frameworks, which are insufficient for digital
governance. Since 1980, the e-institutional government's framework has varied fromagency-led to council-based governance approaches. These alterations have been madeto enhance inter-institutional cooperation by capitalizing on the consensus-based norms
in the Swedish government.
3.2. New Trends
The Swedish economy is recovering from the shock of the COVID-19 disaster, but
dangers persist. To revitalize employment and develop a lasting recovery, it will beessential to go forward with a labor reform that facilitates adaptability to a rapidly
492

changing economic environment and to invest in digital skills and infrastructure.
The Swedish government has a plan for digital transformation in which digitalization isrecognized. This policy aims to "become the global leader in leveraging the prospects ofdigital transformation." The process of digitization in Sweden has been successful in thepast. On the other hand, digitalizing government agencies has just recently started. It
might be difficult for any institution to get all of the advantages of digitization. Whendeveloping software, the public sector has some particular obstacles. When acquiring
specialized information technology services, a government agency may discover that it is
the only buyer in the market for such services. This is because government agencies often
have demanded that any other player does not share. In addition, there are occasions whenjust a few service providers on the market provide services tailored specifically for the
public sector, limiting the number of possibilities available for procurement and sourcing.
Previous research on Swedish GovAgs indicates that general software process
improvement and scaling have been underway in recent years. However, there is no
overview of the present state of practice in the GovAgs' software projects.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
In 2022, Sweden's NIP scored 7.864, which put the nation in the sixth position in the
NIP's Waseda rankings. To achieve the objectives outlined in its broadband plan, theSwedish government has focused on three key areas: the roles and regulations governing
the broadband market, the cost-effective growth of broadband infrastructure and services,and universal broadband access. The broadband plan A Completely Connected Sweden
by 2025 states that meeting the needs of its citizens, whether they reside in urban,
suburban, or rural settings, must be the top priority. Sweden is dedicated to becoming a
global leader in developing 5G technology. The Nordic-Baltic collaboration on 5G,
carried out within the Nordic Council of Ministers' framework, is one example of this.
The prime ministers of the Nordic countries signed a statement on fifth-generation mobile
networks in May of this year to make the area the most advanced and integrated into theworld. The ministers of digitization in the Nordic and Baltic countries have established aunified action plan for the expedited implementation of 5G technology towards this end.
493

4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Swedish government prioritized an integrated approach emphasizing economic
growth, full employment, and long-term resilience. To become a world leader in taking
advantage of digital transformation, the following goals are included in the plan:
improving citizens' digital literacy, raising public trust and confidence in digital services,
fostering digital innovation, and guaranteeing universal access to digital opportunities.
To improve the ability of its departments to collaborate, the Swedish government
established "Putting the Citizen at the Center." These days, consumers and businesses
benefit from the increased availability of the most popular online services. They shouldbe accessible to everyone, simple to use, and risk-free. Facilitating access to and using
public information and digital services has sparked innovation. Transparency and citizen
involvement have been simplified by the widespread availability of government data on
the internet and social media. Integrating information management, bolstering data
security, and automating operations have contributed to a higher quality of government
administration.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Swedish government released the national biometric electronic ID card. It won't
replace paper IDs. You can't enter Schengen without it, and you can't go without it. In
addition, a traditional microchip is incorporated.
E-procurement services are provided via a digital procurement system developed by
vendors that focus on specific aspects of the digital procurement process. The central eprocurement authority is accountable for ensuring service quality instead of creating asingle online hub for government purchasing. There is a wide selection of independently
operated websites, some of which focus specifically on government contracts.
When most Swedes stop using paper money, the Riksbank, the country's central bank,will ensure the payment system continues to work smoothly and safely. eKronas, a digitalcurrency backed by the government, may be used by the general public. Riksbank's
eKrona program prompted this inquiry. The team has reached out to domestic and foreigngroups to get their feedback on the eKrona. The credibility of these middlemen depends
on the Riksbank's continued capacity to issue eKronas.
494

4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The national portal in Sweden may be found on the official website of the Swedish
government and all of its agencies. The website provides information on current
government laws and initiatives, ministerial actions, and explains how Sweden's decisionmaking process works.
Geodata.se is the website you should visit if you are interested in learning more about
Sweden's geographic information system. The Geodataportalen is a national registry ofgeographical data services that allows customers to search for data, examine it, and evendownload it. Through the Geodataportalen database, which is managed by the Sveriges
data portal, the European Commission's Inspire Geoportal may be accessed. Sveriges data
portal is Sweden's open data portal. The Swedish organization responsible for cadastre
and land registration, Landmateriet, is in charge of coordinating the Swedish geographic
data infrastructure.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
It would seem that there is a Chief Information Officer (CIO) at each level of government;
however, their titles and responsibilities may vary in each ministry somewhat.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The national government of Sweden has lofty plans to serve as worldwide leader inincreasing digitization throughout the provisions of the public sector, and they have laid
forth a plan to achieve this goal. The Swedish government and the Swedish Associationof Local Authorities and Regions came to an agreement in 2016 on a joint vision called"Vision e-Health 2025," which stated that Sweden should become "the best country in theworld at seizing the opportunities offered by digitalization" within the realm of health andsocial services by the year 2025. Even though Sweden's public sector is ranked 12th whenit comes to digital maturity, the country has risen to the front of the pack in terms ofconnection and internet usage, placing it in second place among the 28 member states of
the EU in the year 2020. As a result, efforts to improve the digitization of the public sector
have acquired a new emphasis, which has led the Swedish government to allocate two
hundred million Swedish crowns to increase the digitalization of the public sector
between the years 2021 and 2023.
495

At the moment, Sweden does not have a central knowledge management system that isboth effective and efficient. Many governments around the nation have joined forces toestablish a platform for the collaborative use of sharing best practices and increasing theusage of eGovernment at the local level. Over the previous 15 years, one-third of themunicipalities in Sweden have worked together on more than 30 different projects toprovide basic functionality, platforms, and a standard design for municipal eServices via
the pooling of their resources. This platform enables the active exchange of digitizationand change management knowledge.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Individuals and companies will have a far more extensive selection of available
possibilities when connecting to public electronic services through the internet. As partof the revised national eHealth vision for Sweden, it was intended that all health anddental data of people in the country who are 16 years old or older would be accessible toanybody in the country.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Sweden's government has released a digital transformation plan to " become the global
leader in exploiting the prospects of digital transformation," which acknowledges theimportance of digitalization. When it comes to digitization, Sweden has a solid trackrecord. However, digitizing GovAgs is still in its early stages, and it is difficult for any
company to realize digital transformation's advantages fully. The public sector has its own
set of issues that are specific to software development. And there are sometimes just a
few vendors who provide services tailored to the public sector, restricting procurement
and sourcing possibilities.
The difficulty for contemporary municipal governments, notably in Sweden, is how tomake their data available, identify which data will be most beneficial for their end users,and for what social reasons. The literature in this area seems to be a heterogeneous mixof technical project reports and academic studies of OG, OGD, big data, and the role theyplay in the economy and democracy as a whole, with a particular focus on issues of data
quality and ethics. However, developing evidence-based policies to facilitate the rollout
of open government data projects at the municipal level seems to have received less focus.
496

While governments have continuously gathered and analyzed data to serve theirconstituents better, they now must consider how best to convey and make accessible theinformation and data already in their possession. While the availability of agency
resources is regarded as a primary barrier to making OGD public, the data must be madeavailable in various forms to accommodate a wide range of user needs.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Swedish government agencies face formidable challenges in digital work, cooperation,and cyber security. They walk a fine line between regulations that safeguard people's
privacy, laws that ensure the kingdom's safety, and a system that permits workers tomaximize productivity. Our product, Outpost Collaboration, is based on the same
premise.
As the need for remote labor emerged overnight in the wake of the epidemic, theauthorities' comfort zone shrank further. The officers then demonstrated digital flexibility
using existing resources like Skype/Teams. The Swedish government is an admirable
model. They decided to critically assess Skype while adopting it to adapt to the newcircumstances brought on by the epidemic.
There exist favorable circumstances for data storage that worldwide behemoths havechosen to build their data centers in Sweden, making us one of the world's most connectednations. Combined efforts from many agencies resulted in a detailed report on theinvestigation into the incident. In their opinion, the tried-and-true methods no longer
work. The IT systems used by the government to protect residents' data and the kingdom's
physical security must evolve as the world outside does.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Sweden's ability to employ digital technology to promote long-term economic growthincreased productivity, and societal progress is unparalleled. Sweden is dedicated to using
AI and IoT to tackle social problems while maintaining core values like transparency,
cooperation, and honesty. Small and medium-sized Swedish enterprises (SMEs) areamong the world's leaders in e-commerce and online sales growth.
When measured as a percentage of GDP, the ICT sector is one of the country's most497

important contributors. Only Ireland has a more significant percentage of value added
related to computers and software. Moreover, a quarter of a million Swedes work for ICT
firms directly, and that number swells significantly when one includes the numerous
individuals whose jobs have digitalizing other sectors. Statistics Sweden reports that thedigital industry contributes 5.8% of GDP and employs over a quarter of a million people
directly in ICT enterprises; this figure increases dramatically when other sectors areincluded. One in ten Stockholmers are used in the digital technology industry, and this
proportion is rising rapidly throughout the country, necessitating a larger pool of foreign
workers to complement the existing collection of Swedish specialists.

498

Switzerland

1.

General Information

Area:41,284 km2
Population: 8,753,776
Government Type: Federal semi-direct democracy under a multi-party assemblyindependent directorial republic
GDP: $86,007
Internet User: 94.2
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 46.54
Wireless Broadband User: 101.48
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development:
In the 2022 Waseda rankings, Switzerland scored at 16 position with 81.167. To save timeand effort for the government, the economy, and the general public, the Swiss government
has developed a solid e-government approach. Businesses may use e-governance offices499

to accomplish a variety of administrative tasks online. The pandemic highlights thesignificance of digital communication channels, such as websites, online stores, social
media accounts, CRM systems, etc. Organizations cease to exist if employees cannot
access vital records, files, databases, and schedules online. These days, you may schedule
your trip to a museum, a mountain train, a fitness center, or an outdoor swimming poolentirely online to maintain a comfortable level of social distancing. Switzerland
appreciates these systems for their insights into their operations and how they smooth out
seasonal fluctuations in visitor numbers.
These interfaces reduce their burden and enable them to devote more time to criticalbusiness processes. Documents formerly transmitted from one government agency toanother in writing before reaching government customers must now be completed andsent electronically. The Swiss approach to e-government emphasizes the usability ofadministrative operations. Without any compatibility issues, information must be able toflow directly from customers to the appropriate offices and subsequently to the archives.
Universally agreed standards are necessary for the management of data and digital
documents in a manner that is both reliable and well-organized.
The federal government, the cantons, and the municipalities of Switzerland all share thegoal of promoting electronic transactions from the private sector. However, the federal
government also has the goal of encouraging its own departments to digitallycommunicate and modernize their processes. Additionally, the bulk of contacts with the
Swiss government, both those that are normal and those that are complicated, should befeasible through online channels. In order to accomplish this objective, uniform
approaches need to be put into place at all levels of the federal government. In addition,
the planning software has to be completely open and continuously updated so that users
can easily keep track of all events. Every person has the same chance to utilize the egovernment services that have been developed by the competent authorities in the sameway.
3.2. New Trends
The importance of cables, hardware, software, and platforms to modern life, including
labor, consumption, culture, research, communication, and democratic discussion, has
500been glaringly apparent during the last several months. Non-investment in a digital
infrastructure is costing people and businesses dearly. The epidemic serves as a wake-up
call to enhance this system. As government operations become increasingly digital andmore data is collected, the question of what checks and balances can be put in place toprevent the rise of a surveillance state while still encouraging its growth and providing
networking opportunities for its proponents becomes more pressing. To sum up, Covid19 allows us to reevaluate the value of collaboration across several sectors, including
business, society, politics, and the sciences. Where private businesses cannot address
societal issues, this approach is essential. The next six months will call for digitalfoundation work rather than big data and AI.
Electronic licensing, application, and registration processes must be more straightforward
to reduce bureaucracy. Government electronic services are becoming increasingly
popular in the economy owing to their simplicity and customer-centered design, as wellas the digitalization of processes. The Federal Council sees e-government as an essential
part of the growth agenda. E-government aims to make government as effective and open
to the public as possible by using information and communication technologies. The
government must supply everything electronically instead of transferring it from one
office to another and then to the customer.
The importance of knowing services and processes is emphasized in Switzerland's EGovernment Strategy. The uninterrupted delivery of data from the client to the authorities
and, ultimately, to the archives is required. There is a need for common standards for theorderly and safe handling of electronic data and documents. The State Secretariat for
Economic Affairs (SECO) SME Policy Section is hastening the use of electronic
government services by small and medium-sized firms (SMEs). SECO has acted in thisrole regarding the eGovernment Switzerland project since 2008. The 2020-2023
implementation plan's execution aim of "expanding EasyGov.ch" is the responsibility of
SECO.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Switzerland is one of the most advanced countries in the world because it has
501accomplished several substantial breakthroughs in the sector of infrastructure
preparedness compared to other countries, making it one of the most advanced countries
in the world. The following are examples of some of them:-

The establishment of requirements for 5G towers was intended to accelerate thedeployment of network equipment. Swiss Fiber Net has inked a deal with Salt toextend its FttP footprint, while Swisscom has discontinued its GSM network.

-

The USO division of Swisscom has improved its baseline internet speed.

4.2. Management Optimization [MO]With a Waseda score of 11.800 for its MO in 2022, Switzerland ranks 5th. Informationand communication technology (ICT) usage is evolving in personal and professional
contexts. The new opportunities are being used to foster growth in society and theeconomy, building on established processes and modes of engagement. Transformation
is occurring throughout all facets of society, including public administration. It takes
information and communications technology to provide modern, service-oriented results.
Due to Switzerland's federal structure, there are usually many government agencies
engaged in processing a single visit to the authorities. Moreover, agencies within the samestate often provide the same services.
Consequently, digitizing administrative offerings calls for tight collaboration and, at thesame time, presents a significant opportunity for learning from one another's mistakes. In
light of this, the Swiss federal government and the cantons outline and communities in
the Swiss e-government plan 2020-2023, outlining the digital objectives they are pursuing
jointly and the key areas of activity in the digital transformation of administration andcontrol. The federal government, the Cantons, and the local level must work together tomanage the digital transition; thus, attention should be paid to those areas.
4.3. Online Service [OS]This year, Switzerland first ranked in OS criteria, with an overall score of 11.760. The
Swiss government has been establishing online services to assist small and medium-sizedbusinesses complete administrative processes more efficiently. Its goal is to implement egovernance or the computerization of previously paper-based administrative procedures.
The corporate administration platform EasyGov.swiss was launched, a user-friendly way
502

for small and medium-sized companies (SMEs) and business owners to meet theiradministrative needs while focusing on their core business. EasyGov gives users accessto government-supplied online services like EasyGov - services offered. By the end of2023, the most common administrative procedures will be accessible on EasyGov.swiss,
and companies will be able to perform them online.
Several instances of completed e-government initiatives are as follows:-

E-invoice is a safe method of paying bills online.

-

E-dec web is a web-based tool that allows you to complete customs declarations.

-E-trademark is a platform that enables the registration of trademarks through theInternet.

-

Simap.ch is a website that provides the Swiss government with public bid requests.

4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The website www.admin.ch is Switzerland's official website. It serves as Switzerland's
electronic business card and is the principal source of information in French, German,
Italian, and Romansh from the federal, cantonal, and local administrations. This website
is organized into parts depending on the target population. It contains, among other things,
dossiers on significant themes and current events and a comprehensive directory ofadministrative authorities for the whole country.
Access to all of the departments and services of the Swiss government may be gained via
the administrative website admin.ch. It gives corporations and people instant access toseven government ministries, the federal offices connected with those ministries, and theFederal Chancery, Parliament, and federal courts. As a direct consequence, Switzerland's
NPR earned 8.000 points, placing it first in the Waseda rankings for 2022.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Switzerland has established a structure and agencies for government Chief Information
Officers at the national and municipal levels. This is both a development and an
improvement in digital governance. In the realm of education, there are no programs thatare specifically designed to train Chief Information Officers (CIOs). However, MBAprograms focus on information technology and educate highly qualified workers who,among other things, have CIO capabilities.
503

4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]Electronic signatures are used in Switzerland for items that don't need to be written.
Electronic signatures have a greater probative value than handwritten signatures since
they are simpler to prove legitimate. These signatures need a third-party trust service
provider to deal with a complex infrastructure. Two laws in Switzerland regulate
electronic signatures. The FAES covers four electronic signatures, provides guidelines
for how service providers may employ certification services using electronic signatures,and outlines the provider's obligations and rights while providing certification services.
The Swiss Code of Obligations (CO) specifies a digital signature based on a certificate is
the same as a handwritten signature, provided it's validated and produced by an accredited
Swiss certification services provider. Swisscom (Schweiz) AG, QuoVadis Trustlink
Schweiz AG, SwissSign AG, and the Federal Office of Information Technology, Systems
and Telecommunication are the only accredited bodies. The Swiss Civil Procedure Codeholds RES and QES providers liable for any loss or harm caused by a valid certificate.
Under Swiss procedural law, provided by the Swiss Civil Procedure Code, Swiss courts
are allowed to decide how to consider evidence, and the law gives no evidence greater
weight than others. An electronic signature can't be thrown out of court or barred frombeing used as evidence because it's electronic or doesn't fulfill the qualifications for acertified electronic signature (QES). Using an SES or AES requires the signer to provethe document's integrity. SES, AES, and RES may not be denied legal effect andadmission as evidence, but they won't be considered the same as a Handwritten signature.
In Switzerland, a handwritten signature is only authorized with a QES and a stamp.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Digital Public Services Switzerland will support the projects in 2022 to use newtechnologies to develop regional cooperation and create new electronic channels forpolitical and administrative engagement. As part of its digital strategy, the Swiss
municipality of Uster, canton of Zurich, is constructing a new website. It incorporates its
stakeholders in the early stages of the design and development of its online services tomaximize the advantages and assure widespread adoption. In addition to analog
involvement methods, the public will be largely engaged via digital participation options.
504

Uster is also examining more thoroughly how to optimally mix analog and digital kindsof engagement. The results will be shared with other towns, cities, municipalities, andcantons. A methodology for e-participation initiatives and the user-centric design ofdigital channels will be established.
In particular, the COVID-19 epidemic has made it increasingly difficult to gather physicalsignatures for referendums and initiatives. E-collecting is a continuation of the digital
revolution of administrations and procedures. The project "e-collecting for cantonal
signature collections" will first evaluate, as part of the research, what prerequisites mustbe established to allow e-collecting in the canton. Among other things, the usage of the
SwissID for electronic identification will be investigated. In addition to a technologicalexamination, the research will analyze the organizational and legal prerequisites for using
e-collecting. The purpose of the study is to provide a foundation for using e-collecting in
Basel Landschaft and other cantons.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]Open government data (OGD) is publicly available and unprotected public sector data.
SFOE implements OGD Strategy 2019–2023 and "open data by default." The SFOE
releases fresh data on the Swiss Open Government Data site (opendata.swiss) and tries toimprove its quality and accessibility. It was stated that towns and municipalities have theopportunity to publish their electronic services on the enhanced e-Governance portal andthat a significant contribution of the program is raising awareness of the importance of eGovernance, developing the regulatory framework at the local level, and acquiring
practical skills to provide e-Services.
As part of the public information campaign implemented throughout Serbia, eServices
were promoted on public squares, and over 1,800 citizens could directly and quickly
access certain rights and services through the e-Governance portal. Approximately one
million people were informed via social media about the benefits of using eServices andopen data.
The mission of Digital Public Services Switzerland (DPSS) is to guide and coordinate
digitalization initiatives at the federal, cantonal, and municipal levels. On January 1, 2022,
the coordinating body officially began its mission. The Confederation and the cantons
have authorized its establishment and assigned it specific duties by the "public-law
505

framework agreement on Digital Public Services Switzerland." The Swiss federal
government's Digital Public Services operates on a four-year strategic cycle to fulfill thegovernment's digital transformation process. The operational actions are included in therolling implementation plan. It lays forth the primary functions of the project and theservice. Each year, changes are made to the implementation strategy. Switzerland's Digital
Public Services also acts as a third-party auditor for other organizations' efforts.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
It is anticipated that Russia's aggression against Ukraine would have enduring effects onnational and international security policy. The security of Switzerland continues to be
defined mainly by the intensifying competition between great powers. For preventative
actions to be taken, the Federal Intelligence Service's (FIS) capacity to predict, detect,and analyze risks and developments of strategic relevance to Switzerland is essential. The
FIS situation report details the most significant intelligence developments over the lastyear.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
A group of D-Government experts from Switzerland's Confederation, as well as cantons,
municipalities, and affiliated enterprises, came up with the cloud computing plan as a way
to support the D-Government Strategy. A team produced this strategy. This paper lays out
recently discovered choices as well as the necessary steps to take to implement them.
The Federal Council of Switzerland published research on the ongoing evolution of thefederal regulatory framework, which included blockchain, fintech, and other distributed
ledger technologies. The Federal Council has established an internal working committee
inside the United States Federal Government to investigate artificial intelligence. Thisinstitution is chaired by the State Secretariat for Education, Research, and Innovation,
which also maintains Switzerland's position in international organizations, promotes theexchange of information and opinions and facilitates research and development. The
Department of Environment, Transport, Energy, and Communication has developed an
action plan to assist cantons, municipalities, and towns in developing "Smart Cities."506

Taiwan1.

General Information

Area: 36,193 km2
Population: 23,900,681
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $28,010
Internet User: 89
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 25.4
Wireless Broadband User: 115.94
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total score of 85.3311, Taiwan owns the 9th position on the Waseda ranking 2022.
There is a prevalent belief on a global scale that Taiwan punches above its weight intechnology, industry, and innovations in government. The Taiwanese government has
always understood that the nation's continuing independence is contingent upon a better507

strategy, with economic expansion, technical innovation, and institutional flexibility at its
heart. In an attempt to replicate the best of the West, the Taiwanese government madeconcerted efforts during the 20th century to develop an indigenous industrial foundation
and, subsequently, an indigenous "Silicon Valley" on top of it. Ironically, these efforts
have now exceeded the West and produced a high-trust, technically savvy administrationand society that can apply the same open-mindedness and strategic thinking required forforeign policy to domestic challenges.
Taiwan is one of the world nations to notice and react to the expanding epidemic, due inpart to a top government health official reading a post on Taiwan's most popular internet
message board concerning a new illness spreading from China. This may be a humorous
narrative in other situations, but in Taiwan, it exemplifies why Taiwan's pandemic
reaction was so remarkably successful compared to that of most other nations. The
country's success with COVID was due not only to the government's response but also to
the productive interactions between centralized state institutions and civil society.
The information on COVID-19 was swiftly disseminated over the whole of the internet
in Taiwan, where it was carefully watched by both regular individuals and officials of thegovernment. As a reaction, those who call themselves "civic hackers" collaborated closelywith the government to build resources that would assist individuals in avoiding infection
and preparing for the pandemic. These resources included real-time infection maps andbots that would counteract disinformation. Existing centralized efforts, such as integrating
data from the national health insurance program with institutions dealing with customs
and immigration, online reporting of personal data, and the establishment of a national
Command Center for disease control, as well as rapidly developed new ones, such as
tracking cell phones, ramping up production of masks, and quarantine procedures.
3.2. New trends
As digital technology advances rapidly and aims to revolutionize and empower every
aspect of our lives, the next decade is poised to be a turning point. The energy transition
must address concerns resulting from human activity, such as climate change. Engineers
and scientists must collaborate to integrate technology into daily life. All sectors, frombasic research to applied research and industry, must be integrated to respond quickly to508

fast and dramatic societal changes. The worldwide pandemic is a problem because it hasaltered the IoT landscape by accelerating the rate of digital transformation. However, theepidemic has also allowed Taiwan to showcase its exceptional technologists and industrial
chains. Taiwan has been able to safeguard public life and industrial operations during thelast year due to governmental and private initiatives. Despite recent instability, thenumber of cases has dropped due to the community's dedication and international
assistance.
Green energy is an important issue that is now being investigated in Taiwan. Before 2016,
green energy was just a minor part of the picture. The new administration subsequently
introduced new eco-friendly policies, with the minister anticipating that around 20 GW
of solar energy would be accessible by 2025. The price of electric cars is relatively high,but they will significantly contribute to the energy shift. Electric mobility is a crucial
driver of the energy transition, and it is anticipated that this will result in a rise in the
demand for electricity supplied from renewable sources. This indicates that the need forflexible electrical systems is developing rapidly. As the smart grid and renewable energy
increase, energy storage will play a crucial role in the sector. As the cost of energy storage
decreases, several technologies will find a place in backup and time-shifting applications.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
With a total score of 8.002 out of 10, Taiwan was able to earn the position of fifth placein this year's NIP rankings.
The spread of the epidemic is hastening the transition to digital technology. The pandemicpresents several obstacles and possibilities to rethink the process of developing
technologies and managing supply chains. For the most part, Taiwan has been able towithstand the devastation caused by COVID-19 due to efforts made over the last year byboth the governmental and private sectors.
Taiwan has shown its capabilities and knowledge in various fields, including public healthand digital technology. Because the government operates under the philosophy that
"Taiwan can assist," it has been sharing its pandemic experiences and resources withforeign partners. As a result, many people from other countries learn about Taiwan. The
epidemic is a problem for Taiwan, but it also presents a chance for the country to showcase509

its exceptional technological personnel and industrial chains.
In the world that will exist after the pandemic, Taiwan will place its primary emphasis on
the following six main industries: precision healthcare, digital transformation,
semiconductors, space, and 5G/6G Internet infrastructure. Taiwan has placed a significant
emphasis on digital regulations and will be focusing on emerging technologies such as
blockchain and the Internet of Things (IoT) in the next few years. Everything will beinterconnected, and digital technology will be central to all aspects of life. Because of theepidemic, Taiwan has to pick up the pace to make even more rapid progress in digitaltransformation.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Taiwan intends to implement a state-level transformation strategy to grow its
government, industry, talent, and society. The National Development Council (NDC) has
established the "Digital Government Program 2.0 of Taiwan (2020-2025)" to expedite theimplementation of different reaction measures to promote the digital transformation of
the government. NDC will adhere to the plan's strategy for coordinating theimplementation of multiple ministries, enhancing the transformation of cross-domain
service processes based on the people's demands, and using a secure and dependable datatransmission platform for interagency data sharing. The government will continue tocontribute to the following endeavors:-

Enhance the digital infrastructure surrounding all government agencies: With thematuration of Internet technology and the widespread adoption and application of
5G wireless broadband communications, we will continue to invest in the digital
infrastructure and support the innovative service operations of the government.

-

NDC will aggressively support the data management measures of public agencies,prioritize the improvement of data standards, data interface standards, etc., andattach significance to the release of high-value data, such as map information,transportation data, and other data sets. It is vital to develop a method for the
public to apply data and clarify the rights and responsibilities associated with data
usage.

-

Implement governance choices based on evidence: The government's digitaltransformation is illustrated through the use of data-driven policy decisions to510

enhance the effectiveness of government governance. In the future, big data
analysis will be used to address governance concerns and react swiftly to external
threats.
-

Construct data-driven public administration: By analyzing data to determine therequirements of the populace, integrating government resources to assist the
populace in resolving life's challenges, and taking the initiative to suggest actions
for the populace. In the future, digital applications will employ data to drive thetransformation of services, making data the central component of services.

4.3. Online Service [OS]In the year 2022, Taiwan's operating system received a score of 11.400, which placed thecountry in the 2nd position in the Waseda rankings for OS. Taiwan has proved for decadesthat it is among the world's leaders in establishing e-government technologies that
increase the population's efficiency, transparency, and representation. This has beenadequately proved by Taiwan's reaction to the COVID-19 epidemic, which reliedsignificantly on these e-government services and was among the finest in the world.
Specifically, Taiwan has distinguished itself by applying for digital advances in all facetsof government using a government-wide strategy. Its innovative approach to ICT has led
to increased civic engagement and the partial eradication of the conventional divide
between the government and the public. Taiwan has built a more responsive, effective
policy formulation and execution process that other societies with comparable people
resources may use by enabling the government to utilize the latent ICT skillsets of its
inhabitants. Specifically, India, which has a big national pool of skilled programmers, will
gain greatly from developing its e-government efforts using the Taiwanese model.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The Digital Government Program in Taiwan aims to "provide one stop digital services"and build a diverse collaborative work environment. These are two of its most important
objectives. To meet the market's needs and make the country more competitive, there isan increased emphasis on providing digital services for areas of concern to the generalpublic, such as education and medical care. To this point, the implementation of egovernment projects by the government has resulted in significant improvements, not511

only in quantity but also in the quality of the services provided by the government. Using
the My e-Government single portal website, users may now submit requests for more than
25,000 different types of government services. Because of the deployment of integrated
data centers, the total number of machine rooms and data centers has decreased by around44.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Taiwan's GCIO comprises the Deputy Ministers and Chief Secretaries of several cabinetlevel government agencies. Convener of the National Information and Communications
Initiative Committee (NICI) is the GCIO in the Executive Yuan. CIOs at the ministerial
level is responsible for driving business process re-engineering, coordinating the use ofbusiness and ICT resources, and reporting directly to the minister. As a consequence of
this, Taiwan's GCIO received 7.273 points and was placed ninth overall in the Waseda
rankings for 2022.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
The tendency of all governments, including Taiwan's, has been toward digital government,
data governance, and enhancing the impetus for national growth as the globe has entered
the digital era. The idea of "digital government" refers to how data and digital technology
may help the government provide better services to citizens and businesses. Taiwan's
government optimizes the quality of governance decision-making by using data as thefoundation, making good use of digital technology, strengthening government efficiency
and national security, and combining government services with people's needs.
The role of information and communication technology in Taiwan's public governancehas developed from the early management of public affairs to the current innovative
governance efficiency. It will gradually change to the development goal of creating public
service value in the future. This is in line with the development trend of digital
governments in advanced countries. The strategy for the ongoing promotion of digital
government involves using new technology to streamline the delivery of public services,
reinvent how they are delivered to the public, and fulfill their requirements. It should be
no surprise that Taiwan holds the ninth spot in the Waseda rankings 2022 in terms of EP
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
512

The Smart Government Action Program with the following three objectives "integrationof service functions, cutting-edge smart services, Transparency of open data, maximum
added-value application Link to governance network, top-notch decision-making "However, only four of the seven strategies for fostering open government data, public
involvement and social innovation, integrated service functions, and intelligent service
have been fully implemented. The additional steps are to "develop a regulatory
adjustment platform," "deploy privacy protection monitoring," and "boost data security
defense in depth." The channels of information and cooperation in public policymaking
need to be broadened.
The local administration should make use of the internet forum. It is now being used by
the National Audit Office and all Taiwanese special municipalities, including Hualien andHsinchu. The public's involvement helped solve 55 people's livelihood problems, such as
the growing restriction on single-use tableware, the opening of fishing ports to fishermen,
and the reform of mountain climbing application procedures.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The government will continue to lead different agencies in using data to streamline theinteraction between the government and the public, cut down on duplicative
administrative processes and wasteful use of resources, and bring about tangible
government services for the people. The government must design government services
from the perspective of diverse topics and, according to external requirements, carry out
inter-agency integration of digital services to establish the "people's needs driving service
reform" digital transformation model.
Despite Taiwan's exclusion from the international Open Government Partnership, thegovernment in Taiwan is working to implement an open government and parliament plan.
This plan includes implementing "participation officers" to increase openness andtransparency across all government agencies. This is an impressive aspect of Taiwan. The
strength of civic hacking communities in Taiwan, such as g0v and other techorganizations, as well as the government's receptivity to the mobilization of civil society
in such a manner, is an excellent aspect of the country. The aspects of Taiwan that are
most impressive are not digital at all; instead, it is the fact that a critical mass of513

individuals and government effort is being spent on gradually developing channels of
discussion. Waseda's rankings for 2022 placed Taiwan in the sixth position, with a total
score of 9.400 points, due to all of the work and investment in OGD.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The global industrial environment has changed recently due to the cross-generational,
cross-border, cross-domain, and virtual-real developments that the digital economy has
pushed. Additionally, with the emergence of the digital economy and the Internet ofThings (IoT) era, the promotion of the national information security development plan in
the following stage must guarantee digital security from the viewpoint of information
security. This requires building a sound industrial ecosystem, accelerating industrial
innovation, optimizing the industrial structure, and coordinating with the direction of
information security and national security policies. In this regard, the National
Information and Communication Security Council of the Executive Yuan proposed the"National Information and Communication Security Development Plan (106-109), whichaims to strengthen the development of information security independence while
enhancing overall information security protection mechanisms. Self-directed energy andthe development of top information security professionals.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Taiwan's efforts to strengthen its ICT sector are well-timed, given that the global market
is very competitive. The island began its venture into ICT in 1974 with the assistance ofa large American electronics company and was a minor participant at the time. Taiwan ismaking significant waves in the area. Indeed, the country's industrial prowess and thetenacity of its people have made it a beehive of invention. Foreign and domestic investors
find a fruitful environment for the development of technology.
According to OpenGov Asia, a recent example of this is the ambition of a large
manufacturer to make Taiwan a launching pad for innovative digital healthcare gadgets
in Asia. The country's competent workforce and degree of competitiveness should not be
an issue despite the many obstacles.

514

Thailand

1.

General Information

Area: 513,120 km2
Population:71,723,383
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $6,978
Internet User: 76.2
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 32.4
Wireless Broadband User: 124.9
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
Thailand received a total score of 78,098 on Waseda International's digital government
rankings for 2022, placing it in 22nd place globally. According to the World Bank's latest
Thailand Economic Monitor, "Living with COVID in a Digital World," released today,
economic activity in Thailand has returned after being severely damaged by a rise of
COVID-19 cases in the third quarter of 2021 and is predicted to expand by 1.0 percent
515this year. A more competitive economy and a speedier recovery from the COVID-19
outbreak might be possible outcomes of greater use of digital technology in the future.
With improvements in vaccination rates and a subsequent uptick in tourist arrivals, theeconomy is predicted to recover by the end of 2022 fully. In 2022, growth is expected torise to 3.9%, and in 2023, to 4.3%, thanks to a pick-up in the service sector. The present
rate of vaccination, about 750,000 per day, and the lack of a further recurrence of COVID19 are both factors that should boost consumer confidence and foreign tourist confidence.
Inequality disparities, economic and financial instability, and a new wave of identity
politics are some of the complex global policy problems that governments must face today.
Distrust is a significant obstacle in the development of public-private partnerships.
Additionally, individuals have become increasingly outspoken and demanding in their
expectations for government openness, honesty, and accountability in all areas of public
service delivery. Pressures from the increasingly digitalized world in which people live,
work, and interact add another layer to an already complex problem. This means the
public sector must undergo a digital transformation.
Thailand and other Southeast Asian (SEA) governments are now reevaluating how public
policies and services are developed and provided to meet these demands. This necessitates
not only accepting and being prepared to overcome the related policy design andimplementation challenges of open and connected government reforms, which improve
the quality of public policies and services, make the state more efficient and effective,
and bring it closer to its citizens, but also acknowledging that doing so improves thequality of public policies and services.
3.2. New Trends
In the long run, a more competitive economy might aid Thailand's recovery from the
COVID-19 outbreak thanks to the country's embrace of digital technology. As a result of
the prolonged limitations on movement, the pandemic has seen a rise in the usage ofdigital devices and the use of digital services. Businesses' use of digital technology has
been connected to growth in trade and output. Because of the cheap transaction costs andthe ease with which small businesses may enter new markets, online trade has become
more significant for micro, small, and medium-sized enterprises (MSMEs) in Thailand.
516

Enhancing the Quality of Life, Improving Business Competitiveness, Strengthening
Public Stability and Security, Promoting Government Efficiency, and Integrating andBuilding Digital Government Infrastructure are the five strategies outlined in the Thailand
Digital Government Development Plan (2017 – 2021).
Strategy 1 : Elevating Citizen’s Quality of Life
Strategy 2 : Enhancing the Capacity of the Business Sector’s Competitiveness
Strategy 3 : Increasing National Security and Public Safety
Strategy 4 : Improving Government Efficiency
Strategy 5 : Developing the Capacity to Support Government Services
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
Much like other nations, Thailand places a significant emphasis on its economic policies
to take advantage of the new and developing economic opportunities presented by thedigital economy. To this point, modifications have been made to action plans and policy
responses at the national level and across all government departments. The Thai Digital
Economy and Society Development Plan is a digital blueprint jointly developed by the
Ministry of Information and Communication (MICT) and the Ministry of Science andTechnology (MOST). This plan is intended to revolutionize how the government does
business, how businesses operate, and how people live their lives in relation to Thailand's
digital economy. Not only have policies that are directly relevant to the digital economy,
but strategic investment plans and other decrees have also been adopted to drive economicchange.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]Public services, economic growth, citizen engagement and participation are all areas
where Thailand sees open and digital government policies as having the ability to makea difference. Ambitious open government initiatives may help restore faith in governmentand revitalize democracy if they are crafted and carried out with care. Medium- and longterm development goals, such as providing public value to citizens and businesses
through digital and open government initiatives, are articulated in instruments like the 20517

Year National Strategy (2018-2037), the National Economic and Social Development
Plan, and the Thailand 4.0 economic model.
To this end, the government of Thailand has developed initiatives, policies, andinstitutional responsibilities for creating and providing digital services with the citizenry
in mind and for including the citizenry in policy making. However, achieving such lofty
long-term objectives would need further work to establish a framework for open andconnected government and adopt consistent and well-thought-out policies. Stronger
control, oversight, and coherence in the financing of digital projects; the development andalignment of digital standards; and the establishment of stronger data governancearrangements in the public sector are all examples of what can be done to improvegovernment transparency and accountability.
4.3. Online Service [OS]With a Waseda OS rating of 11.25 in 2022, Thailand came in at number nine. The meteoric
ascent of online shopping suggests that electronic payment methods like PayPal may soon
be widely used. In the next half-decade, online and mobile banking in Thailand may
become increasingly commonplace. This is due, in part, to the widespread use ofelectronic payment systems and the rapid development of mobile internet across thenation.
Businesses and customers have been encouraged to abandon cash in favor of electronic
payments as part of the national e-Payment project, which has received a heavy promotion
from both the public and private sectors. Users of PromptPay may send and receive
payments through mobile phone numbers or citizen identification numbers between
consumers and businesses after they have registered.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
A single point of entry that allows consumers to access different services without having
to go to multiple websites is known as an internet gateway. Thaigove.net has successfully
elevated the quality of online communication between the government and its citizens.
The website offers a broad range of e-services and general news by linking to all of thewebsites maintained by the federal government. Through the use of e-Government, thepeople of Thailand have the ability to access government services whenever and wherever
518

they want. People can now pay their taxes and renew their licenses online thanks to theintegration of the portal site with all federal government institutions.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
Chief Information Officers, often known as CIOs, are appointed at all levels ofgovernment, including the provincial level, and by definition, their posts areadministrative bureaucracies. It is possible to locate CIO associations in Thailand with aforward-thinking mindset, such as the CIO Association of Thailand and the International
Academy of CIOs. Both of these organizations bring together CIOs and ICT specialists
from the public and private sectors. As a component of the DGA, the D-Government
Academy collaborates with other organizations to provide CIO-related events like as
conferences and seminars. These events are made possible via partnerships. Under theaegis of Digital Thailand, chief information officers (CIOs) in Thailand's public sector
have overseen the digital transformations of their respective enterprises. To this day, theinterim ICT training sessions for government CEOs have been undertaken every year inan effort to narrow the gap in ICT literacy that exists between the CEO and CIO.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
One major factor driving this demand is Thailand's national development strategy, dubbed"Thailand 4.0," which aims to increase the number of small and medium-sized enterprises(SMEs), industrial firms, and service sector organizations that use digital, automation,and robotics technology. By implementing measures such as the Smart City Development
project, a big data platform and analytics for agricultural, educational, and healthcare
policies, and investment in digital infrastructure, Thailand 4.0 seeks to leverage digitaltechnology to improve citizens' quality of life, participation in political governance, andthe country's economic competitiveness.
The Digital Government Administration and Services Law B.E. 2262, passed by the Thaigovernment, lays forth four objectives for improving the public sector's capacity to serve
the people. There has been an effort to implement this system, spearheaded by the Digital
Government Development Agency (DGA), which is mandated by law to promote thewidespread implementation of digital government architecture among government
agencies. The Thailand Government Information Exchange is a centralized database of519

government agencies to ease the paperwork requirements for businesses, boost
government efficiency by eliminating unnecessary processes, and encourage the use ofdigital identification and related technologies like digital signatures. Building agovernment data catalog is a massive undertaking, especially for the private sector.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
This year's online public forum was titled "Thailand: Implementing access to information
legislation to build back strong institutions for the people," It was hosted by UNESCO
Bangkok, the Thailand Office of the Official Information Commission (OIC), and
COFACT, a civil society fact-checking network. Given the present epidemic, the debate
between more than eighty participants, including duty bearers from Thai government
agencies and rights holders from media and civil society, was very fruitful.
Every country in the area has the enormous task of balancing the need to manage
information overload, or an "infodemic," with the need to safeguard freedom of speech
and the public's access to knowledge in the modern digital era. However, there wasconsensus across the group that an independent and efficient supervision organization isrequired.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The government has created the "Thailand 4.0" economic model to accelerate thistransition and encourage digital transformation; this model prioritizes digital upgradesthat improve people's quality of life and work efficiency. The idea of Thailand 4.0
emphasizes the importance of public and private cooperation. In this model, the private
sector takes the initiative via its own commercial operations and investments, with thegovernment playing the role of facilitator and promoter. By offering adequate incentives,
the government can attract more capital to digital technology sectors.
The Digital Government Act, recently approved in Thailand, aims to make thegovernment's actions more effective and efficient. According to President Tiarawut, theDGA intends to construct a federal data exchange platform to establish security standards
for data sharing following this legislation. – Before the development of cloud computing,a data transfer agreement had to be a minimum of six months. When the necessary520technology is available, this transaction will be carried out entirely automatically.
Government organizations are required to make their data available to the general public,
except for any sensitive information. This is done to safeguard the privacy of individuals
as well as the security of the country. By evaluating data on topics such as transportation
and agriculture, for example, potentially innovative new services and technologies might
be produced. To monitor and maintain track of government projects using data, the DGA
has been collaborating with the Thailand Anti-Corruption Association. Additionally, a
program helps organizations keep track of their income sources, expenditures, andprocurement methods.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Over 86 percent of Thai businesses have begun a digital transformation, according to the
ASEAN Enterprise Innovation Survey 2021/22. As a result, cyber resilience is more
important than ever. Although businesses know the risks associated with data breaches
and other cyber assaults, they also need convincing evidence of the security investments'
value.
To combat possible cyber dangers, the Thai government established regulations in 2019that provide authorities access to digital data for tracking and monitoring purposes. To
aid businesses in their attempts to become more cyber resilient, the National Cyber
Security Agency (NCSA) was established to draft recommendations for the security of
the key national infrastructure.
With the potential cost of a data breach under Thailand's PDPA legislation standing at up
to THB 5 million, investing in cybersecurity may be justifiable as insurance (USD
145,645). It is possible for Thai businesses to make use of new technologies whileshielding themselves from the financial and reputational damage that cyber assaults may
cause.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
As a result of DGA's progress, the government has begun adopting cutting-edge
technologies, including cloud and mobile computing, big data, and the Internet of Things
521

(IoT). The government's G-Cloud as an Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), which uses
cloud computing technologies to manage government resources, has been accredited
thanks to its certification to ISO/IEC 27001:2013. To begin, MDES is lending a hand tofledgling businesses that use government-held Big Data to create new markets. Over thecourse of many years, the EGA Research & Development team has been working on
various government IoT pilot projects and has produced a development strategy for each.
Some academics emphasize the critical role that central government institutions play indriving the implementation of e-government and ICT policy, indicating that these
institutions are prepared to undergo the transformation required for E-Government 4.0.
Despite these findings, the issue of the digital gap still persists over a significant portionof the developing globe. This issue is tied to the often-overlooked but critical role that
residents and local consumers play in shaping policy implementation.

522

Tunisia

1.

General Information

Area: 163,610 km2
Population: 12,378,148
Government Type: Unitary semi-presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $3,440
Internet User: 71.9
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 11.29
Wireless Broadband User: 76.05
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total of 55.809 points, Tunisia landed in the 61st position in the Waseda rankings.
Although it receives less attention than its North African and African counterparts,
Tunisia is a major driver of the continent's digital economy and a hidden champion. The
digital economy is one of the nation's most robust and rapidly expanding industries,
accounting for over 11% of GDP growth. So far, over one hundred thousand high-paying523

jobs have been generated directly from the efforts of more than 1,600 digitally engaged
businesses.
Furthermore, Tunisia has a large number of recent college grads that are proficient indigital fields. The administration has plans to make even more use of the opportunities
presented by digitalization. In the wake of the current COVID-19 epidemic, Tunisia's
national policy, "Digital Tunisia 2020," will be replaced with an equally ambitious
successor. In 2019, GIZ began planning a Digital Transformation Center in Tunisia for
the Federal Ministry of Economic Cooperation and Development's Special Initiative forTraining and Employment - "Invest for Jobs" (BMZ). Two critical supports hold up thecore: Startups, Industry 4.0, and the digitalization of strategic industries, including digitalbanking, e-commerce, and healthcare, all areas of emphasis for the "Digital4Jobs"
initiative. Digital4Reforms, the second pillar of the initiative, is concerned with GovTech,
digital infrastructure, and cyber security.
3.2. New Trends
The government of Tunisia passed new legislation supporting startups at the beginning of
2018. It establishes a comprehensive framework for bolstering Tunisia's start-up
ecosystem by means of tax rebates, founder subsidies, and patent assistance. If Tunisia's
industrial companies can compete in the global market, they need to be ready for the
disruptions coming with Industry 4.0. Therefore, the government is putting a premium on
Industry 4.0 solutions that boost businesses' ability to compete internationally. Many ofTunisia's bureaucratic processes might benefit from being more open, accessible, efficient,and streamlined with the use of technology developed by the government. Many
disorganized efforts are underway to bring public procedures and establishments into thedigital age. Tunisia has an above-average digital infrastructure. Given the relatively stable
political climate, Tunisia may serve as a significant Internet cable landing place. There is
now work to establish a digital port in the northern town of Bizerte that can house up toseven cables.
In cyber security, Tunisia has just released its first national policy. The digitaltransformation will largely be shaped by the availability of secure and solid
infrastructures and the requisite skills. Diverse industries are becoming more digitized,
524

with initiatives underway in almost every field to oversee the transition to digital. A few
examples: are digital currency issued by a central bank, electronic commerce (a newframework to facilitate online shopping), and digital health.
Tunisia has a large pool of young, educated, and digitally savvy graduates. In the future,
the government hopes to make even more use of the advantages brought about by digitaltransformation. Digital Tunisia, the country's overarching plan, has already begun
addressing the difficulties and opportunities presented by the current COVID-19
epidemic. Tunisia has released its first national plan to protect its critical infrastructurefrom cyberattacks. The digital transformation will be heavily influenced by theavailability of secure and robust infrastructures and appropriate skills. Management of
the digital revolution is an ongoing focus for almost all industries. Digital currency issued
by a central bank, electronic commerce (a new framework to facilitate online shopping),and digital healthcare are only a few of the most significant (introduction of a digital
health data system).
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The country of Tunisia has a digital infrastructure that is satisfactory. It is possible that
Tunisia may become an important landing site for Internet cable due to the politicalclimate in the area, which is as stable as it is secure. The municipality of Bizerte, locatedin the northern part of the nation, is now in the process of building a digital port that will
have the capacity to house up to seven cables. Tunisia has embraced the Internet
Universality Indicators developed by UNESCO as part of its agreement with India (UIUs).
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]As part of Tunisia's National Strategic Plan, the country's digital economy was being
created. The goal of Tunisia Digitale was to improve the country's information andcommunication technology (ICT) infrastructure and to better use the assets of the ICT
industry to speed up the country's economic and social growth. In addition to fostering
innovation and entrepreneurship in Tunisia's information and communications
technology (ICT) sector, Tunisia Digital sought to close digital divides throughout thenation and alter the public's view of the IT sector by emphasizing the importance of trust.
525

Also, on 12 May 2020, a government decree was released by the Minister of Local Affairs
and the Minister of Communication Technologies and Digital Transformation to create anational unique citizen identity system. A second decree was issued on 15 May 2020 toexplain its execution. According to Fakhakh, the Tunisian government favored a decreeon the unique identity to settle the COVID-19 controversy.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Tunisian government's capacity to build e-commerce platforms that can be utilized
for the long term has been tested due to the ongoing coronavirus outbreaks occurring in
the country's hospitals. Since the epidemic, there has been an increase in the use ofelectronic services. Nevertheless, the industry is still confronted with several challenges,
the most significant of which is the reluctance of both individuals and the government toembrace digital technology, as well as the continuation of legal and logistical barriers that
impede the development of digital systems in the country.
E-commerce is seen as a potential bright light by analysts, even if the epidemic is
expected to have disastrous effects on the economy. At the outset of this health concern,
the government of Elyes Fakhfakh opted for digital alternatives and curtailed thecirculation of currency.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
There are several channels via which one may get information about the government of
Tunisia; one of these channels is the official government website, which can be accessedat "http://www.tunisie.gov.tn/." The website only offers information on various internet
services and links to other websites. Visitors who speak Arabic have access to most of thesite's material; nevertheless, the website provides information in French.
On the National Open Data Portal, which can be found at www.data.gov.tn, users haveaccess to a wide variety of public data via a centralized location. The provision ofunrestricted and unrestricted access to information that may afterward be utilized to
produce additional value through mobile apps or online services is one of the objectivesof this website. Another objective of this website is to promote openness andaccountability.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
526

At either the national or municipal level, Tunisia's public administration cannot selectchief information officers (CIOs) or functionally equivalent functions. At the national
level, the Chief Information Officer (CIO) position can be held by the Director-Generalfor eGovernment, who reports to the Prime Minister.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Most development organizations are pushing Investment in digitalization and digitaltechnology because of its perceived importance as a driver of economic and social growthin underdeveloped nations. It is believed that digitalization could have far-reachingpositive effects on society and the economy, including the creation of entirely new
industries, the hiring of previously unemployed people with advanced degrees, theattraction of foreign direct investment (FDI), the eradication of barriers to participation
in society for those with physical impairments, the lowering of prices for consumers, theexpansion of access to higher quality education, the promotion of globalization throughthe export of e-services, the acceleration of business processes, the streamlining ofadministrative procedures, the acceleration They also express concern about digital gaps.
Tunisia has included ICTs and methods for their deployment in its economic and social
development objectives since the early 1980s. Though it has strong Internet access andwas an early adopter of digital technology, Tunisia does not seem to be making the mostof the possibilities that these advancements provide. Due to the COVID-19 lockout, somecrucial industries could not function, further dragging down the country's already abysmal
economic performance. There is a greater need than ever to call attention to the current
qualifications and gaps.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
E-Participation has the potential to be effectively implemented in Tunisia, which is oneof the countries in the area with the highest level of technical proficiency. Despite this,
there hasn't been much of a leap forward in this area recently. On average, websites
operated by government agencies provide their services in Arabic and French. Websites
at a higher level of government, such as the national portal, exhibit interactive capabilities
and have designs that have been carefully researched. Growing public understanding of
the significance of information and communication technologies is essential to the527

success of national ICT operations. It is evident that the government considers the generalpublic's views in its decision-making process since they have polls and feedback systems.
There has been little progress in addressing accountability concerns and providing
specific policy declarations.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The National Open Data Portal is a centralized repository that houses data from public
institutions. Its purpose is to ensure that the requirements of the Organic Law on Accessto Information requirements are met while simultaneously encouraging the creation of
innovations and services by encouraging the reuse of public data. The National Open Data
Portal serves as the central archival location for any information that is freely accessible
to the public (NODP). It does this by using the administrative areas of many government
websites and other industry-specific open data portals to consolidate the information thatthe general public has voluntarily provided.
Currently, the Tunisian government is crafting a decree on open data to continue andinstitutionalize the process of public entities sharing accessible data and cultivating anenvironment conducive to innovation and economic growth. This law establishes agovernance framework for the initiative to make nationally accessible data and outlines
the technical requirements that must be satisfied.
While everyone is on board with the idea that the Tunisian government should undergo adigital transformation, each organization still has a different view on how much control
it should have over its data. Not all organizations are at ease with fully automatedexchanges; others prefer to approve access requests individually. The Tunisiangovernment must make changes to the law to fully take advantage of digitaltransformation, but this is not enough. Secure electronic exchange is more dependable,
efficient, and secure than the existing method, all of which need to be communicated togovernment authorities.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
As the third of the target nations for the CyberSouth project, Tunisia organized a national
workshop in 2021 to contribute to developing a dedicated cybercrime reporting system.
It was addressed by officials from the Council of Europe and Tunisian authorities. They528

were instructed on the structure, models, and means of collecting complaints used by the
Romanian cyber crime reporting apparatus. The Tunisian delegation presented an
overview of their procedures for reporting cybercrime, outlining the duties of theinstitutions involved and emphasizing the preventative measures they take. During thesession, participants determined the need for more assistance for Tunisia's online
reporting tool for cybercrime assaults and specified methods for processing cybercrimecomplaints.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Internet and telecommunications services providers in a given area have long since
supplied "cloud" services to their clientele. To construct and improve its cloud services
for Ooredoo Tunisie, the Qatari telecoms operator Ooredoo and the American technology
company HP struck a collaborative deal two years later. Cloud Temple is a joint venture
between Intrinsic and the Paulina Holding Group. Businesses were the primary focus of
the arrangement, which aimed to improve Ooredoo's cloud and cybersecurity services.
In addition, the Tunisian government is attempting to establish a cloud-based network.
Digital information is being shared across government agencies; hence, interministerial
networks are being established to guarantee data privacy and security. Individuals'
personal information (such as their date of birth and social security number) will beaccessible to relevant government entities via a unified login system, which thegovernment is currently developing.

529

Turkey

1.

General Information

Area: 783,562 km2Population: 85,465,036
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $8,436Internet User: 77.67
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 19.84
Wireless Broadband User: 77.82
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
In the Waseda International digital government rankings 2022, Turkey was 38th with
68.965 points. Turkey is the only nation in the world with an education system covering
the whole country. Turks who are young, active, and motivated can propel their nation to
the forefront of global leadership in the creation of new economic sectors. In addition,
MoIT has formed a partnership with Ecole 42, part of a new wave of free coding schools.
530

These schools educate students using a project-based, peer-to-peer, and gamified learning
method. After three years of integration, a one hundred percent employment rate ispossible at two schools with two thousand students each. The corporate world shapes thementorship program, academic curriculum, and extracurricular activities.
There are new challenges, but there are also new opportunities as companies re-align theirinvestments in particular technologies to accelerate their digital transformation journeys
while positioning themselves for future growth. This re-alignment allows companies to
set themselves up for future growth while accelerating their digital transformation
journeys. This IDC Sector Presentation overviews Turkey's post-pandemic IT industry,
investment targets, and technical approach.
3.2. New Trends
Even though Turkey is now in a recovery phase in which restrictions have been removed,
and the number of COVID-19 cases has fallen, companies are still feeling the effects ofthe pandemic and need to adjust to life with and beyond the virus. Companies andgovernments are both under pressure to adopt market-oriented strategies and put theminto practice. Private services will undoubtedly remain at the forefront of mobile strategy
orientation, but public and non-profit entities are rapidly rising to prominence as "Mobile
Players." Improved data connections through smartphones have raised hopes thatgovernments would, at long last, provide services compatible with their citizens'information and communications technology way of life. Whether improved m-services
or more conventional Internet-based apps will emerge as the dominant type of technology
is still unclear. The presently untapped sector of the population has the potential to haveaccess to government services at a cheap cost with the launch of interactive apps and fullytransactional services through 3G smartphones.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]This acceleration has been made possible by the foundation Turkey has established.
Thanks to a competitive market, a legislative environment favorable to the growth ofbroadband, and substantial expenditures, broadband's reach, speed, and affordability havebeen established. Low demand among entry-level users, trailing demand for faster531

speeds, excessive taxes on devices, spotty coverage in suburban and rural regions, a toughwholesale market, and inefficiencies in distribution are all factors slowing the growth of
the Turkish broadband industry. Our study offers six policy initiatives that might promote
the development of broadband access in Turkey by overcoming these constraints, drawing
on the precedents of successful policy interventions in markets comparable to Turkey's.
1. Promote high-touch distribution channels, raise broadband awareness, and quicken
high-speed Internet adoption to increase demand.
2. Boost useful local information and software, focusing on educational, governmental,
and economic enhancements.
3. Revise the taxation structure on equipment and services connected to broadband to
reduce the cost of broadband
4. Extend or redefine the regulatory vacation and introduce new regulatory incentives,and infrastructure-based competition may be fostered.
5. increasing present subsidies
6. Get the help of local governments to reduce right-of-way costs by combining demand.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The Ministry of Industry and Technology of the Republic of Turkey has released its
Industry and Technology Strategy for 2023. High Technology and Innovation, Digital
Transformation and Industrial Move; Entrepreneurship; Human Capital; andInfrastructure are the five pillars upon which the plan rests. An array of supporting substrategies have been developed and are in the process of publication and implementation.
The fundamental goal of Turkey's Digital Transformation of the Industry Strategy is toimprove the country's competitiveness via increased efficiency and autonomy in theindustry. Following are some of the goals of the plan:
1. Collaborating with the public and commercial sectors to set up the suggested
governance framework for the industry's digital transformation program.
2. The finalization of technologies will guarantee the management, monitoring, andefficient use of resources for the industry's digital transformation.
3. Sharing news about the initiative to aid in the transition to digital.
532

4. The digital transformation infrastructure will be finished.
5. Acquiring the know-how to bring a digital transition inside the current and future labor
force.
6. Creating innovative products and services in the field of Operational Technologies.
7. Creating innovative IT goods and services that can compete in the market.
8. Development of innovative Transactional Technology products and services.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The Central Population Management System (CPMS) was improved by adding three newmodules: Identity Information Sharing System, Key Population Statistics module, andMulti-Ethnic Research and Network Identification System. Public institutions andagencies may use the KPS to obtain MERNIS database ID information. Users are given
their login and password to access the VPN.
The Public Procurement Authority's automated processes aim to streamline and enhance
the government's ability to purchase goods and services. To that end, the Platform wasbuilt as a mandatory requirement for all government entities as part of Turkey's
Information Society Strategy to improve government services. Constant updates are being
made to the system in light of the ever-evolving nature of the market and the technologicallandscape.
The eGovernment Gateway was established to manage digital transactions. Payments togovernment agencies are often made using a credit card. Seven local governments havejoined the eGovernment Gateway's ePayment network. In Turkey, the private electronic
payment system operator (TCMB) reports directly to the central bank.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The eGovernment Gateway for Turkey is known as the e-Devlet Kaps, which the Turkish
government issued. Through the Portal, which serves as a central access point, individuals
and businesses can use eGovernment services. To provide an even higher level ofconvenience and accessibility, the eGovernment Gateway may also be accessible via thecontact center that is associated with it. The eGovernment Gateway has been tested andfound to comply with accessibility standards such as ISO/IEC 40500 and 9241-151.
533

4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The position of Chief Digital Officer within the Government was given to the person in
charge of the Digital Transformation Office. The Government Chief Digital Officer isordered to lead the public sector into the digital age by devising public digitaltransformation plans, overseeing implementation procedures, and creating a digitaltransformation road map to boost public sector performance and efficiency. Chief
Information Officers (CIOs) and Chief Digital Officers (CDOs) have been appointed inpublic sector enterprises in nations with a history of successful digital transformation.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]The Grand National Assembly of Turkey approved a development plan for Turkey thatemphasizes enhancing the country's social welfare and its standing on the world stage.
Following the new Presidential Government System being implemented, the plan was
created as the first Development Plan to be implemented after the system. The strategy tosolve these concerns was devised as global economic and geopolitical balances moved
and tensions increased throughout recent history. The plan included recommendations tominimize the risk of potential harm while maximizing operational effectiveness to expand
economic opportunity and guarantee equitable distribution of benefits.
The plan has a primary emphasis on the following development axes: environmental
sustainability and healthy cities; qualified people and a strong society; the rule of law,democracy, and good governance; competitive production and productivity; as well as astable and robust economy. The Plan has a part that is titled "eGovernment Applicationsin Government Services." This section contains the policy on eGovernment. The Eleventh
Development Plan includes transformation and innovations to increase service quality
and consumption via the eGovernment Portal. These innovations will guarantee that thesystem is both efficient and compatible.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
PublicNET, a virtual private network, enables data sharing between the many agencies
that make up the Turkish government. By Decision No. 2012/1 of the Council on
Cybersecurity, the General Directorate of Communications is responsible for configuring
the web. Installing software and hardware that enables Turkish residents to utilize534

electronic governmental services safely was necessary to reach the most significant
degree of security that could be attained with an eGovernment Gateway. It was decided
to replace some network equipment for the eGovernment Gateway. More than 45 million
enrolled residents have been able to continue receiving services without experiencing
disruptions thanks to the eGovernment Gateway.
The Ministry of Treasury and Finance established a countrywide communications
network so that people could submit their tax returns electronically when the time came.
Connected to the system are the tax administration offices of the Revenue Administration,
as well as provincial finance administrations, traditions, and tax inspector offices. Online
filing of tax returns is permitted, and individuals have permanent access to their tax
records.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]With the new government structure in Turkey, the presidency is one of the institutions
included in the administrative structure. Human resources, finance, digital transformation,and investment are four departments that might play a more significant role as change
agents in public service delivery. The office tasked with overseeing Turkey's transition toa digital economy is called the Digital Transformation Office. E-government apps arewidely recognized as a manifestation of the impact of digitalization on the government.
In Turkey, several eGovernment initiatives have been launched, all to enhance thefunctioning of the public administration and give priority to those with the greatest need.
As a result, developing a National Open Data Portal is recommended under this initiative
to enhance transparency, accountability, and public involvement. In addition, the Central
Service Design Platform will be built to streamline the procedures of the government.
The Right to Information Act protects anyone who repurposes information obtained frompublic sources (RTIA). The National eGovernment Strategy and Action Plan comprised
several initiatives, one of which was reusing and sharing information from the public
sector. These included endeavors such as modernizing information in the public sector
and establishing the Open Data and Sharing Portal and the Public Expenditure andMonitoring Portal, respectively.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
535

Two primary goals must be accomplished by implementing the National Cybersecurity
Strategy and Action Plan. The first stage is ensuring the nation's cybersecurity, which isessential to our overall defense strategy. A circular on information security was publishedto lower the likelihood of potential security breaches and protect vital categories of datathat might jeopardize public order or the nation's security. According to the Presidential
Circular, Turkey's top priority is developing and implementing national cybersecurity
solutions. This goal is emphasized throughout the document. Personal data protection,
processing, and cross-border data flow laws for traffic and location data are all controlled
by Legislation 5809/2008. This law also covers traffic and location data.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Turkey's economy is performing well compared to others in its income bracket. The
expansion of the broadband environment may be attributed mainly to e-government
programs. Businesses in the information and communication technology industry haveseen demand grow, and individuals have been inspired to boost their Internet use. Support
for e-government initiatives has also come from ensuring that political leaders andtechnocrats have the same goals. When it came to public reforms and structural
improvements, political leaders recognized e-government as a vital tool. Strategic, highvalue, and high-transaction initiatives were prioritized, and a centralized organizational
structure was developed to establish plans and put public money into the pipeline for them.
Also helping is the rapid expansion of the Turkish economy during the last decade. Largeamounts of foreign money have flowed into the nation due to the many market-oriented
reforms undertaken and the government's proactive foreign policy. A lot of progress has
been made in the communications, software, and hardware facets of the ICT sector. There
has been a lot of money put into making mobile networks broadband-ready. The Turkish
people have also shown a significant response to social media. Among all countries, it is
the fourth biggest Facebook market. There is a rise in both the popularity and variety of
Turkish websites and Turkish-produced content on social media platforms.
The nation still faces economic and societal constraints that make it difficult to widelyadopt broadband technologies and maximize their potential for boosting economic
competitiveness. ADSL is the only option when it comes to fixed broadband since thecompany monopolizes the market. There is a need for commercial efforts to close the ICT
536

skills gap faced by SMEs and the undereducated. International comparison of ICTs andinnovations is hampered by the absence of an appropriate national accounting frameworkfor further research.

537

United Arab Emirates

1.

General Information

Area: 83,600 km2
Population: 9,458,754
Government Type: Federal elective constitutional monarchy
GDP: $38,011
Internet User: 100
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 32.84
Wireless Broadband User: 224.24
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With an overall score of 80.141, the United Arab Emirates ranked 19th in Waseda
International's digital government rankings for 2022. The United Arab Emirates is making
a number of moves to advance its digital economy and make the most of the opportunities
presented by developing technology. The Higher Committee for Future Technology and538

Digital Economy was stated to have been established in Dubai only the week before. This
committee would concentrate on the expansion of the industry. According to the World
Bank's GovTech Maturity Index 2021, which evaluated the degree to which modern
technology was utilized in the operations of governments in 198 different states, theUnited Arab Emirates (UAE) was ranked among the world's best countries in terms of thepace of the government's digital transformation. It was the only Arab nation to achieve
this distinction.
Different nations have taken various approaches to deal with the present epidemic of
COVID-19 that has swept the world. There are several elements at play, including acountry's position in the international political and economic order, the quality of its
healthcare system, the depth of its public health institutions, and so on. Therefore, it is
crucial to examine the UAE's public health response to the present epidemic, the mostsignificant public health disaster ever. Individuals in the UAE may access their COVID19 test results using the ALHOSN UAE app, the official integrated digital platform forsuch testing. For similar reasons, the StayHome app allowed for patient isolation andquarantine. In response to people's emotional distress and worry during the pandemic, theMinistry of Health and Prevention (MoHAP) set up a coronavirus helpline and a mental
health therapy hotline.
According to the Future Readiness Index published by the Portulans Institute and Google
the previous year, the Emirates are also at the forefront of digital advancement and are at
a level of readiness that places them ahead of the rest of the Arab world. The country
ranked third out of the 27 rising economies worldwide and 23rd out of 123 nations. In
addition, the United Arab Emirates Ministry of State for Digital Economy, AI, andRemote Work Systems signed a preliminary agreement with blockchain data platform
Chainalysis at the end of the previous month to provide virtual training programs for thevarious government entities within the UAE.
3.2. New Trends
The goal of the "Digital Economy Strategy," which was introduced in April 2022, is to
more than double the contribution of the digital economy to the gross domestic product(GDP) of the UAE during the next ten years, from 9.7 percent as of April 2022 to 19.4
539

percent. In addition, it intends to strengthen the United Arab Emirates' status as a regionaland global center for the digital economy.
The strategy will define the priorities of the digital economy, especially in the pandemic
recovery process, and the involvement of all other economic sectors will be ensured sothat it may be supported. Periodically, it will measure its growth using a single method sothat it may track its indications. It consists of over 30 different projects and programs
aimed at six different industries and five new areas of development. To support the aimsof the strategy and facilitate the execution of its initiatives across all economic sectors,
the UAE government decided to create a Council for Digital Economy.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The infrastructure of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) has come a long way toward being
ready for the digital era thanks to the efforts of the UAE. The regulatory body has
confirmed that GSM networks will be decommissioned by the end of 2022. The
maximum amount of foreign ownership held in UAE telecoms businesses has been raised
to 49 percent. The United Arab Emirates (UAE) boasts one of the world's fastest mediandownload speeds for 5G. In addition, during the first half of 2022, Amazon Web Services
intends to begin the construction of data centers in the United Arab Emirates.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The government committee tasked with digital transformation in the UAE will improvesynergy amongst government institutions while working toward more effective digitalassets. It is responsible for establishing government policies for digital transformation,assessing and following up on the appropriate strategies, programs, and activities to assist
the transition, and preparing federal policies for digital transformation.
In addition to this responsibility, the committee will be in charge of offering advice on
strategic initiatives connected to the digitalization of government services, businesses,
and operations. Officials from the Telecommunications and Digital Government
Regulatory Authority (TDRA), the Federal Authority for Government Human Resources,
the government's chief of cyber security, the UAE chief of government services, and a
representative from the Ministry of Finance are all included in the membership of this540

committee.
According to what the Ministry of Economy said at the time, the United Arab Emirates
Chainalysis Centre of Excellence will assist government employees in enhancing theirknowledge of blockchain. This decentralized platform is considered a secure way to
conduct transactions and other technology that will shape the future economy, such as
digital assets.
4.3. Online Service [OS]
There has been a recent increase in the number of government agencies in the United
Arab Emirates that will accept payments made over the internet. Customers can use acentralized government site where they may apply for services and make payments or agovernment portal exclusive to their emirate. Users may make payments on their utility
bills, such as those for energy or water, as well as other fees. In the United Arab Emirates,
residents may now pay for various government services using apps for mobile phonesthat the government created. Some of these programs are solely devoted to the process of
payments, while others include payment choices directly into their designs.
Credit cards are a payment method for services given to the general public by government
agencies and organizations. A credit card may be used either at the counter or online whenpaying for government service. When it comes to paying taxes and other fees required by
the government, most banks in the United Arab Emirates provide their clients the option
to use their bank accounts rather than credit cards. Several government service providers
accept Bill payments and payments for extra services through electronic kiosks in
shopping malls, business centers, and other public locations. To pay using an electronic
kiosk, customers need to enter their account information and follow the instructions on
the screen.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid Al Maktoum, the current Vice President and Prime
Minister of the United Arab Emirates and the Ruler of Dubai, launched the official
government website of the United Arab Emirates in May 2011 at https://u.ae. It was
designed to be a one-stop shop for citizens, tourists, and companies, but it also helps thegovernment itself. The eGovernment's goal is to increase the UAE's competitiveness by541

catering to its residents' tastes and providing them with first-rate services through various
convenient channels.
The official open data site in the UAE encourages the digital economy by making better
open data platforms accessible to the public. To show how seriously the government takes
its goal of creating more welcoming and inclusive neighborhoods, it has launched thehttps://bayanat.ae/en/ website. The portal's first page features a wide variety of statisticalcollections covering the economy, society, technology, transportation, the environment,
government, health, and infrastructure. This data hub is maintained and updated by theFederal Competitiveness and Statistics Authority (FCSA). The government of the United
Arab Emirates provides a variety of services to its inhabitants, businesses, and foreign
partners.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The Chief Information Officer (CIO) of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) is His
Excellency Hamad Obaid Al Mansoori, who also acts as the Head of the UAE Digital
Government and is responsible for overseeing the digital transformation efforts that are
being carried out in the nation. Heir E. Al Mansoori has been entrusted with steering thedigital government in the United Arab Emirates (TDRA). In June of 2021, His Excellency
Hamad Obaid Al Mansoori was selected as the Director-General of the Dubai Digital
Authority.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
A new strategy has been implemented in Dubai to lower the yearly customer visits toservice centers from 9 million to 7 million, saving the government more than 300,000
working hours annually. The Executive Council of Dubai gave its approval to a policythat is being referred to as the "360 Services Policy." Its goal is to provide digital services
by integrating its data and unifying its distribution methods.
Sheikh Hamdan bin Mohammed bin Rashid Al-Maktoum, Crown Prince of Dubai andChairman of the Dubai Executive Council, tweeted that the action was carried out inaccordance with the directions of the ruler of the emirate, Sheikh Mohammed bin Rashid
Al-Maktoum. He noted that it is a component of the council's aim to establish global
leadership in providing governmental services.
542

4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The government of the UAE has placed significant focus on participation and the use ofexisting technologies and ICTs to include every one of its inhabitants in establishing
public services and upcoming initiatives. The United Arab Emirates has begun offering afree course on eParticipation that may be taken online. The goal of the course is toencourage civic participation and open government. eParticipation techniques are
essential for successful involvement in decision-making, which is why this course aims
to educate everyone in the community on the significance of public engagement.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]The UAE's Cabinet has given the go-ahead to establish the Higher Committee forGovernment Digital Transformation as the government moves forward with its objectives
to build a digital economy and take advantage of emerging technologies. The DubaiMedia Office said that Ohood Al Roumi, the Minister of State for Governmental
Development and Future, would preside over the committee. The group would be co-led
by Omar Al Olama, the Minister of State for Digital Economy, AI, and Remote Work
Systems. The committee's mission is to oversee the UAE's digitization initiatives andimprove the country's preparedness, competitiveness, flexibility, and alignment between
projects and the digital systems of federal agencies.
Disclosure of government data gives more openness to governmental dealings and holds
officials responsible for their acts. It makes it easier for the people to scrutinize andevaluate how the government is doing its job. Open data enables more effective use ofresources, the development of individualized service delivery models, and the generationof additional employment opportunities. Learn more about the open government data
laws, policies, and platforms.
If a legal framework backs open government data, its advantages may be fully realized
and used. The United Arab Emirates has taken the following measures to foster accessible
government data:
1. the open data guidelines
2. adopted open data policy
3. launched the Dubai Data strategy543

4. passed the Dubai Data law
5. launched DubaiPulse
6. launched the UAE's data portal - Bayanat
7. launched the Abu Dhabi Open Data portal
8. launched Abu Dhabi Government Data Management Policy
9. launched Abu Dhabi Government Data Management Standards
10. launched Ajman Data
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The United Arab Emirates National Cybersecurity Strategy has as its overarching goal
the development of a reliable and secure cyberinfrastructure that supports economic
growth and helps UAE residents achieve their dreams. The organization in charge of thecountry's ICT sector and digital transformation, the Telecommunications Regulatory
Authority (TRA), released an updated version of the plan in 2019. To activate the wholecybersecurity ecosystem in the UAE, the plan relies on several procedures and pillars
designed to foster the growth of start-ups in the country.
MOHRE implements the National Cyber Security Strategy of the United Arab Emirates
to secure data and communications and create a more secure and informed society online.
Specifically, it has the ISO27001 certification for protecting sensitive customer data.
Considered a global standard, it aids MOHRE in safeguarding sensitive information suchas financial records, proprietary information, and customer details by helping to detectthreats and developing countermeasures.
Further, MOHRE and the Telecommunications and Digital Government Regulatory
Authority entered into a collaboration agreement (TDRA). The deal calls for theComputer Emergency Response Team to help strengthen UAE's information security
policies, safeguard the country's information and communications technology
infrastructure against online threats, and foster an environment where cybercrime is nottolerated.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The United Arab Emirates is set to become one of the region's preeminent data center
centers. By 2026, it is expected that more than a billion dollars will have been invested.
544

Microsoft Azure opened two new cloud zones in the United Arab Emirates in 2019.
Amazon Web Services will build a data center area in the United Arab Emirates in 2021.
The launch of the new area, which will have three distinct availability zones, is scheduled
for the year 2022. After the success of its Dubai cloud region, Oracle announced in
November 2021 that it would be launching a second cloud region in Abu Dhabi. Etisalat
and G42 Cloud, controlled by the government, also operate

545

United Kingdom

1.

General Information

Area: 242,900 km2
Population: 67,565,854
Government Type: Unitary parliamentary constitutional monarchy
GDP: $40,867
Internet User: 94.82
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 40.26
Wireless Broadband User: 107.68
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
A comparatively high score of 86.766 placed the United Kingdom 6th in the 2022 Waseda
International rankings of digital governments. Since the beginning of the COVID-19
pandemic, the commitment of the UK public sector to digital service transformation has
increased. Government agencies, local governments, the National Health Service, andother public bodies have long prioritized improving citizens' ability to participate in546

decisions that affect their health, safety, and quality of life.
The United Kingdom is dedicated to the Digital Government principles outlined in theCharter of the Digital Nations and to continue collaborating with our international
partners to share experiences and best practices to maximize the potential of digital
services and technologies.
With the help of other government agencies, the Government Digital Service (GDS)
spearheads the United Kingdom's digital transformation. It ensures that citizens get
cutting-edge, citizen-centric digital services and solutions. The Government Digital
Service (GDS) is mainly responsible for the United Kingdom's position as a digital
government leader.
-

Providing the best-practice guidance and recommendations for delivering
consistent, coherent, and high-quality services-

Guidelines for digital service provisioning and enforcement-

Constructing and maintaining shared infrastructures-

Aiding in the selection of appropriate technologies for government use.

-

Directing the government's data, digital, and technological efforts-

Fostering the government sector's adoption of cutting-edge technology

3.2. New Trends
The UK's response to COVID-19 demonstrates the immense potential of digital, data, andtechnology to solve the difficulties in health and social care, and the country should takeadvantage of this opportunity. Five critical challenges facing the UK's digitaltransformation hinder the country's economic recovery and expansion.
1. Information as a creative catalyst
Company executives increasingly incorporate data-driven approaches to enhancing thecustomer experience into their long-term strategies. Ocado employed AI and analytics to
improve its real-time stock management throughout the epidemic.
2. New online business models are the key to further expansion.
Businesses are scrambling to find alternatives to the virus and creating new digital
ecosystem-based online business models. One of the most revolutionary applications of547

videoconferencing in the medical field has been used for doctor-to-doctor consultations.
Unfortunately, businesses still depend on digital channels without supplementing themwith human service or support.
3. Putting a lot of effort into creating reliable supply networks is a priority.
Europe's logistics revolution will center on the changing supply networks connecting the
UK and the rest of the continent. This might mean a switch to smaller, more locally based
distribution systems, away from the use of massive vehicles and shipping entirely.
4. Complementary artificial intelligence technology for a wide range of uses
The full potential of artificial intelligence can only be realized by incorporatingcomplementary technologies and focusing on the customer. This pattern is anticipated to
become increasingly prevalent in the UK over the next several years as AI-based
technologies proliferate.
5. There will be a tremendous expansion on the backs of cloud computing and the Internetof Things.
The cloud and the Internet of Things (IoT) will be priorities for companies in the United
Kingdom as the country rebuilds from the epidemic's aftermath. Because of IoT, many
UK businesses prioritize customer service and strive for operational excellence (IoT). As
a result, efficiency and output are increased while unnecessary labor is eliminated.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
In order to investigate the government's promise to provide gigabit-capable internet toevery house and company in the UK by the year 2025, members of parliament have begun
an investigation into broadband and the route to 5G. The inquiry will concentrate on
determining how achievable the goal is, what steps are necessary to accomplish it, andwhat the implications of the government's plan will be for both enterprises and consumers.
In addition, it will investigate the potential role that 5G technology may play and theimplications of projects like the Shared Rural Network for enhancing mobile coverage
across the UK. The investigation will also investigate how the Covid-19 event may affectthe deployment of full-fiber and 5G infrastructure.
548

4.2. Management Optimization [MO]To promote digital inclusiveness, the government has plans to work with other public,
corporate, and nonprofit organizations. Giving people the skills they need to make themost of the internet is a big part of this. Since the team moved, they have shifted its focus
from Digital Inclusion to Digital Engagement. The policy is recast in this situation as an
issue that stimulates participation. The Digital Engagement Team is responsible fordetermining what must be done next in terms of delivery and setting a priority for it. It
will take the place of the current governance structures of the Sub-Group and the Delivery
Board, which are directed by the Minister for Culture and Digital Economy and consistof members from the public, private, and volunteer sectors, respectively. The Council will
manage several initiatives and task forces charged with addressing critical concerns
surrounding the use of technology in classrooms.
4.3. Online Service [OS]With an overall score of 11.4, the United Kingdom ranked second in the OS criteria thisyear. The United Kingdom is more reliant than ever on the services provided by theinternet for a wide variety of activities, including home-based education and employment,
communication, information, entertainment, and commerce. During the height of theepidemic, a more significant number of individuals utilized the internet for activities suchas online gaming, video conferencing, and receiving medical care.
Online services played an essential part in disseminating information on the pandemic,
which assisted governments in monitoring and controlling the spread of the virus. Whenit comes to online registration for shopping sites and other online services, email is stillquite ordinary. Gmail has been the most popular email service for adults, with 61% of the
UK's online adult population using it. This percentage makes Gmail the most popular
email provider overall.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
The United Kingdom's NPR received a score of 8.000 in 2022, placing it at the top of the
NPR's Waseda rankings. The last seven years have seen profound shifts in technology
capabilities and consumers' expectations. When it comes to interacting with users,
GOV.UK will shift from a reactive approach to a proactive one to better serve their needs.
549

A strategy that is based on users' informed consent will alert them to tasks that they are
required to complete, assist them in processing information that they might not be aware
is pertinent to them, direct them through complex events in their lives, and advance themto the next stage of their job. GOV.UK is undergoing a transition that is being driven byvision and strategy, and it is being patterned on the way things should be done.
Users are also able to make safe payments with GOV.UK Pay is simple to integrate anddevelop to fulfill the requirements of the Digital Service Standard. Citizens can now makesecure payments to the government online, which cuts down on the time and effort
required to do business with the government and eliminates the need for the government
to purchase or create new payment systems repeatedly.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]The United Kingdom was ranked 6th in the Waseda rankings, with 7.954 points. The
GCIO was still operational in the United Kingdom. The Government Accountability
Office (GDS) is the new General Data Service (GDS) name. Local governments are notrequired to comply with GCIO mandates.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Human lives have been and will continue to be drastically altered by the advent of digitaltechnology. Success in digital technology is crucial to the UK's economy, employment,
pay levels, prosperity, national security, cost of living, productivity, capacity to compete
worldwide, and geopolitical status. The government is working to make the UK an evengreater force in science and technology globally.
The United Kingdom (UK) has a lot going for it right from the get. The foundations of
the UK's digital economy, such as universal high-speed internet access and robust cybersecurity infrastructure, are either in place or developing.

The United Kingdom (UK)

has emerged as a global leader in cutting-edge areas, including artificial intelligence (AI),sophisticated semiconductor design, and quantum computing. In addition, UK has theresources and support of the worldwide alliances to be a driving force for digital goodon the international stage.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
550

Public Services Network (PSN) is a government service system that promotes
cooperation, eliminates duplication, and allows for resource sharing across government
agencies (PSN). It will simplify for government agencies to exchange services in a secureenvironment and collaborate effectively. This applies to every city hall and county
administration in the United Kingdom and every federal agency.
It's important to note that the GSi family of legacy networks includes not only theGovernment Secure Intranet (GSI) but also the Government Connect Secure Extranet(GCSx) and the Government Secure Extranet (GSi) (GSX). Both members of the GSi
community and those outside it may use these networks' dependable Internet connection,
file sharing, and searching tools, directory and online publication platforms, andelectronic mail services. Customers' GSi networks were migrated to the PSN under a GCF
framework, giving them the freedom to choose their preferred PSN service provider(s).
Numerous EU institutions and organizations, as well as the Member States, depend
heavily on TESTA. This cross-border infrastructure is the principal conduit whencommunicating between the UK and the EU.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]With 9.4 points, the UK ranks 6th in the Waseda rankings in 2022 regarding DX & OGD
criteria. The UK's Central Digital and Data Office has developed a 21-step plan for
digitally transforming the central government. The strategy is divided into six different
missions throughout government and is named "Transforming for a digital future: 2022
to 2025 roadmap for digital and data. Public services have been improved to the pointthat they provide desirable results.
Through Data.gov.uk, anybody in the United Kingdom (UK) may see, explore, download,
and analyze data collected by the government. In support of the G8 Open Data Charter,
the UK government opened government data to the general public via the data.gov.uk
website, joined the Open Government Partnership, rated first in the Open Data Barometer,
and issued the "Open Government National Action Plan." Over 10,000 datasets have been
made available to develop products and services by the UK government, local
government, and other public organizations. The Find Open Data application assists
consumers in locating and utilizing this data. Additionally, the application helps data
producers maintain their data's accuracy.
551

Because of the GDS Open Standards team, government agencies must provide their datain available formats. The Open Standards Board has produced 14 standards to ensure thebroadest possible range of data is shown as "open data," and it is the responsibility of the
Cabinet Office and the Open Standards Board to choose and implement these standards
openly and transparently. It has helped government decision-making, contributed to the
UK's global open data leadership position, and enabled external stakeholders to hold thegovernment accountable. The Performance Platform includes nearly 800 services
required to submit performance data under the Digital Service Standard. Consequently,
the United Kingdom's OGD scored 9.4 points and took 6th place in the Waseda rankingsfor 2022.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
The United Kingdom has initiated a new artificial intelligence (AI) study, spearheaded by
the Office of Artificial Intelligence (OAI) and the Government Digital Service (GDS), toinvestigate how AI and automation might be used to improve government operations andstimulate economic growth. The Government Data Science Partnership (Cabinet Office)is a collaboration between the Government Digital Service (GDS), the Office of National
Statistics (ONS), and the Government Office of Science (GOS) to maximize thegovernment's use of data science by guiding how to implement it effectively and funding
for the training and tools necessary to promote its widespread adoption.
Analysts in the public sector may use the Data Science Accelerator to hone their data
science expertise (also linked to the Government Data Science Partnership). For thisreason, they team up with seasoned advisors to solve actual issues plaguing businesses
today. So far, this effort has trained around 150 government and public sector workers.
Data Science Accelerator facilities may be found in London, Newport, Bristol, Sheffield,
and Newcastle. The United Kingdom's Government Technology Innovation Strategy was
published firstly to adapt government processes to the new technology. It addresses how
the government may set the stage for technological innovation to flourish. Notably, theUnited Kingdom was able to move up to a 1st position in the Waseda rankings in 2022with a score of 10.00 points because of all the work and investment it made in EMG.
4.10.

The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]

Almost all software companies in the UK now make use of cloud computing, and new
552

opportunities can be found in both the public and private sectors for businesses who offer
cloud computing and related services. The British government was given the green lightto make direct purchases from cloud service providers after agreeing to standard terms ofservice and employing G-Cloud frameworks.
Companies like DeepMind, SwiftKey, and Babylon are among the most cutting-edge inthe history of AI and ML, and they're all headquartered in the United Kingdom. Jobs
abound in these sectors as well. The United Kingdom recognizes the commercial potentialof artificial intelligence. The UK's Industrial Strategy white paper even names AI and
Data as one of the country's four "Grand Challenges" (together with the Future of Mobility,
Clean Growth, and Ageing Society). British Prime Minister Theresa May has proposed a$1.3 billion help program called the AI Sector Deal to encourage the development of the
AI industry. A portion of the $2.4 billion pledged to the interdisciplinary Industrial
Strategy Challenge Fund will be leveraged and amplified by this investment. There isinvestment in AI-based solutions from both the governmental and business sectors. That's
the case with the government, private service providers, the biotech and pharmaceuticalindustries, and the farming community. The UK artificial intelligence industry hasreceived massive investments from companies like Google (owner of DeepMind),Microsoft (owner of SwiftKey), Amazon Web Services (AWS), Hewlett Packard
Enterprise (HPE), Beyond Limits, and many more.

553

Uruguay

1.

General Information

Area: 181,034 km2
Population: 3,422,879
Government Type: Unitary presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $15,648
Internet User: 76.2
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 32.4
Wireless Broadband User: 124.9
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a total score of 63.569, Uruguay ranked 50th in the world in the Waseda
International digital government rankings for 2022. With a focus on social justice andimproving the standard of living for everyone, Uruguay is a nation whose goals are inharmony. Uruguay is economically comparable to industrialized nations, although its
554

economy is far smaller in this same global and highly competitive system. Under these
conditions, it was crucial to make judicious use of technology to enhance the quality of
government services, educational opportunities, and productivity growth to benefit the
populace and the economy.

One of the world's greatest corporations believes that digital transformation is the key toeconomic recovery after the effects of the COVID-19 epidemic. Google considers
Uruguay to be a top "digital sprinter" in all of Latin America. As reported by the
Uruguayan newspaper El Pas, Google's director of government affairs and public policy
for Latin America, Ana Luca Lenis, attended a virtual workshop on Sustainable Financeand Investment organized by the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB).
Uruguay has consistently implemented a robust digital strategy through many
administrations, with a solid framework tasked with promoting it. Instead of being a topdown initiative, Uruguay's commitment to digital innovation is articulated in the country's
Digital Agenda, which is the result of collaboration between the government, academia,
business, and the technical community. All relevant parties are represented on a National
Council for the Information Society that guides and oversees its development. The most
crucial part is that these pacts aren't just about implementing some kind of national
technology strategy; instead, they aim to improve the lives of society's most marginalized
members and develop national capabilities by means of information and communication
technologies.
3.2. New Trends
Uruguay's 2025 Digital Agenda is the country's road plan for the continued growth of its
digital economy as a smart way to recover from the pandemic. The plan was approved in
May 2021, and its management is handled by Agesic, Uruguay's e-Government, andKnowledge Management Agency. This new development will open up opportunities fortelecom providers and those in the software and hardware industries. The plan calls forthe expansion of fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) networks to areas with fewer than 3,000
people, the completion of 4G cellular coverage across the country, the assignment of newspectrum bands for mobile technology, and the expansion of 5G coverage. The
555

government also intends to enhance the detection and response to cyber events byimplementing new technologies that enable the use of predictive analysis and automatedresponses. This is part of the government's goal to improve the detection and response to
cyber issues.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]The Uruguayan government has boosted the use of mobile services by reducing obstacles
to affordability by lowering taxes specifically levied on mobile devices. This has led to
an increase in the utilization of mobile services.
The rise of the mobile industry, along with the attendant advantages of increased
employment and investment, was made possible by the government's adoption of policies
in the areas of taxes and regulation conducive to the sector's expansion.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The implementation of digital health services is another goal included in the Digital
Agenda for 2025. Opportunities are anticipated to arise from the incorporation ofelectronic medical records, the creation of digital prescriptions, and the upgrading ofcommunication procedures. The Uruguay government will promote the digitaltransformation of Industry 4.0 by adopting the Internet of Information and Automation
processes in strategic sectors. In addition, they will incorporate Internet of Things
technology into the management of public services, including energy, water,
communications, and transportation.
For instance, the government intends to deploy automated tolls on the national road
network and automatic radar stations to increase road safety while simultaneously
lowering the expenses associated with running the roads. In addition, there will bechances to improve the communications infrastructure in jails to allow telemedicine,distance learning, and virtual court sessions. In addition, municipal governments will
implement smart city projects that are centered on environmentally responsible growth.
Other goals include establishing a national meteorological and climatic database, building
a meteorological radar, and constructing a network of meteorological stations. All of these556

things are to be done soon.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The official website of Uruguay has a welcome area that offers information to the generalpublic in addition to informative and interactive components that visitors may use. In
addition, the Presidency Channel on both YouTube and Twitter is leveraged to encourage
citizens of the United States to participate politically online.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
Uruguay intends to adopt a national strategy to encourage the use of public software aspart of its efforts to reduce waste and save resources. The architecture had been completed
as of December 2012, and the application could be accessed via the IMM's System ofElectronic Resolution Programs (SAE). This system is also available through the main
page of the State portal, which can be found at software public.gub.uy. This section
features applications originating from six different nations. Citizens and electronic
collaborators can participate in Trantic.gub.uy for prolonged periods, enabling feedback
collection and continuous development of information about government operations andservices.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
to advance the use of ICT in government, bolstering the country's digital policy, andrealizing Uruguay's Digital Agenda targets for the years 2010, 2015, and 2020, theUruguayan parliament established the Agency for Electronic Government andKnowledge and Information Society (AGESIC) in 2007. In 2012, the AGESIC
established a subgroup called the Society of Information and Knowledge (SIC) to hasten
progress on Information Society and SIC initiatives. Regarding advocating for Open
Government, the Information Society, and Digital Government, the AGESIC isessentially taking over for the GCIO.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]AGESIC is a presidential agency responsible for defining national digital policy andsteering the implementation of e-Government initiatives. Information security, electronic
certification, data protection, and Internet governance are all areas that intersect under its
557

purview, all under a holistic vision that has become its primary differentiator to promotebetter levels of trust while utilizing ICT.
A Board of Directors made up of appointees from the executive and legislative branches,
the commercial sector, and the technical community runs the Agency. It includes fiveadvisory councils: the Information Society, the Public Sector, the Business Community,
Geo-referenced Systems, and Information Security. The Agency is subservient to threeautonomous regulatory divisions dealing with transparency, privacy, and electronic
certification. Digital Citizenship, Agencies and Processes, Technology, Operations, andInformation Security make up the e-five Government's primary Divisions, with theComputer Emergency Response Team reporting to Information Security. To articulate,monitor, and advance the digital agenda's promises, the Agency maintains a Department
for Information Society dedicated to digital policy.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
Due to the Uruguayan government's efforts to standardize the electronic contacts between
its residents and the state, all of the Central Administration's services may be accessed
through the internet. Among the many aims of this effort is the standardization of firstlevel assistance at the Central Administration and the development of new channels forservice delivery that use emerging technology.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
The ideals of open government include being more open, accountable, inclusive, andcreative. People's demands for the government to be more open have increased. Citizens
may be looking for methods to make their governments more accessible, more considerate,
and more accountable, all while increasing their effectiveness. When Uruguay joined theTransparent Government Partnership in 2012, the country pledged to create a national
strategy for fostering open government. The plan was expected to include both targets
and metrics for success. The project aims to establish a government that prioritizes therequirements of its citizens and works to enhance its administration accordingly. Aftercompleting the first three tactics in the Open Government plan, Uruguay began
implementing the fourth. Now that governments can communicate with citizens, people
are better equipped to assert their rights. As part of this drive, the DGS is trying to broaden
558

public access to information, encourage citizen involvement in problem-solving, andpromote open data.
The Uruguay 2025 Digital Agenda, approved in May 2021, serves as the country's roadmap for future digital growth and is overseen by the Uruguayan e-Government andKnowledge Management Agency, Agesic. The government also intends to introduce newtechnologies that enable predictive analysis and automated reactions to cyber events toenhance detection and response. The adoption of digital health services is also encouraged
under the 2025 Digital Agenda. The integration of electronic medical records, the creationof digital prescriptions, and the modernization of communication procedures are all areas
where opportunities are anticipated. To further integrate IoT into the administration of
public services, energy, water, communications, and transportation, the Uruguayan
government will push for a "digital transformation" in Industry 4.0. This will involve
adopting Internet of Information and Automation processes in key sectors.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Despite the high degree of information technology competence, cyberspace defense
initiatives have not kept pace with digitalization, leaving Uruguay’s cyberspacesusceptible to assault. With several successful programs to safeguard cyberspace,
Uruguay has established itself as a leader among Latin American and Caribbean nations
regarding cyber security. Unfortunately, neither CERT.uy nor the GSOC has the fullcomplement of tools necessary to keep up with the demands of the ever-evolving digitallandscape. The government, nevertheless, is dedicated to ensuring a safe digital
environment, as expressed in the “Uruguay Digital Agenda.”
Two biggest obstacles are the shortage of educated cybersecurity specialists and theinability to scale monitoring, detection, and response operations. As a result, the IDB has
sanctioned a loan of $10 million to help Uruguay enhance its ability to defend its
cyberspace. This will be done by bolstering the country's infrastructure for detecting,preventing, and responding to cyberattacks. A consultancy estimated 600 morecybersecurity workers would be needed in Uruguay to match current demand.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Compared to other countries in Latin America, Uruguay is one of the most developed559

nations regarding e-commerce, e-government projects, and total per capita internet
adoption. The information and communications technology industry play a significant
role in Uruguay's economy.
The information and communications technology industry is a significant aspect ofUruguay's economy, with software exports accounting for 12% of the country's yearly
exports of $3.5 billion. The United States buys around two-thirds of all of these exported
software products. Additionally, the level of expertise of Uruguay's computer
programmers is exceptionally high, and as a result, many businesses use Uruguayan
computer workers to assist their regional operations. In addition, Uruguay participates inthe "One Laptop Per Chile Program," also known as Plan Ceibal, which ensures that every
kid attending a public school receives a laptop to improve the quality of their educationand enhance their ability to study remotely.

560

United States

1.

General Information

Area: 9,372,610 km2
Population: 338,682,109
Government Type: Federal presidential constitutional republic
GDP: $61,763
Internet User: 90.90
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 36.61
Wireless Broadband User: 107.68
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country
NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3.

Digital Government Development and new trends

3.1. The development
With a score of 91.046, the United States ranks fifth in the world in the Waseda
International rankings of digital governments in 2022. Everything is different once theworldwide pandemic struck. An increase in the Technology Modernization Fund in the
United States by the expected amount of $9 billion would make the government's
information technology and cybersecurity services consistent across the board.
561

Automating formerly manual processes and installing artificially intelligent virtualassistants are just two examples of how governments employ automation to enhanceservices while simultaneously reducing the strain on their workforce. The United States
Department of Housing and Urban Development, the National Institutes of Health, andthe Internal Revenue Service all used robotic process automation to keep up with therising demand for essential services in the country.
The unanticipated growth in remote employment has caused the government to conclude
that the current options for remote work, such as remote desktops and virtual private
networks, are inadequate to deal with the situation. Because cloud computing allowed formore adaptability, the shift to remote work was less complicated. The early research ofcloud computing by the California state government made it possible for 90 percent of
the state's approximately 200,000 workers to transition to telework without muchdifficulty.
A significant amount of the medical system in the United States now operates digitally.
People can receive medical advice and diagnoses through telemedicine and remotediagnostics, eliminating the need to visit a doctor's office or hospital. 3D printing
accelerates the production of essential medical supplies, saving lives without a successful
vaccine or treatment, the most effective preventive medicine.
3.2. New Trends
The implementation of fully digital governance has been hastened by the COVID-19
epidemic. As the fourth industrial revolution progresses, the digital payment and identity
infrastructure may assist address structural issues like financial exclusion and informality.
Only half as many people in developing nations have mobile internet. Developing nations
actively seek international aid to meet their growing need for information andcommunications technology. The United States can aid developing nations in realizing
their economic and social potential by competing in the emerging digital banking andidentification infrastructure sector. To close the gender gap, they need a concerted andgender-sensitive approach to designing regulatory frameworks.
Inadequate funding and leadership from the United States in the digital infrastructure
sector have long-term political and economic effects. Aligning with US foreign policy
562

objectives, digital financial inclusion and identification infrastructure provide several
advantages. The United States government has launched programs to boost the economic
security of the poor, women, and other oppressed groups and increase women's
participation in the labor field. The United States Agency for International Development
believes digital technology may help reduce the gender wage gap and boost economic
output.
4.

Digital Government by Indicators

4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]Consequently, the United States has made significant headway toward digitizing theworld. Through the RDOF auction, the government gave SpaceX a total of $885 million
in subsidies to help fund the development of Starlink. Schools and libraries have also
written to Congress that an emergency funding boost for the E-Rate program of $12
billion is approved. Google has constructed a new subsea cable that connects Spain, theUnited Kingdom, and the United States.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The developments that have taken place in information technology over the last decade
have had a profound impact on productivity, ease of use, and effectiveness in thecommercial sector. Due to poor management of its technology investment funds, theFederal Government has largely been unable to take advantage of this shift. Regarding
information technology (IT), projects that spend hundreds of millions of dollars morethan required take years longer to execute and offer outdated solutions by the time they
are finished. As a result, one of our goals is to narrow the gap between successful privatecompanies and the federal government's operations.
The Office of E-Government and Information Technology (E-Gov) is directed by thegovernment's Chief Information Officer (CIO). This office is responsible for developing
and overseeing Internet-based technology to facilitate citizen and corporate interactions
with the Federal Government, to reduce costs, and speed up participation.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The United States received an OS score of 11.400 in 2022, placing it second in the OS's
563

Waseda rankings. Technology firms monopolize the mobile payment market in the UnitedStates. In addition to that, there are a few newcomers which are actively working to
obstruct their progress. There is a chance that businesses may benefit from expanding
mobile payment methods, but this will hurt the most lucrative aspects of the company.
After more than a decade and a half after Congress established the ID Legislation, all fifty
states fully complied with the act's rules for issuing these cards. Most states havecomplied with the act within the last four years. Today, actual ID-compliant licenses andID cards have been published in all fifty states, which accounts for 38% of all drivers andholders of ID.
Among the necessary safety precautions are anti-counterfeiting technology, thesuppression of insider fraud, and the documentation and verification of an individual's
identity. It is against the law for federal authorities to let people into government facilities
like nuclear power plants or commercial airplanes with licenses or identity cards that do
not comply with the standards. Because of these restrictions, state-issued identification
documents like driver's licenses and ID cards are now more reliable and accurate.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
In 2022, the United States NPR received an 8,000, placing the country top in the NPR's
Waseda rankings. On the official government website, www.usa.gov, Americans may findmany resources. Information and online services from several government agencies areconsolidated here. It helps bridge the gap between citizens and their government byfacilitating citizens' access to data and services that might otherwise be inaccessible. In
addition, it includes details that help the audience grasp the gravity of the situation.
Customers may create government accounts and tailor the site to their needs. The website
has flexible chat hours, a live chat platform, and accessibility features.
This website provides access to official government resources. Listing the numerous
government programs and resources is a breeze with this site's straightforward layout.
The National Portal is a one-stop service for filing taxes electronically, getting a driver's
license, filing complaints, finding a doctor, applying for a passport, and researching a trip.
The site layout provides easy access to broad, general information and specialized userspecific services. To map out the next stage of government modernization, the564

government has developed enterprise Roadmaps and modernization profiles.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
According to the GCIO criterion used in the Waseda rankings for 2022, the United Statescame in at number 10 with a score of 7,272. The Chief Information Officers of the UnitedStates are selected by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) at the White House
to monitor and supervise the expenditure of federal agencies on information technology.
Every federal agency must have a Chief Information Officer by the Clinger-Cohen Act.
CIO jobs in the government are significant markers of international e-Government
rankings, not to mention the relevance these roles have in improving American eGovernment platforms. Suzette Kent, who serves as the Federal Chief Information Officer,
is now in charge of the IT infrastructure of the federal government.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]
Without solid American leadership and investment, developing and emerging economies
are more likely to adopt the digital model China and other authoritarian powers proposed.
Some of the civil freedoms these models violate include the right to privacy and thefreedom of speech, the rule of law, and the protection against social tyranny. Furthermore,
new types of digital infrastructure often come with strings attached, undermining thesovereignty of nations and incentivizing them to adopt a model of growth that does not
suit the strategic and security objectives of the United States and its allies. There is an
opening for the United States to participate and maybe even take the lead in developing
digital financial and ID infrastructure, which would aid developing nations in realizing
their full economic and social potential. Foreign investment may advance U.S. national
security goals and open new consumer markets for American products and services.
In the long run, investing in safe digital financial systems and digital ID infrastructure
may help promote sustainable and equitable development by providing advantages togovernments, civil society, and the business sector. However, the most significant
obstacles in establishing digital financial infrastructure are securing sufficient funding toaddress the investment gaps, establishing open and democratic regulatory and legal
frameworks to regulate these systems, and protecting these systems from cyber assaults.
Consequently, the United States's EPRO was rated seventh in the Waseda rankings in565

2022 .
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
People living in the United States can communicate with one another, make contributions,and acquire more autonomy via cutting-edge methods. For the government to be more
efficient, it must arrive at better judgments in collaboration with the population. It may
be possible to increase the level of transparency inside the federal government by enlisting
the assistance of innovative methods, such as increasing the amount of public
engagement. This endeavor is carried out with Challenge.gov, the Open Government
Dialogue Platform, and the Citizen Engagement Platform.
According to this statistic, there has been tremendous development achieved in eGovernment in the United States. The national portal provides residents with access to avast array of online services, such as the ability to pay taxes, submit tax returns, apply fora driver's license, register a complaint, get a passport, or receive a travel advance, among
other options. With a total of 9.500 points, the United States' EPAR placed ninth in theworld in the Waseda rankings for 2022.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]
Understanding the state of digital transformation in the United States government is thefocus of the research and advice service to United States Government Digital Strategies.
This service produces scholarly articles using customer feedback, case studies, survey
results, and recommendations for improving digital government operations. Central tothis offering is thought leadership articles on federal laws and legislation and the federal
government's motivations, difficulties, and advantages of using digital operations
solutions.
With the help of Data.gov, members of the general public may locate, download, and use
datasets compiled and managed by the federal government in a far more timely andeffective manner. This website explains how to get government datasets, as well as how
to make use of national data, and gives information on the metadata associated with suchdatasets. The catalog size will increase as new datasets are added through the upload
process. Data from the Federal government and the Executive Branch are made available
as part of the inaugural release of Data.gov. The website has undergone consistent566

maintenance and improvement throughout its existence. In terms of DX and OGD, it isclear that the United States ranks fifth in the Waseda rankings for 2022.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
Through the Digital Connectivity and Cybersecurity Partnership, the United States willoffer developing country governments assistance in the form of technical assistance aswell as capacity building to help them establish information and communications
technology (ICT) policy and regulatory frameworks that enable a vibrant and inclusive
digital economy. This support is aligned with the P2C pillar "Value Creation: Building
Digital Ecosystems," which is why the United States Government has contributed morethan $47 million to these initiatives thus far.
Investing in Connectivity Providers and Fintech companies: The United States ismobilizing private capital for digital connectivity infrastructure and financial services
through the Digital Invest program, which is part of the Digital Connectivity andCybersecurity Partnership (DCCP). These investments aim to strengthen open,
interoperable, reliable, inclusive, and secure digital ecosystems in emerging markets. This
program is in line with the "Accelerate: Incentivizing Investments" pillar of the P2C
initiative. The United States of America is ranked third on the Waseda rankings 2022 list
based on CYB.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
The United States' innovation in information and communication technology profoundly
affects domestic and international progress. As a result, the United States 4th the Waseda
rankings for Emerging ICT. The United States Department of State is devoting moreresources to artificial intelligence (AI) because of its opportunities and threats todemocracy and human rights.
The Department of State collaborates with other organizations to foster an international
policy climate that advances state of the art in artificial intelligence (AI), protects nationaland economic security, and advances universally held values. To promote the safe use of
reliable AI technology, the Department participates in bilateral and international
conversations with several other agencies.
In a five-year, $625 million effort, the Department of Energy built five quantum
567

computing facilities at US national laboratories with funding from IBM, Microsoft, Intel,
Applied Materials, and Lockheed Martin. Voice-recognition and spam-filtering systems,
among other advanced computer applications, are already standard in most businesses.
Even though quantum computing is still in its infancy, many experts think that the peculiar
physics of the ultra-tiny will dramatically influence the development of novel materials,
financial forecasting, and delivery mechanisms. To counter this, government initiatives
seek to increase the volume of fundamental research in these fields.
Developments in critical areas are prioritized by the government, private industry, anduniversities in the United States. The Apollo program, which sent humans to the moon,and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, which sponsored the developmentof the internet, all followed this pattern. By all the work and investment in EMG, theUnited States reached the fourth spot in the Waseda rankings in 2022 with 6.500 points.

568

Vietnam

1.

General Information

Area: 331,212 km2Population: 98,346,759
Government Type: Unitary Marxist–Leninist one-party socialist republic
GDP: $3,493
Internet User: 70.3
Wired (Fixed Broadband User): 16.7
Wireless Broadband User: 80.23
2.

Digital Government Overview in Country

NIP
EMG

MO

CYB

OS

OGD

NPR

EPAR

GCIO
EPRO

3. Digital Government Development and new trends
3.1. The development
Waseda International's 2022 rankings of digital government placed Vietnam at 49 overall,with a score of 64.634. The country's commitment to digital transformation supported
Vietnam's reaction to COVID-19 was swift and evidence-based. Local governments
569

employed multiple electronic means to provide alerts (text messages, websites, and social
media). As a direct consequence of this initiative, more people are using government
services online. A further consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic is a sustained increasein adoption across Vietnam. At the height of the epidemic in Vietnam, when the National
E-government website had only been up for a month, it had over 28 million visitors, up
from the 11 million it had seen at the end of January. A new research project is that by2025, Vietnam's Internet economy will be worth US$ 52 billion, making it the fastest
growing in all of Southeast Asia.
Prime Minister Nguyen Phu Trong has often emphasized the importance of technology
and IT companies to Vietnam's economic future. Vietnam's two largest e-commerce
platforms, Tiki and Sendo, are receiving government support as part of the country's new"Make in Vietnam" initiative, which was introduced in May 2019. Because of thisassistance, two of Southeast Asia's most prominent online marketplaces, Lazada andShopee, were able to compete effectively with one another. VCCorp, a major Vietnameseinternet conglomerate, is only one of several domestic IT firms that have begun building
a social networking platform to compete with Facebook in Vietnam.
As the post-COVID innovation landscape rapidly evolves, the government has shown its
resolve to develop a homegrown competitor to China-based Zoom. The Vietnamese
government has already devised three technical solutions to stop the spread of COVID19 and meet the evolving demands of consumers during the pandemic. The businessclaims that in April 2020, it will introduce a contact monitoring program called Bluezone
and a virtual health screening platform in Vietnam. The remote medical exams madepossible by the checkup platform are a boon to the government's efforts to digitize thehealth care system in Vietnam fully.
3.2. New Trends
The plan for the growth of e-government toward a digital government in the years 20212025, with an eye toward 2030. The plan, meant to serve as direction and orientation forthe development of the digital government, as well as the digital economy and society inthe new era, has emphasized six important points of view in its central sections. The initialand most essential of the country's initiatives is the creation of a Digital Government. The
570

government will carry out all of its operations in a protected online setting and will makeuse of a rethought operating model as well as data and digital technology to improve thequality of the services that are provided, the timeliness with which they are provided, thequality of the policies that they enact, the efficiency with which they deploy resources,
the rate of development, and the leadership role.
In an interview with the Vietnam News Agency, Minister of Planning and Investment
Nguyen Chi Dung outlines the goals and targets of the socioeconomic recovery projectfor Vit Nam in 2022. The greatest initiative in the nation's history, costing VN350 trillion(US$15.42 billion), to revive the economy and bring it to full speed again after the
COVID-19 epidemic slowed it down. To help companies and employees, particularly
those hit hard by the epidemic, Viet Nam has implemented a recovery plan based on the
country's capacity to acquire vaccinations and medical supplies.
4. Digital Government by Indicators
4.1. Network Infrastructure Preparedness [NIP]
The level of effort Vietnam puts in to be ready for and invest in digitization has increased
dramatically. The MIC is mulling over whether or not to begin phasing out GSM
infrastructure in 2022 and reallocate the spectrum to LTE and 5G networks. It was
anticipated that commercial 5G services would be available on Vietnamese mobile
networks somewhere in the middle of the year 2020. In addition, Viettel carried out a pilot
project to investigate the viability of LTE services operating in the 2.6GHz frequency
range.
According to statistics provided by the World Bank, the digital industry in Vietnam has
been growing at a rate of 10 percent annually and is projected to reach over $200 billion
by 2045. This is an enormous sum compared to Vietnam's GDP, which was approximately$352 billion in the previous year. According to him, four essential components must bepresent to boost innovation and make the most of the development potential of the digital
economy: digital entrepreneurship, digital infrastructure, digital skills, and digitalfinancial services.
For small and medium businesses to be prepared for digital transformation, there needs
to be a policy that is transparent and credible, investments made in 4G and 5G technology
571

infrastructure, improvements made to digital and technological skills, and the government
should offer fiscal incentives for small and medium businesses.
4.2. Management Optimization [MO]The plan foresees that by 2030, Vietnam will be among the top 30 nations in the world
regarding e-government and digital governance, as determined by a rating from theUnited Nations. Providing high-quality services to society; expanding public
engagement; enhancing state agency operations; effectively addressing key issues insocioeconomic growth; having a breakthrough change in the national ranking for EGovernment, Digital Government, E-Participation, and Open Data as evaluated by theUnited Nations are also identified as key target groups.
The strategy identifies six groups of national key tasks (improving the legal environment,
developing digital infrastructure (cloud-first), developing digital platforms and nationalscale systems, developing national digital data, developing national applications andservices, and ensuring the safety and security of the national network) to achieve thesegoals. There are six clusters of related responsibilities within the purview of government
agencies and regional businesses, emphasizing building online public services aroundpeople's needs and milestones in life. Vietnam's digital transformation goals are based on
the three pillars of Digital Government, Digital Economy, and Digital Society; in linewith the global development trend, and the country's e-Government development strategy
for the digital government in the 2021-2025 period with a vision to 2030 will undoubtedly
create a breakthrough in the development of e-Government and digital government in the
new period.
4.3. Online Service [OS]The four largest online marketplaces in the nation are Lazada, Shopee, Tiki, and Sendo.
In Vietnam, Shopee use has increased dramatically. Retailers, from mom-and-pop shops
to multinational consumer packaged goods conglomerates, utilize the main e-commerce
platforms to sell their wares online. E-commerce is unquestionably the future of the retailindustry in Vietnam. With the next epidemic, mobile payment applications in Vietnam are
expected to surge in popularity. Apps set up their payment systems and link up with stores
572

and vendors so customers can pay with their phones. They provide a rather limited rangeof services. Vietnam has a plethora of payment methods, including Zalo Pay and VNPay.
4.4. National Portal [NPR]
In the last three months of 2021, the Directorate for Standards, Metrology, and Quality(DSMQ) within the Ministry of Science and Technology is slated to launch a nationwide
monitoring platform. The Ministry of Industry and Trade's market management system,
the Ministry of Finance's taxes and customs system, and the Ministry of Health's
healthcare data may all be connected together via the portal.
Manufacturers, packers, transporters, distributors, retailers, suppliers of traceability
solutions, and governmental management agencies will all be integral cogs in this site'slarger role in Vietnam's overall traceability system. It also creates a normative framework
for tracking down the government and private sector entities associated with a nationallandmark. In the name of "Standards, Metrology, and Quality," the Directorate is taking
this action.
4.5. Government CIO [GCIO]
The council's power has been shown by various activities, one of which was the
spending of public funds on implementing ICT by various government agencies. As a
direct consequence of Ministerial Decision No. 814 / QD-BTTTT, the Chief Information
Officer Council of State Agencies has been subjected to a comprehensive restructuring.
4.6. E-Government Promotion [EPRO]The Vietnamese government has recently prioritized the creation of ICT applications andan e-Government system to increase state agencies' effectiveness. Thanks to the Prime
Minister's leadership, the efforts of government ministries, agencies, and local
governments, and the backing of the international community and domestic and foreign
specialists, e-Government in Vietnam has been a tremendous success.
In other words, in recent years, there has been a rise in the general public's understandingof the advantages of electronic governance and the adoption of digital practices inadministration, industry, and community. The research and implementation of crucial
information systems in Vietnam are now complete. These include the national text573

communication axis and the government meeting and affairs information system.
Furthermore, measures to ensure everyone's safety have increased throughout the years.
Implementing the final systems has been inefficient, leading to restricted data
connectivity and exchange. However, the legal legitimacy of papers sent and received
electronically has not yet been standardized. There is also no uniformity in the digital
signature formats between federal departments, agencies, and local administrations. The
Prime Minister has said that despite the ingenuity and sophistication of the concept of eGovernment, its execution would be unachievable without the will and commitment todo away with the old system.
If e-Government is to maintain its upward trajectory over the next years, it will needstrategic planning and funding from the heads of relevant ministries, agencies, andterritorial administrations. They must establish a protocol for the use of digital signaturesin the approval of electronic documents and take full accountability for the outcomes of
their efforts. To be able to use electronic documents, these businesses must modernize
their text management, administration, and digital signature systems and expand their
existing technological infrastructure.
To meet the new standards, the relevant authorities must expeditiously create public
service gates and electronic one-stop information systems at the ministerial and provincial
levels connected to the national public service portal. There is also the matter ofcompleting the provision of officially sanctioned online public services at the third andfourth levels.
4.7. E-Participation [EPAR]
The Prime Minister of Vietnam has approved a directive allowing the National PublicService Portal to provide 55 online governmental services by 2021. These governmental
services include the issue of identification cards, their re-issuing and renewal, theregistration of permanent and temporary residence, the declaration of temporary absence,
the registration of births and residencies, and the issuance of ordinary passports. The
aforementioned list has 44 different services considered crucial online public services.
4.8. Digital Transformation [DX] and Open Government Data [OGD]574

Access to information and data is simplified via the national data portal, which serves asa central hub for all State departments. The portal provides a centralized location forprocessing and accessing state data that is open to the public and a number of publications
and services. The national data portal facilitates cooperation between State agencies by
providing a central location for exchanging information and inventories. In addition, it
will work with other state agencies to build a data infrastructure to help them achieve
their long-term objectives and deal with any complications that may arise from sharing
data across departments. Access to digital services for data synthesis from various sources
and new digital services that provide consumers and enterprises access to their datacollected by State agencies are both part of the roadmap for e-Government growth.
Citizens, companies, and communities will have access to data stored by state agencies,
paving the way for them to undertake research, study, and product development that will
ultimately benefit the country. It's a way to help the government be more open andaccessible to the public.
To guarantee that their data is up-to-date and correct, state agencies may utilize the portal
to get comments and information from other organizations, companies, or people. The
Ministry of Information and Communications has identified the state of national
databases and the resources they need with the assistance of other government entities.
Now that there is such a strong push toward digital governance and the digital economy,
agencies see the value in making their data available to others.
At the same time, the government authorized the National Digital Transformation
Programme by 2025, with a view toward 2030. The project aims to speed up the digitaltransformation process by encouraging and rewarding the digitization of corporate
processes, government operations, and manufacturing. This program is aimed atcompanies, cooperatives, and business houses interested in adopting digitaltransformation to boost their productivity, efficiency, and ability to compete. To achievegoals, the Ministry of Planning and Investment (MPI) will provide documentation andtools to guide the digital transition and increase collaboration with the necessary
institutions. This entails providing a guide for manufacturing plants and granting them a
50% discount on consulting fees. Finance and banking, healthcare, education, agriculture,transportation, logistics, energy, natural resources, the environment, and manufacturing575

are just some of the eight industries that have made digital transformation a top priority.
4.9. Cyber Security [CYB]
In response to cyberspace issues until 2025, the government has established a national
cybersecurity policy with an eye toward 2030. To better supervise, inspect, and handle
administrative infractions and prevent and fight law violations and cyber crimes in theinternet environment in Vietnam, the Ministry of Information and Communications(MIC) has released a plan. This is part of the larger endeavor to carry out the 2016–2025
National Strategy for Crime Prevention and Control, which has an eye toward 2030, anda direction from the Politburo on strengthening the Party's leadership of crime prevention
and control in the current circumstances. Along with preventing and combating law
violations and cybercrimes, the plan aims to increase knowledge and accountability
among agencies, organizations, and individuals who engage in activities on the internet
and social networks.
Therefore, it will be up to the MIC's Authority of Information Security (AIS) to coordinate
nationwide responses to cybersecurity incidents and maintain information security. This
organization also coordinates efforts to stop spam.
4.10. The use of Emerging ICT [EMG]
Vietnam has a great deal of untapped potential in artificial intelligence (AI). At the sametime as the United States is expanding its influence worldwide, artificial intelligence (AI)is being applied in various businesses on every continent. Ho Chi Minh City's FPT
Corporation, a Vietnamese company, is a prime example of the successful use of AI in the
country. Viettel Group, a Vietnamese telecom company, is using AI for endoscopy. Viettel
also provides IT and anti-cyberattack security services using AI. Resolution No.50-NQTW, announced in August, outlines the government's goals to boost the number ofenterprises in advanced technology and Industry 4.0 to 50% by 2025, further promoting
AI.
There is hope that Vietnam's e-commerce industry will rise to third place by 2025, behind
only Indonesia and Thailand, according to the E-Business Index 2019 published by the
Vietnam E-Commerce Association. Most of Vietnam's e-commerce occurs in its two main
cities, Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City. These metropolitan areas account for 70% of all U.S.
576

retail sales. Most people reside in rural regions, where internet access is strong; thus, thisis a great chance to get into the underserved rural market. Local e-commerce enterprises
like Shopee, Sendo, and Tiki compete with regional e-commerce giants like Lazada andShopee via their own online storefronts. In addition, consumers use these social media
platforms to do e-commerce. Investment in Vietnam's digital economy has topped $1
billion over the last four years. Despite this, e-commerce enterprises in the nation continue
to fight an uphill battle to win consumers' trust, contend with stiff competition, and coverhigh logistical costs.

577